D-Link DES-7200 7200 Network Switch CLI Reference Guide

DES-7200
CLI Reference Guide
Version 10.3(5)
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Revision No.: Version 10.3(5)
Date:
2009/12/31
Copyright Statement
D-Link Corporation © 2009
All rights reserved.
Without our written permission, this document may not be excerpted, reproduced,
transmitted, or otherwise in all or in part by any party in any means.
Preface
Version Description
This manual matches the firmware version 10.3(5).
Target Readers
This manual is intended for the following readers:

Network engineers

Technical salespersons

Network administrators
Conventions in this Document
1. Universal Format Convention
Arial: Arial with the point size 10 is used for the body.
A line is added respectively above and below the prompts such as caution and note to
separate them from the body.
Format of information displayed on the terminal: Courier New, point size 8, indicating the
screen output. User's entries among the information shall be indicated with bolded
characters.
2. Command Line Format Convention
Arial is used as the font for the command line. The meanings of specific formats are
described below:
Bold: Key words in the command line, which shall be entered exactly as they are displayed,
shall be indicated with bolded characters.
Italic: Parameters in the command line, which must be replaced with actual values, shall be
indicated with italic characters.
[ ]: The part enclosed with [ ] means optional in the command.
{ x | y | ... }: It means one shall be selected among two or more options.
[ x | y | ... ]: It means one or none shall be selected among two or more options.
//:Lines starting with an exclamation mark "//" are annotated.
.
iii
3. Signs
Various striking identifiers are adopted in this manual to indicate the matters that special
attention should be paid in the operation, as detailed below:
Warning, danger or alert in the operation.
Caution
Descript, prompt, tip or any other necessary supplement or explanation
Note
for the operation.
The port types mentioned in the examples of this manual may not be
consistent with the actual ones. In real network environments, you need
configure port types according to the support on various products.
Note
The display information of some examples in this manual may include the
information on other series products, like model and description. The
details are subject to the used equipments.
Contents
1
2
CLI Authorization Configuration Commands ....................................................................................... 1-1
1.1
alias ........................................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.2
privilege ..................................................................................................................................... 1-3
1.3
show aliases .............................................................................................................................. 1-5
Switch Management Configuration Commands .................................................................................. 2-1
2.1
User Management Related Commands .................................................................................... 2-1
2.1.1
disable .......................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1.2
enable ........................................................................................................................... 2-2
2.1.3
enable password ........................................................................................................... 2-2
2.1.4
enable secret ................................................................................................................ 2-3
2.1.5
service password-encryption ........................................................................................ 2-4
2.1.6
password....................................................................................................................... 2-5
2.1.7
login .............................................................................................................................. 2-6
2.1.8
login local ...................................................................................................................... 2-6
2.1.9
login authentication ....................................................................................................... 2-7
2.1.10 username ...................................................................................................................... 2-8
2.1.11 lock .............................................................................................................................. 2-9
2.1.12 lockable ....................................................................................................................... 2-10
2.1.13 telnet ........................................................................................................................... 2-11
2.1.14 enable service ............................................................................................................. 2-12
2.2
Basic System Management Related Commands.................................................................... 2-12
2.2.1
clock set ...................................................................................................................... 2-13
2.2.2
clock update-calendar................................................................................................. 2-14
2.2.3
exec-timeout ............................................................................................................... 2-14
2.2.4
hostname .................................................................................................................... 2-15
2.2.5
session-timeout........................................................................................................... 2-16
2.2.6
show clock .................................................................................................................. 2-16
2.2.7
show running-config.................................................................................................... 2-17
2.2.8
show startup-config ..................................................................................................... 2-17
2.2.9
reload .......................................................................................................................... 2-18
2.2.10 show reload ................................................................................................................ 2-18
2.2.11 prompt ......................................................................................................................... 2-19
2.2.12 banner motd ................................................................................................................ 2-19
2.2.13 banner login ................................................................................................................ 2-20
2.2.14 speed .......................................................................................................................... 2-20
2.2.15 show line ..................................................................................................................... 2-21
i
.
2.2.16 write ............................................................................................................................ 2-22
3
LINE Configuration Commands ........................................................................................................... 3-1
3.1
4
line ................................................................................................................................ 3-1
3.1.2
line vty ........................................................................................................................... 3-2
3.1.3
transport input ............................................................................................................... 3-2
3.1.4
access-class ................................................................................................................. 3-4
Configuration Related Commands ............................................................................................ 4-1
4.1.1
copy xmodem ............................................................................................................... 4-1
4.1.2
copy tftp ........................................................................................................................ 4-2
Network Connectivity Test Tool Configuration Commands ................................................................. 5-1
5.1
6
3.1.1
Upgrade and Maintenance Configuration Commands ........................................................................ 4-1
4.1
5
Configuration Related Commands ............................................................................................ 3-1
Configuration Related Commands ............................................................................................ 5-1
5.1.1
ping ............................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.1.2
traceroute ...................................................................................................................... 5-2
5.1.3
line-detect ..................................................................................................................... 5-5
Interface Configuration Commands ..................................................................................................... 6-1
6.1
Configuration Related Commands ............................................................................................ 6-1
6.1.1
interface aggregateport ................................................................................................ 6-1
6.1.2
interface fastEthernet.................................................................................................... 6-2
6.1.3
interface giagbitEthernet ............................................................................................... 6-3
6.1.4
interface tenGiagbitEthernet ......................................................................................... 6-3
6.1.5
interface vlan ................................................................................................................ 6-4
6.1.6
medium-type ................................................................................................................. 6-5
6.1.7
description .................................................................................................................... 6-6
6.1.8
shutdown ...................................................................................................................... 6-6
6.1.9
speed ............................................................................................................................ 6-7
6.1.10 duplex ........................................................................................................................... 6-8
6.1.11 flowcontrol ..................................................................................................................... 6-9
6.1.12 mtu ............................................................................................................................ 6-10
6.1.13 carrier-delay ................................................................................................................ 6-10
6.1.14 clear counters ............................................................................................................. 6-11
6.1.15 clear interface ............................................................................................................. 6-12
6.1.16 switchport .................................................................................................................... 6-12
6.1.17 switchport mode .......................................................................................................... 6-13
6.1.18 switchport access ....................................................................................................... 6-14
6.1.19 switchport trunk ........................................................................................................... 6-15
ii
6.1.20 snmp trap link-status................................................................................................... 6-16
6.2
Showing Related Command.................................................................................................... 6-17
6.2.1
7
Aggregate Port Configuration Commands .......................................................................................... 7-1
7.1
7.2
Configuration Related Commands ............................................................................................ 7-1
7.1.1
port-group ..................................................................................................................... 7-1
7.1.2
aggregateport load-balance .......................................................................................... 7-2
Showing Related Command...................................................................................................... 7-3
7.2.1
8
8.2
Configuration Related Commands ............................................................................................ 8-1
8.1.1
port-group mode ........................................................................................................... 8-1
8.1.2
lacp port-priority ............................................................................................................ 8-2
8.1.3
lacp system-priority ....................................................................................................... 8-3
Showing Related Command...................................................................................................... 8-4
8.2.1
show lacp summary ...................................................................................................... 8-4
VLAN Configuration Commands ......................................................................................................... 9-1
9.1
9.2
Configuration Related Commands ............................................................................................ 9-1
9.1.1
vlan ............................................................................................................................... 9-1
9.1.2
name ............................................................................................................................. 9-2
9.1.3
switchport mode ............................................................................................................ 9-2
9.1.4
switchport access ......................................................................................................... 9-3
9.1.5
switchport trunk ............................................................................................................. 9-4
Showing Related Command...................................................................................................... 9-6
9.2.1
10
show aggregateport ...................................................................................................... 7-3
LACP Configuration Commands ......................................................................................................... 8-1
8.1
9
show interfaces ........................................................................................................... 6-17
show vlan ...................................................................................................................... 9-6
Super-VLAN Configuration Commands ............................................................................................ 10-1
10.1 Configuring Related Commands ............................................................................................. 10-1
10.1.1 supervlan .................................................................................................................... 10-1
10.1.2 subvlan ....................................................................................................................... 10-1
10.1.3 subvlan-address-range ............................................................................................... 10-2
10.1.4 proxy-arp ..................................................................................................................... 10-3
10.2 Showing Related Command.................................................................................................... 10-3
10.2.1 show supervlan ........................................................................................................... 10-3
11
Protocol VLAN Configuration Commands ......................................................................................... 11-1
11.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 11-1
11.1.1 protocol-vlan ipv4 addr mask addr vlan id .................................................................. 11-1
iii
.
11.1.2 protocol-vlan profile num frame-type type ether-type type ......................................... 11-2
11.1.3 protocol-vlan profile num vlan id ................................................................................. 11-2
11.2 Showing Related Commands .................................................................................................. 11-3
11.2.1 show protocol-vlan ...................................................................................................... 11-3
12
Private VLAN Configuration Commands ........................................................................................... 12-1
12.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 12-1
12.1.1 private-vlan type ......................................................................................................... 12-1
12.1.2 private-vlan association .............................................................................................. 12-2
12.1.3 private-vlan mapping .................................................................................................. 12-3
12.1.4 switchport mode private-vlan ...................................................................................... 12-3
12.1.5 switchport private-vlan host-association ..................................................................... 12-4
12.1.6 switchport private-vlan mapping ................................................................................. 12-5
12.2 Showing Related Commands .................................................................................................. 12-5
12.2.1 show vlan private-vlan ................................................................................................ 12-5
12.3 Hybrid Commands ................................................................................................................... 12-6
12.3.1 switchport mode hybrid ............................................................................................... 12-6
12.3.2 switchport hybrid native vlan ...................................................................................... 12-7
12.3.3 switchport hybrid allowed vlan .................................................................................... 12-7
13
802.1Q Tunneling Configuration Commands .................................................................................... 13-1
13.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 13-1
13.1.1 switchport mode dot1q-tunnel .................................................................................... 13-1
13.1.2 switchport mode uplink ............................................................................................... 13-2
13.1.3 frame-tag tpid tpid ....................................................................................................... 13-2
13.1.4 inner-priority-trust enable ............................................................................................ 13-3
13.2 Showing Command ................................................................................................................. 13-4
13.2.1 show frame-tag tpid .................................................................................................... 13-4
13.2.2 show inner-priority-trust .............................................................................................. 13-4
14
MAC Address Configuration Commands........................................................................................... 14-1
14.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 14-1
14.1.1 mac-address-table aging-time .................................................................................... 14-1
14.1.2 clear mac-address-table dynamic ............................................................................... 14-2
14.1.3 clear mac-address-table filtering ................................................................................ 14-3
14.1.4 clear mac-address-table static .................................................................................... 14-4
14.1.5 mac-address-table static ............................................................................................. 14-4
14.1.6 mac-address-table filtering ......................................................................................... 14-6
14.1.7 mac-address-table notification .................................................................................... 14-6
14.1.8 snmp trap mac-notification ......................................................................................... 14-7
iv
14.1.9 address-bind ............................................................................................................... 14-8
14.1.10 address-bind ip-address ............................................................................................. 14-9
14.1.11 address-bind uplink................................................................................................... 14-10
14.1.12 address-bind install ................................................................................................... 14-11
14.1.13 address-bind ipv6-mode ........................................................................................... 14-11
14.1.14 mac-manage-learning uniform .................................................................................. 14-13
14.1.15 mac-manage-learning uniform learning-synchronization ......................................... 14-13
14.1.16 mac-manage-learning dispersive ............................................................................. 14-14
14.2 Showing Related Command.................................................................................................. 14-14
14.2.1 show mac-address-table address ............................................................................. 14-15
14.2.2 show mac-address-table aging-time......................................................................... 14-16
14.2.3 show mac-address-table count ................................................................................. 14-16
14.2.4 show mac-address-table dynamic ............................................................................ 14-17
14.2.5 show mac-address-table filtering .............................................................................. 14-18
14.2.6 show mac-address-table interface............................................................................ 14-18
14.2.7 show mac-address-table notification ........................................................................ 14-19
14.2.8 show mac-address-table static ................................................................................. 14-20
14.2.9 show mac-address-table vlan ................................................................................... 14-21
14.2.10 show address-bind.................................................................................................... 14-22
14.2.11 show mac-address-table mac-manage-learning ...................................................... 14-22
15
DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands ...................................................................................... 15-1
15.1 DHCP Snooping Global Commands ....................................................................................... 15-1
15.1.1 ip dhcp snooping......................................................................................................... 15-1
15.1.2 ip dhcp snooping vlan ................................................................................................. 15-2
15.1.3 ip dhcp snooping bootp-bind ...................................................................................... 15-3
15.1.4 ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address ......................................................................... 15-4
15.1.5 ip dhcp snooping information option ........................................................................... 15-5
15.1.6 ip dhcp snooping database write-delay ...................................................................... 15-6
15.1.7 ip dhcp snooping database write-to-flash ................................................................... 15-7
15.2 DHCP snooping Interface Mode Commands .......................................................................... 15-7
15.2.1 ip dhcp snooping suppression .................................................................................... 15-8
15.2.2 ip dhcp snooping trust................................................................................................. 15-8
15.2.3 ip dhcp snooping limit rate .......................................................................................... 15-9
15.3 Showing Related Commands ................................................................................................ 15-10
15.3.1 show ip dhcp snooping ............................................................................................. 15-10
15.3.2 show ip dhcp snooping binding ................................................................................ 15-11
15.4 Other DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands ................................................................ 15-12
15.4.1 clear ip dhcp snooping binding ................................................................................. 15-12
v
.
15.4.2 debug ip dhcp snooping ........................................................................................... 15-13
16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands ....................................................................................... 16-1
16.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 16-1
16.1.1 deny ............................................................................................................................ 16-2
16.1.2 permit .......................................................................................................................... 16-2
16.1.3 range ........................................................................................................................... 16-3
16.1.4 ip igmp profile ............................................................................................................. 16-4
16.1.5 ip igmp snooping dyn-mr-aging-time .......................................................................... 16-5
16.1.6 ip igmp snooping fast-leave enable ............................................................................ 16-6
16.1.7 ip igmp snooping filter ................................................................................................. 16-6
16.1.8 ip igmp snooping ivgl .................................................................................................. 16-7
16.1.9 ip igmp snooping ivgl-svgl .......................................................................................... 16-8
16.1.10 ip igmp snooping limit-ipmc vlan server...................................................................... 16-9
16.1.11 ip igmp snooping max-groups .................................................................................... 16-9
16.1.12 ip igmp snooping query-max-response-time ............................................................ 16-10
16.1.13 ip igmp snooping source-check default-server ......................................................... 16-11
16.1.14 ip igmp snooping source-check port ......................................................................... 16-12
16.1.15 ip igmp snooping suppression enable ...................................................................... 16-13
16.1.16 ip igmp snooping svgl ............................................................................................... 16-14
16.1.17 ip igmp snooping svgl profile .................................................................................... 16-14
16.1.18 ip igmp snooping vlan mrouting interface ................................................................. 16-15
16.1.19 ip igmp snooping vlan mrouting interface profile ...................................................... 16-16
16.1.20 ip igmp snooping vlan mdevice learn pim-dvmrp ..................................................... 16-17
16.1.21 ip igmp snooping vlan static interface....................................................................... 16-18
16.2 Displaying and Monitoring Commands ................................................................................. 16-19
16.2.1 show ip igmp snooping ............................................................................................. 16-19
16.2.2 show ip igmp profile [ profile-number]....................................................................... 16-20
16.2.3 clear ip igmp snooping gda-table .............................................................................. 16-20
16.2.4 clear ip igmp snooping statistics ............................................................................... 16-21
16.2.5 debug igmp-snp ........................................................................................................ 16-21
17
PIM Snooping Configuration Commands .......................................................................................... 17-1
17.1 Configuration Related Command ............................................................................................ 17-1
17.1.1 ip pim snooping (global configuration mode) .............................................................. 17-1
17.1.2 ip pim snooping dr-flood ............................................................................................. 17-2
17.1.3 ip pim snooping (interface configuration mode) ......................................................... 17-3
17.1.4 show ip pim snooping ................................................................................................. 17-4
17.1.5 show ip pim snooping mroute ..................................................................................... 17-5
17.1.6 show ip pim snooping neighbor .................................................................................. 17-6
vi
17.1.7 show ip pim snooping statistics .................................................................................. 17-6
17.1.8 show ip pim snooping vlan ......................................................................................... 17-7
17.1.9 clear ip pim snooping statistics ................................................................................... 17-9
17.1.10 clear ip pim snooping vlan ........................................................................................ 17-10
17.1.11 debug ip psnp event ................................................................................................. 17-11
17.1.12 debug ip psnp mst .................................................................................................... 17-11
17.1.13 debug ip psnp packet ................................................................................................ 17-11
17.1.14 debug ip psnp port .................................................................................................... 17-12
17.1.15 debug ip psnp timer .................................................................................................. 17-12
18
MSTP Configuration Commands ....................................................................................................... 18-1
18.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 18-1
18.1.1 spanning-tree .............................................................................................................. 18-1
18.1.2 spanning-tree bpdufilter .............................................................................................. 18-2
18.1.3 spanning-tree bpduguard............................................................................................ 18-3
18.1.4 spanning-tree link-type ............................................................................................... 18-3
18.1.5 spanning-tree max-hops ............................................................................................. 18-4
18.1.6 spanning-tree mode .................................................................................................... 18-5
18.1.7 spanning-tree mst configure ....................................................................................... 18-6
18.1.8 spanning-tree mst cost ............................................................................................... 18-7
18.1.9 spanning-tree mst port-priority .................................................................................... 18-8
18.1.10 spanning-tree mst priority ......................................................................................... 18-10
18.1.11 spanning-tree reset ................................................................................................... 18-11
18.1.12 spanning-tree tx-hold-count ...................................................................................... 18-11
18.1.13 spanning-tree pathcost method ................................................................................ 18-12
18.1.14 spanning-tree portfast ............................................................................................... 18-12
18.1.15 spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default................................................................. 18-13
18.1.16 spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default ................................................................... 18-14
18.1.17 spanning-tree portfast default ................................................................................... 18-14
18.1.18 spanning-tree tc- protection ...................................................................................... 18-15
18.1.19 spanning-tree tc-protection tc-guard ......................................................................... 18-15
18.1.20 spanning-tree tc-guard.............................................................................................. 18-16
18.1.21 spanning-tree guard root .......................................................................................... 18-16
18.1.22 spanning-tree loopguard default ............................................................................... 18-17
18.1.23 spanning-tree guard loop .......................................................................................... 18-17
18.1.24 spanning-tree guard none......................................................................................... 18-18
18.1.25 spanning-tree autoedge ............................................................................................ 18-18
18.1.26 bpdu src-mac-check ................................................................................................. 18-19
18.1.27 clear spanning-tree detected-protocols .................................................................... 18-20
vii
.
18.1.28 spanning-tree compatible enable ............................................................................. 18-20
18.1.29 logging event status .................................................................................................. 18-21
18.2 Showing Related Command.................................................................................................. 18-21
18.2.1 show spanning-tree .................................................................................................. 18-21
18.2.2 show spanning-tree interface ................................................................................... 18-22
18.2.3 show spanning-tree mst............................................................................................ 18-23
19
SPAN Configuration Commands ....................................................................................................... 19-1
19.1 monitor session ....................................................................................................................... 19-1
19.2 Show monitor .......................................................................................................................... 19-2
20
RSPAN Configuration Commands .................................................................................................... 20-1
20.1 Configuring related commands ............................................................................................... 20-1
20.1.1 monitor session........................................................................................................... 20-1
20.1.2 remote-span ................................................................................................................ 20-2
21
IP Address Configuration Commands ............................................................................................... 21-1
21.1 Interface Address Configuration Commands .......................................................................... 21-1
21.1.1 ip-address ................................................................................................................... 21-1
21.1.2 ip unnumbered ............................................................................................................ 21-3
21.2 Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) Configuration Commands .............................................. 21-4
21.2.1 arp 21-5
21.2.2 arp retry interval .......................................................................................................... 21-6
21.2.3 arp retry times ............................................................................................................. 21-6
21.2.4 arp trusted num ........................................................................................................... 21-7
21.2.5 arp trusted aging ......................................................................................................... 21-8
21.2.6 arp unresolve .............................................................................................................. 21-9
21.2.7 arp gratuitous-send interval ...................................................................................... 21-10
21.2.8 arp timeout ................................................................................................................ 21-11
21.2.9 ip proxy-arp ............................................................................................................... 21-11
21.2.10 service trustedarp ..................................................................................................... 21-12
21.3 Broadcast Message Processing Configuration Commands .................................................. 21-13
21.3.1 ip broadcast-addresss .............................................................................................. 21-13
21.3.2 ip directed-broadcast ................................................................................................ 21-14
21.4 IP Address Monitoring and Maintenance Commands ........................................................... 21-16
21.4.1 clear arp-cache ......................................................................................................... 21-16
21.4.2 show arp ................................................................................................................... 21-17
21.4.3 show arp counter ...................................................................................................... 21-18
21.4.4 show arp timeout ...................................................................................................... 21-19
21.4.5 clear ip route ............................................................................................................. 21-20
viii
21.4.6 show ip arp ............................................................................................................... 21-20
21.4.7 show ip interface ....................................................................................................... 21-21
21.4.8 show ip redirects ....................................................................................................... 21-23
22
IP Service Configuration Commands ................................................................................................ 22-1
22.1 IP Service Configuration Commands ...................................................................................... 22-1
22.1.1 ip default-gateway....................................................................................................... 22-1
22.1.2 ip mask-reply .............................................................................................................. 22-2
22.1.3 ip mtu .......................................................................................................................... 22-3
22.1.4 ip redirects .................................................................................................................. 22-4
22.1.5 ip source-route ............................................................................................................ 22-5
22.1.6 ip unreachables .......................................................................................................... 22-5
23
DHCP Configuration Commands ...................................................................................................... 23-1
23.1 DHCP Configuration Related Command ................................................................................. 23-1
23.1.1 bootfile ........................................................................................................................ 23-2
23.1.2 client-identifier ............................................................................................................. 23-2
23.1.3 client-name ................................................................................................................. 23-4
23.1.4 default-device ............................................................................................................. 23-5
23.1.5 dns-server ................................................................................................................... 23-5
23.1.6 domain-name .............................................................................................................. 23-7
23.1.7 hardware-address ....................................................................................................... 23-7
23.1.8 host 23-9
23.1.9 ip address dhcp ........................................................................................................ 23-10
23.1.10 ip dhcp excluded-address ......................................................................................... 23-10
23.1.11 ip dhcp ping packet ................................................................................................... 23-11
23.1.12 ip dhcp ping timeout.................................................................................................. 23-12
23.1.13 ip dhcp pool .............................................................................................................. 23-13
23.1.14 lease ......................................................................................................................... 23-14
23.1.15 netbios-name-server ................................................................................................. 23-15
23.1.16 netbios-node-type ..................................................................................................... 23-16
23.1.17 network (DHCP) ........................................................................................................ 23-17
23.1.18 next-server ................................................................................................................ 23-18
23.1.19 option ........................................................................................................................ 23-19
23.1.20 service dhcp .............................................................................................................. 23-21
23.2 Showing and Monitoring Commands .................................................................................... 23-21
23.2.1 clear ip dhcp binding ................................................................................................. 23-22
23.2.2 clear ip dhcp conflict ................................................................................................. 23-22
23.2.3 clear ip dhcp server statistics.................................................................................... 23-23
23.2.4 debug ip dhcp client .................................................................................................. 23-24
ix
.
23.2.5 debug ip dhcp server ................................................................................................ 23-24
23.2.6 show dhcp lease ....................................................................................................... 23-25
23.2.7 show ip dhcp binding ................................................................................................ 23-26
23.2.8 show ip dhcp conflict................................................................................................. 23-27
23.2.9 show ip dhcp server statistics ................................................................................... 23-28
24
DHCP Relay Configuration Commands ............................................................................................ 24-1
24.1 DHCP Relay Configuration Command .................................................................................... 24-1
24.1.1 service dhcp ................................................................................................................ 24-1
24.1.2 ip helper-address ........................................................................................................ 24-2
24.1.3 ip dhcp relay information option dot1x ........................................................................ 24-2
24.1.4 ip dhcp relay information option dot1x access-group ................................................. 24-3
24.1.5 ip dhcp relay information option82 .............................................................................. 24-4
24.1.6 ip dhcp relay check server-id ...................................................................................... 24-4
24.1.7 ip dhcp relay suppression ........................................................................................... 24-5
25
DNS Module Configuration Commands ............................................................................................ 25-1
25.1 Configuring Related Commands ............................................................................................. 25-1
25.1.1 ip domain-lookup ........................................................................................................ 25-1
25.1.2 ip name-server ............................................................................................................ 25-2
25.1.3 ip host ......................................................................................................................... 25-2
25.1.4 clear host .................................................................................................................... 25-3
25.1.5 show hosts .................................................................................................................. 25-4
26
SNTP Configuration Commands ....................................................................................................... 26-1
26.1 Configuring Related Commands ............................................................................................. 26-1
26.1.1 sntp enable ................................................................................................................. 26-1
26.1.2 sntp server .................................................................................................................. 26-2
26.1.3 sntp interval ................................................................................................................ 26-2
26.2 Showing Related Command.................................................................................................... 26-3
26.2.1 show sntp .................................................................................................................... 26-3
27
NTP Configuration Commands.......................................................................................................... 27-1
27.1 NTP Configuring Related Commands ..................................................................................... 27-1
27.1.1 no ntp .......................................................................................................................... 27-1
27.1.2 ntp access-group ........................................................................................................ 27-2
27.1.3 ntp authenticate .......................................................................................................... 27-3
27.1.4 ntp authentication-key................................................................................................. 27-4
27.1.5 ntp disable .................................................................................................................. 27-5
27.1.6 ntp master ................................................................................................................... 27-6
27.1.7 ntp server .................................................................................................................... 27-7
x
27.1.8 ntp synchronize........................................................................................................... 27-8
27.1.9 ntp trusted-key ............................................................................................................ 27-9
27.1.10 ntp update-calendar .................................................................................................. 27-10
27.2 Showing and Monitoring Commands .................................................................................... 27-10
27.2.1 debug ntp .................................................................................................................. 27-10
27.2.2 show ntp status ......................................................................................................... 27-11
28
UDP-Helper Module Configuration Commands ................................................................................ 28-1
28.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 28-1
28.1.1 udp-helper enable ....................................................................................................... 28-1
28.1.2 ip helper-address ........................................................................................................ 28-2
28.1.3 ip forward-protocol ...................................................................................................... 28-3
29
SNMP Configuration Command ........................................................................................................ 29-1
29.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 29-1
29.1.1 no snmp-server ........................................................................................................... 29-1
29.1.2 snmp-server chassis-id ............................................................................................... 29-2
29.1.3 snmp-server community ............................................................................................. 29-3
29.1.4 snmp-server contact ................................................................................................... 29-4
29.1.5 snmp-server enable traps ........................................................................................... 29-4
29.1.6 snmp-server host ........................................................................................................ 29-5
29.1.7 snmp-server location .................................................................................................. 29-6
29.1.8 snmp-server packetsize .............................................................................................. 29-7
29.1.9 snmp-server queue-length .......................................................................................... 29-8
29.1.10 snmp-server system-shutdown ................................................................................... 29-8
29.1.11 snmp-server trap-source ............................................................................................ 29-9
29.1.12 snmp-server trap-timeout ......................................................................................... 29-10
29.1.13 snmp-server user ...................................................................................................... 29-10
29.1.14 snmp-server group.................................................................................................... 29-12
29.1.15 snmp-server view...................................................................................................... 29-13
29.1.16 snmp-server if-index persist ..................................................................................... 29-13
29.2 Showing Related Command.................................................................................................. 29-14
29.2.1 show snmp................................................................................................................ 29-14
30
RMON Configuration Commands...................................................................................................... 30-1
30.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 30-1
30.1.1 rmon collection stats ................................................................................................... 30-1
30.1.2 rmon collection history ................................................................................................ 30-2
30.1.3 rmon alarm .................................................................................................................. 30-3
30.1.4 rmon event .................................................................................................................. 30-3
xi
.
30.2 Showing Related Commands .................................................................................................. 30-4
30.2.1 show rmon statistics ................................................................................................... 30-4
30.2.2 show rmon history....................................................................................................... 30-5
30.2.3 show rmon alarm ........................................................................................................ 30-6
30.2.4 show rmon event ........................................................................................................ 30-7
31
RIP Configuration Commands ........................................................................................................... 31-1
31.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 31-1
31.1.1 address-family (RIP) ................................................................................................... 31-1
31.1.2 auto-summary (RIP) ................................................................................................... 31-2
31.1.3 default-metric (RIP)..................................................................................................... 31-4
31.1.4 default-information originate(RIP) ............................................................................... 31-5
31.1.5 distance....................................................................................................................... 31-7
31.1.6 distribute-list in (RIP) .................................................................................................. 31-7
31.1.7 distribute-list out (RIP) ................................................................................................ 31-9
31.1.8 exit-address-family.................................................................................................... 31-10
31.1.9 ip rip authentication key-chain .................................................................................. 31-11
31.1.10 ip rip authentication mode ........................................................................................ 31-12
31.1.11 ip rip authentication text-password ........................................................................... 31-13
31.1.12 ip rip default-information ........................................................................................... 31-14
31.1.13 ip rip receive enable.................................................................................................. 31-16
31.1.14 ip rip receive version ................................................................................................. 31-17
31.1.15 ip rip send enable ..................................................................................................... 31-18
31.1.16 ip rip send version..................................................................................................... 31-19
31.1.17 ip rip v2-broadcast .................................................................................................... 31-20
31.1.18 ip split-horizon (RIP) ................................................................................................. 31-21
31.1.19 ip summary-address rip ............................................................................................ 31-22
31.1.20 network (RIP) ............................................................................................................ 31-23
31.1.21 neighbor (RIP) .......................................................................................................... 31-24
31.1.22 offset-list(RIP) ........................................................................................................... 31-25
31.1.23 output-delay .............................................................................................................. 31-26
31.1.24 passive-interface....................................................................................................... 31-27
31.1.25 redistribute (RIP)....................................................................................................... 31-29
31.1.26 router rip ................................................................................................................... 31-30
31.1.27 timers basic ............................................................................................................... 31-31
31.1.28 validate-update-source ............................................................................................. 31-32
31.1.29 version (RIP) ............................................................................................................. 31-34
31.2 Showing Related Command.................................................................................................. 31-35
31.2.1 show ip rip ................................................................................................................. 31-35
xii
31.2.2 show ip rip database ................................................................................................. 31-36
31.2.3 show ip rip external ................................................................................................... 31-37
31.2.4 show ip rip interface .................................................................................................. 31-38
32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands ................................................................................................... 32-1
32.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 32-1
32.1.1 area ............................................................................................................................ 32-1
32.1.2 area authentication ..................................................................................................... 32-2
32.1.3 area default-cost ......................................................................................................... 32-3
32.1.4 area filter-list ............................................................................................................... 32-4
32.1.5 area nssa .................................................................................................................... 32-5
32.1.6 area range .................................................................................................................. 32-6
32.1.7 area stub ..................................................................................................................... 32-8
32.1.8 area virtual-link ........................................................................................................... 32-9
32.1.9 auto-cost ................................................................................................................... 32-11
32.1.10 clear ip ospf process ................................................................................................. 32-12
32.1.11 compatible rfc1583 ................................................................................................... 32-13
32.1.12 default-information originate (OSPF) ........................................................................ 32-13
32.1.13 default-metric ............................................................................................................ 32-15
32.1.14 distance ospf ............................................................................................................. 32-16
32.1.15 distribute-list in .......................................................................................................... 32-17
32.1.16 distribute-list out........................................................................................................ 32-18
32.1.17 enable mib-binding ................................................................................................... 32-19
32.1.18 enable traps .............................................................................................................. 32-19
32.1.19 ip ospf authentication ................................................................................................ 32-22
32.1.20 ip ospf authentication-key ......................................................................................... 32-23
32.1.21 ip ospf cost ................................................................................................................ 32-24
32.1.22 ip ospf database-filter all out ..................................................................................... 32-25
32.1.23 ip ospf dead-interval ................................................................................................. 32-26
32.1.24 ip ospf disable all ...................................................................................................... 32-27
32.1.25 ip ospf hello-interval .................................................................................................. 32-27
32.1.26 ip ospf message-digest-key ...................................................................................... 32-28
32.1.27 ip ospf mtu-ignore ..................................................................................................... 32-30
32.1.28 ip ospf network .......................................................................................................... 32-30
32.1.29 ip ospf priority ........................................................................................................... 32-33
32.1.30 ip ospf retransmit-interval ......................................................................................... 32-34
32.1.31 ip ospf transmit-delay................................................................................................ 32-35
32.1.32 log-adj-changes ........................................................................................................ 32-36
32.1.33 max-concurrent-dd.................................................................................................... 32-37
xiii
.
32.1.34 neighbor .................................................................................................................... 32-37
32.1.35 network area ............................................................................................................. 32-39
32.1.36 overflow database ..................................................................................................... 32-40
32.1.37 overflow database external ....................................................................................... 32-41
32.1.38 overflow memory-lack ............................................................................................... 32-41
32.1.39 passive-interface....................................................................................................... 32-43
32.1.40 redistribute ................................................................................................................ 32-43
32.1.41 router ospf ................................................................................................................. 32-45
32.1.42 router-id .................................................................................................................... 32-46
32.1.43 summary-address ..................................................................................................... 32-47
32.1.44 timers lsa-group-pacing ............................................................................................ 32-48
32.1.45 timers spf .................................................................................................................. 32-49
32.2 Showing Related Command.................................................................................................. 32-50
32.2.1 show ip ospf .............................................................................................................. 32-50
32.2.2 show ip ospf border-devices ..................................................................................... 32-53
32.2.3 show ip ospf database .............................................................................................. 32-54
32.2.4 show ip ospf interface ............................................................................................... 32-66
32.2.5 show ip ospf neighbor ............................................................................................... 32-68
32.2.6 show ip ospf route ..................................................................................................... 32-71
32.2.7 show ip ospf summary-address ................................................................................ 32-72
32.2.8 show ip ospf virtual-link............................................................................................. 32-72
33
BGP4 Configuration Commands ....................................................................................................... 33-1
33.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 33-1
33.1.1 address-family ipv4 ..................................................................................................... 33-1
33.1.2 address-family ipv4 vrf ................................................................................................ 33-2
33.1.3 address-family vpnv4 .................................................................................................. 33-2
33.1.4 aggregate-address (IPv4) ........................................................................................... 33-3
33.1.5 auto-summary ............................................................................................................. 33-4
33.1.6 bgp always-compare-med .......................................................................................... 33-5
33.1.7 bgp bestpath as-path ignore ....................................................................................... 33-6
33.1.8 bgp bestpath compare-confed-aspath ........................................................................ 33-7
33.1.9 bgp bestpath compare-routerid................................................................................... 33-7
33.1.10 bgp bestpath med confed ........................................................................................... 33-8
33.1.11 bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst ........................................................................... 33-9
33.1.12 bgp client-to-client reflection ..................................................................................... 33-10
33.1.13 bgp cluster-id ............................................................................................................ 33-11
33.1.14 bgp confederation identifier ...................................................................................... 33-12
33.1.15 bgp confederation peers ........................................................................................... 33-13
xiv
33.1.16 bgp default ipv4-unicast ............................................................................................ 33-14
33.1.17 bgp default local-preference ..................................................................................... 33-15
33.1.18 bgp deterministic-med .............................................................................................. 33-16
33.1.19 bgp enforce-first-as ................................................................................................... 33-17
33.1.20 bgp fast-external-fallover .......................................................................................... 33-18
33.1.21 bgp log-neighbor-changes ........................................................................................ 33-19
33.1.22 bgp router-id ............................................................................................................. 33-19
33.1.23 clear bgp ipv4 unicast ............................................................................................... 33-20
33.1.24 clear bgp ipv4 unicast dampening ............................................................................ 33-22
33.1.25 clear bgp ipv4 unicast external ................................................................................. 33-22
33.1.26 clear bgp ipv4 unicast flap-statistics ......................................................................... 33-23
33.1.27 clear bgp ipv4 unicast peer-group ............................................................................ 33-24
33.1.28 clear ip bgp ............................................................................................................... 33-25
33.1.29 clear ip bgp dampening ............................................................................................ 33-27
33.1.30 clear ip bgp external ................................................................................................. 33-27
33.1.31 clear ip bgp flap-statistics ......................................................................................... 33-28
33.1.32 clear ip bgp peer-group ............................................................................................ 33-29
33.1.33 clear ip bgp vrf .......................................................................................................... 33-30
33.1.34 default-information originate ..................................................................................... 33-31
33.1.35 default-metric ............................................................................................................ 33-32
33.1.36 distance bgp ............................................................................................................. 33-33
33.1.37 exit-address-family.................................................................................................... 33-34
33.1.38 ip as-path access-list ................................................................................................ 33-35
33.1.39 maximum-prefix ........................................................................................................ 33-36
33.1.40 neighbor activate ...................................................................................................... 33-37
33.1.41 neighbor advertisement-interval ............................................................................... 33-38
33.1.42 neighbor allowas-in ................................................................................................... 33-39
33.1.43 neighbor as-override ................................................................................................. 33-40
33.1.44 neighbor default-originate ......................................................................................... 33-41
33.1.45 neighbor description ................................................................................................. 33-42
33.1.46 neighbor distribute-list............................................................................................... 33-43
33.1.47 neighbor ebgp-multihop ............................................................................................ 33-44
33.1.48 neighbor filter-list ...................................................................................................... 33-45
33.1.49 neighbor maximum-prefix ......................................................................................... 33-46
33.1.50 neighbor next-hop-self .............................................................................................. 33-47
33.1.51 neighbor password ................................................................................................... 33-48
33.1.52 neighbor peer-group (assigning members) .............................................................. 33-50
33.1.53 neighbor peer-group (creating) ................................................................................. 33-51
33.1.54 neighbor prefix-list .................................................................................................... 33-52
xv
.
33.1.55 neighbor remote-as................................................................................................... 33-53
33.1.56 neighbor remove-private-as ...................................................................................... 33-54
33.1.57 neighbor route-map .................................................................................................. 33-55
33.1.58 neighbor route-reflector-client ................................................................................... 33-56
33.1.59 neighbor send-community ........................................................................................ 33-57
33.1.60 neighbor shutdown ................................................................................................... 33-58
33.1.61 neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound ...................................................................... 33-59
33.1.62 neighbor soo ............................................................................................................. 33-60
33.1.63 neighbor timers ......................................................................................................... 33-61
33.1.64 neighbor unsuppress-map ........................................................................................ 33-63
33.1.65 neighbor update-source ............................................................................................ 33-64
33.1.66 neighbor version ....................................................................................................... 33-65
33.1.67 neighbor weight ........................................................................................................ 33-66
33.1.68 network(BGP) ........................................................................................................... 33-67
33.1.69 network synchronization ........................................................................................... 33-68
33.1.70 overflow memory-lack ............................................................................................... 33-68
33.1.71 redistribute ................................................................................................................ 33-70
33.1.72 redistribute (OSPF) ................................................................................................... 33-71
33.1.73 redistribute (ISIS) ...................................................................................................... 33-72
33.1.74 router bgp ................................................................................................................. 33-73
33.1.75 synchronization ......................................................................................................... 33-74
33.1.76 timers bgp ................................................................................................................. 33-75
33.2 Showing Related Command.................................................................................................. 33-76
33.2.1 show ip bgp ............................................................................................................... 33-76
33.2.2 show ip bgp cidr-only ................................................................................................ 33-77
33.2.3 show ip bgp community ............................................................................................ 33-78
33.2.4 show ip bgp community-list ...................................................................................... 33-79
33.2.5 show ip bgp dampening dampened-paths................................................................ 33-79
33.2.6 show ip bgp dampening flap-statistics ...................................................................... 33-80
33.2.7 show ip bgp dampening parameters ........................................................................ 33-81
33.2.8 show ip bgp filter-list ................................................................................................. 33-82
33.2.9 show ip bgp inconsistent-as ..................................................................................... 33-82
33.2.10 show ip bgp neighbors .............................................................................................. 33-83
33.2.11 show ip bgp paths ..................................................................................................... 33-85
33.2.12 show ip bgp quote-regexp ........................................................................................ 33-85
33.2.13 show ip bgp regexp................................................................................................... 33-86
33.2.14 show ip bgp summary ............................................................................................... 33-87
33.2.15 show ip bgp vpnv4 .................................................................................................... 33-88
33.2.16 show ip community-list.............................................................................................. 33-89
xvi
33.2.17 show ip as-path-access-list....................................................................................... 33-89
34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands .............................................................................. 34-1
34.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 34-1
34.1.1 distribute-list in ............................................................................................................ 34-1
34.1.2 distribute-list out.......................................................................................................... 34-2
34.1.3 ip community-list ......................................................................................................... 34-3
34.1.4 ip default-network ....................................................................................................... 34-5
34.1.5 ip prefix-list .................................................................................................................. 34-6
34.1.6 ip prefix-list description ............................................................................................... 34-7
34.1.7 ip prefix-list sequence-number ................................................................................... 34-8
34.1.8 ip route ........................................................................................................................ 34-9
34.1.9 ip routing ................................................................................................................... 34-11
34.1.10 ip static route-limit ..................................................................................................... 34-11
34.1.11 ipv6 prefix-list ............................................................................................................ 34-12
34.1.12 ipv6 prefix-list description ......................................................................................... 34-14
34.1.13 ipv6 prefix-list sequence-number.............................................................................. 34-15
34.1.14 match as-path ........................................................................................................... 34-16
34.1.15 match community...................................................................................................... 34-17
34.1.16 match interface ......................................................................................................... 34-18
34.1.17 match ip address ...................................................................................................... 34-19
34.1.18 match ip next-hop ..................................................................................................... 34-21
34.1.19 match ip route-source ............................................................................................... 34-23
34.1.20 match ipv6 address................................................................................................... 34-24
34.1.21 match ipv6 next-hop ................................................................................................. 34-26
34.1.22 match ipv6 route-source ........................................................................................... 34-28
34.1.23 match length ............................................................................................................. 34-30
34.1.24 match metric ............................................................................................................. 34-32
34.1.25 match origin .............................................................................................................. 34-33
34.1.26 match route-type ....................................................................................................... 34-34
34.1.27 match tag .................................................................................................................. 34-36
34.1.28 maximum-paths ........................................................................................................ 34-38
34.1.29 route-map ................................................................................................................. 34-38
34.1.30 set aggregator as ...................................................................................................... 34-41
34.1.31 set as-path prepend .................................................................................................. 34-42
34.1.32 set comm-list delete .................................................................................................. 34-43
34.1.33 set community........................................................................................................... 34-44
34.1.34 set dampening .......................................................................................................... 34-46
34.1.35 set default interface .................................................................................................. 34-47
xvii
.
34.1.36 set extcommunity ...................................................................................................... 34-49
34.1.37 set interface .............................................................................................................. 34-50
34.1.38 set ip default next-hop .............................................................................................. 34-52
34.1.39 set ip dscp ................................................................................................................. 34-54
34.1.40 set ip next-hop .......................................................................................................... 34-55
34.1.41 set ip next-hop verify-availability............................................................................... 34-57
34.1.42 set ip precedence ..................................................................................................... 34-59
34.1.43 set ip tos ................................................................................................................... 34-60
34.1.44 set level ..................................................................................................................... 34-62
34.1.45 set local-preference .................................................................................................. 34-63
34.1.46 set metric .................................................................................................................. 34-64
34.1.47 set metric-type .......................................................................................................... 34-66
34.1.48 set next-hop .............................................................................................................. 34-67
34.1.49 set origin ................................................................................................................... 34-69
34.1.50 set originator-id ......................................................................................................... 34-70
34.1.51 set tag ....................................................................................................................... 34-71
34.1.52 set weight .................................................................................................................. 34-72
34.1.53 ip ref ecmp load-balance source .............................................................................. 34-74
34.2 Show Related Command ...................................................................................................... 34-75
34.2.1 show route-map ........................................................................................................ 34-75
34.2.2 show ip community-list.............................................................................................. 34-76
34.2.3 show ip prefix-list ...................................................................................................... 34-76
34.2.4 show ip route ............................................................................................................ 34-77
34.2.5 show ipv6 prefix-list .................................................................................................. 34-79
34.2.6 show ip ref ................................................................................................................ 34-80
35
PBR Configuration Commands ......................................................................................................... 35-1
35.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 35-1
35.1.1 ip policy route-map ..................................................................................................... 35-1
35.1.2 ip policy ....................................................................................................................... 35-3
36
IPv6 Configuration Commands ......................................................................................................... 36-1
36.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 36-1
36.1.1 ping ipv6 ..................................................................................................................... 36-2
36.1.2 ipv6 address ............................................................................................................... 36-2
36.1.3 ipv6 enable ................................................................................................................. 36-3
36.1.4 ipv6 hop-limit............................................................................................................... 36-4
36.1.5 ipv6 neighbor .............................................................................................................. 36-4
36.1.6 ipv6 source-route ........................................................................................................ 36-5
36.1.7 ipv6 route .................................................................................................................... 36-6
xviii
36.1.8 ipv6 ns-linklocal-src .................................................................................................... 36-7
36.1.9 ipv6 nd ns-interval....................................................................................................... 36-8
36.1.10 ipv6 nd reachable-time ............................................................................................... 36-9
36.1.11 ipv6 nd prefix ............................................................................................................ 36-10
36.1.12 ipv6 nd ra-lifetime ..................................................................................................... 36-11
36.1.13 ipv6 nd ra-interval ..................................................................................................... 36-12
36.1.14 ipv6 nd ra-hoplimit .................................................................................................... 36-13
36.1.15 ipv6 nd ra-mtu ........................................................................................................... 36-14
36.1.16 ipv6 nd managed-config-flag .................................................................................... 36-15
36.1.17 ipv6 nd dad attempts ................................................................................................ 36-16
36.1.18 ipv6 nd suppress-ra .................................................................................................. 36-17
36.1.19 ipv6 redirects ............................................................................................................ 36-17
36.1.20 clear ipv6 neighbors.................................................................................................. 36-18
36.1.21 tunnel mode ipv6ip.................................................................................................... 36-18
36.1.22 tunnel destination...................................................................................................... 36-19
36.1.23 tunnel source ............................................................................................................ 36-20
36.1.24 tunnel ttl .................................................................................................................... 36-21
36.2 Show Related Command ...................................................................................................... 36-22
36.2.1 show ipv6 route ......................................................................................................... 36-22
36.2.2 show ipv6 neighbors ................................................................................................. 36-23
36.2.3 show ipv6 interface ................................................................................................... 36-25
37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands ................................................................................................... 37-1
37.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 37-1
37.1.1 area default-cost ......................................................................................................... 37-1
37.1.2 area-range .................................................................................................................. 37-2
37.1.3 area stub ..................................................................................................................... 37-3
37.1.4 area virtual-link ........................................................................................................... 37-4
37.1.5 auto-cost ..................................................................................................................... 37-5
37.1.6 clear ipv6 ospf process ............................................................................................... 37-6
37.1.7 default-information originate ....................................................................................... 37-7
37.1.8 default-metric .............................................................................................................. 37-8
37.1.9 ipv6 ospf area ............................................................................................................. 37-9
37.1.10 ipv6 ospf cost ............................................................................................................ 37-10
37.1.11 ipv6 ospf dead-interval.............................................................................................. 37-11
37.1.12 ipv6 ospf hello-interval .............................................................................................. 37-12
37.1.13 ipv6 ospf neighbor .................................................................................................... 37-13
37.1.14 ipv6 ospf network ...................................................................................................... 37-14
37.1.15 ipv6 ospf priority........................................................................................................ 37-15
xix
.
37.1.16 ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval...................................................................................... 37-16
37.1.17 ipv6 ospf transmit-delay ............................................................................................ 37-17
37.1.18 ipv6 router ospf ......................................................................................................... 37-18
37.1.19 log-adj-changes ........................................................................................................ 37-19
37.1.20 max-concurrent-dd.................................................................................................... 37-20
37.1.21 passive-interface....................................................................................................... 37-20
37.1.22 redistribute ................................................................................................................ 37-21
37.1.23 router-id .................................................................................................................... 37-23
37.1.24 timers spf .................................................................................................................. 37-24
37.2 Show Related Command ...................................................................................................... 37-25
37.2.1 show ipv6 ospf .......................................................................................................... 37-25
37.2.2 show ipv6 ospf database .......................................................................................... 37-26
37.2.3 show ipv6 ospf interface ........................................................................................... 37-28
37.2.4 show ipv6 ospf neighbor ........................................................................................... 37-29
37.2.5 show ipv6 ospf route ................................................................................................. 37-30
37.2.6 show ipv6 ospf topology ........................................................................................... 37-31
37.2.7 show ipv6 ospf virtual-links ....................................................................................... 37-32
38
IGMP Configuration Commands ....................................................................................................... 38-1
38.1 IGMP Configuration Task List .................................................................................................. 38-1
38.1.1 clear ip igmp group ..................................................................................................... 38-2
38.1.2 clear ip igmp interface................................................................................................. 38-2
38.1.3 ip igmp access-group.................................................................................................. 38-3
38.1.4 ip igmp join-group ....................................................................................................... 38-4
38.1.5 ip igmp static-group .................................................................................................... 38-4
38.1.6 ip igmp immediate-leave group-list ............................................................................. 38-5
38.1.7 ip igmp last-member-query-count ............................................................................... 38-6
38.1.8 ip igmp last-member-query-interval ............................................................................ 38-7
38.1.9 ip igmp limit (interface configuration) .......................................................................... 38-8
38.1.10 ip igmp query-interval ................................................................................................. 38-9
38.1.11 ip igmp query-max-response-time .............................................................................. 38-9
38.1.12 ip igmp query-timeout ............................................................................................... 38-10
38.1.13 ip igmp robustness-variable ...................................................................................... 38-11
38.1.14 ip igmp version .......................................................................................................... 38-11
38.1.15 ip igmp limit (global configuration) ............................................................................ 38-12
38.1.16 ip igmp proxy-service ................................................................................................ 38-13
38.1.17 ip igmp mroute-proxy ................................................................................................ 38-14
38.1.18 ip igmp ssm-map enable .......................................................................................... 38-14
38.1.19 ip igmp ssm-map static ............................................................................................. 38-15
xx
38.2 Show Related Commands..................................................................................................... 38-16
38.2.1 show ip igmp groups ................................................................................................. 38-16
38.2.2 show ip igmp interface .............................................................................................. 38-17
38.2.3 show ip igmp ssm-mapping ...................................................................................... 38-18
39
PIM-DM Configuration Commands ................................................................................................... 39-1
39.1 PIM-DM Related Configuration Commands ............................................................................ 39-1
39.1.1 ip pim dense-mode ..................................................................................................... 39-1
39.1.2 ip pim neighbor-filter ................................................................................................... 39-2
39.1.3 ip pim query-interval ................................................................................................... 39-3
39.1.4 ip pim state-refresh disable......................................................................................... 39-4
39.1.5 ip pim state-refresh origination-interval ...................................................................... 39-5
39.2 Show Related Commands....................................................................................................... 39-5
39.2.1 show ip pim dense-mode interface ............................................................................. 39-5
39.2.2 show ip pim dense-mode neighbor ............................................................................. 39-6
39.2.3 show ip pim dense-mode nexthop .............................................................................. 39-7
39.2.4 show ip pim dense-mode mroute ............................................................................... 39-8
40
PIM-SM Configuraiton Commands.................................................................................................... 40-1
40.1 PIM-SM Configuration Commands ......................................................................................... 40-1
40.1.1 clear ip mroute ............................................................................................................ 40-2
40.1.2 clear ip mroute statistics ............................................................................................. 40-2
40.1.3 clear ip pim sparse-mode bsr rp-set ........................................................................... 40-3
40.1.4 ip multicast-routing...................................................................................................... 40-3
40.1.5 ip pim accept-register list ............................................................................................ 40-4
40.1.6 ip pim bsr-candidate ................................................................................................... 40-4
40.1.7 ip pim cisco-register-checksum .................................................................................. 40-6
40.1.8 ip pim dr-priority .......................................................................................................... 40-6
40.1.9 ip pim ignore-rp-set-priority ......................................................................................... 40-7
40.1.10 ip pim jp-timer ............................................................................................................. 40-8
40.1.11 ip pim mib ................................................................................................................... 40-8
40.1.12 ip pim neighbor-filter ................................................................................................... 40-9
40.1.13 ip pim query-interval ................................................................................................... 40-9
40.1.14 ip pim register-rate-limit ............................................................................................ 40-10
40.1.15 ip pim register-rp-reachability ................................................................................... 40-10
40.1.16 ip pim register-source ............................................................................................... 40-11
40.1.17 ip pim register-suppression ...................................................................................... 40-12
40.1.18 ip pim rp-address ...................................................................................................... 40-12
40.1.19 ip pim rp-candidate ................................................................................................... 40-13
40.1.20 ip pim rp-register-kat ................................................................................................. 40-14
xxi
.
40.1.21 ip pim sparse-mode .................................................................................................. 40-15
40.1.22 ip pim spt-threshold .................................................................................................. 40-16
40.1.23 ip pim ssm ................................................................................................................. 40-17
40.2 Show Related Commands..................................................................................................... 40-18
40.2.1 show debugging........................................................................................................ 40-18
40.2.2 show ip pim sparse-mode bsr-router ........................................................................ 40-18
40.2.3 show ip pim sparse-mode interface .......................................................................... 40-19
40.2.4 show ip pim sparse-mode local-members ................................................................ 40-19
40.2.5 show ip pim sparse-mode mroute ............................................................................ 40-20
40.2.6 show ip pim sparse-mode neighbor .......................................................................... 40-20
40.2.7 show ip pim sparse-mode nexthop ........................................................................... 40-21
40.2.8 show ip pim sparse-mode rp mapping ...................................................................... 40-21
40.2.9 show ip pim sparse-mode rp-hash ........................................................................... 40-22
41
Multicast Routing Configuration Commands ..................................................................................... 41-1
41.1 Configuration Related Commands: ......................................................................................... 41-1
41.1.1 clear ip mroute ............................................................................................................ 41-1
41.1.2 clear ip mroute statistics ............................................................................................. 41-2
41.1.3 ip mroute ..................................................................................................................... 41-3
41.1.4 ip multicast route-limit ................................................................................................. 41-4
41.1.5 ip multicast ttl-threshold .............................................................................................. 41-4
41.1.6 ip multicast-routing...................................................................................................... 41-5
41.1.7 ip multicast-rpf ............................................................................................................ 41-6
41.1.8 ip multicast boundary .................................................................................................. 41-7
41.1.9 ip multicast static ........................................................................................................ 41-7
41.2 Show Related Commands....................................................................................................... 41-8
41.2.1 show ip mroute ........................................................................................................... 41-8
41.2.2 show ip rpf ................................................................................................................ 41-11
41.2.3 show ip mvif .............................................................................................................. 41-12
41.3 Debugging Related Commands ............................................................................................ 41-12
41.3.1 debug nsm mcast all ................................................................................................. 41-12
41.3.2 debug nsm mcast fib-msg ........................................................................................ 41-13
41.3.3 debug nsm mcast vrf ................................................................................................ 41-13
41.3.4 debug nsm mcast register ........................................................................................ 41-14
41.3.5 debug nsm mcast stats ............................................................................................. 41-14
42
MPLS Configuration Commands ....................................................................................................... 42-1
42.1 Basic MPLS Commands ......................................................................................................... 42-1
42.1.1 advertise-labels for ..................................................................................................... 42-1
42.1.2 discovery targeted-hello.............................................................................................. 42-2
xxii
42.1.3 label-merge ................................................................................................................. 42-3
42.1.4 label-retention-mode ................................................................................................... 42-4
42.1.5 label-switching ............................................................................................................ 42-5
42.1.6 ldp router-id ................................................................................................................. 42-6
42.1.7 loop-detection ............................................................................................................. 42-7
42.1.8 lsp-control-mode ......................................................................................................... 42-8
42.1.9 mpls ip (Global configuration mode) ........................................................................... 42-9
42.1.10 mpls ip (Interface configuration mode) ....................................................................... 42-9
42.1.11 mpls ip fragment ....................................................................................................... 42-10
42.1.12 mpls ip icmp forward ................................................................................................. 42-11
42.1.13 mpls ip ttl expiration .................................................................................................. 42-12
42.1.14 mpls ip ttl propagate ................................................................................................. 42-13
42.1.15 mpls ldp distribution-mode ........................................................................................ 42-14
42.1.16 mpls ldp hello-holdtime ............................................................................................. 42-15
42.1.17 mpls ldp hello-interval ............................................................................................... 42-16
42.1.18 mpls ldp keepalive-holdtime ..................................................................................... 42-17
42.1.19 mpls ldp max-hop-count ........................................................................................... 42-18
42.1.20 mpls ldp max-label-requests ..................................................................................... 42-19
42.1.21 mpls ldp max-path-vector ......................................................................................... 42-20
42.1.22 mpls ldp max-pdu ..................................................................................................... 42-21
42.1.23 transport-address...................................................................................................... 42-22
42.1.24 mpls mtu ................................................................................................................... 42-23
42.1.25 mpls router ldp .......................................................................................................... 42-24
42.1.26 mpls static ftn ............................................................................................................ 42-25
42.1.27 mpls static l3vpn-ftn .................................................................................................. 42-26
42.1.28 mpls static l2vc-ftn .................................................................................................... 42-27
42.1.29 mpls static ilm in-label............................................................................................... 42-28
42.1.30 neighbor .................................................................................................................... 42-30
42.1.31 propagate-release ..................................................................................................... 42-31
42.1.32 show mpls forwarding-table ...................................................................................... 42-31
42.1.33 show mpls label-pool ................................................................................................ 42-34
42.1.34 show mpls ldp bindings............................................................................................. 42-35
42.1.35 show mpls ldp discovery ........................................................................................... 42-36
42.1.36 show mpls ldp neighbor ............................................................................................ 42-37
42.1.37 show mpls ldp parameters ........................................................................................ 42-38
42.1.38 show mpls ldp session .............................................................................................. 42-39
42.1.39 show mpls summary ................................................................................................. 42-40
42.1.40 target-session holdtime ............................................................................................. 42-41
42.2 BGP/MPLS L3 VPN Commands ........................................................................................... 42-42
xxiii
.
42.2.1 address-family ipv4 vrf .............................................................................................. 42-42
42.2.2 address-family vpnv4 ................................................................................................ 42-43
42.2.3 clear ip bgp vrf .......................................................................................................... 42-44
42.2.4 exit address-family .................................................................................................... 42-45
42.2.5 ip route static inter-vrf ............................................................................................... 42-45
42.2.6 ip route vrf ................................................................................................................. 42-46
42.2.7 ip vrf .......................................................................................................................... 42-47
42.2.8 ip vrf forwarding ........................................................................................................ 42-48
42.2.9 maximum routes ....................................................................................................... 42-49
42.2.10 neighbor activate ...................................................................................................... 42-50
42.2.11 neighbor allowas-in ................................................................................................... 42-51
42.2.12 neighbor as-override ................................................................................................. 42-52
42.2.13 neighbor description ................................................................................................. 42-53
42.2.14 neighbor remote-as................................................................................................... 42-55
42.2.15 neighbor shutdown ................................................................................................... 42-56
42.2.16 neighbor soo ............................................................................................................. 42-57
42.2.17 rd
42-58
42.2.18 redistribute ................................................................................................................ 42-59
42.2.19 redistribute OSPF ..................................................................................................... 42-61
42.2.20 route-target ............................................................................................................... 42-63
42.2.21 show ip bgp vpnv4 .................................................................................................... 42-64
42.2.22 show ip route vrf ....................................................................................................... 42-66
42.2.23 show ip vrf ................................................................................................................. 42-67
42.3 L2 VPN Commands ............................................................................................................... 42-68
42.3.1 show mpls l2transport vc .......................................................................................... 42-68
42.3.2 show mpls l2vc ftn-table ........................................................................................... 42-71
42.3.3 show mpls ldp vc ...................................................................................................... 42-71
42.3.4 vc-withdraw-expect-release ...................................................................................... 42-74
42.3.5 xconnect ................................................................................................................... 42-75
43
Port-based Flow Control Configuration Commands .......................................................................... 43-1
43.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 43-1
43.1.1 storm-control ............................................................................................................... 43-1
43.1.2 switchport protected.................................................................................................... 43-3
43.1.3 protected-ports route-deny ......................................................................................... 43-3
43.1.4 switchport port-security ............................................................................................... 43-4
43.1.5 switchport port-security aging ..................................................................................... 43-5
43.1.6 switchport port-security mac-address ......................................................................... 43-6
43.1.7 arp-check .................................................................................................................... 43-7
xxiv
43.2 Show Related Command ........................................................................................................ 43-8
43.2.1 show storm-control ..................................................................................................... 43-8
43.2.2 show port-security....................................................................................................... 43-9
44
802.1X Configuration Commands ..................................................................................................... 44-1
44.1 dot1x Active Authentication Command .................................................................................... 44-1
44.1.1 dot1x auto-req ............................................................................................................. 44-1
44.1.2 dot1x auto-req packet-num ......................................................................................... 44-2
44.1.3 dot1x auto-req req-interval ......................................................................................... 44-3
44.1.4 dot1x auto-req user-detect ......................................................................................... 44-4
44.2 dot1x Timeout Parameter Setting Commands ........................................................................ 44-4
44.2.1 dot1x timeout quiet-period .......................................................................................... 44-5
44.2.2 dot1x timeout re-authperiod ........................................................................................ 44-6
44.2.3 dot1x timeout server-timeout ...................................................................................... 44-7
44.2.4 dot1x timeout supp-timeout ........................................................................................ 44-8
44.2.5 dot1x timeout tx-period ............................................................................................... 44-9
44.3 dot1x Re-authentication Commands ..................................................................................... 44-10
44.3.1 dot1x re-authentication ............................................................................................. 44-10
44.3.2 dot1x reauth-max ...................................................................................................... 44-11
44.4 dot1x Detection Function Commands ................................................................................... 44-12
44.4.1 dot1x probe-timer...................................................................................................... 44-12
44.4.2 dot1x client-probe enable ......................................................................................... 44-13
44.5 Other dot1x Configuration Commands .................................................................................. 44-14
44.5.1 dot1x authentication.................................................................................................. 44-15
44.5.2 dot1x auth-address-table .......................................................................................... 44-16
44.5.3 dot1x auth-mode ....................................................................................................... 44-16
44.5.4 dot1x default ............................................................................................................. 44-17
44.5.5 dot1x dynamic-vlan enable ....................................................................................... 44-18
44.5.6 dot1x guest-vlan ....................................................................................................... 44-19
44.5.7 dot1x eapol-tag ......................................................................................................... 44-20
44.5.8 dot1x max-req ........................................................................................................... 44-20
44.5.9 dot1x private-supplicant-only .................................................................................... 44-21
44.5.10 dot1x port-control auto .............................................................................................. 44-22
44.5.11 dot1x port-control-mode ........................................................................................... 44-23
44.5.12 dot1x stationarity enable ........................................................................................... 44-24
44.6 Show Related Commands..................................................................................................... 44-25
44.6.1 show dot1x ................................................................................................................ 44-26
44.6.2 show dot1x auth-address-table ................................................................................ 44-27
44.6.3 show dot1x auto-req ................................................................................................. 44-28
xxv
.
44.6.4 show dot1x private-supplicant-only .......................................................................... 44-29
44.6.5 show dot1x max-req ................................................................................................. 44-31
44.6.6 show dot1x port-control ............................................................................................ 44-32
44.6.7 show dot1x probe-timer ............................................................................................ 44-33
44.6.8 show dot1x re-authentication .................................................................................... 44-34
44.6.9 show dot1x reauth-max ............................................................................................ 44-35
44.6.10 show dot1x summary ................................................................................................ 44-36
44.6.11 show dot1x user id .................................................................................................... 44-37
44.6.12 show dot1x timeout ................................................................................................... 44-39
45
AAA Configuration Commands .......................................................................................................... 45-1
45.1 ID Authentication Related Command ...................................................................................... 45-1
45.1.1 aaa authentication dot1x ............................................................................................ 45-1
45.1.2 aaa authentication enable .......................................................................................... 45-2
45.1.3 aaa authentication login .............................................................................................. 45-3
45.1.4 aaa authentication ppp ............................................................................................... 45-5
45.1.5 login authentication ..................................................................................................... 45-6
45.2 Authorization Related Commands .......................................................................................... 45-7
45.2.1 aaa authorization commands ..................................................................................... 45-7
45.2.2 aaa authorization config-commands........................................................................... 45-9
45.2.3 aaa authorization console ........................................................................................... 45-9
45.2.4 aaa authorization exec ............................................................................................. 45-10
45.2.5 aaa authorization network ........................................................................................ 45-12
45.2.6 authorization commands .......................................................................................... 45-13
45.2.7 aaa authorization exec ............................................................................................. 45-14
45.3 Accounting Related commands............................................................................................. 45-15
45.3.1 aaa accounting commands ....................................................................................... 45-15
45.3.2 aaa accounting exec ................................................................................................. 45-17
45.3.3 aaa accounting network ............................................................................................ 45-18
45.3.4 aaa accounting update ............................................................................................. 45-19
45.3.5 aaa accounting update periodic ................................................................................ 45-20
45.3.6 accounting commands .............................................................................................. 45-21
45.3.7 accounting exec ........................................................................................................ 45-22
45.4 AAA Server Group Commands ............................................................................................. 45-23
45.4.1 aaa group server ....................................................................................................... 45-23
45.4.2 ip vrf forwarding ........................................................................................................ 45-24
45.4.3 server ........................................................................................................................ 45-24
45.4.4 show aaa group ........................................................................................................ 45-25
45.5 Other AAA Commands .......................................................................................................... 45-26
xxvi
45.5.1 aaa local authentication attempts ............................................................................. 45-26
45.5.2 aaa local authentication lockout-time ....................................................................... 45-27
45.5.3 aaa new-model ......................................................................................................... 45-28
45.5.4 clear aaa local user lockout ...................................................................................... 45-28
45.5.5 debug aaa ................................................................................................................. 45-29
45.5.6 show aaa method-list ................................................................................................ 45-29
45.5.7 show aaa user lockout .............................................................................................. 45-30
46
RADIUS Configuration Commands ................................................................................................... 46-1
46.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 46-1
46.1.1 ip radius source-interface ........................................................................................... 46-1
46.1.2 radius-server host ....................................................................................................... 46-2
46.1.3 radius-server key ........................................................................................................ 46-3
46.1.4 radius-server retransmit .............................................................................................. 46-4
46.1.5 radius-server timeout .................................................................................................. 46-5
46.1.6 radius-server deadtime ............................................................................................... 46-6
46.1.7 radius attribute ............................................................................................................ 46-7
46.1.8 radius set qos cos ....................................................................................................... 46-9
46.1.9 radius vendor-specific extend ................................................................................... 46-10
46.2 Show Related Commands..................................................................................................... 46-10
46.2.1 debug radius ............................................................................................................. 46-11
46.2.2 show radius server.................................................................................................... 46-11
46.2.3 show radius parameter ............................................................................................. 46-12
46.2.4 show radius vendor-specific ..................................................................................... 46-13
47
TACACS+ Configuration Commands ................................................................................................ 47-1
47.1 Related Commands of TACACS+ Configuration ..................................................................... 47-1
47.1.1 aaa group server tacacs+ ........................................................................................... 47-1
47.1.2 server(TACACS+) ....................................................................................................... 47-2
47.1.3 ip vrf forwarding(TACACS+) ....................................................................................... 47-3
47.1.4 ip tacacs source-interface ........................................................................................... 47-4
47.1.5 tacacs-server host ...................................................................................................... 47-5
47.1.6 tacacs-server key........................................................................................................ 47-6
47.1.7 tacacs-server timeout ................................................................................................. 47-7
47.2 TACACS+ Privileged Command ............................................................................................. 47-8
47.2.1 debug tacacs+ ............................................................................................................ 47-8
47.2.2 show tacacs ................................................................................................................ 47-8
48
SSH Configuration Commands ......................................................................................................... 48-1
48.1 Related Configuration Commands .......................................................................................... 48-1
xxvii
.
48.1.1 crypto key generate .................................................................................................... 48-1
48.1.2 crypto key zeroize ....................................................................................................... 48-2
48.1.3 ip ssh version .............................................................................................................. 48-3
48.1.4 ip ssh time-out ............................................................................................................ 48-4
48.1.5 ip ssh authentication-retries ........................................................................................ 48-5
48.2 Showing Related Commands .................................................................................................. 48-5
48.2.1 show ip ssh ................................................................................................................. 48-6
48.2.2 show ssh ..................................................................................................................... 48-7
48.2.3 show crypto key mypubkey ........................................................................................ 48-7
48.2.4 disconnect ssh ............................................................................................................ 48-8
49
CPU Protection Configuration Commands ........................................................................................ 49-1
49.1 Related Configuration Commands .......................................................................................... 49-1
49.1.1 cpu-protect type packet-type pps pps_value .............................................................. 49-1
49.1.2 cpu-protect type packet-type pri pri_num ................................................................... 49-2
49.2 Showing Related Command.................................................................................................... 49-2
49.2.1 show cpu-protect mboard ........................................................................................... 49-2
49.2.2 show cpu-protect slot .................................................................................................. 49-3
49.2.3 show cpu-protect type................................................................................................. 49-4
50
Anti-attack System Guard Configuration Commands ....................................................................... 50-1
50.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 50-1
50.1.1 system-guard enable .................................................................................................. 50-1
50.1.2 system-guard isolate-time seconds ............................................................................ 50-2
50.1.3 system-guard same-dest-ip-attack-packets number .................................................. 50-3
50.1.4 system-guard scan-dest-ip-attack-packets number.................................................... 50-3
50.1.5 system-guard detect-maxnum number ....................................................................... 50-4
50.1.6 system-guard exception-ip ip mask ............................................................................ 50-5
50.1.7 clear system-guard [interface interface-id [ip-address]] ............................................. 50-6
50.2 Showing Related Command.................................................................................................... 50-7
50.2.1 show system-guard [interface interface-id] ................................................................. 50-7
50.2.2 show system-guard isolate-ip [interface interface-id] ................................................. 50-8
50.2.3 show system-guard detect-ip [interface interface-id] .................................................. 50-8
50.2.4 show system-guard exception-ip [interface interface-id] ............................................ 50-9
51
DAI Configuration Commands ........................................................................................................... 51-1
51.1 Commands for Enabling and Disabling the DAI Inspection Function of the Specified VLAN . 51-1
51.1.1 ip arp inspection vlan vlan-id ...................................................................................... 51-1
51.2 Commands for Configuring the L2 Port to a Trusted Port ....................................................... 51-2
51.2.1 ip arp inspection trust.................................................................................................. 51-2
xxviii
51.3 DHCP Snooping Database Related Configuration .................................................................. 51-3
52
IP Source Guard Configuration Commands ...................................................................................... 52-1
52.1 IP Source Guard Global Command......................................................................................... 52-1
52.1.1 ip source binding ......................................................................................................... 52-1
52.2 IP Source Guard Command in the Interface Mode ................................................................. 52-2
52.2.1 ip verify source ............................................................................................................ 52-2
52.3 Other IP Source Guard Commands ........................................................................................ 52-3
52.3.1 show ip source binding ............................................................................................... 52-3
52.3.2 show ip verify source .................................................................................................. 52-4
52.3.3 debug ip source bind .................................................................................................. 52-5
53
NFPP Configuration Commands ....................................................................................................... 53-1
53.1 Related Configuration Commands .......................................................................................... 53-1
53.1.1 cpu-protect sub-interface {manage | protocol | route} pps ......................................... 53-1
53.1.2 cpu-protect sub-interface {manage | protocol | route} percent ................................... 53-2
53.1.3 arp-guard isolate timeout ............................................................................................ 53-3
53.1.4 arp-guard rate-limit ..................................................................................................... 53-4
53.1.5 arp-guard attack-threshold.......................................................................................... 53-4
53.1.6 arp-guard scan-threshold ........................................................................................... 53-6
53.1.7 clear arp-guard users.................................................................................................. 53-8
53.1.8 clear arp-guard scan ................................................................................................... 53-9
53.2 Showing and Monitoring Commands ...................................................................................... 53-9
53.2.1 show arp-guard configuration ..................................................................................... 53-9
53.2.2 show arp-guard users ............................................................................................... 53-10
53.2.3 show arp-guard scan ................................................................................................ 53-11
54
ACL Configuration Commands .......................................................................................................... 54-1
54.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 54-3
54.1.1 access-list ................................................................................................................... 54-4
54.1.2 ip access-list ............................................................................................................. 54-12
54.1.3 mac access-list ......................................................................................................... 54-13
54.1.4 expert access-list ...................................................................................................... 54-14
54.1.5 ipv6 access-list ......................................................................................................... 54-15
54.1.6 ip access-list resequence ......................................................................................... 54-16
54.1.7 deny .......................................................................................................................... 54-17
54.1.8 permit ........................................................................................................................ 54-23
54.1.9 list-remark text .......................................................................................................... 54-28
54.1.10 no sn ......................................................................................................................... 54-28
54.1.11 ip access-group ........................................................................................................ 54-29
xxix
.
54.1.12 mac access-group .................................................................................................... 54-30
54.1.13 expert access-group ................................................................................................. 54-31
54.1.14 ipv6 traffic-filter ......................................................................................................... 54-32
54.2 Showing Related Commands ................................................................................................ 54-33
54.2.1 show access-lists ...................................................................................................... 54-34
54.2.2 show ip access-group ............................................................................................... 54-35
54.2.3 show expert access-group ........................................................................................ 54-35
54.2.4 show mac access-group ........................................................................................... 54-36
54.2.5 show ipv6 traffic-filter ................................................................................................ 54-37
54.2.6 show access-group ................................................................................................... 54-37
54.3 Security Channel ................................................................................................................... 54-38
54.3.1 security global access-group .................................................................................... 54-39
54.3.2 security access-group ............................................................................................... 54-39
54.3.3 security uplink enable ............................................................................................... 54-40
55
VACL Configuration Commands ........................................................................................................ 55-1
55.1 Configuring Related Commands ............................................................................................. 55-1
55.1.1 vlan access-map ......................................................................................................... 55-1
55.1.2 match ip/mac address................................................................................................. 55-2
55.1.3 action forward/drop/redirect ........................................................................................ 55-3
55.1.4 vlan filter ..................................................................................................................... 55-4
55.2 Showing Related Commands .................................................................................................. 55-4
55.2.1 show vlan access-map ............................................................................................... 55-4
55.2.2 show vlan filter ............................................................................................................ 55-5
56
QoS Configuration Command ........................................................................................................... 56-1
56.1 Default Configuration ............................................................................................................... 56-1
56.2 Related Configuration Commands .......................................................................................... 56-2
56.2.1 mls qos trust ............................................................................................................... 56-2
56.2.2 mls qos cos ................................................................................................................. 56-3
56.2.3 class maps .................................................................................................................. 56-3
56.2.4 policy maps ................................................................................................................. 56-5
56.2.5 service-policy .............................................................................................................. 56-6
56.2.6 priority-queue .............................................................................................................. 56-7
56.2.7 wrr-queue bandwidth .................................................................................................. 56-8
56.2.8 mls qos map cos-dscp ................................................................................................ 56-9
56.2.9 mls qos map dscp-cos ................................................................................................ 56-9
56.2.10 interface rate-limit ..................................................................................................... 56-10
56.2.11 mls qos scheduler ..................................................................................................... 56-11
56.2.12 drr-queue bandwidth ................................................................................................. 56-11
xxx
56.2.13 mls qos map ip-prec-dscp ........................................................................................ 56-12
56.2.14 wrr-queue bandwidth ................................................................................................ 56-13
56.2.15 wrf-queue-sp ............................................................................................................. 56-14
56.2.16 virtual-group .............................................................................................................. 56-15
56.3 Showing Related Command.................................................................................................. 56-16
56.3.1 show class-map ........................................................................................................ 56-16
56.3.2 show policy-map ....................................................................................................... 56-16
56.3.3 show mls qos interface ............................................................................................. 56-17
56.3.4 show mls qos virtual-group ....................................................................................... 56-17
56.3.5 show mls qos queuing .............................................................................................. 56-18
56.3.6 show mls qos scheduler ........................................................................................... 56-18
56.3.7 show mls qos maps .................................................................................................. 56-18
56.3.8 show mls qos rate-limit ............................................................................................. 56-19
56.3.9 show virtual-group .................................................................................................... 56-19
57
VRRP Configuration Commands ..................................................................................................... 57-20
57.1 Configuration Related Commands ........................................................................................ 57-20
57.1.1 vrrp authentication .................................................................................................... 57-20
57.1.2 vrrp delay .................................................................................................................. 57-21
57.1.3 vrrp description ......................................................................................................... 57-22
57.1.4 vrrp ip ........................................................................................................................ 57-23
57.1.5 vrrp preempt ............................................................................................................. 57-24
57.1.6 vrrp priority ................................................................................................................ 57-25
57.1.7 vrrp timers advertise ................................................................................................. 57-26
57.1.8 vrrp timers learn ........................................................................................................ 57-27
57.1.9 vrrp track ................................................................................................................... 57-28
57.2 VRRP Monitoring and Maintenance Commands .................................................................. 57-30
57.2.1 debug vrrp ................................................................................................................. 57-30
57.2.2 debug vrrp errors ...................................................................................................... 57-31
57.2.3 debug vrrp events ..................................................................................................... 57-32
57.2.4 debug vrrp packets ................................................................................................... 57-32
57.2.5 debug vrrp state ........................................................................................................ 57-33
57.3 Showing Related Command.................................................................................................. 57-33
57.3.1 show vrrp .................................................................................................................. 57-33
57.3.2 show vrrp interface ................................................................................................... 57-35
58
RERP Configuration Commands ....................................................................................................... 58-1
58.1 Related Configuration Commands .......................................................................................... 58-1
58.1.1 rerp enable .................................................................................................................. 58-1
58.1.2 rerp hello-interval ........................................................................................................ 58-2
xxxi
.
58.1.3 rerp fail-interval ........................................................................................................... 58-3
58.1.4 rerp region .................................................................................................................. 58-3
58.1.5 ring ............................................................................................................................ 58-4
58.1.6 edge-ring ..................................................................................................................... 58-5
58.1.7 major-ring .................................................................................................................... 58-6
58.2 Showing and Monitoring Commands ...................................................................................... 58-6
58.2.1 show rerp .................................................................................................................... 58-7
58.2.2 show rerp statistics ..................................................................................................... 58-7
58.2.3 clear rerp statistics ...................................................................................................... 58-8
58.2.4 debug rerp .................................................................................................................. 58-8
59
REUP Configuration Commands ....................................................................................................... 59-1
59.1 Related Configuration Commands .......................................................................................... 59-1
59.1.1 switchport backup interface interface-id ..................................................................... 59-1
59.1.2 switchport backup interface interface-id preemption .................................................. 59-2
59.1.3 mac-aadress-table move update receive ................................................................... 59-3
59.1.4 mac-address-table move update transit ..................................................................... 59-4
59.1.5 mac-address-table update group ................................................................................ 59-4
59.2 Showing and Monitoring Commands ...................................................................................... 59-5
59.2.1 show interfaces [interface-id] switchport backup [detail] ............................................ 59-5
59.2.2 show mac-address-table update group [detail]........................................................... 59-6
60
RLDP Configuration Command ......................................................................................................... 60-1
60.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 60-1
60.1.1 rldp enable .................................................................................................................. 60-1
60.1.2 rldp detect-interval ...................................................................................................... 60-2
60.1.3 rldp detect-max ........................................................................................................... 60-3
60.1.4 rldp port ....................................................................................................................... 60-3
60.1.5 rldp reset ..................................................................................................................... 60-4
60.2 Showing and Monitoring Commands ...................................................................................... 60-5
60.2.1 show rldp..................................................................................................................... 60-5
60.2.2 debug rldp ................................................................................................................... 60-5
61
TPP Configuration Commands .......................................................................................................... 61-1
61.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 61-1
61.1.1 topology guard ............................................................................................................ 61-1
61.1.2 tp-guard port enable ................................................................................................... 61-2
61.2 Showing Related Commands .................................................................................................. 61-2
61.2.1 show tpp ..................................................................................................................... 61-2
62
xxxii
Supervisor Engine Redundancy Configuration Commands .............................................................. 62-1
62.1 Related Configuration Commands .......................................................................................... 62-1
62.1.1 redundancy ................................................................................................................. 62-1
62.1.2 auto-sync .................................................................................................................... 62-2
62.1.3 auto-sync time-period ................................................................................................. 62-3
62.1.4 switchover timeout ...................................................................................................... 62-4
62.1.5 redundancy reload ...................................................................................................... 62-4
62.1.6 redundancy forceswitch .............................................................................................. 62-5
62.2 Showing and Monitoring Commands ...................................................................................... 62-6
62.2.1 show redundancy states ............................................................................................. 62-6
62.2.2 show redundancy auto-sync ....................................................................................... 62-6
62.2.3 show redundancy switchtimeout ................................................................................. 62-7
63
File System Configuration Commands .............................................................................................. 63-1
63.1 Configuration Related Commands .......................................................................................... 63-1
63.1.1 cd
............................................................................................................................ 63-1
63.1.2 cp
............................................................................................................................ 63-2
63.1.3 ls
............................................................................................................................ 63-3
63.1.4 makefs ........................................................................................................................ 63-3
63.1.5 mkdir ........................................................................................................................... 63-4
63.1.6 mv ............................................................................................................................ 63-5
63.1.7 pwd ............................................................................................................................ 63-5
63.1.8 rm
............................................................................................................................ 63-6
63.1.9 rmdir ............................................................................................................................ 63-6
64
Memory Configuration Commands .................................................................................................... 64-1
64.1 Showing Commands ............................................................................................................... 64-1
64.1.1 show memory ............................................................................................................. 64-1
64.1.2 memory-lack exit-policy .............................................................................................. 64-2
64.1.3 show memory protocols .............................................................................................. 64-3
65
CPU-LOG Configuration Commands ................................................................................................ 65-1
65.1 Related System Management commands .............................................................................. 65-1
65.1.1 show cpu ..................................................................................................................... 65-1
65.1.2 cpu-log ........................................................................................................................ 65-5
66
Syslog Configuration Commands ...................................................................................................... 66-1
66.1 Related Configuration Commands .......................................................................................... 66-1
66.1.1 logging on ................................................................................................................... 66-1
66.1.2 terminal monitor .......................................................................................................... 66-2
66.1.3 logging buffered .......................................................................................................... 66-2
66.1.4 Logging server ............................................................................................................ 66-4
xxxiii
.
66.1.5 logging file flash .......................................................................................................... 66-5
66.1.6 logging console ........................................................................................................... 66-6
66.1.7 logging monitor ........................................................................................................... 66-7
66.1.8 logging trap ................................................................................................................. 66-8
66.1.9 logging source interface ............................................................................................. 66-9
66.1.10 logging source ip| ipv6 .............................................................................................. 66-10
66.1.11 logging facility ........................................................................................................... 66-11
66.1.12 logging count ............................................................................................................ 66-12
66.1.13 logging rate-limit ....................................................................................................... 66-13
66.1.14 logging synchronous ................................................................................................. 66-14
66.1.15 service sequence-numbers ...................................................................................... 66-15
66.1.16 service timestamps ................................................................................................... 66-16
66.1.17 service sysname ....................................................................................................... 66-17
66.1.18 more flash ................................................................................................................. 66-18
66.1.19 clear logging ............................................................................................................. 66-19
66.2 Showing Related Command.................................................................................................. 66-19
66.2.1 show logging ............................................................................................................. 66-19
66.2.2 show logging count ................................................................................................... 66-21
67
Module Hot-plugging/ unplugging Configuration Commands............................................................ 67-1
67.1 Related Configuration Commands .......................................................................................... 67-1
67.1.1 install slot-num moduletype ........................................................................................ 67-1
67.1.2 no install slot-num ....................................................................................................... 67-2
67.1.3 remove configuration module slot-num ...................................................................... 67-3
67.1.4 reset module slot-num ................................................................................................ 67-4
67.2 Showing Related Command.................................................................................................... 67-4
67.2.1 show version module detail [module-num] ................................................................. 67-4
67.2.2 show version slots [slot-num] ..................................................................................... 67-5
68
LCD Configuration Commands ......................................................................................................... 68-1
68.1 Related Configuration Commands .......................................................................................... 68-1
68.1.1 lcd trap-number num................................................................................................... 68-1
68.1.2 memory-rate rising-threshold num .............................................................................. 68-2
69
USB configuration Commands .......................................................................................................... 69-1
69.1 Related Configuration Commands .......................................................................................... 69-1
69.1.1 show usb ..................................................................................................................... 69-1
69.1.2 usb remove ................................................................................................................. 69-2
70
POE Management Configuration Commands ................................................................................... 70-3
70.1 Configurtion Related Command .............................................................................................. 70-3
xxxiv
70.1.1 poe enable .................................................................................................................. 70-3
70.1.2 poe-power lower lower................................................................................................ 70-3
70.1.3 poe-power upeer upper .............................................................................................. 70-4
70.1.4 poe disconnect-mode mode ....................................................................................... 70-5
70.2 Show Related Command ........................................................................................................ 70-5
70.2.1 show poe interfaces .................................................................................................... 70-5
70.2.2 show poe powersupply ............................................................................................... 70-6
xxxv
.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 1
1
1.1
CLI Authorization Configuration Commands
CLI Authorization
Configuration
Commands
alias
You can use the alias command to configure an alias of a command in the global
configuration mode. Use the no form of the command to remove the alias of a specified
command or all the aliases under one mode.
alias mode command-alias original-command
no alias mode [command-alias]
Parameter
Description
Parameter
mode
Mode of the command represented by the alias
description
command-alias
Alias of the command
original-command
Syntax of the command represented by the alias
Default
Some commands in the privileged EXEC mode have default alias
Settings
names.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The following table lists the default alias of the commands
in the privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
guidelines
Alias
Actual Command
h
help
p
ping
s
show
1-1
Chapter 1
CLI Authorization Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
u
undebug
un
undebug
The default alias cannot be deleted by the no alias exec
command.
By setting the alias, you can use a word to replace a
command. For example, you can create an alias to
represent the first part of a command, and then type the
rest part of the command.
The mode of the command represented by the alias is the
command mode existing in the current system. In the
global configuration mode, you can use alias ? to list all
the modes under which you can configure alias for
commands.
DES-7210(config)# alias ?
aaa-gs
AAA server group mode
acl
acl configure mode
bgp
Configure bgp Protocol
config
globle configure mode
......
The alias also has its help information that is displayed
after * in the following format:
*command-alias=original-command
For example, in the privileged EXEC mode, the default
alias s stands for show. You can enter s? to query the key
words beginning with s and the help information of the
alias.
DES-7210# s?
*s=show show start-chat start-terminal-service
If an alias represents more than one word, the command
will be displayed in brackets. For example, if you set sv
stand for show version in the privileged EXEC mode,
then:
DES-7210# s?
*s=show *sv="show version" show start-chat
start-terminal-service
The alias must begin with the first letter of the command.
The first letter of the command cannot be a space. The
space before the command cannot be used as a valid
alias.
DES-7210# s?
show start-chat start-terminal-service
1-2
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 1
CLI Authorization Configuration Commands
The command alias also has its help information. For
example, if the alias ia represents ip address in the
interface configuration mode, then:
DES-7210(config-if)# ia ?
A.B.C.D IP address
dhcp
IP Address via DHCP
DES-7210(config-if)# ip address
The above help information lists the parameters of ip
address and shows the actual command name.
You must enter an entire alias; otherwise it cannot be
recognized.
Use the show aliases command to show the aliases
setting in the system.
In the global configuration mode, use def-route to represent the
default route setting of ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.1:
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# alias config def-route ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
192.168.1.1
DES-7210(config)# def-route?
Examples
*def-route="ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.1"
DES-7210(config)# def-route?
% Unrecognized command.
DES-7210(config)# end
DES-7210# show aliases config
globle configure mode alias:
def-route
ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
192.168.1.1
1.2
Related
Command
Description
commands
show aliases
Show the aliases settings.
privilege
To attribute the execution rights of a command to a command level, use privilege in the
global configuration mode. The no form of this command recovers the execution rights of a
command to the default setting.
privilege mode [all] [level level | reset ] command-string
no privilege mode [all] [level level ] command-string
1-3
Chapter 1
CLI Authorization Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
Description
mode
CLI mode of the command to which the
execution rights are attributed.
all
Alias of the command
level
Specify the execution right levels (0–15) of a
Parameter
description
command or sub-commands
reset
Restore the command execution rights to its
default level
command-string:
Command string to be authorized
Default
Settings
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The following table lists some key words that can be
authorized by command privilege in the CLI mode. The
number of command modes that can be authorized may
vary with different devices. In the global configuration
mode, you can use privilege ? to list all CLI command
modes that can be authorized.
Mode
Usage
guidelines
Descripton
config
Global configuration mode.
exec
Privileged EXEC mode
interface
Interface configuration mode
ip-dhcp-pool
DHCP address pool configuration mode
keychain
KeyChain configuration mode
keychain-key
KeyChain-key configuration mode
time-range
Time-Range configuration mode
Set the password of CLI level 1 as test and attribute the reload rights
to reset the device:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# enable secret level 1 0 test
DES-7210(config)# privilege exec level 1 reload
After the above setting, you can access the CLI window as level-1
1-4
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 1
CLI Authorization Configuration Commands
user to use the reload command:
DES-7210> reload ?
<cr>
You can use the key word all to attribute all sub-commands of reload
to level-1 users:
DES-7210(config)# privilege exec all level 1 reload
After the above setting, you can access the CLI window as level-1
user to use all sub commands of the reload command:
DES-7210> reload ?
at
reload at a specific time/date
cancel
cancel pending reload scheme
in
reload after a time interval
<cr>
1.3
Related
Command
Description
commands
enable secret
Set CLI-level password
show aliases
To display all the command aliases or aliases in special command modes, run the show
aliases command in the privileged EXEC mode.
show aliases [mode]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
mode
Mode of the command represented by the alias.
Default
Settings
N/A.
Command
mode
EXEC mode.
Usage
Show all the configuration of aliases if the command mode
guidelines
has not been input.
Examples
Following example shows the command alias in the EXEC
mode:
DES-7210# show aliases exec
exec mode alias:
1-5
Chapter 1
1-6
CLI Authorization Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
h
help
p
ping
s
show
u
undebug
un
undebug
Related
Command
Description
commands
alias
Set the alias of a command.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 2
2
2.1
Switch Management Configuration Commands
Switch Management
Configuration
Commands
User Management Related Commands
The user interface is the user command line interface (CLI), including the following related
commands:
2.1.1

disable

enable

enable password

enable secret

service password-encryption

password

login

login local

login authentication

username

lock

lockable

telnet

enable service
disable
To exit from privileged user mode to normal user mode or lower the privilege level, execute
the privileged user command disable.
disable [ privilege-level ]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
privilege-level
Privilege level
2-1
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Use this command to return to user mode from privileged mode. If a
privilege level is added, the current privilege level will be lowered to
the specified level.
Usage
guidelines
The privilege level following the disable command
Note
must be lower than the current level.
The example below lowers the current privilege level of the device
Examples
down to level 10:
DES-7210# disable 10
Related
commands
2.1.2
Command
enable
Description
From user mode enter to the privileged mode
or log on the higher level of authority.
enable
To enter into the privileged user mode, execute the normal user configuration command
enable.
For the details of the command, see the Security Configuration Command Reference.
2.1.3
enable password
To configure the password for different privilege level, execute the global configuration
command enable password. The no form of this command is used to delete the password
of the specified level.
enable password [level level] {password | [0|7] encrypted-password}
no enable password
Parameter
Password
Parameter
description
Level
0|7
2-2
Description
Password for user to enter into the EXEC
configuration layer
User's level.
Password
encryption
type,
"0"
encryption, "7" for simple encryption
for
no
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 2
encrypted-password
Switch Management Configuration Commands
Password text.
Command
Global configuration mode.
mode
No encryption is required in general. The encryption type is required
generally when the password that has been encrypted with the
command for the device are to be copies and pasted.
The effective password is defined as below:
Usage

Consists of 1 ~ 26 letter in upeer/lower case and numerals

Leading spaces are allowed but ignored. Spaces in between or
at the end are regarded as part of the password.
guidelines
If an encryption type is specified and then a plaintext
password is entered, it is impossible to enter into the
privileged EXEC mode. A lost password that has
Caution
been encrypted with any method cannot be restored.
The only way is to reconfigure the device password.
The example below configures the password as pw10:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# enable password pw10
2.1.4
Related
Command
Description
commands
enable secret
Set the security password
enable secret
To configure the security password for different privilege level, execute the global
configuration command enable secret. The no form of this command is used to delete the
password of the specified level.
enable secret
[level level] {secret | [0|5] encrypted-secret}
no enable secret
Parameter
secret
Parameter
description
level
0|5
Description
Password for user to enter into the EXEC
configuration layer
User's level.
Password
encryption
type,
"0"
for
no
encryption, "5" for security encryption
2-3
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
encrypted-password
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Password text
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The password falls into "password" and "security" passwords. The
"password" is simple encryption password, which can be set only for
level 15. The "security" means the security encryption password,
which can be set for level 0 ~ 15. If the two kinds of passwords exist
in the system at the same time, the "password" type password will not
Usage
take effect. If a "password" type password is set for a level other than
guidelines
15, an alert is provided and the password is automatically converted
into the "security" password. If "password" type password is set for
level 15 and the same as the "security" password, an alert is
provided. The password must be saved in encrypted manner, with
simple encryption for the "password" type password and security
encryption for the "security" type password.
Examples
The example below configures the security password as pw10:
DES-7210(config)# enable secret 0 pw10
2.1.5
Related
Command
Description
commands
enable password
Set passwords for different privilege levels.
service password-encryption
To encrypt the password, execute this command. The no form of this command restores to
the default value, but the password in cipher text cannot be restored to plain text.
service password-encryption
no service password-encryption
Parameter
description
N/A.
Command
mode
2-4
Global configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
This command is disabled by default. Various passwords are
displayed in form of plain text, unless it is directly configured in cipher
Usage
text form. After you execute the service password-encryption and
guidelines
show running or write command to save the configuration, the
password transforms into cipher text. If you disable the command, the
password in cipher text cannot be restored to plain text.
Examples
The example below encrypts the password:
DES-7210(config)# service password-encryption
2.1.6
Related
Command
Description
commands
enable password
Set passwords of different privileges.
password
To configure the password for line logon, execute the line configuration command
password. The no form of this command is used to delete the line logon password.
password {password | [0|7] encrypted-password}
no password
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
password
Password for line of remote user
0|7
encrypted-password
Password
encryption
type,
"0"
for
no
encryption, "7" for simple encryption
Password text
Command
mode
Line configuration mode.
Usage
This command is used to configure the authentication password for
guidelines
the line logon of remote user.
The example below configures the line logon password as "red":
Examples
DES-7210(config)# line vty 0
DES-7210(config-line)# password red
Related
Command
Description
2-5
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
commands
2.1.7
login
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
From user mode enter to the privileged mode
or log on the higher level of authority.
login
In case the AAA is disabled, to enable simple logon password authentication on the
interface, execute the interface configuration command login. The no form of this
command is used to delete the line logon password authentication.
login
no login
Parameter
description
N/A.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Line configuration mode.
If the AAA security server is not enabled, this command is used for
the simple password authentication at logon. The password here is
the one configured for VTY or console interface.
The example below shows how to set the logon password
authentication on VTY.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# no aaa new-model
DES-7210(config)# line vty 0
DES-7210(config-line)# password 0 normatest
DES-7210(config-line)# login
2.1.8
Related
Command
Description
commands
password
Configure the line logon password
login local
In case the AAA is disabled, to enable local user authentication on the interface, execute the
interface configuration command login local. The no form of this command is used to
delete the line local user authentication.
login local
no login local
2-6
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
Parameter
description
N/A.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Line configuration mode.
If the AAA security server is not enabled, this command is used for
the local user authentication at logon. The user here means the one
configured with the username command.
The example below shows how to set the local user authentication on
VTY.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# no aaa new-model
DES-7210(config)# username test password 0 test
DES-7210(config)# line vty 0
DES-7210(config-line)# login local
2.1.9
Related
Command
Description
commands
username
Configure the local user information.
login authentication
In case the AAA is enabled, the authentication with the AAA server must be performed for
logon. Use this command to associate logon authentication method list. The no form of this
command is used to delete the logon authentication method list.
login authentication {default | list-name}
no login authentication {default | list-name}
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
default
Name of the default authentication method list
list-name
Name of the method list available
Command
mode
Line configuration mode.
Usage
If the AAA security server is enabled, this command is used for the
guidelines
logon authentication with the specified method list.
2-7
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The example below shows how to associate method list on VTY and
perform logon authentication with radius.
DES-7210(config)# aaa new-model
Examples
DES-7210(config)# aaa authentication login default radius
DES-7210(config)# line vty 0
DES-7210(config-line)# login authentication default
Command
Description
Related
aaa new-model
Enable the AAA security service
commands
aaa authentication
login
2.1.10
Configure the logon authentication method list
username
To set the local username, execute the global configuration mode command username.
username name {nopassword | password { password | [0|7]
encrypted-password }} username name privilege privilege-level
no username name
Parameter
Description
name
Username
password
User password
Parameter
description
Password encryption type, 0 for no encryption,
0|7
7 for simple encryption
encrypted-password
Password text
privilege-level
User bound privilege level
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
This command is used to establish local user database for the purpose of
authentication.
If the type of encryption is specified as 7, the length of
the entered legal cipher text should be even.
Usage
In general, it is not necessary to specify the type of
guidelines
encryption as 7.
Note
Commonly, it is necessary to specify the type of
encryption as 7 only when the encrypted password is
copied and pasted.
2-8
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
The example below configures a username and password and bind
Examples
the user to level 15.
DES-7210(config)# username test privilege 15 password 0 pw15
2.1.11
Related
Command
Description
commands
login local
Enable local authentication
lock
To set a temporary password at the terminal, execute the EXEC mode command lock.
lock
Parameter
description
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
You can lock the terminal interface but maintain the continuity of
session, to prevent it from being accessed by setting the temporary
password.The terminal interface can be locked by the steps below:
1.
Enter the lock command, and the system will prompt you to
enter the password:
Usage
2.
Enter the password, which may be any string.The system will
prompt you to confirm the entered password, and then clear the
guidelines
screen as well as show the "Locked" information.
3.
To enter into the terminal, enter the set temporary password.
To use the terminal locked function at the terminal, execute the
lockable command in the line configuration mode, and enable the
characteristic to support the terminal lock in corresponding line.
2-9
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The example below locks a terminal interface:
DES-7210(config-line)# lockable
DES-7210(config-line)# end
DES-7210# lock
Examples
Password: <password>
Again: <password>
Locked
Password: <password>
DES-7210#
Related
commands
2.1.12
Command
lockable
Description
Set to support the terminal lock function in the
line.
lockable
To support the use of the lock command at the terminal, execute the lockable command in
the line configuration mode. The terminal doesn‘t support the lock command, by
default.Use the no command to cancel the setting.
lockable
no lockable
Parameter
description
N/A.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Line configuration mode.
This command is used to support the terminal lock function in
corresponding line. To lock the terminal, execute the lock command
in the EXEC mode.
The example below enables the terminal lock function at the console
port and locks the console:
DES-7210(config)# line console 0
DES-7210(config-line)# lockable
Examples
DES-7210(config-line)# end
DES-7210# lock
Password: <password>
Again: <password>
2-10
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
Locked
Password: <password>
DES-7210#
2.1.13
Related
Command
Description
commands
lock
Lock the terminal.
telnet
To log in one server which supports the telnet connection, use the telnet command to log on
in the EXEC (privileged) mode.
telnet host [port] [keyword]
Parameter
Description
Host
The IP address of host or host name to be logged in.
Port
Parameter
Select the TCP port number to be used for the login, 23
by default.
The available keywords are listed in the table below:
description
Keyword
Keyword
Description
Specify the interface from which
/source-interface
the telnet connection request is
sent.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command is used to log in a telnet server.
The example below commands telnet to 192.168.1.11, the port uses
Examples
the default value, and the source interface is specified as vlan 1, the
queried VRF route table is specified as vpn1.
DES-7210# telnet 192.168.1.11 /source-interface vlan 1 /vrf vpn1
Related
commands
Command
Description
show sessions
Show the currently established sessions.
exit
Exit current connection.
2-11
Chapter 2
2.1.14
Switch Management Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
enable service
To enable or disable the specified service such as SSH Server/Telnet Server/Web
Server/SNMP Agent, use the enable service command in the global configuration
mode:
enable service { ssh-sesrver | telnet-server | web-server | snmp-agent}
Parameter
description
Keyword
Description
ssh-sesrver
Enable and disable SSH Server.
telnet-server
Enable and disable Telnet Server.
web-server
Enable and disable HTTP Server.
snmp-agent
Enable and disable SNMP Agent.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
This command is used to enable the specified service. Use the no
guidelines
enable service
command to disable the specified service.
Following Example:
Examples
Enable the SSH Server, Enable the function of SSH Server:
DES-7210(Config)# enable service ssh-sesrver
2.2
Related
Command
Description
commands
show service
View the service status of the current system.
Basic System Management Related Commands
The system management includes related commands as follows:
2-12

clock set

clock update-calendar

exec-timeout

hostname

session-timeout

show clock

show running-config

show startup-config
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
2.2.1

reload

show reload

prompt

banner motd

banner login

speed

show line

write
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
clock set
To configure system clock manually, execute one of the two formats of the privileged user
command clock set:
clock set hh:mm:ss month day year
Parameter
hh:mm:ss
Parameter
description
Description
Current time, in the format of Hour (24-hour):
Minute: Second
day
Date (1-31) of month
month
Month (1-12) OF year
year
Year (1993-2035), abbreviation is not allowed.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Use this command to set the system time to facilitate the
management.
Usage
guidelines
For devices without hardware clock, the time set by the clock set
command takes effect for only the current setting. Once the device
powers off, the manually set time becomes invalid.
The example below configures the current time as 10:20:30AM March
th
17 2003.
Examples
DES-7210# clock set 10:20:30 Mar 17 2003
DES-7210# show clock
clock: 2003-3-17 10:20:32
Related
Command
Description
2-13
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
commands
2.2.2
show clock
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Show current clock.
clock update-calendar
In the privileged EXEC mode, you can execute command clock update-calendar to
overwrite the value of hardware clock by software clock.
clock update-calendar
Parameter
description
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Some platforms use hardware clock to complement software clock.
Since battery enables hardware clock to run continuously, even
Usage
though the device is closed or restarts, hardware clock still runs.
guidelines
If hardware clock and software clock are asynchronous, then
software clock is more accurate. Execute clock update-calendar
command to copy date and time of software clock to hardware clock.
The example below copys the current time and date of software clock
Examples
to hardware clock:
DES-7210# clock update-calendar
Related
commands
2.2.3
Command
Description
clock
Set the softwar clock with the hardware clock
read-calendar
value.
exec-timeout
To configure the connection timeout to this equipment in the LINE, use the exec-timeout
command.Once the connection timeout in the LINE is cancelled by the no exec-timeout
command, the connection will never be timeout.
exec-timeout minutes [seconds]
2-14
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
no exec-timeout
Parameter
Parameter
Description
minutes
The minutes of specified timeout.
description
seconds
(optional parameter) The seconds of specified
timeout.
Default
configuration
The default timeout is 10min.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
Line configuration mode.
If there is no input/output information for this connection within
specified time, this connection will be interrupted, and this LINE will
be restored to the free status.
The example below specifies the connection timeout is 5‘30―.
DES-7210(config-line)#exec-timeout 5 30
2.2.4
hostname
To specify or modify the hostname of the device, execute the global configuration command
hostname.
hostname name
Parameter
Parameter
description
Description
Device hostname, the string, numeral or hyphen
name
are supported only. The maximum length is 63
characters.
Default
configuration
The default hostname is DES-7210.
Command
mode
Global Configuration Mode.
2-15
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
Usage
guidelines
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
This hostname is mainly used to identify the device and is taken as
the username for the local device in the dialup and CHAP
authentication.
The example below configures the hostname of the device as D-Link:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# hostname D-Link
D-Link(config)#
2.2.5
session-timeout
To configure the session timeout for the remote terminal established in current LINE, use
the session-timeout command.When the session timeout for the remote terminal in the
LINE is cancelled, the session will never be timeout.
session-timeout minutes [seconds]
no session-timeout
Parameter
Parameter
Description
minutes
The minutes of specified timeout.
description
seconds
(Optional Parameter) The seconds of specified
timeout.
Default
configuration
The default timeout is 0 min.
Command
mode
LINE configuration mode.
If there is no input/output information for the session to the remote
Usage
terminal established in current LINE within specified time, this
guidelines
connection will be interrupted, and this LINE will be restored to the
free status.
The example below specifies the timeout of session is 5 min plus 30
Examples
second.
DES-7210(config-line)#exec-timeout 5 30
2.2.6
show clock
To view the system time, execute the privileged user command show clock.
show clock [detail]
2-16
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
detail
Show the source of system clock.
Command
mode
Privileged mode
Usage
This command is used to view current system clock, the detail option
guidelines
will show the source of the system clock.
The example below is an execution result of the show clock
command:
Examples
DES-7210# show clock detail
clock: 2003-3-17 10:27:21
Clock read from calendar when system boot.
2.2.7
Related
Command
Description
commands
clock set
Set the system clock.
show running-config
To show the configuration information current device system is running, execute the
privileged user command show running-config.
show running-config
Command
mode
2.2.8
Privileged mode.
show startup-config
To view the configuration of device stored in the Non Volatile Random Access Memory
(NVRAM), execute the privileged user command show startup-config.
show startup-config
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
The configuration of device stored in the NVRAM is that executed
guidelines
when the device is startup.
2-17
Chapter 2
2.2.9
Switch Management Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
reload
To restart the device system, execute the privileged user command reload.
reload [ text | in mmm | hhh:mm [ text ] | at hh:mm [ month day year ] [ text ] | cancel ]
Parameter
Description
text
Cause to restart, 1-255 bytes
in mmm hh:mm
The system is restarted after specified time
interval.
Parameter
at hh:mm month
The system is restarted at the specified time. Up
description
day year
to 200 days is supported
month
Month in the range January to December
day
Date in the range 1 to 31
year
Year in the range 1993 to 2035
cancel
Cancel scheduled restart.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
This command is used to restart the device at specified time, which
guidelines
may facilitate the management.
The example below specifies to restart the system in 10 minutes:
Examples
DES-7210# reload in 10
Device will reload in 600 seconds.
2.2.10
show reload
To show the restart settings of the system, execute the show reload command in the
privileged EXEC mode.
show reload
Parameter
description
N/A.
Command
mode
2-18
Privileged mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
Usage
guidelines
Use this command to show the restart settings of the system.
The following example shows the restart settings of the system:
DES-7210# show reload
Examples
Reload scheduled in 595 seconds.
At 2003-12-29 11:37:42
Reload reason: test.
2.2.11
prompt
To set the prompt command, run the prompt command in the global configuration mode.
To delete the prompt setting, run the no prompt command.
prompt string
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
string
Character string of the prompt command. The
maximum length is 32 letters.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Global configuration mode.
If you have not set the prompt string, the prompt string is the system
name, which varies with the system name. The prompt command is
valid only in the EXEC mode.
Set the prompt string to D-Link:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# prompt D-Link
DES-7210(config)# end
D-Link
2.2.12
banner motd
To set the Message-of-the-Day (MOTD), run the banner motd command in the global
configuration mode. To delete the MOTD setting, run the no banner motd command.
banner motd c message c
Parameter
Parameter
description
c
message
Description
Separator of the MOTD. Delimiters are not
allowed in the MOTD.
Contents of an MOTD
2-19
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
This command sets the MOTD, which is displayed upon login. The
guidelines
letters entered after the separator will be discarded.
The following example shows the configuration of MOTD:
Examples
DES-7210(config)
DES-7210(config)# banner motd $ hello,world $
2.2.13
banner login
To configure the login banner, execute the banner login command in the global
configuration mode. You can use the no banner login command to remove the
configuration.
banner login c message c
Parameter
Parameter
description
Description
Separator of the message of logging banner.
c
Delimiters are not allowed in the MOTD.
message
Contents of login banner
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Global configuration mode.
This command sets the logging banner message, which is displayed
upon login.
All characters behind the terminating symbol will be
discarded by the system.
The following example shows the configuration of logging banner:
Examples
DES-7210(config)
DES-7210(config)# banner login $ enter your password $
2.2.14
speed
To set speed at which the terminal transmits packets, execute the speed speed command
in the line configuration mode. To restore the speed to its default value, run the no speed
command.
speed speed
2-20
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 2
Parameter
Description
Transmission rate (bps) on the terminal. For serial
Parameter
description
Switch Management Configuration Commands
speed
ports, the optional rates are 9600, 19200, 38400,
57600, and 115200 bps. The default rate is 9600
bps.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Default
Configuration
The default rate is 9600.
Usage
This command sets the speed at which the terminal transmits
guidelines
packets.
The following example shows how to configure the rate of the serial
port to 57600 bps:
Examples
DES-7210(config)#
DES-7210(config)# line console 0
DES-7210(config-line)# speed 57600
DES-7210(config-line)#
2.2.15
show line
To show the configuration of a line, execute the show line command in the privileged mode.
show line [console line-num | vty line-num | line-num]
Parameter
Description
Parameter
console
Show the configuration of a console line.
description
vty
Show the configuration of a vty line.
line-num
Number of the line
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command shows the configuration information of a line.
Examples
The following example shows the configuration of console port:
2-21
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210# show line console 0
CON
Type
speed
Overruns
* 0
CON
9600
45927
Line 0, Location: "", Type: "vt100"
Length: 24 lines, Width: 79 columns
Special Chars: Escape Disconnect Activation
^^x
Timeouts:
none
Idle EXEC
never
^M
Idle Session
never
History is enabled, history size is 10.
Total input: 53564 bytes
Total output: 395756 bytes
Data overflow: 27697 bytes
stop rx interrupt: 0 times
2.2.16
write
To perform the read/write operation for the device configurations (startup configuration or
system configuration), execute the privileged user command write.
write [ memory | network | terminal ]
Parameter
Description
Write the system configuration (running-config)
memory
into NVRAM, which is equivalent to copy
running-config startup-config.
Parameter
Save the system configuration into the TFTP
description
network
server, which is equivalent to copy
running-config tftp.
terminal
Show
the
system
configuration,
which
is
equivalent to show running-config.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Despite of the alternative command, these commands have been
Usage
guidelines
widely used and accepted, so they are reserved to facilitate user's
operation.
The no form with the command is equivalent to add the memory
operation.
Examples
The example below saves the device configuration:
DES-7210# write
2-22
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 2
Switch Management Configuration Commands
Building configuration...
[OK]
Command
Related
show
commands
running-config
copy
Description
View the system configuration.
Copy the device configuration files.
2-23
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 3
3
LINE
LINE Configuration Commands
Configuration
Commands
3.1
3.1.1
Configuration Related Commands
line
To enter the specified LINE mode, use the following command:
line [aux | console | tty |vty] first-line [last-line]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
aux
Auxiliary port, on the routers.
console
Console port
tty
Asynchronous port, on the routers.
vty
Virtual terminal line, applicable for telnet/ssh
connection.
first-line
Number of first-line to enter
last-line
Number of last-line to enter
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
Examples
Access to the specified LINE mode.
Enter the LINE mode from LINE VTY 1 to 3:
DES-7210(config)# line vty 1 3
3-1
Chapter 3
LINE Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Related
N/A.
commands
3.1.2
line vty
This command can be used to increase the number of VTY connections currently available.
The number of currently available VTY connections can be decreased by using the no form
of this command.
line vty line-number
no line vty line-number
Default
configuration
By default, there are five available VTY connections, numbered 0--4.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
When you need to increase or decrease the number of available VTY
guidelines
connections, use the above commands.
Increase the number of available VTY connections to 20. The
available VTY connections are numbered 0--19.
DES-7210(config)# line vty 19
Examples
Decrease the number of available VTY connections to 10. The
available VTY connections are numbered 0-9.
DES-7210(config)# line vty 10
Related
commands
3.1.3
N/A.
transport input
To set the specified protocol under Line that can be used for communication, use the
transport input command. Use default
transport
input to restore the protocols under
Line that can be used for communication to the default value.
transport
default
3-2
input
transport
{all | ssh | telnet | none}
input
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 3
Parameter
Description
Allow all the protocols under Line to be used for
all
Parameter
LINE Configuration Commands
communication
Allow only the SSH protocol under Line to be
ssh
used for communication
description
Allow only the Telnet protocol under Line to be
telnet
used for communication
Allow none of protocols under Line to be used for
none
communication
By default, VTY allows all the protocols to be used for
communication. The default value of other types of TTYs is NONE,
Default
indicating that no protocols are allowed for communication. After
configuration
some protocols are set to be available for communication, use the
default transport input command to restore the setting to the default
value.
Command
mode
Line configuration mode.
This command is used to set the protocols in the Line mode that are
available for communication. By default, VTY allows all the protocols
for communication. After protocols available for communication are
set, only these protocols can connect on the specific VTY
Usage
successfully. Use the show running command to view configuration
guidelines
information under Line.
Note: You can restore the default configuration by using the default
transport
input command. The no transport input command is
used to disable all the communication protocols in the LINE mode.
The setting result is the same as that of transport input none.
Specify that only the Telnet protocol is allowed to login in line vty 0 4:
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# line vty 0 4
DES-7210(config-line)# transport input telnet
Related
Command
Description
commands
show running
Show status information
3-3
Chapter 3
LINE Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Version
description
3.1.4
The software version must be later than R10.1.
access-class
Set the applied ACL (Access Control List) in Line. Use the access-class
out
}
command
to
configure
the
ACL in
Line.
Use
the
no
acl-no
access-class
access-list-number
{in | out} command to cancel the ACL configuration in LINE.
[no] access-class
access-list-number
description
{in | out}
Parameter
Description
access-list-number
Specify the ACL defined by access-list
Parameter
in
out
{ in |
Perform access control over the incoming
connections
Perform access control over the outgoing
connections
Default
By default, no ACL is configured under Line. All connections are
configuration
accepted, and all outgoing connections are allowed.
Command
mode
Line configuration mode.
This command is used to configure ACLs under Line. By default, all
the incoming and outgoing connections are allowed, and no
Usage
connection is filtered. After access-class is configured, only the
guidelines
connections that pass access list filtering can be established
successfully. Use the show running command to view configuration
information under Line.
In line vty 0 4, configure access-list for the accepted connections to
10:
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# line vty 0 4
DES-7210(config-line)# access-class 10 in
3-4
Related
Command
Description
commands
show running
Show status information
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 3
LINE Configuration Commands
Version
description
The software version must be later than R10.1.
3-5
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
4
Chapter 4
Upgrade and Maintenance Configuration Commands
Upgrade and Maintenance
Configuration Commands
4.1
Configuration Related Commands
The following describes how to upgrade and maintain by using the COPY command in the
CLI environment of the main program.
4.1.1

Upgrade and maintain by Xmodem protocol: copy xmodem command.

Upgrade and maintain by Tftp protocol: copy tftp command.
copy xmodem
Upgrade and maintain by using the xmodem protocol or upload and download by using the
xmodem protocol.
copy flash: filename xmodem
copy xmodem flash: filename
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
filename
The name of files in the equipment.
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
If the file is transmitted successfully, show the length of the
transmitted file; otherwise, show the failure information. Any files can
be transmitted by TFTP, such as main program file and parameter
Usage
guidelines
file. The Xmodem can only be transmitted in the out-band (serial
ports).
The following shows two examples: The first one transmits the files to
the switch from the host via the xmodem protocol. The second
uploads the configuration file in the switch to the host via the xmodem
protocol.
4-1
Chapter 4
Upgrade and Maintenance Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
If there is a space in the file name, quotation mask is necessary, for example:
Caution
copy xmodeam flash: ―filename‖ or copy flash: ‖filename‖ xmodem
The following is an example of upload and download:
Examples
DES-7210# copy xmodem flash: config.text
DES-7210# copy flash: config.text xmodem
Related
commands
4.1.2
N/A.
copy tftp
Upgrade and maintain by the tftp protocol or upload and download by the tftp protocol.
copy flash: filename tftp://location/filename
copy tftp://location/filename flash: filename
copy flash: filename tftp://location/filename vrf vrfname
copy tftp://location/filename flash: filename vrf vrfname
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
Description
filename
File name
vrfname
VRF name
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged user mode.
If the file is transmitted successfully, show the length of the
Usage
transmitted file. Otherwise, show the failure information. Any files can
guidelines
be transmitted by TFTP, such as main program file and parameter
file. The TFTP transmission is carried out by the network port.
If there is a space in the source file name, quotation mask is necessary for the
TFTP link, for example:
Caution
4-2
copy tftp:‖//location/filename” flash: filename vrf vrfname
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 4
Upgrade and Maintenance Configuration Commands
So does the destination file name, for example:
copy tftp://localtion/filename flash:‖filename‖ vrf vrfname
The following is two examples: The first one transmits the backup
parameter file (config.bak) from the local host (ip 192.168.12. 1) to
the switch; The second one transmits the file (switch.bin) from the
Examples
switch to the local switch (ip 192.168.12.1):
DES-7210# copy tftp://192.168.12.1/confg.bak flash:
config.text
DES-7210# copy flash: swhich.bin tftp://192.168.12.1/
Config.bak
Related
commands
N/A.
4-3
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
5
5.1
Chapter 5
Network Connectivity Test Tool Configuration Commands
Network Connectivity Test
Tool
Configuration
Commands
Configuration Related Commands
The network connectivity test tool configuration includes:
5.1.1

ping

traceroute

line-detect
ping
Use this command to test the connectivity of a network to locate the network connectivity
problem. The command format is as follows:
ping [vrf] [vrf-name] [ip] [ip-address [length length ] [ntimes times] [timeout seconds]
[data data] [source source]]
Parameter
Description
vrf-name
VRF name
ip-address
Specifies an IPv4 address.
Parameter
length
Specifies the length of the packet to be sent.
description
times
Specifies the number of packets to be sent.
timeout
Specifies the timeout time.
data
Specifies the data to fill in.
source
Specifies the source IPv4 address.
Default
Five packets with 100Byte in length are sent to the specified IP
address within specified time (2s by default).
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
5-1
Chapter 5
Network Connectivity Test Tool Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The ping command can be used in the ordinary user mode and the
privileged mode. In the ordinary mode, only the basic functions of
ping are available. In the privileged mode, in addition to the basic
functions, the extension functions of the ping are also available. For
the ordinary functions of ping, five packets of 100Byte in length are
Usage
guidelines
sent to the specified IP address within the specified period (2s by
default). If response is received, ‗!‘ is displayed. If no response is
received, ‗.‘ displayed, and the statistics is displayed at the end. For
the extension functions of ping, the number, quantity and timeout time
of the packets to be sent can be specified, and the statistics is also
displayed in the end. To use the domain name function, configure the
domain name server firstly. For the concrete configuration, refer to
the DNS Configuration section.
The example below shows the ordinary ping.
DES-7210# ping 192.168.5.1
Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echoes to 192.168.5.1, timeout
is 2 seconds:
< press Ctrl+C to break >
!!!!!
Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max
= 1/2/10 ms
Examples
The example below shows the extension ping.
DES-7210# ping 192.168.5.197 length 1500 ntimes 100
timeout 3
Sending 100, 1000-byte ICMP Echoes to 192.168.5.197,
timeout is 3 seconds, data ffff source 192.168.4.10:
< press Ctrl+C to break >
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Success rate is 100 percent (100/100), round-trip
min/avg/max = 2/2/3 ms
DES-7210#
Platform
description
5.1.2
The command is supported by all equipments.
traceroute
Execute the traceroute command to show all gateways passed by the test packets from the
source address to the destination address.
5-2
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 5
Network Connectivity Test Tool Configuration Commands
traceroute [ip ip-address][ip-adress [probe number ] [source source-address] [timeout
seconds] [ttl minimum maximum]]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
ip-address
Specifies an IPv4 address.
Specifies the number of probe packets
number
to be sent.
source-address
specifies the source IPv4 address.
seconds
Specifies the timeout time.
minimum
Specifies the minimum and maximum
maximum
TTL values.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Use the traceroute command to test the connectivity of a network to
Usage
guidelines
exactly locate the network connectivity problem when the network
failure occurs. To use the function domain name, configure the
domain name server. For the concrete configuration, refer to the DNS
Configuration part.
The following is two examples of the application bout traceroute, the
one is of the smooth network, and the other is the network in which
some gateways aren‘t connected successfully.
1. When the network is connected smoothly:
DES-7210# traceroute 61.154.22.36
< press Ctrl+C to break >
Tracing the route to 61.154.22.36
Examples
1
192.168.12.1
0 msec
0 msec
0 msec
2
192.168.9.2
4 msec
4 msec
4 msec
3
192.168.9.1
4 msec
8 msec
8 msec
4
192.168.0.10
4 msec
28 msec 12 msec
5
192.168.9.2
4 msec
4 msec
6
202.101.143.154
12 msec 8 msec
24 msec
7
61.154.22.36
12 msec 8 msec
22 msec
4 msec
From above result, it‘s clear to know that the gateways passed by the
packets sent to the host with an IP address of 61.154.22.36
(gateways 1~6) and the spent time are displayed. Such information is
helpful for network analysis.
2. When some gateways in the network fail:
DES-7210# traceroute 202.108.37.42
5-3
Chapter 5
Network Connectivity Test Tool Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
< press Ctrl+C to break >
Tracing the route to 202.108.37.42
1
192.168.12.1
0 msec
0 msec 0 msec
2
192.168.9.2
0 msec
4 msec 4 msec
3
192.168.110.1
16 msec 12 msec 16 msec
4
* * *
5
61.154.8.129
12 msec
28 msec 12 msec
6
61.154.8.17
8 msec
12 msec 16 msec
7
61.154.8.250
12 msec
12 msec 12 msec
8
218.85.157.222
12 msec
12 msec 12 msec
9
218.85.157.130
16 msec
16 msec 16 msec
10
218.85.157.77
16 msec
48 msec 16 msec
11
202.97.40.65
76 msec
24 msec 24 msec
12
202.97.37.65
32 msec
24 msec 24 msec
13
202.97.38.162
52 msec
52 msec 224 msec
14
202.96.12.38
84 msec
52 msec 52 msec
15
202.106.192.226
88 msec
52 msec 52 msec
16
202.106.192.174
17
210.74.176.158
100 msec 52 msec 84 msec
18
202.108.37.42
48 msec
52 msec
52 msec 88 msec
48 msec 52 msec
The above result clearly shown that the gateways passed by the
packets sent to the host with an IP address of 202.108.37.42
(gateways 1~17) and the spent time are displayed, and gateway 4
fails.
DES-7210# traceroute www.ietf.org
Translating "www.ietf.org"...[OK]
< press Ctrl+C to break >
Tracing the route to 64.170.98.32
5-4
1
192.168.217.1
0 msec 0 msec 0 msec
2
10.10.25.1
0 msec 0 msec 0 msec
3
10.10.24.1
0 msec 0 msec 0 msec
4
10.10.30.1
10 msec 0 msec 0 msec
5
218.5.3.254
0 msec 0 msec 0 msec
6
61.154.8.49
10 msec 0 msec 0 msec
7
202.109.204.210
0 msec 0 msec 0 msec
8
202.97.41.69
20 msec 10 msec 20 msec
9
202.97.34.65
40 msec 40 msec 50 msec
10
202.97.57.222
50 msec 40 msec 40 msec
11
219.141.130.122
40 msec 50 msec 40 msec
12
219.142.11.10
40 msec 50 msec 30 msec
13
211.157.37.14
50 msec 40 msec 50 msec
14
222.35.65.1
40 msec 50 msec 40 msec
15
222.35.65.18
40 msec 40 msec 40 msec
16
222.35.15.109
50 msec 50 msec 50 msec
17
*
*
*
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 5
18
5.1.3
Network Connectivity Test Tool Configuration Commands
64.170.98.32
40 msec 40 msec 40 msec
line-detect
To detect the line status, execute this command:
line-detect
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
Configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
This command is used to detect the line status and locate the
guidelines
problem in case of a line failure, for example, the line is torn down.
5-5
Chapter 5
Network Connectivity Test Tool Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config)# int gigabitEthernet 3/1
DES-7210(config-if)# line-detect
start cable-diagnoses,please wait...
cable-daignoses end!this is result:
4 pairs
pair state
length(meters)
---- ---------- -------------A
Ok
2
B
Ok
1
C
Short
1
D
Short
1
The command is described as follows:
Examples
5-6
Field
Description
pairs
Number of line pairs included. For example,
the twisted pair includes four pairs of lines.
state
Status of the current line pair: OK, Short or
Open. In general, the 100M twisted pairs A
and B are OK, C and D are Short. The
1000M twisted pairs A, B, C and D are all
OK.
length
Length of the line in meter. Only the length
of the line pair whose status is OK takes
effect. Since the length is calculated based
on the transmission time of signal, there may
have a certain difference. The length of the
line pair whose status is Short or Open is the
length from the port to the faulty point.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
6
6.1
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
Interface
Commands
Configuration
Configuration Related Commands
Interface configuration includes the following commands:
6.1.1

interface aggregateport

interface fastEthernet

interface giagbitEthernet

interface tenGigabitEthernet

interface vlan

medium-type

description

shutdown

speed

duplex

flowcontrol

mtu

carrier-delay

clear counters

clear interface

switchport

switchport mode

switchport access

switchport trunk

snmp trap link-status
interface aggregateport
Use this command to access or create an aggregate port and enter interface configuration
mode. Use the no form of the command to remove this port.
6-1
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
interface aggregateport port-number
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
port-number
Aggregate port number. Its range depends on the
equipment and extended modules.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
According to some rules, you can add other ports to an aggregate
Usage
guidelines
port. All the port members of an aggregate port are considered in a
whole, and their attributes depend on the ones of the aggregate port.
You can use show interfaces or show interfaces aggregateport
commands to display the interface configuration.
Examples
Related
commands
6.1.2
DES-7210(config)#interface aggregateport 3
DES-7210(config-if)#
Command
Description
show interfaces
Show the interface information.
Platform
The DES-7200 series supports up to 8 port members and
description
create up to 128 AP globally.
interface fastEthernet
Use this command to select a Ethernet interface, and enter the interface configuration
mode.
interface fastEthernet mod-num/port-num
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
mod-num/port-num
The range depends on the device and the
extended module.
Command
mode
6-2
Global configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Usage
guidelines
Examples
6.1.3
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
The no form of the command is not available, and this interface type
cannot be deleted. Use show interfaces or show interfaces
fastEthernet to display the interface configurations.
DES-7210(config)# interface fastEthernet 1/2
DES-7210(config-if)#
Related
Command
Description
commands
show interfaces
Show the interface information.
interface giagbitEthernet
Use this command to select a Gigabit Ethernet interface, and enter the interface
configuration mode.
interface gigabitEthernet mod-num/port-num
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
mod-num/port-num
The range depends on the device and the
extended module.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
6.1.4
Global configuration mode.
The no form of the command is not available, and this interface type
cannot be deleted. Use show interfaces or show interfaces
gigabitEthernet to display the interface configurations.
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/2
DES-7210(config-if)#
Related
Command
Description
commands
show interfaces
Show the interface information.
interface tenGiagbitEthernet
Use this command to select a 10G Ethernet interface, and enter the interface configuration
mode.
interface tenGigabitEthernet mod-num/port-num
6-3
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
Parameter
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Description
Parameter
description
mod-num/port-num
The range depends on the device and the
extended module.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
Global configuration mode.
The no form of the command is not available, and this interface type
cannot be deleted. Use show interfaces or show interfaces
tenGigabitEthernet to display the interface configurations.
DES-7210(config)# interface tenGigabitEthernet 1/2
DES-7210(config-if)#
Related
Command
Description
commands
show interfaces
Show the interface information.
Platform
Description
6.1.5
No product supports this command till now.
interface vlan
Use the interface vlan command in the global configuration mode to access or create the
SVI (Switch Virtual Interface). Use the no form of the command to remove the SVI.
interface vlan vlan-id
no interface vlan vlan-id
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
vlan-id
VLAN ID. Its range depends by products.
Command
6-4
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
Use show interfaces or show interfaces vlan to display the
guidelines
interface configurations.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface vlan 2
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
DES-7210(config-if)#
6.1.6
Related
Command
Description
commands
show interfaces
Show the interface information.
medium-type
Use this command to select the medium type for an interface. Use the no form of the
command to restore it to the default setting.
medium-type { fiber | copper }
no medium-type
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
fiber
Optical interface.
copper
Copeer interface.
Default
configuration
Copeer interface.
Command
mode
Interface configuration (physical interface, except for AP and SVI)
If a port can be selected as an optical port or electrical port, you can
only select one of them. Once the media type is selected, the
Usage
attributes of the port, for example, status, duplex, flow control, and
guidelines
rate, all mean those of the currently selected media type. After the
port type is changed, the attributes of the new port type take the
default values, which can be modified as needed.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# medium-type copeer
Related
Command
Description
commands
show interfaces
Show the interface information.
6-5
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The 12 SFP interfaces of the 24SFP/12GT line cards and
Platform
description
1210/100/1000M BASE-T interfaces allow for dynamic switching.
The combo interface is not supported to automatically determine
whether the current port is the SFP interface or the 10/100/1000M
BASE-T interface.
6.1.7
description
Use this command to set the alias of interface.. Use the no form of the command to restore
the default setting.
description string
no description
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
string
Interface alias
Default
configuration
By default, there is no alias.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
Use show interfaces to display the interface information, including
guidelines
the alias.
Examples
6.1.8
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# description GBIC-1
Related
Command
Description
commands
show interfaces
Show the interface information.
shutdown
Use the shutdown command in the interface configuration mode to disable an interface.
Use the no form of the command to enable a disabled port or switch virtual interface (SVI).
shutdown
no shutdown
6-6
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode
Use this command to stop the forwarding on the interface (Gigabit
Usage
guidelines
Ethernet interface, Aggregate port or SVI). You can enable the port
with the no shutdown command. If you shut down the interface, the
configuration of the interface exists, but does not take effect. You can
view the interface status by using the show interfaces command.
Shut down Ap 1:
DES-7210(config)# interface aggregateport 1
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# shutdown
Enable Ap 1:
DES-7210(config)# interface aggregateport 1
DES-7210(config-if)# no shutdown
Related
Command
Description
clear interface
Reset the hardware.
show interfaces
Show the interface information.
commands
If you use the script to run no shutdown frequently
and fapidly, the system may prompt the interface
Note
6.1.9
status reversal.
speed
Use this command to configure the speed on the port. Use the no form of the command to
restore it to the default setting.
Parameter
10
100
Parameter
description
1000
10G
auto
Description
Means that the transmission rate of the
interface is 10Mbps.
Means that the transmission rate of the
interface is 100Mbps.
Means that the transmission rate of the
interface is 1000Mbps.
Means that the transmission rate of the
interface is 10Gbps.
Self-adaptive
6-7
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Default
configuration
Auto.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
If an interface is the member of an aggregate port, the rate of the
interface depends on the rate of the aggregate port. You can set the
Usage
rate of the interface, but it does not take effect until the interface exits
guidelines
the aggregate port. Use show interfaces to display configuration.
The rate varies by interface types. For example, you cannot set the
rate of a SFP interface to 10M or 100M.
Examples
6.1.10
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# speed 100
Related
Command
Description
commands
show interfaces
Show the interface information.
duplex
Use the duplex command in the interface configuration mode to specify the duplex mode
for the interface. Use the no form of the command to restore it to the default setting.
duplex {auto | full | half}
no duplex
Parameter
Description
Parameter
auto
Self-adaptive full duplex and half duplex
description
full
Full duplex
half
Half duplex
Default
configuration
Auto.
Command
mode
6-8
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
6.1.11
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
Usage
The duplex mode is associated with the interface type. Use show
guidelines
interfaces to display the duplex mode of the interface
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# duplex full
Related
Command
Description
commands
show interfaces
Show the interface information.
flowcontrol
Use this command to enable or disable the flow control. Use the no form of the command to
restore it to the default setting.
flowcontrol {auto | off | on}
no flowcontrol
Parameter
Description
Parameter
auto
Self-negotiate the flow control.
description
off
Disable the flow control.
on
Enable the flow control.
Default
configuration
By default, flow control is disabled.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
Use show interfaces to display the flow control configurations.
This example shows how to enable flow control on fastEthernet port
Examples
1/1:
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# flowcontrol on
Related
Command
Description
commands
show interfaces
Show the interface information.
6-9
Chapter 6
6.1.12
Interface Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
mtu
Use this command to set the MTU supported on the interface.
mtu num
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
num
64 to 9216 (or 65536, which varies by products)
Default
configuration
By default, the num is 1500.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) supported on the interface.
guidelines
DES-7200 now supports the setting on physical interfaces.
Examples
6.1.13
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# mtu 9216
Related
Command
Description
commands
show interfaces
Show the interface information.
carrier-delay
In the interface configuration mode, execute the carrier-delay command to set the carrier
delay on the interface, and the no carrier-delay command to restore it to the default value.
carrier-delay [ seconds ]
no carrier-delay
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
seconds
Optional parameter in the range of 1 to 60
seconds
Default
configuration
6-10
The default carrier delay is 2 seconds.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode
This parameter refers to the delay after which the carrier detection
signal DCD of the interface link changes from the Down status to the
Up status. If the DCD changes within the delay, the system will ignore
such changes without disconnecting the upeer data link layer for
Usage
guidelines
renegotiation.
If the DCD carrier is disconnected for a long time, the parameter
should be set longer to accelerate route aggregation so that the
routing table can be converged more quickly. On the contrary, if the
DCD carrier interruption period is shorter than the time used for route
aggregation, you should set the parameter to a higher value to avoid
unnecessary route vibration.
The following example shows how to configure the carrier delay of
serial interface to 5 seconds:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7210(config)# carrier-delay 5
6.1.14
clear counters
Use this command to clear the counters on the specified interface.
clear counters [interface-id]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
interface-id
Interface type and interface ID
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
In the privileged EXEC mode, use the show interfaces command to
Usage
display the counters or the clear counters command to clear the
guidelines
counters. If the interface is not specified, the counters on all
interfaces will be cleared.
Examples
DES-7210# clear counters gigabitethernet 1/1
Related
Command
Description
6-11
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
commands
6.1.15
show interfaces
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Show the interface information.
clear interface
Reset the interface hardware.
clear interface interface-id
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
interface-id
Interface type and interface ID
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
This command is only used on the switch port, member port of the L2
Usage
Aggregate port, routing port, and member port of the L3 aggregate
guidelines
port. This command is equal to the shutdown and no shutdown
commands.
6.1.16
Examples
DES-7210# clear interface gigabitethernet 1/1
Related
Command
Description
commands
shutdown
Shutdown the interface.
switchport
In the interface configuration mode, you can use switchport without any parameter to
configure an interface as Layer 2 mode. Use the no switchport command without any
parameter to configure it as Layer 3 interface.
switchport
no switchport
Default
All the interfaces are in Layer 2 mode by default.
Command
mode
6-12
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
This command is valid only for physical interfaces. The switchport
Usage
guidelines
command is used to disable the interface and re-enable it. In this
status, the device will send the information to indicate the connect
status. If the interface is changed to Layer 3 mode from Layer 2, all
the attributes in Layer 2 mode will be cleared.
6.1.17
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport
Related
Command
Description
commands
show interfaces
Show the interface information.
Platform
Only DES-7200 supports the creation of L3 aggregate ports, up to
description
128 L3 Aps globally. Up to 2000 IP addresses are supported.
switchport mode
Use this command to specify a L2 interface (switch port) mode. You can specify this
interface to be an access port or a trunk port or an 802.1Q tunnel. Use the no form of the
command to restore it to the default setting.
switchport mode {access | trunk}
no switchport mode
Parameter
Parameter
description
access
trunk
Description
Configure the switch port as an access
port.
Configure the switch port as a trunk port.
Default
configuration
The default mode of switch port is access port.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
6-13
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
If a switch port mode is access port, it can be the member port of only
one VLAN. Use switchport access vlan to specify the member of
the VLAN.
Usage
A trunk port can be the member port of various VLANs defined by the
guidelines
allowed-VLAN list. The allowed VLAN list of the interface determines
the VLANs to which the interface may belong. The trunk port is the
member of all the VLANs in the allowed VLAN list. Use switchport
trunk to define the allowed-VLANs list.
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport mode trunk
Command
Related
switchport access
commands
switchport trunk
6.1.18
Description
Use this command to configure an interface as
a statics access port and assign it to a VLAN.
Use this command to specify a native VLAN
and the allowed-VLAN list for the trunk port.
switchport access
Use this command to configure an interface as a statics access port and add it to a VLAN.
Use the no form of the command to assign the port to the default VLAN.
switchport access vlan vlan-id
no switchport access vlan
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
vlan-id
The VLAN ID at which the port to be added.
Default
configuration
By default, the switch port is an access port and the VLAN is VLAN 1.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Enter one VLAN ID. The system will create a new one and add the
Usage
interface to the VLAN if you enter a new VLAN ID. If the VLAN ID
guidelines
already exists, the command adds the interface to the VLAN.
If the port is a trunk port, the operation does not take effect.
6-14
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Examples
Related
commands
Chapter 6
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport access vlan 2
Command
Description
switchport
Specify the interface as Layer 2 mode( switch
mode
port mode).
switchport trunk
6.1.19
Interface Configuration Commands
Use this command to specify a native VLAN and
the allowed-VLAN list for the trunkport.
switchport trunk
Use this command to specify a native VLAN and the allowed-VLAN list for the trunk port.
Use the no form of the command to restore it to the default setting.
switchport trunk {allowed vlan {all | [add | remove | except] vlan-list }| native vlan
vlan-id}
no switchport trunk {allowed vlan | native vlan}
Parameter
Description
Configure the list of VLANs allowed on the trunk
port. vlan-list can be a VLAN or a range of
VLANs starting with the smaller VLAN ID and
ending with the larger VLAN ID and being
separated by hyphen, for example, 10 to 20. The
segments can be separated with a comma (,), for
example, 1 to 10, 20 to 25, 30, 33.
Parameter
description
allowed vlan
all means that the allowed VLAN list contains all
vlan-list
the supported VLANs;
add means to add the specified VLAN list to the
allowed VLAN list;
remove means to remove the specified VLAN list
from the allowed VLAN list;
except means to add all the VLANs other than
those in the specified VLAN list to the allowed
VLAN list;
native vlan
vlan-id
Specify the native VLAN.
Default
configuration
The allowed VLAN list is all, the Native VLAN is VLAN1.
6-15
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Native VLAN:
A trunk port belongs to one native VLAN. A native VLAN means that
the untagged packets received/sent on the trunk port belong to the
VLAN. Obviously, the default VLAN ID of the interface (that is, the
PVID in the IEEE 802.1Q) is the VLAN ID of the native VLAN. In
Usage
addition, when frames belonging to the native VLAN are sent over the
guidelines
trunk port, they are untagged.
Allowed-VLAN List:
By default, a trunk port sends traffic to and received traffic from all
VLANs (ID 1 to 4094). However, you can prevent the traffic from
passing over the trunk by configuring allowed VLAN lists on a trunk.
Use show interfaces switchport to display configuration.
The example below removes port 1/15 from VLAN 2:
DES-7210(config)# interface fastethernet 1/15
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport trunk allowed vlan remove 2
DES-7210(config-if)# end
DES-7210# show interfaces fastethernet1/15 switchport
Examples
Switchport is enabled
Mode is trunk port
Access vlan is 1,Native vlan is 1
Protected is disabled
Vlan lists is
1,3-4094
Related
Command
Description
show interfaces
Show the interface information.
commands
switchport access
6.1.20
Use this command to configure an interface as
a statics access port and assign it to a VLAN.
snmp trap link-status
You can set whether to send LinkTrap on a port. If the function is enabled, the SNMP will
send the LinkTrap when the link status of the port changes. The no form of this command
prevents the SNMP from sending the LinkTrap.
snmp trap link-status
no snmp trap link-status
6-16
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
Default
This function is enabled. If the link status of the port changes, the
configuration
SNMP sends the LinkTrap.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
For an interface (for instance, Ethernet interface, AP interface, and
Usage
SVI interface), this command sets whether to send LinkTrap on the
guidelines
interface. If the function is enabled, the SNMP sends the LinkTrap
when the link status of the interface changes.
Do not send LinkTrap on the interface:
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# no snmp trap link-status
Examples
Following configuration shows how to configure the interface to
forwarding Link trap:
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# snmp trap link-status
Command
Function
Related
DES-7210(config-if)#
commands
trap link-status
snmp
interface.
DES-7210(config-if)#
no
snmp trap link-status
6.2
6.2.1
Enable sending LinkTrap on the
Disable sending LinkTrap on the
interface.
Showing Related Command
show interfaces
Use this command to show the interface information.
show interfaces [interface-id] [counters | description | status | switchport | trunk ]
Parameter
Parameter
description
interface-id
counters
Description
Interface (including Ethernet interface,
aggregate port, or SVI).
The counters on the interface.
6-17
Chapter 6
Interface Configuration Commands
description
status
switchport
trunk
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The description of the interface,
including the link status.
All the link status of the Layer 2
interface, including the rate and duplex.
Layer 2 interface information.
Trunk port, applicable for physical port
and aggregate port.
Default
configuration
Show all the information.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
Show the basic information if no parameter is specified.
DES-7210# show interfacesgigabitEthernet 0/1 switchport
Examples
Interface Switchport ModeAccess Native Protected VLAN lists
--------- ---------- --------- ------ ------ --------- ---------GigabitEthernet 0/1 enabled Access 11 Disabled ALL
Related
commands
Command
Description
duplex
Duplex
flowcontrol
Flow control status.
interface
Select the interface and enter the interface
gigabitEthernet
configuration mode.
interface
Create or access the aggregate port, and enter
aggregateport
the interface configuration mode.
Create or access the switch virtual interface
interface vlan
(SVI), and enter the interface configuration
mode.
shutdown
Disable the interface.
speed
Configure the speed on the port.
switchport priority
Configure the default 802.1q interface priority.
switchport
protected
6-18
Specify the interface as a protected port.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
7
7.1
7.1.1
Chapter 7
Aggregate Port Configuration Commands
Aggregate Port
Configuration
Commands
Configuration Related Commands
port-group
Use this command to assign a physical interface to be a member port of an aggregate port.
Use the no form of the command to remove the membership from the aggregate port.
port-group port-group-number
no port-group
Default
configuration
Parameter
description
By default, the physical port does not belong to any aggregate port.
Parameter
port-group-number
Description
Number of the member group of an aggregate
port, the interface number of the aggregate port
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Interface configuration mode.
All the members of an aggregate port belong to a VLAN or configured
to be trunk ports. The ports belonging to different native VLANs
cannot form an aggregate port.
This example shows how to specify the Ethernet interface 1/3 and 1/4
Examples
as members of AP 3:
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/3
DES-7210(config-if)# port-group 3
7-1
Chapter 7
7.1.2
Aggregate Port Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Platform
DES-7200 supports up to 8 member ports and create up to 128 AP
description
globally.
aggregateport load-balance
Specify a load-balance algorithm. Use the no command to return it to the default setting.
aggregateport load-balance {dst-mac | src-mac | src-dst-mac | dst-ip | src-ip | src-dst
ip }
no aggregateport load-balance
Parameter
Description
Traffic is distributed according to the destination
MAC addresses of the incoming packets. For all
the links of an aggregate port, the messages with
dst-mac
the same destination MAC addresses are sent to
the
same
port,
and
those
with
different
destination MAC addresses are sent to different
ports.
Traffic is distributed according to the source MAC
addresses of the incoming packets. For all the
src-mac
links of an aggregate port, the messages from
different addresses are distributed to different
ports, and those from the same addresses are
distributed to the same port.
Traffic is distributed according to the source IP
Parameter
address and destination IP address. Packets
description
with different source and destination IP address
Src-dst-ip
pairs are forwarded through different ports. The
packets with the same source and destination IP
address pairs are forwarded through the same
links. At layer 3, this load balancing style is
recommended.
Traffic is distributed according to the destination
IP addresses of the incoming packets. For all the
dst-ip
links of an aggregate port, the messages with the
same destination IP addresses are sent to the
same port, and those with different destination IP
addresses are sent to different ports.
Traffic is distributed according to the source IP
src-ip
addresses of the incoming packets. For all the
links of an aggregate port, the messages from
different addresses are distributed to different
7-2
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 7
Aggregate Port Configuration Commands
ports, and those from the same addresses are
distributed to the same port.
Traffic is distributed according to the source and
destination
MAC
addresses.
Packets
with
different source and destination MAC address
src-dst-mac
pairs are forwarded through different ports. The
packets with the same source and destination
MAC address pairs are forwarded through the
same port.
Default
Traffic is distributed according to the destination and source MAC
configuration
addresses of the incoming packets.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
Use show aggregateport to display load-balance configuration.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# aggregateport load-balance dst-mac
Command
Related
show
commands
aggregateport
load-balance
Description
Use this command to display aggregate port
configurations.
Platform
description
7.2
7.2.1
DES-7200 supports all load balance algorithms.
Showing Related Command
show aggregateport
Use this command to display the aggregate port configurations.
show aggregateport {[aggregate-port-number] summary | load-balance}
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
aggregate-port-number
Number of the aggregate port.
7-3
Chapter 7
Aggregate Port Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
load-balance
Show the load-balance algorithm on the
aggregate port.
summary
Show the summary of the aggregate port.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
If the aggregate port number is not specified, all the aggregate port
guidelines
information will be displayed.
DES-7210# show aggregateport 1 summary
Examples
AggregatePort MaxPorts
SwitchPort Mode
------------- --------
-------------
Ag1
Related
commands
Command
aggregateport
load-balance
7-4
8
Enabled
Ports
------
ACCESS
Description
Configure a load-balance algorithm of AP.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 8
8
8.1
LACP Configuration Commands
LACP
Configuration
Commands
Configuration Related Commands
The VRRP configuration commands include:
8.1.1

port-group mode

lacp system-priority

lacp port-priority
port-group mode
Use this command to enable LACP and specify the group ID and the aggregation mode.
Use the no form of this command to disable the LACP.
port-group key mode {active | passive}
no port-group
Parameter
Description
key
Specify the group ID on the port to be
aggregated. The key values vary with
the
aggregation
group
numbers
supported for different products.
Places a port into an active negotiating
Parameter
description
active
state,
in
negotiations
which
with
the
port
remote
initiates
ports
by
sending LACP packets.
Places a port into a passive negotiating
passive
state, in which the port responds to
LACP packets it receives but does not
initiate LACP negotiation.
Default
configuration
By default, the LACP function is disabled on the interface.
8-1
Chapter 8
LACP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
N/A
guidelines
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# port-group 1 mode active
8.1.2
Related
Command
Description
commands
lacp port-priority
Set the LACP port priority.
lacp port-priority
Use this command to set the LACP port priority. Use the no form of this command to return
to the default value.
lacp port-priority port-priority
no lacp port-priority
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
port-priority
The port priority, in the range of
0-65535.
Default
configuration
By default, the port priority is 32768.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
When multiple ports are to be aggregated, the ports with high
Usage
priorities take precedence and the port with the highest priority is
guidelines
selected as the master port. The port priority sequence is determined
according to the wire quality.
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
Examples
8-2
DES-7210(config-if)# lacp port-priority
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 8
Command
Description
Related
commands
port-group key mode｛active |
passive｝
LACP Configuration Commands
Enable the LACP on the port and
specify the aggregation group ID
and operation mode.
Plarform
description
8.1.3
The software version must be R10.3(4) and higher.
lacp system-priority
Use this command to set the LACP system priority. The no form of it restores it to the
default.
lacp system-priority system-priority
no lacp system-priority
Parameter
Description
system-priority
The LACP system priority, in
Parameter
description
the range of 0-65535.
Default
configuration
By default, the system priority is 32768.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
LACP system priority consists of the Layer2 management MAC
address and its priority value, where the MAC address is fixed but the
Usage
priority value is configurable. If two priorities are equal, then the
guidelines
smaller the MAC address is, the higher the priority is. All LACP
groups on the switch share the system priority. Changing the system
priority may influence the whole aggregation groups on the switch.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# lacp system-priority 4096
Related
Command
Description
8-3
Chapter 8
LACP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
commands
port-group key mode
｛active | passive｝
8.2.1
and specify the aggregation
group ID and operation mode.
Set the LACP port priority.
lacp port-priority
8.2
Enable the LACP on the port
Showing Related Command
show lacp summary
Use this command to show the LACP aggregation information.
show lacp summary
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
-
-
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
N/A.
DES-7210# show LACP summary
Flags:S - Device is sending Slow LACPDUs
F - Device is sending fast
LACPDUs.
A - Device is in active mode.
P - Device is in passive mode.
Aggregate port 3:
Local information:
LACP port
Port
Examples
Flags
State
Oper
Priority
Port
Key
Port
Number
State
------------------------------------------------------------Gi0/1
SA
bndl
4096
0x3
0x1
0x3d
Gi0/2
SA
bndl
4096
0x3
0x2
0x3d
Gi0/3
SA
bndl
4096
0x3
0x3
0x3d
Partner information:
LACP port
Port
Flags
Priority
Dev ID
Oper
Key
Port
Number
Port
State
-----------------------------------------------------------8-4
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 8
LACP Configuration Commands
Gi0/1
SA
61440
00d0.f800.0002
0x3
0x1
0x3d
Gi0/2
SA
61440
00d0.f800.0002
0x3
0x2
0x3d
Gi0/3
SA
61440
00d0.f800.0002
0x3
0x3
0x3d
local
LACP
Field
Local information
Port
Description
Show
the
information.
Show the system port ID.
Show the port state flag: ―S‖
indicates that the LACP is
stable and in the state of
Flags
periodically
sending
the
LACPPDU; ―A‖ indicates that
the port is in the active
mode.
Show the port aggregation
information: ―bndl‖ indicates
that the port is aggregated;
State
―Down‖
represents
disconnection
port
the
state;
―sups‖ indicates that the port
is not aggregated.
LACP Port Priority
Show the LACP port priority.
Oper Key
Show the port operation key.
Port Number
Show the port number.
Port State
Partner infomation
Show the flag bit for the
LACP port state.
Partly
show
the
LACP
information of the peer port.
Partly show the system MAC
Dev ID
information
of
the
peer
device.
Command
Related
commands
Description
Enable the LACP on the port and
port-group key mode
specify the aggregation group ID and
operation mode.
8-5
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
9
Chapter 9
VLAN Configuration Commands
VLAN Configuration
Commands
9.1
9.1.1
Configuration Related Commands
vlan
Use this command to enter the VLAN configuration mode. Use the no form of the command
to remove the VLAN.
vlan vlan-id
no vlan vlan-id
Parameter
description
Command
mode
Parameter
vlan-id
Description
VLAN ID
Default VLAN (VLAN 1) cannot be removed.
Global configuration mode.
Usage
To return to the privileged EXEC mode, input end or pressing Ctrl+C.
guidelines
To return to the global configuration mode, input exit.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# vlan 1
DES-7210(config-vlan)#
Related
Command
Description
commands
show vlan
Show member ports of the VLAN.
Platform
description
DES-7200 supports up to 4093 VLANs.
9-1
Chapter 9
9.1.2
VLAN Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
name
Use the command to specify the name of a VLAN. Use the no form of the command to
restore it to the default setting.
name vlan-name
no name
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
vlan-name
VLAN name
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
9.1.3
No name.
VLAN configuration Mode.
You can view the VLAN settings by using the show vlan command.
DES-7210(config)# vlan 10
DES-7210(config-vlan)# name vlan10
Related
Command
Description
commands
show vlan
Show member ports of the VLAN.
switchport mode
Use this command to specify a L2 interface (switch port) mode. You can specify this
interface to be an access port or a trunk port or an 802.1Q tunnel. Use the no form of the
command to restore the default setting.
switchport mode {access | trunk}
no switchport mode
Parameter
description
9-2
Parameter
Description
access
Configure the switch port as an access port.
trunk
Configure the switch port as a trunk port.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Chapter 9
VLAN Configuration Commands
By default, the switch port is an access port.
Interface configuration mode.
If a switch port mode is access port, it can be the member port of only
one VLAN. Use switchport access vlan to specify the member of
the VLAN.
Usage
A trunk port can be the member port of various VLANs defined by the
guidelines
allowed-VLAN list. The allowed VLAN list of the interface determines
the VLANs to which the interface may belong. The trunk port is the
member of all the VLANs in the allowed VLAN list. Use switchport
trunk to define the allowed-VLANs list.
Examples
Related
commands
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport mode trunk
Command
Description
switchport
Use this command to configure an interface as a
access
statics access port and assign it to a VLAN.
switchport trunk
9.1.4
Use this command to specify a native VLAN and
the allowed-VLAN list for the trunkport.
switchport access
Use this command to configure an interface as a statics access port and assign it to a VLAN.
Use the no form of the command to assign the port to the default VLAN.
switchport access vlan vlan-id
no switchport access vlan
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
vlan-id
The VLAN ID at which the port to be added.
Default
configuration
Command
mode
By default, the switch port is an access port and the VLAN is VLAN 1.
Interface configuration mode.
9-3
Chapter 9
VLAN Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Enter one VLAN ID. The system will create a new one and add the
Usage
interface to the VLAN if you enter a new VLAN ID. If the VLAN ID
guidelines
already exists, the command adds the port to the VLAN.
If the port is a trunk port, the operation does not take effect.
Examples
Related
commands
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport access vlan 2
Command
Description
switchport
Specify the interface as Layer 2 mode (switch
mode
port mode).
switchport trunk
9.1.5
Use this command to specify a native VLAN and
the allowed-VLAN list for the trunkport.
switchport trunk
Use this command to specify a native VLAN and the allowed-VLAN list for the trunk port.
Use the no form of the command to restore the default setting.
switchport trunk {allowed vlan { all | [add | remove | except] vlan-list }| native vlan
vlan-id}
no switchport trunk {allowed vlan | native vlan }
Parameter
Description
Configure the list of VLANs allowed on the trunk
port. vlan-list can be a VLAN or a range of
VLANs starting with the smaller VLAN ID and
ending with the larger VLAN ID and being
separated by hyphen, for example, 10 to 20. The
segments can be separated with a comma (,), for
example, 1 to 10, 20 to 25, 30, 33.
Parameter
description
allowed vlan
all means that the allowed VLAN list contains all
vlan-list
the supported VLANs;
add means to add the specified VLAN list to the
allowed VLAN list;
remove means to remove the specified VLAN list
from the allowed VLAN list;
except means to add all the VLANs other than
those in the specified VLAN list to the allowed
VLAN list;
native vlan
vlan-id
9-4
Specify the native VLAN.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 9
VLAN Configuration Commands
Default
The default allowed-VLAN list is all the VLANs, the default native
configuration
VLAN is VLAN 1.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Native VLAN:
A trunk port belongs to one native VLAN. A native VLAN means that
the untagged packets received/sent on the trunk port belong to the
VLAN. Obviously, the default VLAN ID of the interface (that is, the
PVID in the IEEE 802.1Q) is the VLAN ID of the native VLAN. In
addition, when frames belonging to the native VLAN are sent over the
Usage
guidelines
trunk port, they are untagged.
Allowed-VLAN List:
By default, a trunk port sends traffic to and received traffic from all
VLANs (ID 1 to 4094). However, you can prevent the traffic from
passing over the trunk port by configuring allowed VLAN lists on a
trunk port .
Use show interfaces switchport to display configuration.
The example below removes port 1/15 from VLAN 2:
DES-7210(config)# interface fastethernet 1/15
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport trunk allowed vlan remove 2
DES-7210(config-if)# end
DES-7210# show interfaces fastethernet1/15 switchport
Examples
Switchport is enabled
Mode is trunk port
Acsess vlan is 1,Native vlan is 1
Protected is disabled
Vlan lists is
1,3-4094
Command
Description
Related
show interfaces
Show the interface information.
commands
switchport
Use this command to configure an interface as a
access
statics access port and assign it to a VLAN.
9-5
Chapter 9
9.2
9.2.1
VLAN Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Showing Related Command
show vlan
Show member ports of the VLAN.
show vlan [id vlan-id]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
vlan-id
VLAN ID
Default
configuration
Show all the information by default.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
To return to the privileged EXEC mode, input end or pressing Ctrl+C.
guidelines
To return to the global configuration mode, input exit.
DES-7210# show vlan id 1
VLAN[1] "VLAN0001"
GigabitEthernet 3/1
GigabitEthernet 3/2
GigabitEthernet 3/3
GigabitEthernet 3/4
GigabitEthernet 3/5
Examples
GigabitEthernet 3/6
GigabitEthernet 3/7
GigabitEthernet 3/8
GigabitEthernet 3/9
GigabitEthernet 3/10
GigabitEthernet 3/11
GigabitEthernet 3/12
Command
Description
Related
name
VLAN name.
commands
switchport
access
9-6
Add the interface to a VLAN.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
10
Chapter 10
Super-VLAN Configuration Commands
Super-VLAN Configuration
Commands
10.1 Configuring Related Commands
10.1.1
supervlan
Use this command to set the VLAN as a super VLAN.
supervlan
no supervlan
Parameter
description
Command
mode
N/A.
VLAN configuration Mode.
Usage
To return to the privileged EXEC mode, input end or press Ctrl+C.
guidelines
To return to the global configuration mode, input exit.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# vlan 3
DES-7210(config-vlan)# supervlan
Related
Command
Description
commands
show supervlan
Show the super VLAN information.
Platform
description
10.1.2
N/A.
subvlan
Use this command to set the sub VLAN of this super VLAN or delete sub VLAN.
10-1
Chapter 10
Super-VLAN Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
subvlan vlan-id-list
no subvlan [vlan-id-list]
Parameter
description
Parameter
vlan-id-list
Description
Sub VLAN ID of the VLAN. Multiple VLANs are
supported.
Command
mode
VLAN configuration Mode.
Usage
Use no subvlan command to delete all sub VLANs of this super
guidelines
VLAN.
DES-7210(config)# vlan 3
Examples
DES-7210(config-vlan)# supervlan
DES-7210(config-vlan)# subvlan 5
DES-7210(config-vlan)# subvlan 7-19
10.1.3
Related
Command
Description
commands
show supervlan
Show the super VLAN information.
subvlan-address-range
Use this command to set the IP address range of the sub VLAN.
subvlan-address-range start-ip end-ip
no subvlan-address-range
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
start-ip
The start IP address of this sub VLAN
end-ip
The end IP address of this sub VLAN
Command
mode
VLAN configuration Mode.
Usage
To return to the privileged EXEC mode, input end or press Ctrl+C.
guidelines
To return to the global configuration mode, input exit.
Examples
10-2
DES-7210(config)# vlan 3
DES-7210(config-vlan)# subvlan-address-range
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 10
Super-VLAN Configuration Commands
192.168.3.10 192.168.3.100
10.1.4
Related
Command
Description
commands
show supervlan
Show the super VLAN information.
proxy-arp
Use this command to enable the ARP agent function of a VLAN.
proxy -arp
no proxy -arp
Parameter
description
N/A.
Command
mode
VLAN configuration Mode.
Usage
To return to the privileged EXEC mode, input end or press Ctrl+C.
guidelines
To return to the global configuration mode, input exit.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# vlan 3
DES-7210(config-vlan)# proxy-arp
Related
Command
Description
commands
show supervlan
Show the super VLAN information.
Platform
description
N/A.
10.2 Showing Related Command
10.2.1
show supervlan
Use this command to show the configuration of the super VLAN and its sub VLANs.
show supervlan
show supervlan id vlan-id
10-3
Chapter 10
Super-VLAN Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
vlan-id
VLAN ID
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
N/A.
DES-7210# show supervlan
supervlan id supervlan arp-agent subvlan id subvlan arp-agent
Examples
subvlan ip range
------3
10-4
---------- ------------ON
-----------------
4
ON
5
ON
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 11
11
Protocol VLAN Configuration Commands
Protocol VLAN
Configuration
Commands
11.1 Configuration Related Commands
11.1.1

protocol-vlan ipv4 addr mask addr vlan id

protocol-vlan profile num frame-type [type] ether-type [type]

protocol-vlan profile num vlan id
protocol-vlan ipv4 addr mask addr vlan id
Use this command to configure the IP address, subnet mask and VLAN classification.
Parameter
Parameter
Description
addr
IP address in the x.x.x.x format.
description
id
VLAN ID, the maximal VLAN the
product supports
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Examples
Global configuration mode.
DES-7210(config)# protocol-vlan ipv4 192.168.100.3 mask 255.
255.255.0 vlan 100
Command
Related
show protocol-vlan ipv4
commands
no protocol-vlan ipv4 addr
Description
mask addr
11-1
Chapter 11
Protocol VLAN Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
no protocol-vlan ipv4
11.1.2
protocol-vlan profile num frame-type type ether-type type
Use this command to configure message type and Ethernet type profile.
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
num
Profile indexes
type
Type of message and Ethernet
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Examples
Global configuration mode.
DES-7210(config)# protocol-vlan profile 1 frame-type
ETHERII ether-type aarp
Command
Description
show protocol-vlan profile
Related
commands
show protocol-vlan profile
num
no protocol-vlan profile
no protocol-vlan profile
num
Platform
description
11.1.3
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
protocol-vlan profile num vlan id
Use this command to apply some profile to an interface.
Parameter
Parameter
Description
num
Profile indexes
description
id
11-2
VLAN ID, the maximal VLAN the
product supports.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 11
Protocol VLAN Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Interface mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# protocol-vlan profile 1 vlan 101
Command
Description
show protocol-vlan profile
Related
commands
show protocol-vlan profile
num
no protocol-vlan profile
no protocol-vlan profile
num
Platform
description
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
11.2 Showing Related Commands

11.2.1
show protocol-vlan
show protocol-vlan
Show the configuration of protocol VLAN.
show protocol-vlan
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Examples
DES-7210# show protocol-vlan
Platform
description
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
11-3
Chapter 11
11-4
Protocol VLAN Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 12
12
Private VLAN Configuration Commands
Private VLAN
Configuration
Commands
12.1 Configuration Related Commands
12.1.1

private-vlan type

private-vlan association

private-vlan mapping

switchport mode private-vlan

switchport private-vlan host-association

switchport private-vlan mapping
private-vlan type
Use this command to configure the VLAN as the private VLAN.
private-vlan {community | isolated | primary}
no private-vlan {community | isolated | primary}
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
community
Configure it as the community VLAN.
isolated
Configure it as the isolated VLAN.
primary
Configure it as the primary VLAN.
no
Delete the corresponding private VLAN
configuration.
Default
configuration
No private VLAN is configured.
Command
mode
VLAN configuration Mode.
12-1
Chapter 12
Private VLAN Configuration Commands
Examples
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config)# vlan 22
DES-7210(config-vlan)# private-vlan primary
Related
Command
commands
show vlan private-vlan
Description
Platform
description
12.1.2
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
private-vlan association
Use this command to associate the secondary VLAN with the primary command.
private-vlan association {svlist | add svlist | remove svlist}
no private-vlan association
Parameter
Parameter
Description
svlist
The secondary VLAN list
Remove the association between the
description
no
primary VLAN and all the secondary
VLANs.
Default
configuration
No association.
Command
mode
Examples
VLAN configuration Mode.
DES-7210(config)# vlan 22
DES-7210(config-vlan)# private-vlan association add 24-26
Related
Command
commands
show vlan private-vlan
Description
Platform
description
12-2
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
12.1.3
Chapter 12
Private VLAN Configuration Commands
private-vlan mapping
Use this command to map the secondary VLAN to the L3 SVI interface.
private-vlan mapping {svlist | add svlist | remove svlist}
no private-vlan mapping
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
svlist
secondary VLAN list
no
Delete the mapping.
Command
mode
Examples
The interface mode corresponding to the primary VLAN
DES-7210(config)# interface vlan 22
DES-7210(config-if)# private-vlan mapping add 24-26
Related
Command
commands
show vlan private-vlan
Description
Platform
description
12.1.4
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
switchport mode private-vlan
Use this command to declare the private VLAN mode of the interface.
switchport mode private-vlan {host | promiscuous }
no switchport mode
Parameter
Description
host
Host mode of the private VLAN
promiscuous
Promiscuous mode of the private VLAN
Parameter
description
no
Delete the private VLAN configuration of
the port.
Command
mode
Interface mode.
12-3
Chapter 12
Private VLAN Configuration Commands
Examples
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitEthernet0/2
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport mode private-vlan host
Related
Command
commands
show vlan private-vlan
Description
Platform
description
12.1.5
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
switchport private-vlan host-association
Use this command to associate the primary VLAN, which is associated with the private
VLAN mode of the interface, with the secondary VLAN.
switchport private-vlan host-association p_vid s_vid
no switchport private-vlan host-association
Parameter
Description
p_vid
Primary VID.
s_vid
Secondary VID
Parameter
description
no
Delete the host port from the private
VLAN.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 0/1
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport mode private-vlan host
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport private-vlan host-association 22
23
Related
Command
commands
show vlan private-vlan
Description
Platform
description
12-4
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
12.1.6
Chapter 12
Private VLAN Configuration Commands
switchport private-vlan mapping
Use this command to configure the promiscuous secondary VLANs that the promiscuous
mode of the private VLAN maps.
switchport private-vlan mapping p_vid {svlist|add svist |remove svlist}
no switchport private-vlan mapping
Parameter
Description
p_vid
Primary VID
svlist
Secondary VLAN list.
Parameter
description
no
Remove all the promiscuous secondary
VLANs.
Default
configuration
No promiscuous secondary VLAN is configured.
Command
mode
Hybrid interface configuration mode of private VLAN
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 0/1
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport mode private-vlan
promiscuous
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport private-vlan mapping 22 add 23-25
Related
Command
commands
show vlan private-vlan
Description
Platform
description
12.2
Showing Related Commands

12.2.1
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
show vlan private-vlan
show vlan private-vlan
Show the configuration of private VLAN.
show vlan private-vlan [community | primary | isolated]
12-5
Chapter 12
Private VLAN Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
Description
Parameter
primary
Show the primary VLAN information.
description
community
Show the community VLAN information.
isolated
Show the isolated VLAN information.
Default
configuration
No private VLAN is configured.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Examples
DES-7210# show vlan private-vlan
Platform
description
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
12.3 Hybrid Commands
12.3.1

switchport mode hybrid

switchport hybrid native vlan

switchport hybrid allowed vlan
switchport mode hybrid
switchport mode hybrid
no switchport mode
Use this command to configure the port as a hybrid port.
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
no
Delete the hybrid port.
Default
configuration
No hybrid port is configured.
Command
mode
12-6
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Examples
Chapter 12
Private VLAN Configuration Commands
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport mode hybrid
Platform
description
12.3.2
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
switchport hybrid native vlan
switchport hybrid native vlan vid
no switchport hybrid native vlan
use this command to configure the default VLAN of a hybrid port.
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
no
Restore the hybrid port to the default VLAN.
Default
configuration
No default VLAN is configured.
Command
mode
Interface mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport hybrid native vlan 3
Platform
description
12.3.3
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
switchport hybrid allowed vlan
switchport hybrid allowed vlan [[add] [tagged | untagged] | remove] vlist
no switchport hybrid allowed vlan
Use this command to configure the output rules of a hybrid port.
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
no
Restore the output rules of the hybrid port to the
default settings.
Default
configuration
No output rules are configured.
12-7
Chapter 12
Private VLAN Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Examples
Interface mode.
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport hybrid allowed vlan add untagged
3-5
Platform
description
12-8
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 13
13
802.1Q Tunneling Configuration Commands
802.1Q Tunneling
Configuration
Commands
13.1 Configuration Related Commands
13.1.1

switchport mode dot1q-tunnel

switchport mode uplink

frame-tag tpid tpid

inner-priority-trust enable
switchport mode dot1q-tunnel
Use this command to configure the interface as the 802.1Q tunneling interface.
switchport mode dot1q-tunnel
no switchport mode
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
no
Delete the corresponding 802.1Q tunneling
interface configuration.
Default
configuration
No 802.1Q tunneling interface is configured.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Here is an example of configuring the interface as the 802.1Q
tunneling interface:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface gi 0/1
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport access vlan 22
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport mode dot1q-tunnel
13-1
Chapter 13
802.1Q Tunneling Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config)# end
Related
Command
commands
show vlan private-vlan
Description
Platform
description
13.1.2
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
switchport mode uplink
Use this command to configure the interface as a uplink port.
switchport mode uplink
no switchport mode
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
no
Remove the settings.
Default
configuration
No uplink port is configured.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Here is an example of configuring the interface as a uplink port.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 0/1
DES-7210(config-if)# switchport mode up-link
DES-7210(config)# end
Related
Command
commands
show vlan private-vlan
Description
Platform
description
13.1.3
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
frame-tag tpid tpid
Use this command to set the manufacturer tpid.
frame-tag tpid <tpid>
13-2
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 13
802.1Q Tunneling Configuration Commands
no frame-tag tpid
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
no
Remove the setting.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7210(config)# interface g0/3
DES-7210(config-if)# frame-tag tpid 9100
DES-7210(config-if)# end
Examples
DES-7210# show frame-tag tpid
Port
tpid
------ --------Gi0/3
0x9100
Related
Command
commands
show frame-tag tpid
Description
Platform
description
13.1.4
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
inner-priority-trust enable
Use this command to copy the priority of the inner tag to the outer tag of the packets on the
interface.
inner-priority-trust enable
no inner-priority-trust enable
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
no
Remove the settings.
Command
mode
Examples
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 0/2
DES-7210(config-if)# inner-priority-trust enable
13-3
Chapter 13
802.1Q Tunneling Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
Description
Related
commands
show
inner-priority-trust
Platform
description
The software version is R10.1 and later.
13.2 Showing Command
13.2.1

show frame-tag tpid

show inner-priority-trust
show frame-tag tpid
Use this command to show the configuration of interface tpid.
show frame-tag tpid [interface <intf-id>]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
intf-id
Specific Interface
Default
configuration
Command
mode
The tpid is not modified.
Privileged mode.
DES-7210# show frame-tag tpid
Examples
Ports
tpid
----- --------Gi0/1
0x9100
Platform
description
13.2.2
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
show inner-priority-trust
Use this command to show the priority copy configuration.
show inner-priority-trust
13-4
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
description
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Chapter 13
802.1Q Tunneling Configuration Commands
N/A.
Priority copy is disabled by default.
Privileged mode.
DES-7210# show inner-priority-trust
Examples
Platform
description
Port
inner-priority-trust
----
----------
Gi0/1
enable
The software version must be R10.1 and later.
13-5
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
14
Chapter 14
MAC Address Configuration Commands
MAC Address
Configuration
Commands
14.1 Configuration Related Commands
The MAC address configuration commands include:
14.1.1

mac-address-table aging-time

clear mac-address-table dynamic

clear mac-address-table filtering

clear mac-address-table static

mac-address-table static

mac-address-table filtering

mac-address-table notification

nmp trap mac-notification

address-bind

address-bind ip-address

address-bind uplink

address-bind install

address-bind ipv6-mode

mac-manage-learning uniform

mac-manage-learning uniform learning-synchronization

mac-manage-learning dispersive
mac-address-table aging-time
Use this command to specify the aging time of the dynamic MAC address. Use the no form
of the command to restore it to the default setting.
mac-address-table aging-time seconds
no mac-address-table aging-time
14-1
Chapter 14
MAC Address Configuration Commands
Parameter
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Description
Parameter
description
seconds
Aging time of the dynamic MAC address (in
seconds). The time range depends on the switch.
Default
configuration
300 seconds.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Use show mac-address-table aging-time to display configuration.
Usage
guidelines
Examples
Use show mac-address-table dynamic to display the dynamic MAC
address table.
DES-7210(config)# mac-address-table aging-time 150
Command
show
Related
commands
mac-address-table
aging-time
show
mac-address-table
dynamic
14.1.2
Description
Use this command to display the aging time of
the dynamic MAC address.
Use this command to display dynamic MAC
address.
clear mac-address-table dynamic
Use this command to clear the dynamic MAC address.
clear mac-address-table dynamic [address mac-addr] [interface interface-id] [ vlan
vlan-id]
Parameter
Description
dynamic
Clear all the dynamic MAC addresses.
Parameter
address mac-addr
Clear the specified dynamic MAC address.
description
interface
Clear all the dynamic MAC addresses of the
interface-id
specified interface.
vlan vlan-id
14-2
Clear all the dynamic MAC addresses of the
specified VLAN.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 14
MAC Address Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
Use show mac-address-table dynamic to display all the dynamic
guidelines
MAC addresses.
Examples
Clear all the dynamic MAC addresses:
DES-7210# clear mac-address-table dynamic
Related
commands
14.1.3
Command
Description
show mac-address-table
Use this command to display dynamic
dynamic
MAC address.
clear mac-address-table filtering
Use this command to clear the filtering MAC address.
clear mac-address-table filtering [address mac-addr] [vlan vlan-id]
Parameter
Description
filtering
Clear all the filtering MAC addresses.
Parameter
description
address mac-addr
vlan vlan-id
Clear the specified filtering MAC
address.
Clear all the filtering MAC addresses
of the specified VLAN.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
Use show mac-address-table filtering to display all the filtering
guidelines
MAC addresses.
Examples
Clear the filtering MAC address 00d0.f800.0c0c:
DES-7210# clear mac-address-table filtering address 00d0.f800.0c0c
Command
Related
commands
mac-address-table
filtering
show mac-address-table
filtering
Description
Configure the filtering MAC address.
Show the filtering MAC address.
14-3
Chapter 14
14.1.4
MAC Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
clear mac-address-table static
Use this command to clear the static MAC address.
clear mac-address-table dynamic [address mac-addr] [interface interface-id] [vlan
vlan-id]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
static
Clear all the static MAC addresses.
Clear
address mac-addr
the
specified
static
MAC
address.
description
Clear all the static MAC addresses of
interface interface-id
the specified interface.
Clear all the static MAC addresses of
vlan vlan-id
the specified VLAN.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
Use show mac-address-table static to display all the static MAC
guidelines
addresses.
The
Examples
example
below
is
to
clear
the
static
MAC
address
00d0.f800.073c:
DES-7210# clear mac-address-table static address 00d0.f800.073c
Command
Description
Related
mac-address-table static
Configure the static MAC address.
commands
show mac-address-table
static
14.1.5
Show the static MAC address.
mac-address-table static
Use this command to configure a static MAC address. Use the no form of the command to
remove a static MAC address.
mac-address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id interface interface-id
no mac-address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id interface interface-id
14-4
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
mac-addr
Destination MAC
address
of
the
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 14
MAC Address Configuration Commands
specified entry
vlan-id
VLAN ID of the specified entry.
Interface (physical interface or
interface-id
aggregate port) that packets are
forwarded to
Default
configuration
No static MAC address is configured by default.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
A static MAC address has the same function as the dynamic MAC
address that the switch learns. Compared with the dynamic MAC
address, the static MAC address will not be aged out. It can only be
Usage
configured and removed by manual. Even if the switch is reset, the
guidelines
static MAC address will not be lost. A static MAC address shall not be
configured as a multicast address. Use show mac-address-table
static
to
display
the
static
MAC
address.
Use
clear
mac-address-table static to clear static MAC address.
When the packet destined to 00d0 f800 073c arrives at VLAN4, it will
Examples
be forwarded to the specified port gigabitethernet 1/1:
DES-7210(config)# mac-address-table static 00d0.f800.073c vlan 4
interface gigabitethernet 1/1
Command
Related
commands
show mac-address-table
static
clear mac-address-table
static
Platform
description
Description
Show the static MAC address.
Clear the static MAC address.
For the DES-7200 series, the global entry number in the MAC
address table is 16000 and the global static MAC address number is
1000.
14-5
Chapter 14
14.1.6
MAC Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
mac-address-table filtering
Use this command to configure the filtering MAC address. Use the no form of the command
to remove the filtering address.
mac-address-table filtering mac-address vlan vlan-id
no mac-address-table filtering mac-address vlan vlan-id
Parameter
Parameter
Description
mac-address
Filtering Address
description
vlan vlan-id
VLAN ID. Its range depends on the
switch.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
Global configuration mode.
The filtering MAC address shall not be a multicast address. Use
show mac-address-table filtering to display the filtering MAC
addresses.
DES-7210(config)# mac-address-table filtering 00d0f8000000 vlan 1
Command
Related
commands
clear mac-address-table
filtering
show mac-address-table
filtering
14.1.7
Description
Clear the filtering MAC address.
Show the filtering MAC address.
mac-address-table notification
Use this command to enable the MAC address notification function. You can use The no
form of the command to disable this function.
mac-address-table notification [interval value | history-size value]
no mac-address-table notification [interval | history-size]
14-6
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 14
Parameter
MAC Address Configuration Commands
Description
Specify the interval of sending the MAC
Parameter
interval value
address trap message, 1 second by
default.
description
Specify the maximum number of the
history-size value
entries in the MAC address notification
table, 50 entries by default.
Default
By default, the interval is 1 and the maximum number of the entries in
configuration
the MAC address notification table is 50.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The MAC address notification function is specific for only dynamic
MAC address and secure MAC address. No MAC address trap
Usage
message is generated for static MAC addresses. In the global
guidelines
configuration mode, you can use the snmp-server enable traps
mac-notification command to enable or disable the switch to send
the MAC address trap message.
DES-7210(config)# mac-address-table notification
Examples
DES-7210(config)# mac-address-table notification interval 40
DES-7210(config)# mac-address-table notification history-size 100
Command
Description
snmp-server enable
Set the method of handling the MAC
traps
address trap message..
Related
show mac-address-table
commands
notification
snmp trap
mac-notification
14.1.8
Show the MAC address notification
configuration and the MAC address trap
notification table.
Enable
the
MAC
address
trap
notification function on the specified
interface.
snmp trap mac-notification
Use this command to enable the MAC address trap notification on the specified interface.
You can use The no form of the command to disable this function.
snmp trap mac-notification {added | removed}
14-7
Chapter 14
MAC Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
no snmp trap mac-notification {added | removed}
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
added
Notify when a MAC address is added.
removed
Notify when a MAC address is removed
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
Use show mac-address-table notification interface to display
guidelines
configuration.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# snmp trap mac-notification added
Command
mac-address-table
Related
notification
commands
show mac-address-table
notification
14.1.9
Description
Enable MAC address notification.
Show the MAC address notification
configuration and the MAC address
notification table.
address-bind
Use this command to configure IP address-MAC address binding.
address-bind ip-address mac-address
no address-bind ip-address
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
ip-address
IP address to be bound
mac-address
MAC address to be bound
Command
mode
14-8
Global configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Usage
guidelines
Chapter 14
MAC Address Configuration Commands
If you have bound an IP address and a MAC address, the switch will
discard the packets that have the same source IP address but
different source MAC address.
This is an example of binding the IP address 3.3.3.3 and the MAC
Examples
address 00d0.f811.1112.
DES-7210(config)# address-bind 3.3.3.3 00d0.f811.1112
Related
commands
Command
Description
Show the IP address-MAC address
show address-bind
binding table.
Platform
description
DES-7200 supports up to 1000 IP address-MAC address binding.
14.1.10 address-bind ip-address
Use this command to configure IP address-MAC address binding.
address-bind ip-address mac-address
no address-bind ip-address
Parameter
description
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Parameter
Description
ip-address
IP address to be bound
mac-address
MAC address to be bound
Global configuration mode.
If you have bound an IP address and a MAC address, the switch will
discard the packets that have the same source IP address but
different source MAC address.
This is an example of binding the IP address 3.3.3.3 and MAC
Examples
address 00d0.f811.1112.
DES-7210(config)# address-bind 3.3.3.3 00d0.f811.1112
14-9
Chapter 14
MAC Address Configuration Commands
Related
commands
Platform
description
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
Function
Show the IP address-MAC address
show address-bind
binding table.
DES-7200 supports up to 1000 IP address-MAC address binding.
14.1.11 address-bind uplink
Use this command to configure IP address-MAC address binding.
address-bind uplink intf-id
no address-bind uplink intf-id
Parameter
description
Command
mode
Parameter
Description
intf-id
Exceptional port
Global configuration mode.
If you have bound an IP address and a MAC address, the switch will
Usage
guidelines
discard the packets that have the same source IP address but
different source MAC address.
If the port is an exceptional port and is installed (see address-bind
install), this binding policy does not take effect.
Following example is to set the fa 0/1 port as an exceptional port for
Examples
address binding.
DES-7210(config)#address-bind uplink fa0/1
Related
commands
Platform
description
14-10
Command
show address-bind uplink
Function
Show the exceptional port of address
binding.
The version must be R10.1 and later.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 14
MAC Address Configuration Commands
14.1.12 address-bind install
Use this command to install or uninstall the exceptional port.
address-bind install
no address-bind install
Parameter
description
Command
mode
N/A.
Global configuration mode.
Usage
If you have installed the exceptional port, you can run this command
guidelines
to make installation policy take effect.
Install fa 0/1 port:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# address-bind uplink fa0/1
DES-7210(config)# address-bind install
Related
commands
Platform
description
Command
show address-bind uplink
Function
Show the exceptional port of the
address binding.
The version must be R10.1 and later.
14.1.13 address-bind ipv6-mode
Use this command to set the IP mode of IP address binding.
Set the compatbile mode:
address-bind ipv6-mode compatible
Set the loose mode:
address-bind ipv6-mode loose
Set the compatbile mode:
address-bind ipv6-mode strict
14-11
Chapter 14
MAC Address Configuration Commands
Parameter
description
Command
mode
Default value
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
N/A.
Global configuration mode.
Strict mode
There are three IP address binding modes: compatible, loose and
strict. The following table shows the forwarding rules corresponding
to binding modes.
Mode
IPv4 forwarding rule
IPv6 forwarding rule
Strict
Only
No
the
packets
matching IPv4 and
packets
are
forwarded (default).
MAC are forwarded.
Usage
guidelines
IPv6
Loose
Only
the
packets
matching IPv4 and
All
IPv6
packets
are
forwarded.
MAC are forwarded.
compatible
Only
the
packets
Only the IPv6 packets
matching IPv4 and
whose
source
MAC are forwarded.
address is the bound
MAC
address
MAC
are
forwarded.
Bind
the
IP
address
192.168.5.2
and
the
MAC
address
00do.f822.33aa and forward the corresponding packets:
DES-7210# configure t
Examples
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
DES-7210(config)# address-bind 00d0.f822.33aa ip 192.168.5.2
DES-7210(config)# address-bind ipv6-mode compatible
Related
commands
14-12
Command
show address-bind uplink
Function
Show the exceptional port of the
address binding.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 14
MAC Address Configuration Commands
14.1.14 mac-manage-learning uniform
Use this command to set the management and learning mode of the dynamic MAC address
to the uniform mode.
Parameter
description
Command
mode
N/A.
Global configuration mode.
Setting the management and learning mode of the dynamic MAC
Usage
address to the uniform mode can improve the L2 switching efficiency.
guidelines
After changing the MAC learning mode, you must save it and restart
before the new mode takes effect.
Examples
N/A.
Command
Function
show mac-address-table
Show the MAC management and
mac-manage-learning
learning mode.
Related
commands
14.1.15 mac-manage-learning uniform learning-synchronization
Use this command to synchronize the dynamic MAC address in the whole device in the
uniform mode.
[no] mac-manage-learning uniform learning-sychronization
Parameter
description
Command
mode
N/A.
Global configuration mode.
In the uniform mode, the synchronization of the dynamic MAC
Usage
address in the whole device can further improve the L2 switching
guidelines
efficiency. You can use the no form of this command to cancel the
synchronization.
14-13
Chapter 14
MAC Address Configuration Commands
Examples
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
N/A.
Command
Function
show mac-address-table
Show the MAC address management
mac-manage-learning
and learning mode.
Related
commands
14.1.16 mac-manage-learning dispersive
Use this command to set the management and learning mode of the dynamic MAC address
to the dispersive mode.
Parameter
description
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
N/A.
Global configuration mode.
After the management and learning mode of the dynamic MAC
address is set to the dispersive mode, the device can learn more
MAC addresses.
N/A.
Command
Function
show mac-address-table
Show the MAC address management
mac-manage-learning
and learning mode.
Related
commands
14.2 Showing Related Command
The MAC address showing commands include:
14-14

show mac-address-table address

show mac-address-table aging-time

show mac-address-table count

show mac-address-table dynamic

show mac-address-table filtering
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
14.2.1
Chapter 14
MAC Address Configuration Commands

show mac-address-table interface

show mac-address-table notification

show mac-address-table static

show mac-address-table vlan

show address-bind

show mac-address-table mac-manage-learning
show mac-address-table address
Use this command to show all types of MAC addresses (including dynamic address, static
address and filtering address)
show mac-address-table [address mac-addr] [interface interface-id] [ vlan vlan-id]
Parameter
Description
Parameter
address mac-addr
Specified MAC address.
description
interface interface-id
Interface ID
vlan vlan-id
VLAN ID
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
DES-7210# show mac-address-table address 00d0.f800.1001
Command
Vlan
mode
---------- -------------------- -------1
MAC Address
00d0.f800.1001
Command
show mac-address-table
static
show mac-address-table
filtering
Related
commands
show mac-address-table
dynamic
Type
Interface
STATIC
Gi1/1
Description
Show the static MAC address.
Show the filtering MAC address.
Show the dynamic MAC address.
show mac-address-table
Show all types of MAC addresses of the
interface
specified interface
show mac-address-table
Show all types of MAC addresses of the
vlan
specified VLAN
show mac-address-table
Show the address counts in the MAC
count
address table.
14-15
Chapter 14
MAC Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
show mac-address-table
static
show mac-address-table
filtering
14.2.2
Show the static MAC address.
Show the filtering MAC address.
show mac-address-table aging-time
Use this command to display the aging time of the dynamic MAC address.
show mac-address-table aging-time
Command
mode
Examples
Related
commands
14.2.3
Privileged mode.
DES-7210# show mac-address-table aging-time
Aging time
: 300
Command
Description
mac-address-table
Specify the aging time of the dynamic MAC
aging-time
address.
show mac-address-table count
Use this command to display the mac-address-table count.
show mac-address-table count
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
DES-7210# show mac-address-table count
Dynamic Address Count : 51
Examples
Static Address Count : 0
Filter Address Count : 0
Total Mac Addresses
: 51
Total Mac Address Space Available: 8139
Command
show
Related
commands
mac-address-table
static
show
mac-address-table
filtering
show
mac-address-table
dynamic
14-16
Description
Display the static address.
Display the filtering address.
Display the dynamic address.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 14
show
mac-address-table
Display all the address information of
address
the specified address.
show
Display all the address information of
mac-address-table
interface
the specified interface.
show
Display all the address information of
mac-address-table
the specified vlan.
vlan
14.2.4
MAC Address Configuration Commands
show mac-address-table dynamic
Use this command to show the dynamic MAC address.
show mac-address-table dynamic [address mac-addr] [interface interface-id] [ vlan
vlan-id]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
mac-addr
Destination MAC address of the entry
vlan-id
VLAN of the entry
description
Interface that the packet is forwarded to.
interface-id
(It may be a physical port or an
aggregate port)
Default
configuration
All the MAC addresses are displayed by default.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
DES-7210# show mac-address-table dynamic
Vlan
MAC Address
Type
Interface
------------------------- -------- -------------------
Examples
Related
commands
1
0000.0000.0001
1
0001.960c.a740
DYNAMIC gigabitethernet 1/1
1
0007.95c7.dff9
DYNAMIC gigabitethernet 1/1
1
0007.95cf.eee0
DYNAMIC gigabitethernet 1/1
1
0007.95cf.f41f
DYNAMIC gigabitethernet 1/1
1
0009.b715.d400
DYNAMIC gigabitethernet 1/1
1
0050.bade.63c4
DYNAMIC gigabitethernet 1/1
Command
clear mac-address-table
dynamic
DYNAMIC gigabitethernet 1/1
Description
Clear the dynamic MAC address.
14-17
Chapter 14
14.2.5
MAC Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
show mac-address-table filtering
Use this command to show the filtering MAC address.
show mac-address-table static [addr mac-addr] [vlan vlan-id]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
mac-addr
Destination MAC address of the entry
vlan-id
VLAN ID of the entry
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
DES-7210# show mac-address-table filtering
Examples
Vlan
MAC Address
1
0000.2222.2222
Command
Related
commands
clear mac-address-table
filtering
mac-address-table
filtering
14.2.6
Type
Interface
------- ----------------- ------- ----------FILTER Not available
Description
Clear the filtering MAC address.
Configure the filtering MAC address.
show mac-address-table interface
Use this command to show all the MAC address information of the specified interface
(including static and dynamic MAC address).
show mac-address-table interface [interface-id] [vlan vlan-id]
Parameter
Description
Show the MAC address information of
Parameter
interface-id
description
interface or aggregate port).
vlan-id
Command
mode
Examples
14-18
the specified Interface(physical
Show the MAC address information of
the VLAN.
Privileged mode.
DES-7210# show mac-address-table interface
gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 14
Vlan
MAC Address
Type
MAC Address Configuration Commands
Interface
----- ------------- -------- ---------------1
00d0.f800.1001 STATIC
gigabitethernet 1/1
1
00d0.f800.1002 STATIC
gigabitethernet 1/1
1
00d0.f800.1003 STATIC
gigabitethernet 1/1
1
00d0.f800.1004 STATIC
gigabitethernet 1/1
Command
Description
show mac-address-table
static
show mac-address-table
filtering
Related
commands
show mac-address-table
dynamic
show mac-address-table
address
14.2.7
Show the static MAC address.
Show the filtering MAC address.
Show the dynamic MAC address.
Show all types of MAC addresses.
show mac-address-table
Show all types of MAC addresses of
vlan
the specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table
Show the address counts in the MAC
count
address table.
show mac-address-table notification
Use this command to show the MAC address notification configuration and the MAC
address notification table.
show mac-address-table notification [interface [interface-id] | history ]
Parameter
Description
Interface ID. Show the MAC address
Parameter
interface interface-id
description
configuration
Command
mode
Examples
configuration
on
the
interface.
history
Default
notification
Show the MAC address notification
history.
The MAC address notification configuration is shown by default.
Privileged mode.
DES-7210# show mac-address-table notification interface
Interface
MAC Added Trap MAC Removed Trap
14-19
Chapter 14
MAC Address Configuration Commands
---------
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
--------------
GigabitEthernet1/14
Disabled
-------------Disabled
DES-7210# show mac-address-table notification
MAC Notification Feature: Disabled
Interval between Notification Traps: 1 secs
Maximum Number of entries configured in History Table:1
Current History Table Length: 0
DES-7210# show mac-address-table notification history
History Index: 0
MAC Changed Message:
Operation:ADD Vlan: 1 MAC Addr: 00f8.d012.3456 GigabitEthernet 3/1
Command
Description
mac-address-table
Related
Enable MAC address notification.
notification
commands
Enable
snmp trap
MAC
address
trap
notification function on the specified
mac-notification
14.2.8
the
interface.
show mac-address-table static
Use this command to show the static MAC address.
show mac-address-table static [addr mac-addr] [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id ]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
mac-addr
Destination MAC address of the entry
vlan-id
VLAN ID of the entry
Interface of the entry (physical interface
interface-id
Command
mode
or aggregate port)
Privileged mode.
Show only static MAC addresses
DES-7210# show mac-address-table static
Vlan
Examples
Related
14-20
MAC Address
Type
Interface
---------- -------------------- -------- --------1
00d0.f800.1001
STATIC
gigabitethernet 1/1
1
00d0.f800.1002
STATIC
gigabitethernet 1/1
1
00d0.f800.1003
STATIC
gigabitethernet 1/1
Command
Description
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
commands
Chapter 14
mac-address-table static
clear mac-address-table
static
14.2.9
MAC Address Configuration Commands
Configure the static MAC address.
Clear the static MAC address.
show mac-address-table vlan
Use this command to show all types of MAC addresses of the specified VLAN
show mac-address-table vlan [vlan-id]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
vlan-id
VLAN ID of the entry
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
DES-7210# show mac-address-table vlan 1
Vlan
Examples
MAC Address
Type
Interface
---------- -------------------- -------- --------1
00d0.f800.1001
STATIC
gigabitethernet 1/1
1
00d0.f800.1002
STATIC
gigabitethernet 1/1
1
00d0.f800.1003
STATIC
gigabitethernet 1/1
Command
Description
show
mac-address-table
Show the static MAC address.
static
show
mac-address-table
Show the filtering MAC address.
filtering
show
Related
commands
mac-address-table
Show the dynamic MAC address.
dynamic
show
mac-address-table
Show all types of MAC addresses.
address
show
mac-address-table
interface
show
mac-address-table
count
Show all types of MAC addresses of the
specified interface.
Show the address counts in the MAC
address table.
14-21
Chapter 14
MAC Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
14.2.10 show address-bind
Use this command to show IP address-MAC address binding.
show address-bind
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
N/A.
DES-7210# show address-bind
Examples
Related
commands
IP Address
Binding MAC Addr
------------
-----------------
3.3.3.3
00d0.f811.1112
3.3.3.4
00d0.f811.1117
Command
address-bind
Description
Enable
IP
address-MAC
address
binding.
14.2.11 show mac-address-table mac-manage-learning
Use this command to show the management and learning mode of the dynamic MAC
address.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Privileged mode.
N/A.
DES-7210# show mac-address-table mac-manage-learning
######MAC manage-learning
Examples
running mode: uniform
configuration mode: uniform
dynamic address learning-synchronization: off.
14-22
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 14
Command
mac-manage-learning
uniform
Related
commands
mac-manage-learning
uniform
learning-synchronization
mac-manage-learning
dispersive
MAC Address Configuration Commands
Function
Set the management and learning
mode of the dynamic MAC address to
the uniform mode.
Synchronize
the
dynamic
MAC
address in the whole device.
Set the management and learning
mode of the dynamic MAC address to
the dispersive mode.
14-23
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 15
15
DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands
DHCP Snooping
Configuration
Commands
15.1 DHCP Snooping Global Commands
The following is the command under the DHCP snooping global mode:
15.1.1

ip dhcp snooping

ip dhcp snooping vlan

ip dhcp snooping bootp-bind

ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address

ip dhcp snooping information option

ip dhcp snooping database write-delay

ip dhcp snooping database write-to-flash
ip dhcp snooping
Use this command to enable the DHCP snooping function globally. The no form of this
command will disable the DHCP snooping function globally.
[no] ip dhcp snooping
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
Disabled
Command
mode
Global configuration mode
15-1
Chapter 15
DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Enable the DHCP snooping function on the switch. You can use the
Usage
guidelines
show ip dhcp snooping command to view whether the DHCP
snooping function is enabled.
Note that DHCP Snooping cannot coexist with private VLAN.
The following is an example of enabling the DHCP snooping function.
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# ip dhcp snooping
DES-7210(config)# end
DES-7210# show ip dhcp snooping
Examples
Switch DHCP snooping status: ENABLE
DHCP snooping Verification of hwaddr field status: DISABLE
DHCP snooping database write-delay time: 0 seconds
DHCP snooping option 82 status: ENABLE
DHCP Snooping Support Bootp bind status: ENABLE
Interface
Trusted
------------------------
Related
commands
---------------
Command
Description
show ip dhcp
View the configuration information of DHCP
snooping
snooping.
ip dhcp snooping
vlan
15.1.2
Rate limit (pps)
-------
Configure DHCP snooping enabled VLAN.
ip dhcp snooping vlan
Use this command to enable DHCP snooping for the specific VLAN. The no form of this
command will disable the DHCP snooping function for the corresponding VLAN.
[no] ip dhcp snooping vlan {vlan-rng | {vlan-min [vlan-max]}}
Parameter
vlan-rng
Parameter
description
vlan-min
vlan-max
Default
15-2
Description
VLAN
range
of
effective
DHCP
snooping.
Minimum VLAN of effective
DHCP
snooping.
Maximum VLAN of effective DHCP
snooping.
By default, once the DHCP Snooping is enabled globally, it takes
effect for all VLANs.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 15
DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
Use this command to configure effective DHCP snooping VLAN by
guidelines
character string.
The following example enables the DHCP snooping function in
VLAN1000.
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# ip dhcp snooping vlan 1000
DES-7210(config)# end
15.1.3
Related
Command
Description
commands
ip dhcp snooping
Global switch of DHCP snooping.
ip dhcp snooping bootp-bind
Use this command to enable DHCP snooping bootp bind function. The no form of this
command will disable the function.
[no] ip dhcp snooping bootp-bind
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
Disabled
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
By default, the DHCP Snooping only forwards Bootp packets. With
Usage
this function enabled, it can snoop Bootp packets. After the Boop
guidelines
client requests an address successfully, the DHCP Snooping adds
the Bootp user to the static binding database.
The following example enables the DHCP snooping bootp bind
Examples
function.
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# ip dhcp snooping bootp-bind
15-3
Chapter 15
DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config)# end
DES-7210# show ip dhcp snooping
Switch DHCP snooping status ：ENABLE
Verification of hwaddr field status ：DISABLE
DHCP snooping database write-delay time: 0 seconds
DHCP snooping option 82 status: ENABLE
DHCP snooping Support Bootp bind status: ENABLE
Interface
Trusted
------------------------
Related
commands
15.1.4
Rate limit (pps)
-------
------------
Command
Description
show ip dhcp
Show the configuration of the DHCP
snooping
snooping.
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
Use this command to check whether the source MAC address of the DHCP request
message matches against the client addr field of the DHCP message. The no form of this
command disables this function.
[no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
Disabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Use this command to enable checking the validity of the source MAC
Usage
address of the DHCP request message. Once the function is
guidelines
enabled, the system will discard the DHCP request message that fails
to pass the source MAC address check.
The following is an example of enabling the check of the source MAC
address of the DHCP request message.
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
DES-7210(config)# end
DES-7210# show ip dhcp snooping
15-4
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 15
DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands
Switch DHCP snooping status: ENABLE
Verification of hwaddr field status: ENABLE
DHCP snooping database write-delay time: 0 seconds
DHCP snooping option 82 status: ENABLE
DHCP Snooping Support Bootp bind status: ENABLE
Interface
Trusted
------------------------
Related
commands
15.1.5
Rate limit (pps)
-------
------------------
Command
Description
show ip dhcp
View the configuration information of the DHCP
snooping
snooping.
ip dhcp snooping information option
Use this command to add option82 to the DHCP request message. The no form of this
command disables this function.
[no] ip dhcp snooping information option
Parameter
description
Default
configuration
Command
mode
N/A
Disabled.
Global configuration mode.
Usage
This command adds option82 to the DHCP request message based
guidelines
on which the DHCP server assigns IP address.
Add option82 to the DHCP request message:
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# ip dhcp snooping information option
DES-7210(config)# end
Examples
DES-7210# show ip dhcp snooping
Switch DHCP snooping status
:
DHCP snooping Verification of hwaddr status
:
DHCP snooping database write-delay time
DHCP snooping option 82 status
ENABLE
:
:
ENABLE
0
DISABLE
15-5
Chapter 15
DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DHCP Snooping Support Bootp bind status: ENABLE
Interface
Trusted
------------------------ -------
Related
commands
15.1.6
Command
Rate limit (pps)
----------------
Function
show ip dhcp snooping
Show the configuration of the DHCP
Snooping.
ip dhcp snooping database write-delay
Use this command to configure the switch to write the dynamic user information of the
DHCP snooping binding database into the flash periodically. The no form of this command
will disable this function.
[no] ip dhcp snooping database write-delay time
Parameter
Parameter
description
Description
The interval at which the system writes the
time
dynamic user information of the
DHCP
snooping database into the flash.
Default
Disabled
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Global configuration mode.
This function can avoid loss of user information after restart. In that
case, users need to obtain IP addresses again for normal
communication.
The following is an example of setting interval at which the switch
writes the user information into the flash as 3600s:
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# ip dhcp snooping database write-delay 3600
DES-7210(config)# end
Examples
DES-7210# show ip dhcp snooping
Switch DHCP snooping status: ENABLE
DHCP snooping Verification of hwaddr field status: ENABLE
DHCP snooping database write-delay time: 3600
DHCP snooping option 82 status: DISABLE
DHCP Snooping Support Bootp bind status: ENABLE
15-6
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 15
Interface
Trusted
------------------------
Related
commands
15.1.7
DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands
Rate limit (pps)
-------
---------------
Command
Description
show ip dhcp
View the configuration information of the
snooping
DHCP snooping.
ip dhcp snooping database write-to-flash
Use this command to write the dynamic user information of the DHCP binding database into
flash in real time.
ip dhcp snooping database write-to-flash
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
Use this command to write the dynamic user information of the DHCP
guidelines
binding database into flash in real time.
The following is an example of writing the dynamic user information of
the DHCP binding database into flash.
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# ip dhcp snooping database write-to-flash
DES-7210(config)# end
DES-7210#
Related
commands
15.2
N/A.
DHCP snooping Interface Mode Commands
There are several commands under the DHCP snooping interface mode as follows:

ip dhcp snooping suppression

ip dhcp snooping trust
15-7
Chapter 15
DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands

15.2.1
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
ip dhcp snooping limit rate
ip dhcp snooping suppression
Use this command to set the port to be the suppression status. The no form of this
command will set the port to be no suppression status.
[no] ip dhcp snooping trust
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
Disabled
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Interface configuration mode.
This command can deny all DHCP request messages under the port,
that is, all the users under the port are prohibited to request
addresses through DHCP.
The following is an example of setting fastethernet 0/2 to be
suppression status:
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# interface fastEthernet 0/2
DES-7210(config-if)# ip dhcp snooping suppression
DES-7210(config-if)# end
Related
commands
15.2.2
Command
Description
show ip dhcp
View the configuration information of
snooping
the DHCP snooping.
ip dhcp snooping trust
Use this command to set the ports of the switch as trusted ports. The no form of this
command sets the ports as untrust ports.
[no] ip dhcp snooping trust
Parameter
15-8
description
N/A.
Default
All ports are untrust ports.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 15
DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Use this command to set the port as trust port. The DHCP response
Usage
messages received under the trust port are forwarded normally, but
guidelines
the response messages received under the untrust port will be
discarded.
The following is an example of setting fastEthernet 0/1 as a trust
port:
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# interface fastEthernet 0/1
DES-7210(config-if)# ip dhcp snooping trust
DES-7210(config-if)# end
DES-7210# show ip dhcp snooping
Examples
Switch DHCP snooping status: ENABLE
DHCP snooping Verification of hwaddr field status: DISABLE
DHCP snooping database write-delay time: 0 seconds
DHCP snooping option 82 status: ENABLE
DHCP Snooping Support Bootp bind status:ENABLE
Interface
Trusted
----------------- ------FastEthernet0/1
Related
commands
15.2.3
Rate limit (pps)
----------------
yes
unlimited
Command
Description
show ip dhcp
View the configuration information of the
snooping
DHCP snooping.
ip dhcp snooping limit rate
Use this command to set rate limit of receiving DHCP packets on the interface. The no form
of this command removes the setting.
[no] ip dhcp snooping limit rate rate-value
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
rate-value
Rate of receiving DHCP packets (pps).
Default
No rate limit.
15-9
Chapter 15
DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
This function takes effect for all the interfaces of the VLAN controlled
by the DHCP Snooping, including trust interface.
For some CPP-enabled products, CPP will restrict the rate of DHCP
packets by hardware. CCP-based rate limit takes precedence over
Usage
DHCP Snooping-based rate limit. For CPP, please refer to specific
guidelines
chapters.
You can view the rate limit setting on the corresponding interface by
show ip dhcp snooping command.
Note that DES-7200 does not support rate limit of DHCP packets on
an interface.
The following example sets rate limit of port 1 as 100:
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# interface fastEthernet 0/1
DES-7210(config-if)# ip dhcp snooping limit rate 100
DES-7210(config-if)# end
DES-7210# show ip dhcp snooping
Examples
Switch DHCP snooping status: ENABLE
DHCP snooping Verification of hwaddr field status: DISABLE
DHCP snooping database write-delay time:0 seconds
DHCP snooping option 82 status:ENABLE
DHCP snooping Support Bootp bind status: ENABLE
Interface
Trusted
---------------------- ------GigabitEthernet 0/1
Related
commands
NO
100
Description
show ip dhcp
View the configuration information of the
snooping
DHCP snooping.

show ip dhcp snooping

show ip dhcp snooping binding
show ip dhcp snooping
Use this command to view the setting of the DHCP snooping.
15-10
----------------
Command
15.3 Showing Related Commands
15.3.1
Rate limit (pps)
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 15
DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands
show ip dhcp snooping
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
guidelines
N/A.
Show the information of DHCP Snooping.
DES-7210# show ip dhcp snooping
Switch DHCP snooping status ：ENABLE
Verification of hwaddr field status ：DISABLE
Examples
DHCP snooping database write-delay time: 0 seconds
DHCP snooping option 82 status: ENABLE
DHCP snooping Support Bootp bind status: ENABLE
Related
commands
15.3.2
Interface
Trusted
Rate limit (pps)
------------------------
-------
------------
Command
Description
ip dhcp snooping
Enable the DHCP snooping globally.
ip dhcp snooping verify
Enable the check of source MAC
mac-address
address of DHCP Snooping packets.
ip dhcp snooping
Set
write-delay
information to FLASH periodically.
ip dhcp snooping
Add option82 to the DHCP request
information option
message.
ip dhcp snoooping
Enable the DHCP snooping bootp bind
bootp-bind
function.
ip dhcp snooping trust
Set the port as a trust port.
the
interval
of
writing
user
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Use this command to view the information of the DHCP snooping binding database.
show ip dhcp snooping binding
15-11
Chapter 15
DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
guidelines
N/A.
Show the information of the DHCP Snooping binding database.
DES-7210# show ip dhcp snooping binding
Examples
Total number of bindings: 1
MacAddress
IpAddress
Lease Type VLAN Interface
00d0.f801.0101 192.168.1.1 - static 1 fastethernet 0/1
Related
commands
Command
Description
ip dhcp snooping
Add the static user information to the DHCP
binding
Snooping database.
clear ip dhcp
Clear the dynamic user information from the
snooping binding
DHCP snooping binding database.
15.4 Other DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands
The configuration of other dhcp snooping includes the commands as follows:
15.4.1

clear ip dhcp snooping binding

debug ip dhcp snooping
clear ip dhcp snooping binding
Use this command to delete the dynamic user information from the DHCP snooping binding
database.
clear ip dhcp snooping binding
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
15-12
Privileged EXEC mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 15
DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands
Usage
If users want to clear the current dynamic user information from the
guidelines
DHCP snooping binding database, use this command.
The following example demonstrates how to clear the dynamic
database information from the DHCP snooping binding database.
DES-7210# clear ip dhcp snooping binding
Examples
DES-7210# show ip dhcp snooping binding
Total number of bindings: 0
MacAddress IpAddress Lease(sec) Type VLAN Interface
---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---- ---------
Command
Description
show ip dhcp
Show the information of the DHCP snooping
snooping binding
binding database.
Related
commands
15.4.2
debug ip dhcp snooping
Use this command to trun on the debugging switch of the DHCP snooping.
debug ip dhcp snooping
Default
Turned off
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
The following example demonstrates how to turn on the
Examples
debugging switch of the DHCP snooping.
DES-7210# debug ip dhcp snooping
DES-7210# show ip dhcp snooping binding
15-13
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
16
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
IGMP Snooping
Configuration
Commands
16.1 Configuration Related Commands
IGMP Snooping includes the commands in the profile configuration mode and the global
configuration mode respectively.
Commands in the Profile configuration mode include:

deny

permit

range
Commands in the global configuration mode include:

ip igmp profile

ip igmp snooping dyn-mr-aging-time

ip igmp snooping fast-leave enable

ip igmp snooping filter

ip igmp snooping ivgl

ip igmp snooping ivgl-svgl

ip igmp snooping limit-ipmc vlan server

ip igmp snooping max-groups

ip igmp snooping query-max-response-time

ip igmp snooping source-check default-server

ip igmp snooping source-check port

ip igmp snooping suppression enable

ip igmp snooping svgl

ip igmp snooping svgl profile

ip igmp snooping vlan mrouting interface

ip igmp snooping vlan mrouting interface profile
16-1
Chapter 16
16.1.1
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide

ip igmp snooping vlan mdevice learn pim-dvmrp

ip igmp snooping vlan static interface
deny
To deny the forwarding of the multicast streams in the range specified by the profile,
execute the deny configuration command in the profile configuration mode.
deny
Parameter
description
Default
N/A
The forwarding of the multicast streams in the range specified by the
profile is denied.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Profile configuration mode.
First, configure the multicast range using the range command in the
profile configuration mode. In addition, the profile must be applied to
the interface in order to make the profile configuration take effect.
The following is an example of deny the forwarding of the multicast
stream 224.2.2.2:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp profile 1
DES-7210(config-profile)# range 224.2.2.2
DES-7210(config-profile)# deny
Related
commands
16.1.2
Command
Description
ip igmp profile
Create a profile.
range
Configure the multicast address range.
permit
To permit the forwarding of the multicast streams in the range specified by the profile,
execute the permit command in the profile configuration mode. In this way, the interface
associated with this profile will forward the specified multicast stream only.
permit
16-2
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
Parameter
description
Default
N/A
The forwarding of the multicast streams in the range specified by the
profile is denied.
Command
mode
Profile configuration mode.
First, configure the multicast range using the range command in the
Usage
profile configuration mode. In addition, the profile must be applied to
guidelines
the interface in order to make the profile configuration to take
effective.
The following is an example of allowing the forwarding of the
multicast stream 224.2.2.2:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp profile 1
DES-7210(config-profile)# range 224.2.2.2
DES-7210(config-profile)# permit
Related
commands
16.1.3
Command
Description
ip igmp profile
Create a profile.
range
Configure the multicast address range.
range
To specify the range of multicast streams, execute the range command in the profile
configuration mode. You can specify either a single multicast address or a range of
multicast addresses. Use the no form of the command to remove the specified multicast IP
address.
range low-ip-address [high-ip-address]
no range low-ip-address [high-ip-address]
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
Description
low-ip-address
Start address of a range
high-ip-address
End address of a range
N/A.
16-3
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Profile configuration mode.
You can specify a behavior after configuring the address range, for
example deny by default. In addition, the profile must be applied to
the interface in order to make the profile configuration take effect.
The following is an example of creating a profile whose multicast
Examples
stream is in the range 224.2.2.2 to 224.2.2.244:
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp profile 1
DES-7210(config-profile)# range 224.2.2.2 224.2.2.244
Command
Description
ip igmp profile
Create a profile.
Related
commands
deny
permit
16.1.4
Deny the forwarding of the multicast streams in
the range specified by the profile.
Permit the forwarding of the multicast streams in
the range specified by the profile.
ip igmp profile
This is a mode navigation command. Use this command to select a profile and enter the
IGMP profile configuration mode.
ip igmp profile profile-number
no ip igmp profile profile-number
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
profile-number
Profile number, in the range from 1 to 65535
Default
N/A.
Command
16-4
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
The profile must be applied to the specified interface in order to make
guidelines
the profile take effect.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
The following is an example of creating a profile numbered 1 and
Examples
entering the profile configuration mode.
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp profile 1
DES-7210(config-profile)#
16.1.5
Related
Command
Description
commands
range
Configure the multicast address range.
ip igmp snooping dyn-mr-aging-time
To configure the aging time of the routing interface that the switch learns dynamically,
execute the ip igmp snooping dyn-mr-aging-time command .
ip igmp snooping dyn-mr-aging-time time
no ip igmp snooping dyn-mr-aging-time
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Aging time of the routing interface that the
time
switch learns dynamically
300s.
Global configuration mode.
When the dynamic routing interface learning function is enabled, this
command sets the aging time of the routing interface. If the aging
time is set too short, the routes may be added and deleted frequently.
Set the aging time of the routing interface that the switch learns
Examples
dynamically to 100 s:
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp snooping dyn-mr-aging-time 100
Related
commands
Command
Function
ip igmp snooping
Enable IGMP snooping.
16-5
Chapter 16
16.1.6
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
ip igmp snooping fast-leave enable
To enable the fast leave function, execute the ip igmp snooping fast-leave enable
command in the global configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to disable
the function.
ip igmp snooping fast-leave enable
no ip igmp snooping fast-leave enable
Parameter
description
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Parameter
Description
N/A
Disabled.
Global configuration mode.
After you execute this command to enable the fast-leave function, the
system will remove the corresponding multicast group on the
corresponding interface upon the receipt of the IGMP leave message.
The following example shows how to enable the fast leave function
Examples
on the switch:
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp snooping fast-leave
Related
commands
16.1.7
Command
Function
N/A
ip igmp snooping filter
To configure a port to receive a specific set of multicast streams, execute the ip igmp
snooping filter command in the interface configuration mode to associate the port to a
specific profile. The no form of this command is used to delete the associated profile.
ip igmp snooping filter profile-number
no ip igmp snooping filter profile-number
16-6
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
profile-number
Profile number
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
A specific profile must be created before association.
The following example demonstrates how to associate profile 1 to a
Examples
megabit port 0/1:
DES-7210(config)# interface fastEthernet 0/1
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp snooping filter 1
16.1.8
Related
Command
Description
commands
ip igmp profile
Create a profile.
ip igmp snooping ivgl
To enable IGMP snooping and enter the IVGL mode, execute the ip igmp snooping ivgl
command in the global configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to disable
IGMP snooping.
ip igmp snooping ivgl
no ip igmp snooping
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
Disabled.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Global configuration mode.
After this mode is set, for multicast frames with the same multicast
address yet in different VLANs, the IGMP snooping function handles
only the same group as that in the multicast address table (GDA),
16-7
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
other multicast frames are forwarded.
The following example demonstrates how to enable IGMP snooping
Examples
and enter the IVGL mode:
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp snooping ivgl
Related
commands
16.1.9
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enable igmp snooping and enter the SVGL
svgl
mode.
ip igmp snooping
Enable igmp snooping and enter the hybrid
ivgl-svgl
mode.
ip igmp snooping ivgl-svgl
To enable IGMP snooping and enter the ivgl-svgl mode, execute the ip igmp snooping
ivgl-svgl command in the global configuration mode. The no form of this command is used
to disable IGMP snooping.
ip igmp snooping ivgl-svgl
no ip igmp snooping
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
Disabed.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
After this mode is set, IVGL and SVGL coexist.
The following example demonstrates how to enable IGMP snooping
Examples
and enter the ivgl-svgl mode on the device:
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp snooping ivgl-svgl
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enable igmp snooping and enter
svgl
the SVGL mode.
Related
commands
16-8
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
ip igmp snooping
Enable igmp snooping and enter
ivgl
the IVGL mode.
16.1.10 ip igmp snooping limit-ipmc vlan server
To add a multicast source IP address check entry, execute the ip igmp snooping
limit-ipmc vlan command in the global configuration mode. The no form of this command
is used to delete a source IP checklist entry.
ip igmp snooping limit-ipmc vlan vid address gaddress server saddress
no ip igmp snooping limit-ipmc vlan vid address gaddress server saddress
Parameter
Description
Parameter
Vid
VLAN ID of the source IP address check entry
description
Gaddress
Multicast address
Saddress
Multicast source IP address (multicast server)
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
The source IP address check function must be enabled before an
guidelines
entry can be added.
The following is an example of adding an entry to the multicast source
Examples
IP address check
table.
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp snooping limit-ipmc vlan 1 address
224.0.0.1 server 192.168.4.243
Command
Related
ip igmp snooping
commands
source-check
default-server
Description
Configure a default source IP address while
enabling the IP check function.
16.1.11 ip igmp snooping max-groups
To configure the maximum number of groups that can be added dynamically to this interface,
execute the ip igmp snooping max-groups command in the interface configuration mode.
The no form of
this command is used to remove the configuration.
16-9
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
ip igmp snooping max-groups number
no ip igmp snooping max-groups
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
number
The parameter ranges 0 to 4294967294.
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Interface configuration mode.
If a maximum number of multicast groups are configured, the device
will no longer receive and process IGMP Report messages when the
number of multicast groups on this interface is beyond the range.
The following example shows how to configure the maximum number
Examples
of multicast groups to 100 on the megabit interface 0/1:
DES-7210(config)# interface fastEthernet 0/1
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp snooping max-group 100
Command
Description
ip igmp
Filter multicast groups that pass through
snooping filter
a port.
Related
commands
16.1.12 ip igmp snooping query-max-response-time
This command specifies the time for the switch to wait for the member join message after
receiving the query message. If the switch does not receive the member join message
within the specified time, it considers that the member has left and then deletes the
member.
ip igmp snooping query-max-response-time time
no ip igmp snooping query-max-resposne-time
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
16-10
The aging time of the routing inerface that
time
the switch learns dynamically.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
10s.
Global configuration mode.
You can specify the time for the switch to wait for the member join
message after receiving the query message. If the switch does not
Usage
receive the member join message in the specified time, it considers
guidelines
that the member has left and then deletes the member. This
command lets you adjust the waiting time after receiving the query
message.
Set the aging time of the routing interface that the switch learns
Examples
dynamically to 100s.
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp snooping query-max-response-time 100
Related
commands
Command
Function
Configure a multicast routing
ip igmp snooping
interface.
16.1.13 ip igmp snooping source-check default-server
The source IP address check is used to permit one or several IPMC flows from the server of
the specified IP address.
To configure the source IP address check function of IGMP snooping, execute the ip igmp
snooping source-check default-server command in the global configuration mode. The
no form of this command is used to disable the source IP address check function.
ip igmp snooping source-check default-server address
no ip igmp snooping souce-check
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
Default
address
Default multicast source IP address (IP address
of the default multicast server)
Disabled.
16-11
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The source IP address check function takes effect globally. Once it is
enabled, only the IPMC streams from the specified IP address are
Usage
permitted. The device allows users to configure the source IP
guidelines
address of all IPMC streams, called default multicast server. The
default server must be set as long as the source IP address check
function is enabled.
The following example shows how to enable the multicast source IP
Examples
address check function and configure a default source IP address.
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp snooping source-check default-server
192.168.4.243
Command
Description
Ip igmp snooping
Add an entry to the source IP
limit-ipmc vlan server
check table.
Related
commands
16.1.14 ip igmp snooping source-check port
The source port check function is used to permit one or several IPMC flows from the mroute
port.
To configure the source port check function of IGMP snooping, execute the ip igmp
snooping source-check port command in the global configuration mode. The no form of
this command is used to disable the source port check function.
ip igmp snooping source-check port
no ip igmp snooping source-check port
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
Disabled.
Command
16-12
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
The source port check function takes effect globally. Once it is
guidelines
enabled, only the IPMC streams from the specified port are permitted.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
The following example shows how to enable the source port check
Examples
function of IGMP snooping.
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp snooping source-check port
Command
Related
Ip igmp snooping
commands
source-check
default-server
Description
Enable the multicast source IP
address check function.
16.1.15 ip igmp snooping suppression enable
To enable IGMP snooping suppression, execute the ip igmp snooping suppression
enable command in the global configuration mode.The no form of this command is used to
disable IGMP snooping suppression..
ip igmp snooping suppression enable
no ip igmp snooping suppression enable
Parameter
N/A.
description
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Disabled.
Global configuration mode.
Usage
After you execute this command to enable the suppression function,
guidelines
the switch begins to suppress the IGMP v1/v2 report messages.
The following example shows how to enable IGMP snooping
Examples
suppression on the device:
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp snooping suppression
Related
commands
N/A
16-13
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
16.1.16 ip igmp snooping svgl
To enable IGMP snooping and enter the SVGL mode, execute the ip igmp snooping svgl
command in the global configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to disable
IGMP snooping.
ip igmp snooping svgl
no ip igmp snooping
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
Disabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
The SVGL works only when the multicast IP address range is
guidelines
configured.
The following example demonstrates how to enable IGMP snooping
Examples
and enter the SVGL mode:
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp snooping svgl
Command
Related
ip igmp snooping ivgl
commands
Description
Enable igmp snooping and
enter the IVGL mode.
ip igmp snooping
Enable igmp snooping and
ivgl-svgl
enter the hybrid mode
16.1.17 ip igmp snooping svgl profile
To specify the multicast group address range applied in the SVGL/IVGL-SVGL mode,
execute the ip igmp snooping profile profile-number command in the global configuration
mode. Use the no ip igmp snooping profile command to cancel the association.
ip igmp snooping profile profile-number
no ip igmp snooping profile
16-14
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
profile-number
Profile number, in the range of 1-65535.
Default
No profile is associated.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
When the IGMP Snooping works in the SVGL or IVGL-SVGL mode, a
profile shall be associated to specify the multicast group address
Usage
guidelines
range applied in the SVGL or IVGL-SVGL mode. That is to say, the
member ports of the multicast forwarding entry can be forwarded
across the VLANs while the member ports of the multicast forwarding
entry in the other multicast address range must belong to the same
VLAN. By default, no profile is associated.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp snooping svgl profile 1
Command
Related
ip igmp snooping ivgl
commands
Description
Enable igmp snooping and
enter the IVGL mode.
ip igmp snooping
Enable igmp snooping and
ivgl-svgl
enter the hybrid mode
16.1.18 ip igmp snooping vlan mrouting interface
Routing interface is a port through which a multicast device is directly connected to a
multicast neighbouring device. To configure a multicast routing interface, execute the ip
igmp snooping vlan mrouting interface command in the global configuration mode. The
no form of this command is used to delete a routing interface.
ip igmp snooping vlan vid mrouting interface interface-id
no ip igmp snooping vlan vid mrouting interface interface-id
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
vid
VLAN ID of a routing interface
interface-id
Interface ID
16-15
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
Default
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
N/A.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Global configuration mode.
When the source port check function is enabled, only the multicast
flows from the routing interface are forwarded, and other flows will be
discarded.
The following example demonstrates how to configure a multicast
Examples
routing interface on the equipment:
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 mrouting interface
fastEthernet 0/1
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enable the multicast source
source-check port
port check function.
Related
commands
16.1.19 ip igmp snooping vlan mrouting interface profile
By deffault, the routing interface forwards the multicast frames of all the mlticast IP
addresses in the VLAN as a member of a VLAN. Sometimes administrator does not want to
forward some multicast frames to a multicast device. At this point, the administrator can use
the IGMP Profile to filter the range of multicast frames to be forwarded by the routing
interface by executing the ip igmp snooping vlan mdevice interface profile command in
the global configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to eliminate the
association between a port and a profile.
ip igmp snooping vlan vid mdevice interface interface-id profile profile-num
no ip igmp snooping vlan vid mdevice interface interface-id profile
Parameter
Description
Parameter
vid
VLAN ID of a routing interface
description
interface-id
Interface ID
profile-num
Profile number
Default
16-16
N/A.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Global configuration mode.
A profile must be created first. After association, only the multicast
frames complying with this profile can be forwarded to this routing
interface.
The following example demonstrates how to associate a profile to a
Examples
multicast routing interface:
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 mdevice interface
fastEthernet 0/1 profile 1
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping vlan
Configure a multicast routing
mdevice interface
interface.
Related
commands
16.1.20 ip igmp snooping vlan mdevice learn pim-dvmrp
To configure a device to listen to the IGMP query/dvmrp or PIM packets dynamically in order
to automatically identify a routing interface, execute the ip igmp snooping vlan mdevice
learn command in the global configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to
disable the dynamic learning.
ip igmp snooping vlan vid mdevice learn pim-dvmrp
no ip igmp snooping vlan vid mdevice learn pim-dvmrp
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
vid
VLAN ID of a routing interface
Default
Disabled.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
Global configuration mode.
With the source port check function enabled, the dynamic routing
interface learning function will improve the application flexibility of
IGMP snooping.
The following example demonstrates how to enable the dynamic
16-17
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
routing interface learning function on the equipment:
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 mdevice learn pim-dvmrp
Command
Description
Related
ip igmp snooping vlan
Enable the dynamic routing
commands
vid mdevice learn
interface learning function on
pim-dvmrp
the multicast routing port.
16.1.21 ip igmp snooping vlan static interface
Once IGMP snooping is enabled, a port can receive a certain multicast frame without being
afftected by various IGMP messges by executing the ip igmp snooping vlan static
interface command in the global configuration mode. The no form of this command is used
to delete a static configuration.
ip igmp snooping vlan vid static ip-addr interface interface-id
no ip igmp snooping vlan vid static ip-addr interface interface-id
Parameter
Description
Parameter
vid
VLAN ID of a routing interface
description
ip-addr
Multicast IP address
interface-id
Interface ID
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
Multiple multicast IP addresses can be configured for an interface.
The following example demonstrates how to configure a static
Examples
multicast address on a port:
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 static 224.0.0.2 interface
fastEthernet 0/1
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping vlan
Configure a multicast routing
mdevice interface
interface
Related
commands
16-18
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
16.2 Displaying and Monitoring Commands
It includes the following commands:
16.2.1

show ip igmp snooping [gda-table | interface | mdevice ]

show ip igmp profile [profile-number]

clear ip igmp snooping gda-table

clear ip igmp snooping statistics

debug igmp-snp
show ip igmp snooping
Use this command to show related information of igmp snooping.
show ip igmp snooping [gda-table | interfaces | mdevice| statistics [vlan vlan-id] ]
Parameter
Description
Show the function configuration of IGMP
none
snooping.
gda-table
Show multicast forwarding rule table.
Parameter
description
Show the configuration of igmp snooping
interfaces
filtring
Show interface configuration of multicast
Command
mode
mdevice
device.
statistics [vlan vlan-id]
Show the igmp snooping statistics.
Privileged EXEC mode.
16-19
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The following example demonstrates how to process 100 multicast
group on the interface fa0/1:
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp snooping gda-table
Abbr:M - mrouter
D – dynamic
Examples
S – static
VLAN
Address
Member ports
-------------------------------------------
16.2.2
1
233.3.3.3
Gi0/2(S)
2
234.4.4.4
Gi0/11(S)
1
233.4.4.4
Ag2(S)
show ip igmp profile [ profile-number]
Use this command to show the profile information.
show ip igmp profile
show ip igmp profile profile-number
Parameter
Parameter
Description
Show configuration information of
none
all profiles.
description
Show configuration information of
profile-number
Command
mode
the designated profile.
Privileged EXEC mode.
DES-7210(config-if)# show ip igmp profile
Examples
Profile
1
Permit
range 224.0.1.0,
16.2.3
239.255.255.255
clear ip igmp snooping gda-table
Use this command to clear the forwarding information dynamically learned.
clear ip igmp snooping gda-table
Parameter
16-20
N/A
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
description
Command
mode
16.2.4
Privileged EXEC mode.
clear ip igmp snooping statistics
Use this command to clear the statistics dynamically learned.
clear ip igmp snooping statistics
Parameter
description
Command
mode
16.2.5
N/A
Privileged EXEC mode.
debug igmp-snp
Use the following commands to turn on igmp service debug switch. The no form of this
command closes debug switch.
debug igmp-snp
debug igmp-snp event
debug igmp-snp packet
debug igmp-snp msf
debug igmp-snp warning
undebug igmp-snp
undebug igmp-snp event
undebug igmp-snp packet
undebug igmp-snp msf
undebug igmp-snp warning
Parameter
Parameter
Description
Show all debug information of
none
description
IGMP Snooping.
Show the debug information of
event
IGMP Snooping event.
16-21
Chapter 16
IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Show the debug information of
packet
IGMP Snooping packet.
Show
msf
the
debug
information
exchanged between the IGMP
Snooping and multicast.
Show all debug information of
warning
Command
mode
16-22
IGMP Snooping warning.
Privileged EXEC mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
17
Chapter 17
PIM Snooping Configuration Commands
PIM Snooping
Configuration
Commands
17.1 Configuration Related Command
PIM SNOOPING configuration includes following commands:
17.1.1

ip pim snooping (global configuration mode)

ip pim snooping dr-flood

ip pim snooping (interface configuration mode)

show ip pim snooping

show ip pim snooping mroute

show ip pim snooping neighbor

show ip pim snooping statistics

show ip pim snooping vlan

clear ip pim snooping statistics

clear ip pim snooping vlan

debug ip psnp event

debug ip psnp mst

debug ip psnp port

debug ip psnp timer
ip pim snooping (global configuration mode)
This command enables or disables the PIM snooping globally.
ip pim snooping
17-1
Chapter 17
PIM Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
no ip pim snooping
Parameter
N/A
description
Default
configuration
Command
Disabled.
Global configuration mode.
mode
DES-7210# configure terminal
Examples
DES-7210(config)# ip pim snooping
Before enabling PIM Snooping, enable IGMP Snooping in the
global configuration mode. Or it fails to set up the Layer 2 forward
entry of the multicast flow between the routers, even if the PIM
Snooping has been enabled.
Note
If you disable PIM Snooping globally, then the PIM Snooping
function will be ineffective in all VLANs.
17.1.2
ip pim snooping dr-flood
Use the ip pim snooping dr-flood command to enable PIM Snooping to flood the multicast
flow towards DR. With DR flood configured, the multicast data will be forwarded through the
Layer 2 port, no matter whether the Join packets are received on the port towards DR or
not.
Use the no form of this command to disable the DR flood function.
ip pim snooping
no ip pim snooping
Parameter
description
Default
configuration
17-2
N/A
Enabled.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 17
Command
PIM Snooping Configuration Commands
Global configuration mode.
mode
DES-7210# configure terminal
Examples
DES-7210(config)# ip pim snooping dr-flood
If the multicast source exists in the VLAN, to enable the DR to send the
registered packets to the RP, the multicast flow must be flooded to DR. To
this end, DR flood function is disabled only when the multicast source does
Note
17.1.3
not exist in the VLAN.
ip pim snooping (interface configuration mode)
This command enables or disables the PIM snooping on the interface.
ip pim snooping
no ip pim snooping
Parameter
N/A
description
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Disabled.
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7210# configure terminal
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface vlan 199
DES-7210(config-if)# ip pim snooping
If you disable PIM Snooping globally, then the PIM Snooping function will be
ineffective in all VLANs.
Note
17-3
Chapter 17
17.1.4
PIM Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
show ip pim snooping
Use this command to show global configuration information of PIM snooping.
show ip pim snooping [detail]
Parameter
Description
description
detail
Show the detailed information.
Command
Privileged EXEC mode, global configuration mode and interface
mode
configuration mode.
Parameter
The following example shows the global configuration
information of the PIM snooping function:
DES-7210# show ip pim snooping
Global runtime mode
Global admin mode
DR Flooding status
: Enabled
: Enabled
: Enabled
Number of user enabled VLANs: 2
User enabled VLANs: 199 198
The following are the description for each field:
Field
Description
Global runtime mode
Global PIM Snooping running
mode. Enabled indicates the
Examples
current normal running mode;
Disabled indicates the current
unavailable running mode.
Global admin mode
Global
PIM
Snooping
configuration mode. Enabled
indicates
the
global
PIM
Snooping has been enabled.
Disabled indicates the global
PIM
Snooping
has
been
disabled.
DR Flooding status
DR Flooding status. Enabled
indicates this function has been
enabled.
Disabled
indicates
this function has been disabled.
17-4
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 17
Number
of
user
PIM Snooping Configuration Commands
Configure the PIM Snooping
enabled VLANs
VLAN numbers.
User enabled VLANs
The configured PIM Snooping
VLAN lists.
17.1.5
show ip pim snooping mroute
Use this command to display the PIM Snooping forwarding entry information.
show ip pim snooping mroute [A.B.C.D
A.B.C.D]
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
A.B.C.D
The group address and the source address
A.B.C.D
for the entry.
Command
Privileged EXEC mode, global configuration mode, interface
mode
configuration mode.
The following example shows the information of the PIM
snooping forwarding entry:
DES-7210#show ip pim snooping mroute
Flags:
JOIN/PRUNE - (*,G), (S,G) Join/Prune
SGR-PP - (S,G,R) PrunePending, SGR-P - (S,G,R) Prune
VLAN 199: 1 mroutes
(*, 229.1.1.1), 00:06:12/00:03:06
214.199.199.10 -> 214.199.199.2, 00:06:12/00:03:06, JOIN
Examples
Downstream ports: 2/20
Upstream
ports: 2/32
Outgoing
ports: 2/32 2/20
The following are the description for each field:
Field
Description
Downstream ports
The downstream Layer 2 ports.
Upstream ports
The upstream Layer 2 ports
Outgoing ports
The outgoing ports for the
multicast flow.
17-5
Chapter 17
17.1.6
PIM Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
show ip pim snooping neighbor
Use this command to display the PIM Snooping neighbor information.
show ip pim snooping neighbor
Parameter
description
N/A
Command
Privileged EXEC mode, global configuration mode, interface
mode
configuration mode.
The following example shows the information of the PIM
snooping neighbor:
DES-7210#show ip pim snooping neighbor
IP Address
Port
Uptime/Expires
Flags
VLAN 199: 2 neighbors
Examples
214.199.199.2
2/32 00:18:25/00:01:04
214.199.199.10
2/20 00:18:09/00:01:03 DR
The following are the description for each field:
Field
Description
IP Address
The neighbor IP address.
Port
The Layer 2 port connecting to
the neighbor.
Uptime/Expires
The creating and aging time of
the neighbor.
Flags
17.1.7
Explain whether DR or not.
show ip pim snooping statistics
Use this command to display the PIM Snooping statistics.
show ip pim snooping statistics
Parameter
description
17-6
N/A
Command
Privileged EXEC mode, global configuration mode, interface
mode
configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 17
PIM Snooping Configuration Commands
The following example shows the information of the PIM snooping
statistics:
DES-7210#show ip pim snooping statistics
PIMv2 statistics:
Process Enqueue
: 2954
Process PIMv2 input queue max size reached
Examples
Error - Process Enqueue
Error - Drops
: 0
: 0
Error - IP header generic error
17.1.8
: 4
: 0
Error - IP header dest ip not 224.0.0.13
: 0
Error - PIM header payload len too short
: 0
Error - PIM header checksum
: 0
Error - PIM header version not 2
: 0
show ip pim snooping vlan
Use this command to display related information of PIM-Snooping VLAN.
show ip pim snooping vlan interface-number [ mroute ] [ neighbor ]
[ statistics ]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
interface-number
Show VLAN ID.
Show
mroute
the
forwarding
table
information in the VLAN.
Show the neighbor information in
neighbor
the VLAN.
Show the statistics in the VLAN.
statistics
Command
Privileged EXEC mode, global configuration mode, interface
mode
configuration mode.
The following example shows the
information of the PIM Snooping VLAN
199:
Examples
DES-7210# show ip pim snooping vlan 199
4 neighbors (0 DR priority incapable)
1 mroutes
DR is 214.199.199.4
17-7
Chapter 17
PIM Snooping Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The following example shows the
forwarding table information of the PIM
Snooping VLAN 199:
DES-7210# show ip pim snooping vlan 199
mroute
Flags:
JOIN/PRUNE - (*,G), (S,G)
Join/Prune
SGR-PP - (S,G,R) PrunePending, SGR-P (S,G,R) Prune
VLAN 199: 1 mroutes
(*, 229.1.1.1), 02:09:51/00:02:41
214.199.199.4 -> 214.199.199.1,
02:09:41/00:02:41, JOIN
Downstream ports: 2/32
Upstream
ports: 2/34
Outgoing
ports: 2/32 2/34
The following example shows the neighbor
information of the PIM Snooping VLAN
199:
DES-7210# show ip pim snooping vlan 199
neighbor
IP Address
Port
Uptime/Expires
Flags
VLAN 199: 4 neighbors
214.199.199.4
2/32
02:34:58/00:01:17
214.199.199.3
2/36
02:22:19/00:05:10
214.199.199.2
2/34
02:33:34/00:05:35
214.199.199.1
2/20
02:34:59/00:01:26
DR
The following example shows thestatistics
of the PIM Snooping VLAN 199:
DES-7210# show ip pim snooping vlan 199
statistics
PIMv2 statistics for vlan 199:
Hello
:
23
Join/Prunes
17-8
:
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 17
PIM Snooping Configuration Commands
22
Other types
:
24
Hello option holdtime [1]
: 23
Hello option DR priority
[19]
: 23
Hello option Generation ID
[20]
: 23
Hello option Lan Prune Delay
[2]
: 19
Join/Prune not
modified
: 11
Join/Prune
modified
: 5
Join/Prune suppressed
:
1
Error - Hello hold option missing
: 0
Error - Hello option
length
: 0
Error - Hello option
unknown
: 4
Error - Join/Prune Address
Family
: 0
Error - Join/Prune Unknown up/down neighbor
: 5
17.1.9
clear ip pim snooping statistics
Use this command to clear the PIM Snooping statistics.
clear ip pim snooping statistics
Parameter
description
Command
mode
N/A
Privileged EXEC mode.
17-9
Chapter 17
PIM Snooping Configuration Commands
Examples
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The following example clear the PIM Snooping statistics:
DES-7210#clear ip pim snooping statistics
17.1.10 clear ip pim snooping vlan
Use this command to clear a PIM Snooping VLAN.
clear ip pim snooping vlan interface-number [ mroute ] [ neighbor ] [statistics]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
interface-number
Clear VLAN ID.
Clear
mroute
table
Clear the neighbor information in
neighbor
the VLAN.
Clear the statistics in the VLAN.
statistics
mode
forwarding
information in the VLAN.
description
Command
the
Privileged EXEC mode.
The following example clears the
forwarding table information of the PIM
Snooping VLAN 199:
DES-7210# show ip pim snooping vlan 199
mroute
Examples
*
The following example clears the
neighbor information of the PIM
Snooping VLAN 199:
DES-7210# show ip pim snooping vlan 199
neighbor
*
The following example clears the
statistics of the PIM Snooping VLAN
199:
DES-7210# show ip pim snooping vlan 199
statistics *
17-10
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 17
PIM Snooping Configuration Commands
17.1.11 debug ip psnp event
Use this command to enable the PIM Snooping event debugging switch. Use the no form of
this command to disable the switch.
debug ip psnp event
no debug ip psnp event
Parameter
N/A
description
Command
Privileged EXEC mode.
mode
The following example enable the PIM Snooping event
debugging switch:
Examples
DES-7210#debug ip psnp event
17.1.12 debug ip psnp mst
Use this command to enable the PIM Snooping entry operation debugging switch. Use the
no form of this command to disable the switch.
debug ip psnp mst
no debug ip psnp mst
Parameter
N/A
description
Command
Privileged EXEC mode.
mode
The following example enable the PIM Snooping entry
operation debugging switch:
Examples
DES-7210#debug ip psnp mst
17.1.13 debug ip psnp packet
Use this command to enable the PIM Snooping packet process debugging switch. Use the
no form of this command to disable the switch.
debug ip psnp packet [ hello ] [ join-prune ]
no debug ip psnp packet [ hello ] [ join-prune ]
17-11
Chapter 17
PIM Snooping Configuration Commands
Parameter
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
Description
hello
Hello packet debugging switch.
description
Join-prune
Command
Join/Prune
packet
debugging
switch.
Privileged EXEC mode.
mode
The following example enable the PIM Snooping Hello
packet process debugging switch:
Examples
DES-7210#debug ip psnp packet hello
17.1.14 debug ip psnp port
Use this command to enable the PIM Snooping port management and neighbor information
debugging switch. Use the no form of this command to disable the switch.
debug ip psnp port
no debug ip psnp port
Parameter
description
N/A
Command
Privileged EXEC mode.
mode
The following example enable the PIM Snooping port
management debugging switch:
Examples
DES-7210#debug ip psnp port
17.1.15 debug ip psnp timer
Use this command to enable the PIM Snooping timer debugging switch. Use the no form of
this command to disable the switch.
debug ip psnp timer
no debug ip psnp timer
Parameter
description
17-12
N/A
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Chapter 17
PIM Snooping Configuration Commands
Privileged EXEC mode.
The following example enable the PIM Snooping timer
Examples
debugging switch:
DES-7210#debug ip psnp timer
17-13
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
18
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
MSTP
Configuration
Commands
18.1 Configuration Related Commands
18.1.1
spanning-tree
Use this command to enable MSTP and configure its basic settings globally. The no form of
the command disables the spanning-tree function. The no form of the command with
parameters only restores the corresponding parameters to the default values, but does not
disable the spanning-tree function.
spanning-tree [forward-time seconds|hello-time seconds |max-age seconds]
no spanning-tree [forward-time | hello-time | max-age]
Parameter
Description
forward-time
Interval at which the port status changes
seconds
Parameter
description
hello-time
Interval at which the switch sends the BPDU
seconds
message
max-age
seconds
Maximum aging time of the BPDU message
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
18-1
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The values of forward-time, hello time and max-age are
interrelated. Modifying one of these three parameters will affect the
others. There is a restricted relationship among the above three
Usage
values.
guidelines
2*(Hello Time+1.0snd) <= Max-Age Time <=
2*(Forward-Delay–1.0snd)
If the values do not according with the condition, the settings do not
work.
Enable the spanning-tree function:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree
Configure the BridgeForwardDelay:
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree forward-time 10
Related
commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree
Show the global STP configuration.
spanning-tree
cost
Set the PathCost of an STP interface.
mst
spanning-tree
tx-hold-count
18.1.2
Set the global TxHoldCount of STP.
spanning-tree bpdufilter
Use this command to enable BPDU filter on the interface. You can use the enabled or
disabled option of the command to enable or disable the BPDU filter function on the
interface.
spanning-tree bpdufilter [enabled | disabled]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
enabled
Enable BPDU filter on the interface.
Disabled
Disable BPDU filter on the interface.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
18-2
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
DES-7210(config-if)# spanning-tree bpdufilter enable
Command
Description
show spanning-tree
Show the STP configuration of the
interface
interface.
Related
commands
18.1.3
spanning-tree bpduguard
Use this command to enable the BPDU guard function on the interface. You can use the
enabled or disabled option of the command to enable or disable the BPDU guard function
on the interface.
spanning-tree bpduguard [enabled | disabled]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
enabled
Enable BPDU guard on the interface.
disabled
Disable BPDU guard on the interface.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Examples
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# spanning-tree bpduguard enable
Command
Description
show spanning-tree
Show the STP configuration of the
interface
interface.
Related
commands
18.1.4
spanning-tree link-type
Use this command to configure the link type of the interface. Use the no form of the
command to restore the configuration to the default value.
spanning-tree link-type [point-to-point | shared]
no spanning-tree link-type
18-3
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
Parameter
Parameter
point-to-point
description
shared
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Description
Set the link type of the interface to
point-to-point.
Forcibly set the link type of the interface to
shared.
Default
For a full-duplex interface, its link type is set to point-to-point link; for a
configuration
half-duplex interface, its link type is set to shared.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# spanning-tree link-type
point-to-point
Command
Description
Related
commands
show spanning-tree
interface
18.1.5
Show the STP configuration of the interface.
spanning-tree max-hops
Use this command to set the maximum number of hops(Max-hopsCount) of the BPDU
message in the global configuration mode, the number of hops in a region that the BPDU
message passes before being dropped. This parameter takes effect for all instances. Use
the no form of the command to restore it to the default setting.
spanning-tree max-hops hop-count
no spanning-tree max-hops
Parameter
Parameter
description
Description
Number of hops in a region that the BPDU
hop-count
message passes before being dropped. The
range is 1 to 40 hops.
Default
configuration
18-4
The default is 20 hops.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
In the region, the BPDU message sent by the root bridge includes a
Hot Count field. When the BPDU message passes a device, the Hop
Usage
Count is decreased by 1 until it reaches 0, which indicates the BPDU
guidelines
message times out. The device will drop the BPDU message whose
Hop Count is 0.
Changing the max-hops command affects all instances.
This example shows how to set the max-hops of the spanning tree to
10 for all instances:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree max-hops 10
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst
command in the privileged configuration mode.
Command
Description
Related
commands
show
spanning-tree
18.1.6
Show the MSTP information.
spanning-tree mode
Use this command to set the STP version in the global configuration mode. Use the no form
of the command to restore the version of the spanning-tree to the default setting.
spanning-tree mode [stp | rstp | mstp]
no spanning-tree mode
Parameter
Description
Parameter
stp
Spanning tree protocol(IEEE 802.1d)
description
rstp
Rapid spanning tree protocol(IEEE 802.1w)
mstp
Multiple spanning tree protocol(IEEE 802.1s)
Default
configuration
MSTP version.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
18-5
Chapter 18
18.1.7
MSTP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Examples
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree mode stp
Related
Command
Description
commands
show spanning-tree
Show the spanning-tree configuration.
spanning-tree mst configure
Use this command to enter the MST configuration mode in the global configuration mode
and configure the MSTP region. Use the no form of the command to restore all parameters
(name, revision, vlan map) to the default values.
spanning-tree mst configuration
no spanning-tree mst configuration
Default
By default, all VLANs are mapped to the instance 0,name is empty,
configuration
and revision is 0.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
To return to the privileged EXEC mode, enter end or Ctrl+C.
To return to the global configuration mode, enter exit.
After entering the MST configuration mode, you can use the following
commands to configure parameters:
instance instance-id vlan vlan-range: Adds the VLANs to the MST
instance. The range of instance-id is 0 to 64 and the range of VLAN is
1 to 4095. The vlan-range can be a collection of some inconsecutive
VLANs separated with comma or some consecutive VLANs in the
form of start VLAN number–end VLAN number. For example,
Usage
instance 10 vlan 2,3,6-9 means that VLANs 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9 are added
guidelines
to instance 10. By default, all VLANs are in Instance0. To remove a
VLAN from an instance, use the no form of the command: no
instance instance-id [vlan vlan-range]. (In this case, the range of
instance is 1 to 64).
name name: Specify the MST name, a string of up to 32 characters.
You can use the no name command to restore it to the default
setting.
revision version: Set the MST versions in the range 0 to 65535. You
can use the no name command to restore it the default setting.
Show: Shows the information of the MST region.
18-6
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
This example shows how to enter the MST configuration mode, and
map VLANs 3. 5 to 10 to MST instance 1:
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree mst configuration
DES-7210(config-mst)# instance 1 vlan 3, 5-10
DES-7210(config-mst)# name region 1
DES-7210(config-mst)# revision 1
DES-7210(config-mst)# show
MST configuration
Name [region1]
Revision 1
Instance Vlans Mapped
---------- ---------------------
Examples
0
1-2,4,11-4094
1
3,5-10
----------------------------------DES-7210(config-mst)# exit
DES-7210(config)#
To remove VLAN 3 from instance 1, execute this command after
entering the MST configuration mode:
DES-7210(config-mst)# no instance 1 vlan 3
Delete instance 1:
DES-7210(config-mst)# no instance 1
You can verify your settings by entering the show command of the
MST configuration commands.
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst
Show the MST region configuration.
instance instance-id vlan
vlan-range
commands
name
Configure the name of MST.
revision
Configure the version of MST.
show
18.1.8
Add VLANs to the MST instance.
Related
Show the MST mode in the MST
configuration mode.
spanning-tree mst cost
Use this command to set the path cost of an instance in the interface configuration mode.
Use the no form of the command to restore it to the default setting.
spanning-tree [mst instance-id] cost cost
no spanning-tree [mst instance-id] cost
18-7
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
Parameter
description
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
Description
instance-id
Instance ID in the range of 0 to 64
cost
Path cost in the range of 1 to 200,000,000
The default instance-id is 0.
The default value is calculated by the link rate of the interface
Default
configuration
automatically.

1000 Mbps—20000

100 Mbps—200000

10 Mbps—2000000
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
A higher cost value means a higher path cost.
This example shows how to set the path cost to 400 on the interface
associated with instances 3:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# spanning-tree mst 3 cost 400
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree
mst interface interface-id command in the privileged EXEC mode.
Command
show spanning-tree mst
Related
commands
spanning-tree mst
port-priority
spanning-tree mst priority
18.1.9
Description
Show the MSTP information of an
interface.
Configure the priority of an interface.
Configure the priority of an instance.
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Use this command to configure the interface priority for different instances in the interface
configuration mode. It will determine which interface of a loop in a region is in charge of
forwarding. Use the no form of the command to restore it to the default setting.
spanning-tree [mst instance-id] port-priority priority
18-8
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
no spanning-tree [mst instance-id] port-priority
Parameter
Description
Instance-id
Instance ID in the range of 0 to 64
Parameter
Interface
description
priority
priority.
Sixteen
integers
are
available: 0, 16, 32, 48, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128,
144, 160, 176, 192, 208, 224, 240, which are
the multiples of 16.
Default
The default instance-id is 0.
configuration
The default priority is 128.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
When a loop occurs in the region, the interface of the higher priority
Usage
will be in charge of forwarding. If all interfaces have the same priority
guidelines
value, the interface of the smaller number will be in charge of the
forwarding.
This example shows how to set the priority of gigabitethernet 1/1 to
10 in instance 20:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# spanning-tree mst 20 port-priority 0
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree
mst instance-id privileged command.
Command
show spanning-tree
mst
Description
Show the MSTP information of an interface.
Related
commands
spanning-tree mst
cost
spanning-tree mst
priority
Set the path cost.
Set the device priority for different instances.
18-9
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
18.1.10 spanning-tree mst priority
Use this command to set the device priority for different instances in the global configuration
mode. Use the no form of the command to restore it to the default setting.
spanning-tree [mst instance-id] priority priority
no spanning-tree [mst instance-id] priority
Parameter
Description
instance-id
Instance ID in the range of 0 to 64
Parameter
Device
description
available: 0, 4096, 8192, 12288, 16384,
priority
priority.
Sixteen
integers
are
20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 36864,
40960, 45056, 49152,53248, 57344 and
61440, which are all multiples of 4096.
Default
The default instance ID is 0.
configuration
The default device priority is 32768.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The following example sets the device priority of the Instance as
8192.
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# spanning-tree mst 20 priority 8192
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree
mst instance interface instance-id command in the privileged EXEC
mode.
Command
Description
show spanning-tree
Show
mst
interface.
the
MSTP
information
Related
commands
spanning-tree mst
cost
spanning-tree mst
port-priority
18-10
Set path cost.
Set the port priority of an instance.
of
an
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
18.1.11 spanning-tree reset
Use this command to restore the spanning-tree configuration to the default value. This
command does not have the no form.
spanning-tree reset
Parameter
description
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree reset
Command
Description
Related
show spanning-tree
Show the global STP configuration.
commands
show spanning-tree
Show the STP configuration of the
interface
interface.
18.1.12 spanning-tree tx-hold-count
Use this command to configure the TxHoldCount of the STP in the global configuraiton
mode, the maximum number of
the BPDU messages sent in one second. Use the no form
of the command to restore it to the default setting.
spanning-tree tx-hold-count tx-hold-count
no spanning-tree tx-hold-count
Parameter
Parameter
description
Description
Maximum
tx-hold-count
number
of
the
BPDU
messages sent in one second in the range
1 to 10.
Default
configuration
The default value is 3.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree tx-hold-count 5
18-11
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Related
Command
Description
commands
show spanning-tree
Show the global MSTP configuration.
18.1.13 spanning-tree pathcost method
Use this command to configure the path cost of the port. Use the no form of the command
to restore it to the default setting.
spanning-tree pathcost method [long | short]
no spanning-tree pathcost method
Parameter
Parameter
long
description
short
Description
Adopt the 802.1t standard to configure path
cost.
Adopt the 802.1d standard to configure path
cost.
Default
configuration
Adopt the 802.1T standard to set path cost by default.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# spanning-tree pathcost method long
Command
Description
Related
commands
show spanning-tree
interface
Show the STP configuration of the interface.
18.1.14 spanning-tree portfast
Use this command to enable the portfast on the interface. You can use the disabled option
of this command to disable the portfast feature on the interface.
spanning-tree portfast [disabled]
18-12
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
disabled
Disable the portfast on the interface.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Examples
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# spanning-tree portfast
Command
Description
Related
commands
show spanning-tree
interface
Show the STP configuration of the interface.
18.1.15 spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default
Use this command to enable the GPDU guard globally. You can use the no form of the
command to disable the BPDU guard.
spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default
no spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
Global configuration mode.
Once the BPDU guard is enabled on the interface, it will enter the
error-disabled status if the BPDU message arrives at the interface.
Use the show spanning-tree command to display the configuration.
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree portfast bpduguard
default
18-13
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
Description
show spanning-tree
Show
interface
configuration.
Related
commands
the
global
STP
18.1.16 spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default
Use this command to enable the BPDU filter function globally. You can use the no form of
the command to disable the BPDU filter.
spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default
no spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
Global configuration mode.
Once the BPDU filter is enabled, the BPDU message is neither
received nor sent on the interface. Use the show spanning-tree
command to display the configuration.
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default
Command
Description
show spanning-tree
Show
interface
configuration.
Related
commands
the
global
STP
18.1.17 spanning-tree portfast default
Use this command to enable the portfast feature on all interfaces globally. Use the no form
of the command to disable the portfast on all interfaces globally.
spanning-tree portfast default
no spanning-tree portfast default
18-14
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree portfast default
Command
Description
Related
commands
show spanning-tree
interface
Show the global STP configuration.
18.1.18 spanning-tree tc- protection
Use this command to enable tc-protection globally. Use The no form of this command to
disable tc- protection globally.
spanning-tree tc- protection
no spanning-tree tc- protection
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Enabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree tc-protection
18.1.19 spanning-tree tc-protection tc-guard
Use this command to enable tc-guard globally to prevent the spread of TC messages. Use
the no form of this command to disable tc-guard globally.
spanning-tree tc- protection tc-guard
18-15
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
no spanning-tree tc- protection tc-guard
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree tc- protection tc-guard
18.1.20 spanning-tree tc-guard
Use this command to enable tc-guard on the interface to prevent the spread of TC
messages. Use the no form of this command to disable tc-guard on the interface.
spanning-tree tc-guard
no spanning-tree tc-guard
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree tc-guard
18.1.21 spanning-tree guard root
Use this command to enable root guard on the interface to prevent the change of current
root bridge position because of error configuration and illegal packet attack. Use the no
form of this command to disable root guard on the interface.
spanning-tree guard root
no spanning-tree guard root
18-16
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree guard root
18.1.22 spanning-tree loopguard default
Use this command to enable loop guard globally to prevent the root port or backup port
from generating loop since they can not receive bpdu. Use the no form of this command to
disable loop guard.
spanning-tree loopguard default
no spanning-tree loopguard default
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree loopguard default
18.1.23 spanning-tree guard loop
Use this command to enable loop guard on the interface to prevent the root port or backup
port from generating loop since they can not receive bpdu. Use the no form of this
command to disable loop guard.
spanning-tree guard loop
no spanning-tree guard loop
18-17
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree guard loop
18.1.24 spanning-tree guard none
Use this command to disable guard on the interface. Use the no form of this command to
delete guard on the interface.
spanning-tree guard none
no spanning-tree guard none
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree guard none
18.1.25 spanning-tree autoedge
Use this command to enable Autoedge on the interface. Use the disabled option of this
command to disable Autoedge on the interface.
spanning-tree autoedge [disabled]
18-18
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
Parameter
The disabled parameter is used to disable Autoedge on the
description
interface.
Default
configuration
Enabled.
Command
mode
Examples
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# spanning-tree autoedge disabled
Command
Function
Related
commands
show
spanning-tree
Show
the
STP
configuration
information of the interface.
interface
18.1.26 bpdu src-mac-check
Use this command to enable the BPDU source MAC address check function on the
interface. Use the no form of this command to disable the function.
bpdu src-mac-check H.H.H
no bpdu src-mac-check
Parameter
Description
Indicate
Parameter
H.H.H
that
only
the
BPDU
messages from this MAC address are
received.
description
no
Indicate that the BPDU messages
from any MAC address are received.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Examples
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7210(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# bpdu src-mac-check 00d0.f800.1e2f
18-19
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
18.1.27 clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
Use this command to force the interface to send the RSTP BPDU message and check the
BPDU messages.
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols [interface interface-id]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
interface-id
ID of the interface
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210# clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
Command
Description
show spanning-tree
interface
Show the STP configuration of
the interface.
Related
commands
18.1.28 spanning-tree compatible enable
Use this command to send the message selectively carried with MSTI according to the
interface attibute of current port to realize interconnection with other vendors.
spanning-tree compatible enable
no spanning-tree compatible enable
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Examples
18-20
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7210(config)# spanning-tree compatible enable
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
18.1.29 logging event status
Use this command to control the switch of log about the forwarding status change on the
spanning tree port..
logging event status
no logging event status
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# logging event status
18.2 Showing Related Command
18.2.1
show spanning-tree
Use this command to display the global spanning-tree configurations.
show
spanning-tree
[summary
|forward-time
|
hello-time
|
max-age
|
inconsistentports | tx-hold-count | pathcost method | max_hops]
Parameter
summary
inconsistentports
Parameter
description
Description
Show the information of MSTP instances
and forwarding status of the interfaces.
Show the block port due to root guard or
loop guard.
forward-time
Show BridgeForwardDelay.
hello-time
Show BridgeHelloTime.
max-age
Show BridgeMaxAge.
max-hops
Show the maximum hops of an instance.
tx-hold-count
Show TxHoldCount.
18-21
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Show the method used for calculating path
pathcost method
cost.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Examples
DES-7210# show spanning-tree hello-time
Command
Description
spanning-tree
Set the pathcost method.
pathcost method
spanning-tree
Set BridgeForwardDelay.
forward-time
Related
commands
spanning-tree
Set BridgeHelloTime.
hello-time
spanning-tree
Set BridgeMaxAge.
max-age
spanning-tree
Set the maximum hops of an instance.
max-hops
spanning-tree
Show TxHoldCount.
tx-hold-count
18.2.2
show spanning-tree interface
Use this command to show the STP configuration of the interface, including the optional
spanning tree.
show spanning-tree interface interface-id [{bpdufilter | portfast | bpduguard |
link-type } ]
Parameter
interface-id
Description
Interface ID
Parameter
bpdufilter
Show the status of BPDU filter.
description
portfast
Show the status of portfast.
bpduguard
Show the status of BPDU guard.
link-type
Show the link type of an interface.
Command
mode
18-22
Privileged EXEC mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Examples
Related
commands
Chapter 18
DES-7210# show spanning-tree interface gigabitethernet 1/5
Command
Description
spanning-tree
Enable the BPDU filter feature someone the
bpdufilter
interface.
spanning-tree
portfast
spanning-tree
bpduguard
spanning-tree
link-type
18.2.3
MSTP Configuration Commands
Enable the portfast on the interface.
Enable the BPDU guard on the interface.
Set the link type of the interface to point-to-point.
show spanning-tree mst
In privileged EXEC mode, use this command to display the information of MST and
instances.
show spanning-tree mst {configuration |instance-id [ interface interface-id ] }
Parameter
Description
Parameter
configuration
The MST configuration of the equipment.
description
instance-id
Instance number
interface-id
Interface number
Default
configuration
All the instances are displayed by default.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Examples
DES-7210# show spanning-tree mst configuration
Related
commands
Command
Description
spanning-tree
mst
configuration
Configure the MST region.
spanning-tree
mst cost
Show the path cost of the instance.
18-23
Chapter 18
MSTP Configuration Commands
spanning-tree
mst max-hops
spanning-tree
mst priority
spanning-tree
mst port-priority
18-24
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Show the maximum hops of the instance.
Show the equipment priority of the instance.
Show the port priority of the instance.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 19
19
SPAN Configuration Commands
SPAN Configuration
Commands
19.1 monitor session
Use this command to create a SPAN session and specify the destination port (monitoring
port) and source port (monitored port). The no form of the command is used to delete the
session or delete the source port or destination port separately.
monitor session session_number {source interface interface-id [both | rx | tx] |
destination interface interface-id [ switch ]} [acl name]
no monitor session session_number [source interface interface-id [both | rx | tx] |
destination interface interface-id [ switch ]} [acl name]
no monitor session all
Parameter
Description
session_number
SPAN session number
source interface
interface-id
Specify the source port.
interface-id: interface ID, which can be physical
interface, not SVI. DES-7200 supports AP.
destination
Specify the destination port.
Parameter
interface
interface-id: interface ID, which can be physical
description
interface-id
interface, not SVI. DES-7200 supports AP.
Monitor the inbounding and outbounding frames
both acl name
simultaneously.
acl name/id of monitored flow
rx
Monitor only the inbounding frames.
tx
Monitor only the outbounding frames.
all
Delete all sessions.
switch
Enable switching on the mirroring destination
port. It is disabled by default.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
19-1
Chapter 19
SPAN Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Both switch port and routed port can be configured as the source port
or destination port. The SPAN session has no effect on the normal
operation of the equipment. You can configure a SPAN session on
disabled ports. However, the SPAN does not work unless you enable
Usage
the source and destination ports.
guidelines
A port can not be configured as the source port and the destination
port at the same time.
You will remove the whole session if you do not specify the source
port or the destination port.
Use show monitor to display SPAN session status.
The example below describes how to create a SPAN session:
session 1: If this session is set previously, clear the configuration of
current session 1 firstly, and then set the frame mapping of port 1 to
port 8.
DES-7210(config)# no monitor session 1
Examples
DES-7210(config)# monitor session 1 source interface
gigabitEthernet 1/1 both
DES-7210(config)# monitor session 1 destination interface
gigabitEthernet 1/8、
Note:
session 1 supports global port mirroring crossing line cards.
Related
commands
Command
show monitor
Description
Use this command to display the SPAN
configurations.
DES-7200 supports up to 128 sessions.
Platform
description
DES-7200 does not support the source/destination MAC-based frame
mirror.
19.2 Show monitor
Use this command to display the SPAN configurations.
show monitor [session session_number]
Default
configuration
19-2
All SPAN sessions are displayed by default.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
description
Chapter 19
Parameter
session
session_number
SPAN Configuration Commands
Description
SPAN session number.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
N/A.
This example shows how to use show monitor to display SPAN
session 1:
DES-7210# show monitor session 1
Examples
sess-num: 1
src-intf:
GigabitEthernet 3/1 frame-type Both
dest-intf:
GigabitEthernet 3/8
Command
Related
commands
Description
Specify a SPAN session and the destination port
monitor session
(mirroring port) and the source port (mirrored
port).
19-3
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 20
20
RSPAN Configuration Commands
RSPAN Configuration
Commands
20.1 Configuring related commands
20.1.1
monitor session
Use this command to set RSPAN session.
Set mirror device attribute:
monitor session session_num {remote-destination | remote-source}
Set destination mirror:
monitor session session-num destination remote vlan vlan-id interface interface-name
[switch]
Set remote source mirror:
monitor session session-num source interface interface-id [rx | tx | both]
Parameter
Description
Parameter
session-num
Session number.
description
vlan-id
Remote span vlan id.
interface-id
Interface number .
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
Key in end or Ctrl+C to return to the privileged mode.
guidelines
Key in exit to return to the global configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# monitor session 1 source interface fastethernet
0/1
20-1
Chapter 20
RSPAN Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config)# monitor session 1 destination
remote vlan 5 reflector-port interface fastethernet 0/5
DES-7210(config)# monitor session 1 remote-destination
20.1.2
Related
Command
Description
commands
show monitor
Show monitor session information.
remote-span
Use this command to set RSPAN VLAN
[no] remote-span
Parameter
description
N/A .
Command
mode
VLAN configuration mode.
Usage
Key in end or Ctrl+C to return to the privileged mode.
guidelines
Key in exit to return to the global configuration mode.
DES-7210(config)# vlan 5
Examples
20-2
DES-7210(config-vlan)# remote-span
Related
Command
Description
commands
show vlan
Show VLAN information.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
21
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
IP Address Configuration
Commands
21.1 Interface Address Configuration Commands
The interface address configuration include the commands as follows:
21.1.1

ip-address

ip unnumbered
ip-address
Use this command to configure the IP address of an interface. The no form of this command
can be used to delete the IP address of the interface.
ip address ip-address network-mask [ secondary ]
no ip address ip-address network-mask [ secondary ]
Parameter
ip-address
Parameter
description
Description
32-bit IP address, with 8 bits in one group in
decimal format. Groups are separated by dots.
32-bit network mask. 1 stands for the mask bit, 0
network-mask
stands for the host bit, with 8 bits in one group in
decimal format. Groups are separated by dots.
secondary
Default
Indicates the secondary IP address that has
been configured.
No IP address is configured for the interface.
Usage
guidelines
Usage
guidelines
Interface configuration mode.
The equipment cannot receive and send IP packets before it is
configured with an IP address. After an IP address is configured for
the interface, the interface is allowed to run the Internet Protocol (IP).
21-1
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The network mask is also a 32-bit value that identifies which bits
among the IP address is the network portion. Among the network
mask, the IP address bits that correspond to value ―1‖ are the network
address. The IP address bits that correspond to value ―0‖ are the host
address. For example, the network mask of Class A IP address is
―255.0.0.0‖. You can divide a network into different subnets using the
network mask. Subnet division means to use the bits in the host
address part as the network address part, so as to reduce the
capacity of a host and increase the number of networks. In this case,
the network mask is called subnet mask.
The DES-7200 software supports multiple IP address for an interface,
in which one is the primary IP address and others are the secondary
IP addresses. Theoretically, there is no limit for the number of
secondary IP addresses. The primary IP address must be configured
before the secondary IP addresses can be configured. The
secondary IP address and the primary IP address can belong to the
same network or different networks. Secondary IP addresses are
often used in network construction. Typically, you can try to use
secondary IP addresses in the following situations:

A network hasn‘t enough host addresses. At present, the LAN
should be a class C network where 254 hosts can be configured.
However, when there are more than 254 hosts in the LAN,
another class C network address is necessary since one class C
network is not enough. Therefore, the device should be
connected to two networks and multiple IP addresses should be
configured.

Many older networks are layer 2-based bridge networks that
have not been divided into different subnets. Use of secondary
IP addresses will make it very easy to upgrade this network to an
IP layer-based routing network. The equipment configures an IP
address for each subnet.

Two subnets of a network are separated by another network.
You can create a subnet for the separated network, and connect
the separated subnet by configuring a secondary IP address.
One subnet cannot appear on two or more interfaces of a device.
In the example below, the primary IP address is configured as
Examples
10.10.10.1, and the network mask is configured as 255.255.255.0.
ip address 10.10.10.1 255.255.255.0
21-2
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
IP Address Configuration Commands
Related
Command
Description
commands
show interface
Show detailed information of the interface.
Platform
For the Layer 2 switch, the IP address can be configured only for the
Layer 3 interface. The Level-2 address is not supported, that is, the
secondary option is unuavailable.
description
21.1.2
Chapter 21
ip unnumbered
Use this command to configure an unnumbered interface. After an interface is configured as
unnumbered interface, it is allowed to run the IP protocol and can receive and send IP
packets. The no form can be used to remove this configuration.
ip unnumbered interface-type interface-number
no ip unnumbered interface-type interface-number
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
Description
interface-type
Interface type
interface-number
Interface number
N/A.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Unnumbered interface is an interface that has IP enabled on it but no
IP address is assigned to it. The unnumbered interface should be
associated to an interface with an IP address. The source IP address
of the IP packet generated by an unnumbered interface is the IP
address of the associated interface. In addition, the routing protocol
process determines whether to send route update packets to an
unnumbered interface according to the IP address of the associated
Usage
interface. The following restrictions apply when an unnumbered
guidelines
interface is used:

An Ethernet interface cannot be configured as an unnumbered
interface.

A serial interface can be configured as an unnumbered interface
when it is encapsulated with SLIP, HDLC, PPP, LAPB and
Frame-relay.
However,
when
Frame-relay
is
used
for
encapsulation, only the point-to-point interface can be configured
21-3
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
as an unnumbered interface. X.25 encapsulation does not allow
configuration as an unnumbered interface.

You cannot detect whether an unnumbered interface works
normally using the ping command, because no IP address is
configured for the unnumbered interface. However, the status of
the unnumbered interface can be monitored remotely using
SNMP.

The network cannot be started using an unnumbered interface.
In the example below the local interface is configured as an
Examples
unnumbered interface, and the associated interface is FastEthernet
0/1. An IP address must be configured for the associated interface.
ip unnumbered fastEthernet 0/1
Related
Command
Description
commands
show interface
Show detailed information of the interface.
Platform
description
This command is not supported on the Layer 2 switch.
21.2 Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) Configuration Commands
The address resolution protocol (ARP) configuration commands include as follows:
21-4

arp

arp retry interval

arp retry times

arp trusted num

arp trusted aging

arp unresolve

arp gratuitous-send interval

arp timeout

ip proxy-arp

service trustedarp
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
21.2.1
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
arp
Use this command to add a permanent IP address and MAC address mapping to the ARP
cache table. The no form of this command deletes the static MAC address mapping.
arp ip-address MAC-address type [ alias ]
no arp ip-address MAC-address type [ alias ]
Parameter
Description
The IP address that corresponds to the MAC
ip-address
address. It includes four parts of numeric values
in decimal format separated by dots.
Parameter
MAC-address
description
type
48-bit data link layer address
ARP encapsulation type. The keyword is arpa for
the Ethernet interface.
(Optional) The DES-7200 series will respond to
alias
the ARP request from this IP address after this
parameter is defined.
Default
There is no static mapping record in the ARP cache table.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
DES-7200 finds the 48-bit MAC address according to the 32-bit IP
Usage
guidelines
address using the ARP cache table.
Since most hosts support dynamic ARP resolution, usually static ARP
mapping is not necessary. The clear arp-cache command can be
used to delete the ARP mapping that is learned dynamically.
The following is an example of setting an ARP static mapping record
Examples
for a host in the Ethernet.
arp 1.1.1.1 4e54.3800.0002 arpa
Related
Command
Description
commands
clear arp-cache
Clear the ARP cache table
21-5
Chapter 21
21.2.2
IP Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
arp retry interval
Use this command to set the frequency for sending the arp request message locally, namely,
the time interval between two continuous ARP requests sent for resolving one IP address.
The no form of this command is used to restore the default value, that is, retry an ARP
request per second.
arp retry interval seconds
no arp retry interval
Parameter
Parameter
description
Description
Time for retrying the ARP request message in
seconds
the range of 1 to 3600 seconds, 1 second by
default.
Default
configuration
Command
mode
The retry interval of the ARP request is 1s.
Global configuration mode.
The switch sends the ARP request message frequently, and thus
Usage
causing problems like network busy. In this case, you can set the
guidelines
retry interval of the ARP request message longer. In general, it should
not exceed the aging time of the dynamic ARP entry.
The following configuration sets the retry interval of the ARP request
Examples
as 30s.
arp retry interval 30
Command
Function
Related
commands
21.2.3
arp retry times number
Set the retry time of the ARP request
message.
arp retry times
Use this command to set the local retry times of the ARP request message, namely, the
times of sending the ARP request message to resolve one IP address. The no form of this
command can be used to restore the default 5 times of the ARP retry requests.
21-6
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
arp retry times number
no arp retry times
Parameter
The times of sending the same ARP request in the
Parameter
description
Description
range 1 to100..When it is set as 1, it indicates that the
number
ARP request is not retransmitted, only 1 ARP request
message is sent.
Default
If the ARP response message is not received, the ARP request
configuration
message will be sent for 5 times, and then it will be timed out.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The switch sends the ARP request message frequently, and thus
Usage
causing problems like network busy. In this case, you can set the
guidelines
retry times of the ARP request smaller. In general, the retry times
should not be set too large.
The following configuration will set the local ARP request not to be
retried.
arp retry times 1
Examples
The following configuration will set the local ARP request to be retried
for one time.
arp retry times 2
Command
Function
Related
commands
21.2.4
arp retry interval seconds
Set the retry interval of the ARP
request message.
arp trusted num
Use this command to set the maximun number of trusted ARP entries.The no form of this
command restores it to the default value.
arp trusted num number
no arp trusted
21-7
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
Parameter
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Description
Parameter
description
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Maximum number of trusted ARP entries in the
number
range of 10 to 4096.
The default value is different for different products.
Global configuration mode.
To make this command valid, enable the trusted ARP function firstly.
Usage
guidelines
The trusted ARP entries and other entries share the memory. Too
much trusted ARP entries may lead to insufficient ARP entry space.
In general, you should set the maximum number of trusted ARP
entries according to your real requirements.
Examples
Related
commands
21.2.5
The following configuration sets 1000 trusted ARPs.
arp trusted 1000
Command
Function
service trustedarp
Enable the trusted ARP function.
arp trusted aging
Use this command to set trusted ARP aging. The no form of this command restores it to the
default value.
arp trusted aging
no arp trusted aging
Parameter
description
N/A .
Default
configuration
21-8
GSN trusted ARP is not aging by default.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
21.2.6
Global configuration mode.
Use this command to set trusted ARP aging. Aging time is the same
as dynamic ARP aging time. Execute arp timeout to set aging time in
interface mode.
N/A
Related
Command
Description
commands
service trustedarp
Enable trusted ARP function.
arp unresolve
Use this command to configure the maximum number of the unresolved ARP entries. The
no form of this command can restore it to the default value 8192.
arp unresolve number
no arp unresolve
Parameter
Parameter
description
Description
The maximum number of the unresolved ARP
number
entries in the range of 1 to 8192. The default
value is 8192.
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
The ARP cache table can contain up to 8192 unresolved entries.
Global configuration mode.
If there are a large number of unresolved entries in the ARP cache
table and they do not disappear after a period of time, this command
can be used to limit the quantity of the unresolved entries.
21-9
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The following configuration sets the maximum number of the
Examples
unresolved items as 500.
arp unresolved 500
21.2.7
arp gratuitous-send interval
Use this command to set the interval of sending the free ARP request message on the
interface..The no form of this command disables this function on the interface.
arp gratuitous-send interval seconds
no arp gratuitous-send
Parameter
Parameter
description
Description
The time interval to send the free ARP
seconds
request message in the range 1 to 3600
seconds
Default
This function is not enabled on the interface to send the free ARP
configuration
request regularly.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
If an interface of the switch is used as the gateway of its downlink
Usage
devices and counterfeit gateway behavior occurs in the downlink
guidelines
devices, you can configure to send the free ARP request message
regularly on this interface to notify that the switch is the real gateway.
The following configuration sets to send one free ARP request to SVI
1 per second.
DES-7210(config)# interface vlan 1
DES-7210(config-if)# arp gratuitous-send interval 1
Examples
The following configuration stops sending the free ARP request to
SVI 1.
DES-7210(config)# interface vlan 1
DES-7210(config-if)# no arp gratuitous-send
21-10
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
21.2.8
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
arp timeout
Use this command to configure the timeout for the ARP static mapping record in the ARP
cache. The no form of this command restores it to the default configuration.
arp timeout seconds
no arp timeout
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
seconds
The timeout ranging 0 to 2147483 seconds
Default
The default timeout is 3600 seconds.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
The ARP timeout setting is only applicable to the IP address and the
MAC address mapping that are learned dynamically. The shorter the
Usage
guidelines
timeout, the truer the mapping table saved in the ARP cache, but the
more network bandwidth occupied by the ARP. Hence the
advantages and disadvantages should be weighted. Generally it is
not necessary to configure the ARP timeout unless there is a special
requirement.
The following is an example of setting the timeout for the dynamic
ARP mapping record that is learned dynamically from FastEthernet
Examples
0/1 to 120 seconds.
interface fastEthernet 0/1
arp timeout 120
Related
commands
21.2.9
Command
Description
clear arp-cache
Clear the ARP cache list.
show interface
Show the interface information.
ip proxy-arp
Use this command to enable ARP proxy funtion on the interface. The no form of this
command disables ARP function.
ip proxy-arp
21-11
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
no ip proxy-arp
Default
Disabled on the version higher than 10.2(3).
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Proxy ARP helps those hosts without routing message obtain MAC
address of other networks or subnet IP address. For example, a
Usage
device receives an ARP request. The IP addresses of request sender
guidelines
and receiver are in different networks. However, the device that
knows the routing of IP address of request receiver sends ARP
response, which is Ethernet MAC address of the device itself.
The following is an example of enabling ARP on FastEthernet 0:
Examples
interface fastEthernet 0/0
ip proxy-arp
Platform
description
This command is not supported on the Layer 2 switch.
21.2.10 service trustedarp
Use this command to enable the trusted ARP function.The no form of this command
disables the trusted ARP function.
service trustedarp
no service trustedarp
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Disabled.
Global configuration mode.
The trusted ARP function of the device is to prevent the ARP fraud
Usage
guidelines
function. As a part of the GSN scheme, it should be used together
with the GSN scheme.
In the following three cases, the STP protocol clears not only the
dynamic MAC address of a port but also the trusted entries, including
21-12
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
trusted MAC and trusted ARP:
1
STP is enabled.
2
The port is set to neither root port nor designed port. This may be
caused when the port is up or down or the port priority is
modified.
3
TC packet is received on the port, and the addresses of the ports
not receiving PC packet are cleared.
The following configuration is to enable the trusted ARP function in
the global configuration mode.
Examples
config
service trustedarp
21.3 Broadcast Message Processing Configuration Commands
The broadcast message processing configuration related commands include:
21.3.1

ip broadcast-addresss

ip directed-broadcast
ip broadcast-addresss
Use this command to define a broadcast address for an interface in the interface
configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to remove the broadcast address
configuration.
ip broadcast-addresss ip-address
no ip broadcast-addresss ip-address
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
ip-address
Broadcast address of IP network
Default
The default IP broadcast address is 255.255.255.255.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
21-13
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
At present, the destination address of IP broadcast packet is all ―1‖,
Usage
guidelines
represented as 255.255.255.255. The DES-7200 software can
generate broadcast packets with other IP addresses through
definition, and can receive both all ―1‖ and the broadcast packets
defined by itself.
The following is an example of setting the destination address of IP
Examples
broadcast packets generated by this interface to 0.0.0.0.
ip broadcast-address 0.0.0.0
Platform
description
21.3.2
This command is not supported on the Layer 2 switch.
ip directed-broadcast
Use this command to enable the conversion from IP directed broadcast to physical
broadcast in the interface configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to
remove the configuration.
ip directed-broadcast [ access-list-number ]
no ip directed-broadcast
Parameter
Description
(Optional) Access list number ranging 1 to 199
Parameter
description
and 1300 to 2699. After an access list number
access-list-number
has
been
defined,
only
the
IP
directed
broadcast packets that match this access list
are converted.
Default
Disabled.
Command
mode
21-14
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
IP directed broadcast packet is an IP packet whose
destination address is an IP subnet broadcast address. For
example, the packet with the destination
address
172.16.16.255 is called a directed broadcast packet.
However, the node that generates this packet is not a
member of the destination subnet.
The device that is not directly connected to the destination
subnet receives an IP directed broadcast packet and
handles this packet in the same way as forwarding a
unicast packet. After the directed broadcast packet
reaches a device that is directly connected to this subnet,
the device converts the directed broadcast packet into a
flooding broadcast packet (typically the broadcast packet
whose destination IP address is all ―1‖), and then sends
the packet to all the hosts in the destination subnet in the
manner of link layer broadcast.
Usage
guidelines
You can enable conversion from directed broadcast into
physical broadcast on a specified interface, so that this
interface can forward a direct broadcast packet to a
directly connected network. This command affects only the
final transmission of directed broadcast packets that have
reached the destination
subnet instead
of
normal
forwarding of other directed broadcast packets.
You can also define an access list on an interface to
control which directed broadcast packets to forward. After
an access list is defined, only the packets that conform to
the conditions defined in the access list undergo
conversion
from
directed
broadcast
into
physical
broadcast.
If no ip directed-broadcast is configured on an interface,
DES-7200 will discard the directed broadcast packets
received from the directly connected network.
The following is an example of enabling forwarding of directed
Examples
broadcast packet on the fastEthernet 0/1 port of a device.
interface fastEthernet 0/1
ip directed-broadcast
Platform
description
This command is not supported on the Layer 2 switch.
21-15
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
21.4 IP Address Monitoring and Maintenance Commands
The IP address monitoring and maintenance related commands include:
21.4.1

clear arp-cache

show arp

show arp counter

show arp timeout

clear ip route

show ip arp

show ip interface

show ip redirects
clear arp-cache
Use this command to remove a dynamic ARP mapping record from the ARP cache table
and clear an IP route cache table in the global configuration mode.
clear arp-cache [A.B.C.D ] | interface interface-name]
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command can be used to refresh an ARP cache table.
On a NFPP-based(Network Foundation Protection Policy) device, it receives
one ARP packet for every mac/ip address per second by default. If the
Caution
interval of two clear arp times is within 1s, the second response packet will
be filtered and the ARP packet will not be resolved for a short time.
The following is an example of removing all dynamic ARP mapping
records.
clear arp-cache
The
Examples
following is an example of removing dynamic ARP table entry
1.1.1.1
clear arp-cache 1.1.1.1
The following is an example of removing dynamic ARP table entry on
interface SVI1
clear arp-cache interface Vlan 1
21-16
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Related
commands
21.4.2
Chapter 21
Command
IP Address Configuration Commands
Description
Add a static mapping record to the ARP cache
arp
table.
show arp
Use this command to show the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache table
show arp [ip [mask] | mac-address] | static | complete | incomplete
Parameter
Description
ip
Show the ARP entry of the specified IP address.
Show the ARP entries of
ip mask
included within the mask.
Parameter
description
Command
mode
the network segment
Show the ARP entry of the specified MAC
mac-address
address.
static
Show all the static ARP entries.
complete
Show all the resolved dynamic ARP entries.
incomplete
Show all the unresolved dynamic ARP entries.
Any
The following is the output result of the show arp command:
DES-7210# show arp
Total Numbers of Arp: 7
Protocol
Address
Age(min)
Hardware
Type
Interface
Examples
Internet 192.168.195.68
0
0013.20a5.7a5f arpa
VLAN 1
Internet 192.168.195.67
0
001a.a0b5.378d arpa
VLAN 1
Internet 192.168.195.65
0
0018.8b7b.713e arpa
VLAN 1
Internet 192.168.195.64
0
0018.8b7b.9106 arpa
VLAN 1
Internet 192.168.195.63
0
001a.a0b5.3990 arpa
VLAN 1
Internet 192.168.195.62
0
001a.a0b5.0b25 arpa
VLAN 1
Internet 192.168.195.5
--
00d0.f822.33b1
VLAN 1
arpa
The meaning of each field in the ARP cache table is described as
below:
Table 1
Fields in the ARP cache table
21-17
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
Field
Protocol
Address
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Description
Protocol of the network address, always to be
Internet
IP address corresponding to the hardware
address
Age of the ARP cache record, in minutes; If it is
Age (min)
not locally or statically configured, the value of the
field is represented with ―-‖.
Hardware
Type
Interface
Hardware address corresponding to the IP
address
Hardware address type, ARPA for all Ethernet
addresses
Interface associated with the IP addresses
The following is the output result of show arp 192.168.195.68
DES-7210# show arp 192.168.195.68
Protocol Address
Age(min) Hardware
Internet 192.168.195.68
1
Type
0013.20a5.7a5f arpa
Interface
VLAN 1
The following is the output result of show arp 192.168.195.0
255.255.255.0
DES-7210# show arp 192.168.195.0 255.255.255.0
Protocol Address
Age(min) Hardware
Type
Interface
Internet 192.168.195.64
0
0018.8b7b.9106 arpa
VLAN 1
Internet 192.168.195.2
1
00d0.f8ff.f00e arpa
VLAN 1
Internet 192.168.195.5
--
Internet 192.168.195.1
0
00d0.f8a6.5af7 arpa
VLAN 1
Internet 192.168.195.51
1
0018.8b82.8691 arpa
VLAN 1
00d0.f822.33b1 arpa
VLAN 1
The following is the output result of show arp 001a.a0b5.378d
DES-7210# show arp 001a.a0b5.378d
Protocol Address Age(min) Hardware Type
Internet 192.168.195.67
4
Interface
001a.a0b5.378d arpa
VLAN 1
Platform
description
21.4.3
This command is not supported on the Layer 2 switch.
show arp counter
Use this command to show the number of ARP entries in the ARP cache table.
21-18
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
show arp counter
Parameter
description
Command
mode
N/A.
Any.
The following is the output result of the show arp counter command:
DES-7210# show arp counter
The Arp Entry counter:0
Examples
The Unresolve Arp Entry:0
The meaning of each field in the ARP cache table is described in
Table 1.
Platform
description
21.4.4
This command is not supported on the Layer 2 switch.
show arp timeout
Use this command to show the aging time of a dynamic ARP entry on the interface.
show arp timeout
Parameter
description
Command
mode
N/A.
Any.
The following is the output of the show arp timeout command:
DES-7210# show arp timeout
Interface
Examples
arp timeout(sec)
---------------------- ---------------VLAN 1
3600
The meaning of each field in the ARP cache table is described in
Table 1.
Platform
description
This command is not supported on the Layer 2 switch.
21-19
Chapter 21
21.4.5
IP Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
clear ip route
Use this command to remove the entire IP routing table or a particular routing record in the
IP routing table in the privileged user mode.
clear ip route { * | network [ netmask ] }
Parameter
Description
Parameter
*
Remove all the routes.
description
network
The network or subnet address to be removed
netmask
(Optional) Network mask
Command
Privileged mode.
mode
Once an invalid route is found in the routing table, you can
Usage
immediately refresh the routing table to get the updated routes. Note
guidelines
that, however, refreshing the entire routing table will result in
temporary communication failure in the entire network.
The example below refreshes only the route of 192.168.12.0.
Examples
clear ip route 192.168.12.0
Related
Command
Description
commands
show ip route
Show the IP routing table.
Platform
description
21.4.6
This command is not supported on the Layer 2 switch.
show ip arp
Use this command to show the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache table in the
privileged user mode.
show ip arp
Parameter
description
N/A.
Command
mode
21-20
Privileged mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
The following is the output of show ip arp:
DES-7210# show ip arp
Protocol Address
Age(min)Hardware
Internet 192.168.7.233 23
Type
Interface
0007.e9d9.0488 ARPA FastEthernet 0/0
Internet 192.168.7.112 10
0050.eb08.6617 ARPA FastEthernet 0/0
Internet 192.168.7.79
12
00d0.f808.3d5c ARPA FastEthernet 0/0
Internet 192.168.7.1
50
00d0.f84e.1c7f ARPA FastEthernet 0/0
Internet 192.168.7.215 36
00d0.f80d.1090 ARPA FastEthernet 0/0
Internet 192.168.7.127 0
0060.97bd.ebee ARPA FastEthernet 0/0
Internet 192.168.7.195 57
0060.97bd.ef2d ARPA FastEthernet 0/0
Internet 192.168.7.183 --
00d0.f8fb.108b ARPA FastEthernet 0/0
Each field in the ARP cache table has the following meanings:
Examples
Field
Description
Protocol
Network address protocol, always Internet.
Address
The IP address corresponding to the hardware
address.
Age of the ARP cache record, in minutes; If it is not
Age (min)
locally or statically configured, the value of the field
is represented with ―-‖.
Hardware
Type
Interface
Hardware address corresponding to the IP address
The type of hardware address. The value is ARPA
for all Ethernet addresses.
Interface associated with the IP address.
Platform
description
21.4.7
This command is not supported on the Layer 2 switch.
show ip interface
Use this command to show the IP status information of an interface. The command format is
as follows:
show ip interface [ interface-type interface-number ]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
interface-type
Specify interface type.
interface-number
Specify interface number.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
21-21
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
When an interface is available, DES-7200 will create a direct route in
the routing table. The interface is available in that the DES-7200
software can receive and send packets through this interface. If the
interface changes from available status to unavailable status, the
DES-7200 software removes the appropriate direct route from the
Usage
guidelines
routing table.
If the interface is unavailable, i.e. two-way communication is allowed,
the line protocol status will be shown as ―UP‖. If only the physical line
is available, the interface status will be shown as ―UP‖.
The results shown may vary with the interface type, because some
contents are the interface-specific options.
Presented below is the output of show ip interface:
DES-7210# show ip interface
FastEthernet 0/0
IP interface state is: UP
IP interface type is: BROADCAST
IP interface metric is: 0
IP interface MTU is: 1500
IP address is:
192.168.5.133/24 (primary)
IP address negotiate is: OFF
Forward direct-boardcast is: ON
ICMP mask reply is: ON
Send ICMP redirect is: ON
Send ICMP unreachabled is: ON
DHCP relay is: OFF
Examples
Fast switch is: ON
Route horizontal-split is: ON
Help address is: 0.0.0.0
Agent ARP is: ON
Outgoing access list is not set.
Inbound access list is not set.
Description of fields in the results:
Field
Description
The network interface is available, and
IP interface state is:
both its interface hardware status and
line protocol status are ―UP‖.
IP interface type is:
IP interface MTU is:
21-22
Show the interface type, such as
broadcast, point-to-point, etc.
Show the MTU value of the interface.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 21
IP address is:
Show the IP address and mask of the
interface.
IP address negotiate
Show whether the IP address is obtained
is:
through negotiation.
Forward
Show whether the directed broadcast is
direct-boardcast is:
forwarded.
ICMP mask reply is:
Show whether an ICMP mask response
message is sent.
Send ICMP redirect
Show whether an ICMP redirection
is:
message is sent.
Send ICMP
Show whether an ICMP unreachable
unreachabled is:
message is sent.
DHCP relay is:
Fast switch is:
Route horizontal-split
is:
Show whether the DHCP relay is
enabled.
Show whether the IP fash switching
function is enabled.
Show whether horizontal split is enabled,
which will affect the route update
behavior of the distance vector protocol.
Help address is:
Show the helper IP address.
Proxy ARP is:
Show whether the agent ARP is enabled.
Outgoing access list
Show whether an outgoing access list
is
has been configured for an interface.
Inbound access list is
21.4.8
IP Address Configuration Commands
Show whether an incoming access list
has been configured for an interface.
show ip redirects
Use this command to show the default gateway
show arp timeout
Parameter
description
Command
mode
Examples
N/A.
Privileged EXEC mode
The following is the output of the show ip redirectes command:
21-23
Chapter 21
IP Address Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210# show ip redirects
Default Gateway: 192.168.195.1
Related
commands
Command
Description
ip
Configure the default gateway, which is only
default-gateway
supported on the Layer 2 switch.
Platform
description
21-24
This command is not supported on the Layer 2 switch.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 22
22
IP Service Configuration Commands
IP Service Configuration
Commands
22.1 IP Service Configuration Commands
The IP service configuration related command includes as follows:
22.1.1

ip default-gateway

ip mask-reply

ip mtu

ip redirects

ip source-route

ip unreachables
ip default-gateway
Use this command to configure the default gateway on the Layer2 switch. Use the no form
of this command to remove the default gateway.
ip default-gateway
no ip default-gateway
Default
configuration
By default, no default gateway is configured.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Global configuration mode.
The packets will be sent to the default gateway if the destination
address is unknown. Use the show ip redirects command to view
the default gateway.
22-1
Chapter 22
IP Service Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The following is an example of setting the default gateway
Examples
192.168.1.1:
ip default-gateway 192.168.1.1
Related
commands
Platform
Command
show ip redirects
Description
Show the default gateway, which is supported
on the Layer 2 switch only.
This command is supported on the Layer 2 switch only.
description
22.1.2
ip mask-reply
Use this command to configure the DES-7200 software to respond the ICMP mask request
and send an ICMP response message in the interface configuration mode. The no form of
this command is used to prohibit from sending the ICMP mask response message.
ip mask-reply
no ip mask-reply
Default
configuration
By default, no ICMP mask response message is sent.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Sometimes, a network device needs the subnet mask of a subnet on
Usage
the Internet. To obtain such information, the network device can send
guidelines
an ICMP mask request message, and the network device that
receives this message will send a mask response message.
The following is an example of setting the FastEthernet 0/1 interface
Examples
of a device to respond the ICMP mask request message.
interface fastEthernet 0/1
ip mask-reply
Platform
description
22-2
This command is supported on the Layer 2 switch only.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
22.1.3
Chapter 22
IP Service Configuration Commands
ip mtu
Use this command to set the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) for an IP packet in the
interface configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to restore it to the
default configuration.
ip mtu bytes
no ip mtu
Parameter
description
Parameter
bytes
Description
Maximum transmission unit of IP packet ranging
68 to 1500 bytes
Default
It is the same as the value configured in the interface command mtu
configuration
by default.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
If an IP packet is larger than the IP MTU, the DES-7200 software will
split this packet. All the devices in the same physical network
segment must have the same IP MTU for the interconnected
Usage
guidelines
interface.
If the interface configuration command mtu is used to set the
maximum transmission unit value of the interface, IP MTU will
automatically match with the MTU value of the interface. However, if
the IP MTU value is changed, the MTU value of the interface will
remain unchanged.
The following is an example of setting the IP MTU value of the
Examples
fastEthernet 0/1 interface to 512 bytes.
interface fastEthernet 0/1
ip mtu 512
Related
Command
Description
commands
mtu
Set the MTU value of an interface.
22-3
Chapter 22
IP Service Configuration Commands
Platform
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
This command is supported on the Layer 2 switch only.
description
22.1.4
ip redirects
Use this command to allow the DES-7200 software to send an ICMP redirection message in
the interface configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to disable the ICMP
redirection function.
ip redirects
no ip redirects
Default
configuration
Enabled.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
When the route is not optimum, it may make the device to receive
packets through one interface and send it though the same interface.
If the device sends the packet through the interface through which
Usage
guidelines
this packet is received, the device will send an ICMP redirection
message to the data source, telling the data source that the gateway
for the destination address is another device in the subnet. In this way
the data source will send subsequent packets along the optimum
path.
The DES-7200 software enables ICMP redirection by default.
The following is an example of disabling ICMP redirection for the
Examples
fastEthernet 0/1 interface.
interface fastEthernet 0/1
no ip redirects
Platform
description
22-4
This command is supported on the Layer 2 switch only.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
22.1.5
Chapter 22
IP Service Configuration Commands
ip source-route
Use this command to allow the DES-7200 software to process an IP packet with source
route information in the global configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to
disable the source route information processing function.
ip source-route
no ip source-route
Default
configuration
Enabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
DES-7200 supports IP source route. When the device receives an IP
packet, it will check the options of the IP packet, such as strict source
route, loose source route and record route. Details about these
Usage
options can be found in RFC 791. If an option is found to be enabled
guidelines
in this packet, a response will be made. If an invalid option is
detected, an ICMP parameter problem message will be sent to the
data source, and then this packet is discarded.
The DES-7200 software supports IP source route by default.
Examples
The following is an example of disabling the IP source route.
no ip source-route
Platform
This command is supported on the Layer 2 switch only.
description
22.1.6
ip unreachables
Use this command to allow the DES-7200 software to generate ICMP destination
unreachable messages. The no form of this command disables this function.
ip unreachables
no ip unreachables
Default
configuration
Enabled.
22-5
Chapter 22
IP Service Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7200 software will send a ICMP destination unreachable
message if it receives unicast message with self-destination-address
and can not process the upeer protocol of this message.
Usage
guidelines
DES-7200 software will send ICMP host unreachable message to
source data if it can not forward a message due to no routing.
This
command influences
all ICMP
destination unreachable
messages.
The
Examples
following
example
disables
sending
ICMP
unreachable message on FastEthernet 0/1.
interface fastEthernet 0/1
no ip unreachables
Platform
description
22-6
This command is supported on the Layer 2 switch only.
destination
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
23
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
DHCP Configuration
Commands
23.1 DHCP Configuration Related Command
DHCP configuration includes the following commands:

bootfile

client-identifier

client-name

default-device

dns-server

domain-name

hardware-address

host

ip address dhcp

ip dhcp excluded-address

ip dhcp ping packet

ip dhcp ping timeout

ip dhcp pool

lease

netbios-name-server

netbios-node-type

network (DHCP)

next-server

option

service dhcp
23-1
Chapter 23
23.1.1
DHCP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
bootfile
Use this command to define the startup mapping file name of the DHCP client in the DHCP
address pool configuration mode.The no form of this command can be used to remove the
definition.
bootfile file-name
no bootfile
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
file-name
Startup file name.
Default
No startup file name is defined, by default.
Command
mode
DHCP address pool configuration mode.
Some DHCP clients need to download the operating system and
Usage
guidelines
configure the file during the startup. The DHCP server should provide
the mapping file name required for the startup, so that DHCP clients
can download the file from the corresponding server (such as TFTP).
Other servers are defined by the next-server command.
The configuration example below defines the device.conf as the
Examples
startup file name.
bootfile device.conf
Command
Description
Define the name of the DHCP address pool and
Related
ip dhcp pool
commands
mode.
next-server
23.1.2
enter into the DHCP address pool configuration
Configure the next server IP address of the DHCP
client startup process.
client-identifier
Use this command to define the unique ID of the DHCP client (indicated in hex, separated
by dot) in the DHCP address pool configuration mode. The no form of this command can be
used to delete the client ID.
client-identifier unique-identifier
23-2
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
no client-identifier
Parameter
Description
The DHCP client ID, indicated in hex
Parameter
description
unique-identifier
and separated by dot, for instance,
0100.d0f8.2233.b467.6967.6162.6974.
4574.6865.726e.6574.302f.31.
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
DHCP address pool configuration mode.
When some DHCP clients request the DHCP server to assign
IP addresses, they use their client IDs rather then their
hardware addresses. The client ID consists of media type,
MAC address and interface name. For instance, the MAC
address
is
00d0.f822.33b4,
the
interface
name
is
GigabitEthernet 0/1, and the corresponding client ID is
Usage
0100.d0f8.2233.b467.6967.6162.6974.4574.6865.726e.6574.
guidelines
302f.31, where, 01 denotes the type of the Ethernet media.
The 67.6967.6162.6974.4574.6865.726e.6574.302f.31 is the
hex code of GigabitEthernet0/1. For the definition of the media
code, refer to the Address Resolution Protocol Parameters
section in RFC1700.
This command is used only when the DHCP is defined by
manual binding.
The configuration example below defines the client ID of the Ethernet
Examples
DHCP client whose MAC address is 00d0.f822.33b4.
client-identifier
0100.d0f8.2233.b467.6967.6162.6974.4574.6865.726e.6574.302f.31
Related
Command
Description
hardware-address
Define the hardware address of DHCP client.
Define the IP address and network mask,
commands
host
which is used to configure the DHCP manual
binding.
23-3
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Define the name of the DHCP address pool
ip dhcp pool
and enter into the DHCP address pool
configuration mode.
23.1.3
client-name
Use this command to define the name of the DHCP client in the DHPC address pool
configuration mode.The no form of this command is used to delete the name of the DHCP
client.
client-name client-name
no client-name
Parameter
Description
Name of DHCP client, a set of standards-based
Parameter
description
ASCII characters.The name should not include
client-name
the suffix domain name. For instance, you can
define the name of the DHCP client as river, not
river.i-net.com.cn.
Default
No client name is defined.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
DHCP address pool configuration mode.
This command can be used to define the name of the DHCP client
only when the DHCP is defined by manual binding. This name should
not include the suffix domain name.
The configuration example below defines a string river as the name of
Examples
the client.
client-name river
Command
Related
host
commands
Description
Define the IP address and network mask, which
is used to configure the DHCP manual binding.
Define the name of the DHCP address pool and
ip dhcp pool
enter into the DHCP address pool configuration
mode.
23-4
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
23.1.4
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
default-device
Use this command to define the default gateway of the DHCP client in the DHPC address
pool configuration mode.The no form of this command can be used to delete the definition
of the default gateway.
default-device ip-address [ ip-address2…ip-address8 ]
no default-device
Parameter
Description
Define the IP address of the equipment. It
Parameter
ip-address
description
least.
ip-address2…ip-address8
Default
is required to configure one IP address at
(Optional) Up to 8 gateways can be
configured.
No gateway is defined by default.
Command
mode
DHCP address pool configuration mode.
In general, the DHCP client should get the information of the default
Usage
gateway from the DHCP server. The DHCP server should specify one
guidelines
gateway address for the client at least, and this address should be of
the same network segment as the address assigned to the client.
The configuration example below defines 192.168.12.1 as the default
Examples
gateway.
default-device 192.168.12.1
Command
Related
commands
Description
Define the name of the DHCP address
ip dhcp pool
pool and enter into the DHCP address
pool configuration mode.
23.1.5
dns-server
Use this command to define the DNS server of the DHCP client in the DHPC address pool
configuration mode. The no form of this command can be used to delete the definition of the
DNS server.
23-5
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
dns-server { ip-address [ ip-address2…ip-address8 ] | use-dhcp-client interface-type
interface-number }
no dns-server
Parameter
Description
Define the IP address of the DNS server.
ip-address
configured.
Parameter
description
Default
At least one IP address should be
ip-address2…ip-address8
(Optional) Up to 8 DNS servers can be
configured.
use-dhcp-client
Use the DNS server learned by the
interface-type
DHCP client of the DES-7200 software
interface-number
as the DNS server of the DHCP client.
No DNS server is defined by default.
Command
mode
DHCP address pool configuration mode.
When more than one DNS server is defined, the former will possess
higher priory, so the DHCP client will select the next DNS server only
Usage
when its communication with the former DNS server fails.
guidelines
If the DES-7200 software also acts as the DHCP client, the DNS
server information obtained by the client can be transmitted to the
DHCP client.
The configuration example below specifies the DNS server
Examples
192.168.12.3 for the DHCP client.
dns-server 192.168.12.3
Command
domain-name
Related
commands
ip address dhcp
Description
Define the suffix domain name of the
DHCP client.
Enable the DHCP client on the interface to
obtain the IP address information.
Define the name of the DHCP address
ip dhcp pool
pool and enter into the DHCP address
pool configuration mode.
23-6
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
23.1.6
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
domain-name
Use this command to define the suffix domain name of the DHCP client in the DHPC
address pool configuration mode. The no form of this command can be used to delete the
suffix domain name.
domain-name domain-name
no domain-name
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
Description
Define the suffix domain name string of
domain-name
the DHCP client.
No suffix domain name by default.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
DHCP address pool configuration mode.
After the DHCP client obtains specified suffix domain name, it can
access a host with the same suffix domain name by the host name
directly.
The configuration example below defines the suffix domain name
Examples
i-net.com.cn for the DHCP client.
domain-name i-net.com.cn
Related
Command
Description
dns-server
Define the DNS server of the DHCP client.
Define the name of the DHCP address pool and
commands
ip dhcp pool
enter into the DHCP address pool configuration
mode.
23.1.7
hardware-address
Use this command to define the hardware address of the DHCP client in the DHPC address
pool configuration mode.The no form of this command can be used to delete the definition
of the hardware address.
hardware-address hardware-address type
no hardware-address
23-7
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
Parameter
hardware-address
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Description
Define the MAC address of the DHCP
client.
To indicate the hardware platform protocol
of the DHCP client, use the string definition
Parameter
or digits definition.
description
String option:
type

Ethernet

ieee802
Digits option:

1 (10M Ethernet)

6 (IEEE 802)
No hardware address is defined by default.
Default
If there is no option when the hardware address is defined, it is the
Ethernet by default.
Command
mode
DHCP address pool configuration mode.
Usage
This command can be used only when the DHCP is defined by
guidelines
manual binding.
The configuration example below defines the MAC address
Examples
00d0.f838.bf3d with the type ethernet.
hardware-address 00d0.f838.bf3d
Command
Description
Define the unique ID of the DHCP client
client-identifier
(Indicated by the hexadecimal numeral,
separated by dot).
Related
commands
Define the IP address and network mask,
host
which is used to configure the DHCP
manual binding.
Define the name of the DHCP address
ip dhcp pool
pool and enter into the DHCP address pool
configuration mode.
23-8
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
23.1.8
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
host
Use this command to define the IP address and network mask of the DHCP client host in
the DHCP address pool configuration mode. The no form of this command can be used to
delete the definition of the IP address and network mask for the DHCP client.
host ip-address [ netmask ]
no host
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
Description
ip-address
Define the IP address of DHCP client.
netmask
Define the network mask of DHCP client.
No IP address or network mask of the host is defined.
Command
mode
DHCP address pool configuration mode.
If the network mask is not defined definitely, the DHCP server will use
the natural network mask of this IP address: 255.0.0.0 for class A IP
Usage
address, 255.255.0 for class B IP address, and 255.255.255.0 for
guidelines
class C IP address.
This command can be used only when the DHCP is defined by
manual binding.
The configuration example below sets the client IP address as
Examples
192.168.12.91, and the network mask as 255.255.255.240.
host 192.168.12.91 255.255.255.240
Command
client-identifier
Related
commands
hardware-address
Description
Define the unique ID of the DHCP client
(Indicated in hex, separated by dot).
Define the hardware address of DHCP
client.
Define the name of the DHCP address pool
ip dhcp pool
and enter into the DHCP address pool
configuration mode.
23-9
Chapter 23
23.1.9
DHCP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
ip address dhcp
Use this command to make the Ethernet interface or the PPP, HDLC and FR encapsulated
interface obtain the IP address information by the DHCP in the interface configuration mode.
The no form of this command can be used to cancel this configuration.
ip address dhcp
no ip address dhcp
Default
The interface cannot obtain the ID address by the DHCP by default.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
When requesting the IP address, the DHCP client of the DES-7200
software also requires the DHCP server provide 5 configuration
parameter information: 1) DHCP option 1, client subnet mask, 2)
DHCP option 3, it is the same as the gateway information of the same
Usage
subnet, 3) DHCP option 6, the DNS server information, 4) DHCP
guidelines
option 15, the host suffix domain name, and 5) DHCP option 44, the
WINS server information.
The client of the DES-7200 software is allowed to obtain the address
on the PPP, FR or HDL link by the DHCP, which should be supported
by the server. At present, our server can support this function.
The configuration example below makes the FastEthernet 0 port
Examples
obtain the IP address automatically.
interface fastEthernet 0
ip address dhcp
Related
Command
Description
dns-server
Define the DNS server of DHCP client.
Define the name of the DHCP address pool and
commands
ip dhcp pool
enter into the DHCP address pool configuration
mode.
23.1.10 ip dhcp excluded-address
Use this command to define some IP addresses and make the DHCP server not assign
them to the DHCP client in the global configuration mode. The no form of this command can
be used to cancel this definition.
23-10
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
ip dhcp excluded-address low-ip-address [ high-ip-address ]
no ip dhcp excluded-address low-ip-address [ high-ip-address ]
Parameter
Parameter
low-ip-address
description
high-ip-address
Default
Description
Exclude the IP address, or exclude the start IP
address within the range of the IP address.
Exclude the end IP address within the range of
the IP address.
The DHCP server assigns the IP addresses of the whole address
pool by default.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
If the excluded IP address is not configured, the DHCP server
attempts to assign all IP addresses in the DHCP address pool. This
Usage
command can reserve some IP addresses for specific hosts to
guidelines
prevent these addresses are assigned to the DHCP client, and define
the excluded IP address accurately to reduce the conflict detecting
time when the DHCP server assigns the address.
In the configuration example below, the DHCP server will not attempt
Examples
to assign the IP addresses within 192.168.12.100~150.
ip dhcp excluded-address 192.168.12.100 192.168.12.150
Command
Description
Define the name of the DHCP address pool and
Related
ip dhcp pool
commands
enter into the DHCP address pool configuration
mode.
network (DHCP)
Define the network number and network mask of
the DHCP address pool.
23.1.11 ip dhcp ping packet
Use this command to configure the times of pinging the IP address when the DHCP server
detects address conflict in the global configuration mode. The no form of this command is
used to restore it to the default configuration.
ip dhcp ping packet [ number ]
23-11
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
no ip dhcp ping packet
Parameter
(Optional) Number of packets in the range of 0 to
Parameter
description
Description
number
10, where 0 indicates
disabling the ping
operation. The Ping operation sends two packets
by default.
Default
The Ping operation sends two packets by default.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
When the DHCP server attempts to assign the IP address from the
Usage
guidelines
DHCP address pool, use the ping operation to check whether this
address is occupied by other hosts. Record it if the address is
occupied, otherwise, assign it to the DHCP client. The Ping operation
will send up to 10 packets, two packets by default.
The configuration example below sets the number of the packets sent
Examples
by the ping operation as 3.
ip dhcp ping packets 3
Command
clear ip dhcp
conflict
Description
Clear the DHCP history conflict record.
Configure the timeout time that the DHCP server
Related
commands
waits for the Ping response. If all the ping
ip dhcp ping
packets are not responded within the specified
packet
time, it indicates that this IP address can be
assigned. Otherwise, it will record the address
conflict.
show ip dhcp
Show the DHCP server detects address conflict
conflict
when it assigns an IP address.
23.1.12 ip dhcp ping timeout
Use this command to configure the timeout that the DHCP server waits for response when it
uses the ping operation to detect the address conflict in the global configuration mode. The
no form of this command can be used to restore it to the default configuration.
23-12
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
ip dhcp ping timeout milli-seconds
no ip dhcp ping timeout
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
milli-seconds
Description
Time that the DHCP server waits for ping
response in the range 100 to 10000 milliseconds.
The default timeout is 500 seconds.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
This command defines the time that the DHCP server waits for a ping
guidelines
response packet.
In the configuration example below, the waiting time of the ping
Examples
response packet is 600ms.
ip dhcp ping timeout 600
Command
clear ip dhcp
conflict
Clear the DHCP history conflict record.
Define the number of the data packets sent by
Related
commands
Description
ip dhcp ping
the ping operation for the detection of the
packets
address conflict when the DHCP server assigns
an IP address.
show ip dhcp
Show the address conflict the DHCP server
conflict
detects when it assigns an IP address.
23.1.13 ip dhcp pool
Use this command to define a name of the DHCP address pool and enter into the DHCP
address pool configuration mode in the global configuration mode.The no form of this
command can be used to delete the DHCP address pool.
ip dhcp pool pool-name
no ip dhcp pool pool-name
Parameter
description
Parameter
pool-name
Description
A string of characters and positive integers, for
instance, mypool or 1.
23-13
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
Default
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
No DHCP address pool is defined by default.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Execute the command to enter into the DHCP address pool
configuration mode:
Usage
guidelines
DES-7210(dhcp-config)#
In this configuration mode, configure the IP address range, the DNS
server and the default gateway.
The configuration example below defines a DHCP address pool with
Examples
the name mypool0.
ip dhcp pool mypool0
Command
Description
Define the IP address and network mask, which
host
is used to configure the DHCP manual binding.
Related
commands
ip dhcp
Define the IP addresses that the DHCP server
excluded-address
cannot assign to the clients.
Define the network number and network mask
network (DHCP)
of the DHCP address pool.
23.1.14 lease
Use this command to define the lease time of the IP address that the DHCP server assigns
to the client in the DHCP address pool configuration mode. The no form of this command
can be used to restore it to the default configuration.
lease { days [ hours ] [ minutes ] | infinite }
no lease
Parameter
Parameter
Description
days
Lease time in days
hours
description
(Optional) Lease time in hours. It is necessary to
define the days before defining the hours.
(Optional) Lease time in minutes. It is necessary
minutes
to define the days and hours before defining the
minutes.
infinite
23-14
Infinite lease time.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Default
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
The lease is 1 days, by default.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
DHCP address pool configuration mode.
When the lease is getting near to expire, the DHCP client will send
the request of renewal of lease. In general, the DHCP server will
allow the renewal of lease of the original IP address.
The configuration example below sets the DHCP lease to 1 hour.
Examples
lease 0 1
The configuration example below sets the DHCP lease to 1 minute.
lease 0 0 1
Command
Related
commands
Description
Define the name of the DHCP address
ip dhcp pool
pool and enter into the DHCP address
pool configuration mode.
23.1.15 netbios-name-server
Use this command to configure the WINS name server of the Microsoft DHCP client
NETBIOS in the DHCP address pool configuration mode. The no form of this command can
be used to delete the WINS server.
netbios-name-server ip-address [ ip-address2…ip-address8 ]
netbios-name-server
Parameter
Description
IP address of the WINS server. It is
Parameter
ip-address
description
least.
ip-address2…ip-address8
Default
required to configure one IP address at
(Optional) IP addresses of WINS servers.
Up to 8 WINS servers can be configured.
No WINS server is defined, by default.
Command
mode
DHCP address pool configuration mode.
23-15
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
Usage
guidelines
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
When more than one WINS server is defined, the former has higher
priory. The DHCP client will select the next WINS server only when its
communication with the former WINS server fails.
The configuration example below specifies the WINS server
Examples
192.168.12.3 for the DHCP client.
netbios-name-server 192.168.12.3
Command
Related
Description
Enable the DHCP client on the interface to obtain
ip address dhcp
the IP address.
commands
Define the name of the DHCP address pool and
enter into the DHCP address pool configuration
ip dhcp pool
mode.
23.1.16 netbios-node-type
Use this command to define the node type of the master NetBIOS of the Microsoft DHCP
client in the DHCP address configuration mode. The no form of this command can be used
to delete the configuration of the NetBIOS node type.
netbios-node-type type
no netbios-node-type
Parameter
Description
Type of node in two modes:
Digit in hexadecimal form in the range of 0 to FF.
Only the following numerals are available:
Parameter
description
type

1: b-node.

2: p-node.

4: m-node.

8: h-node.
String:
Default
23-16

b-node: broadcast node

p-node: peer-to-peer node

m-node: mixed node

h-node: hybrid node
No type of the NetBIOS node is defined, by default.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
Command
mode
DHCP address pool configuration mode.
There are 4 types of the NetBIOS nodes of the Microsoft DHCP client:
1) Broadcast, which carries out the NetBIOS name resolution by the
broadcast method, 2) Peer-to-peer, which directly requests the WINS
server to carry out the NetBIOS name resolution, 3) Mixed, which
requests the name resolution by the broadcast method firstly, and
Usage
guidelines
then carry out the name resolution by the WINS server connection, 4)
Hybrid, which requests the WINS server to carry out the NetBIOS
name resolution firstly, and it will carry out the NetBIOS name
resolution by the broadcast method if the response is not received.
By default, the node type for Microsoft operating system is broadcast
or hybrid. If the WINS server is not configured, broadcast node is
used. Otherwise, hybrid node is used. It is recommended to set the
type of the NetBIOS node as Hybrid.
The configuration example below sets the NetBIOS node of Microsoft
Examples
DHCP client as Hybrid.
netbios-node-type h-node
Command
Description
Define the name of DHCP address pool and
Related
ip dhcp pool
commands
enter
into
the
DHCP
address
pool
configuration mode.
netbios-name-server
Configure the WINS name server of the
Microsoft DHCP client NETBIOS.
23.1.17 network (DHCP)
Use this command to define the network number and network mask of the DHCP address
pool in the DHCP address pool configuration mode. The no form of this command can be
used to delete the definition.
network net-number net-mask
no network
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
net-number
Network number of the DHCP address pool
23-17
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Network mask of the DHCP address pool. If
net-mask
the network mask is not defined, the natural
network mask will be used by default.
Default
No network number or network mask is defined, by default.
Command
mode
DHCP address pool configuration mode.
This command defines the subnet and subnet mask of a DHCP
address pool, and provides the DHCP server with an address space
which can be assigned to the clients. Unless excluded addresses are
configured, all the addresses of the DHCP address pool can be
Usage
guidelines
assigned to the clients. The DHCP server assigns the addresses in
the address pool orderly. If the DHCP server found an IP address is in
the DHCP binding table or in the network segment, it checks the next
until it assigns an effective IP address.
The show ip dhcp binding command can be used to view the
address assignment, and the show ip dhcp conflict command can
be used to view the address conflict detection configuration.
The configuration example below defines the network number of the
Examples
DHCP address pool as 192.168.12.0, and the network mask as
255.255.255.240.
network 192.168.12.0 255.255.255.240
Related
Command
Description
ip dhcp
Define the IP addresses that the DHCP server
excluded-address
cannot assign to the clients.
commands
Define the name of the DHCP address pool
ip dhcp pool
and enter into the DHCP address pool
configuration mode.
23.1.18 next-server
Use this command to define the startup sever list that the DHCP client accesses during
startup in the DHCP address configuration mode. The no form of this command can be
used to delete the definition of the startup server list.
next-server ip-address [ ip-address2…ip-address8 ]
no next-server
23-18
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 23
Parameter
DHCP Configuration Commands
Description
Define the IP address of the startup
Parameter
server, which is usually the TFTP server.
ip-address
It is required to configure one IP address
description
at least.
ip-address2…ip-address8
Default
(Optional) Up to 8 startup servers can be
configured.
N/A.
Command
mode
DHCP address pool configuration mode.
When more than one startup server is defined, the former will
Usage
possess higher priory. The DHCP client will select the next startup
guidelines
server only when its communication with the former startup server
fails.
The configuration example below specifies the startup server
Examples
192.168.12.4 for the DHCP client.
next-server 192.168.12.4
Command
bootfile
Related
commands
Description
Define the default startup mapping file name of
the DHCP client.
Define the name of the DHCP address pool and
ip dhcp pool
enter into the DHCP address pool configuration
mode.
ip help-address
option
Define the Helper address on the interface.
Configure the option of the DES-7200 software
DHCP server.
23.1.19 option
Use this command to configure the option of the DHCP server in the DHCP address pool
configuration mode. The no form of this command can be used to delete the definition of
option.
option code { ascii string | hex string | ip ip-address }
no option
23-19
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
Parameter
description
Default
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
Description
code
Define the DHCP option codes.
ascii string
Define an ASCII string.
hex string
Define a hex string.
ip ip-address
Define an IP address list.
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The DHCP provides a mechanism to transmit the configuration
information to the host in the TCP/IP network. The DHCP message
Usage
guidelines
has a variable option field that can be defined according to the actual
requirement. The DHCP client needs to carry the DHCP message
with 32 bytes of option information at least. Furthermore, the fixed
data field in the DHCP message is also referred to as an option. For
the definition of current DHCP option, refer to RFC 2131.
The configuration example below defines the option code 19, which
determines whether the DHCP client can enable the IP packet
forwarding. 0 indicates to disable the IP packet forwarding, and 1
indicates to enable the IP packet forwarding. The configuration below
enable the IP packet forwarding on the DHCP client.
Examples
option 19 hex 1
The configuration example below defines the option code 33, which
provides the DHCP client with the static route information. The DHCP
client will install two static routes: 1) the destination network
172.16.12.0 and the gateway 192.168.12.12, 2) the destination
network 172.16.16.0 and the gateway 192.168.12.16.
option 33 ip 172.16.12.0 192.168.12.12 172.16.16.0 192.168.12.16
Command
Related
commands
Description
Define the name of the DHCP address pool
ip dhcp pool
and enter into the DHCP address pool
configuration mode.
23-20
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
23.1.20 service dhcp
Use this command to enable the DHCP server and the DHCP relay on the device in the
global configuration mode. The no form of this command can be used to disable the DHCP
server and the DHCP relay.
service dhcp
no service dhcp
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
Disabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The DHCP server can assign the IP addresses to the clients
automatically, and provide them with the network configuration
Usage
information such as DNS server and default gateway. The DHCP
guidelines
relay can forward the DHCP requests to other servers, and the
returned DHCP responses to the DHCP client, serving as the relay for
DHCP packets.
In the following configuration example, the device has enabled the
Examples
DHCP server and the DHCP relay feature.
service dhcp
Related
commands
Command
Description
show ip dhcp
Show various statistics information of the
server statistics
DHCP server.
23.2 Showing and Monitoring Commands

clear ip dhcp binding

clear ip dhcp conflict

clear ip dhcp server statistics

debug ip dhcp client

debug ip dhcp server

show dhcp lease
23-21
Chapter 23
23.2.1
DHCP Configuration Commands

show ip dhcp binding

show ip dhcp conflict

show ip dhcp server statistics
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
clear ip dhcp binding
Use this command to clear the DHCP binding table in the privileged user mode:
clear ip dhcp binding { * | ip-address }
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
Description
*
Delete all DHCP bindings.
ip-address
Delete the binding of the specified IP addresses.
N/A.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Privileged mode.
This command can only clear the automatic DHCP binding, but the
manual DHCP binding can be deleted by the no ip dhcp pool
command.
The example below clears the DHCP binding with the IP address
Examples
192.168.12.100.
clear ip dhcp binding 192.168.12.100
Related
commands
Command
show ip dhcp
binding
23.2.2
Description
Show the address binding of the DHCP server.
clear ip dhcp conflict
Use this command to clear the DHCP address conflict record in the privileged user mode:
clear ip dhcp conflict { * | ip-address }
Parameter
Parameter
Description
*
Delete all DHCP address conflict records.
description
ip-address
23-22
Delete the conflict record of the specified IP
addresses.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Default
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
The DHCP server uses the ping session to detect the address
Usage
conflict, while the DHCP client uses the address resolution protocol
guidelines
(ARP) to detect the address conflict. The clear ip dhcp conflict can
be used to delete the history conflict record.
Examples
The example below clears all address conflict records.
clear ip dhcp conflict *
Command
Description
Define the number of the data packets sent by the
Related
commands
ip dhcp ping
ping operation for the detection of the address
packets
conflict when the DHCP server assigns an IP
address.
23.2.3
show ip dhcp
Show the address conflict that the DHCP server
conflict
detects when it assigns an IP address.
clear ip dhcp server statistics
Use this command to reset the counter of the DHCP server in the privileged user mode.
clear ip dhcp server statistics
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
The DHCP server carries out the statistics counter, records the DHCP
address pool, automatic binding, manual binding and expired binding.
Usage
Furthermore, it also carries out the statistics to the number of sent
guidelines
and received DHCP messages. The clear ip dhcp server statistics
command can be used to delete the history counter record and carry
out the statistics starting from scratch.
Examples
The example below clears the statistics record of the DHCP server.
23-23
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
clear ip dhcp server statistics
Related
commands
Command
show ip dhcp
server statistics
23.2.4
Description
Show the statistics record of the DHCP server.
debug ip dhcp client
Use this command to carry out the DHCP client debugging in the privileged user mode:
debug ip dhcp client
no debug ip dhcp client
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
Disabled.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Privileged mode.
This command is used to show the main message content of the
DHCP client during the interaction of the servers and the processing
status.
The example below turns on the debugging switch of the DHCP client
Examples
in the equipment.
debug ip dhcp client
23.2.5
debug ip dhcp server
Use this command to carry out the DHCP Server debugging in the privileged user mode:
debug ip dhcp server
no debug ip dhcp server
Parameter
23-24
description
N/A.
Default
Disabled.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Privileged mode.
This command is used to show the main message content of the
dhcp server during the interaction of the clients and the processing
status.
The example below turns on the debugging switch of the DHCP
Examples
server in the equipment.
debug ip dhcp server
23.2.6
show dhcp lease
Use this command to show the lease information of the IP address obtained by the DHCP
client.
show dhcp lease
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Privileged mode.
If the IP address is not defined, show the binding condition of all
addresses. If the IP address is defined, show the binding condition of
this IP address.
The following is the result of the show dhcp lease.
DES-7210# show dhcp lease
Temp IP addr: 192.168.5.71 for peer on Interface: FastEthernet0/0
Temp sub net mask: 255.255.255.0
Examples
DHCP Lease server: 192.168.5.70, state: 3 Bound
DHCP transaction id: 168F
Lease: 600 secs, Renewal: 300 secs, Rebind: 525 secs
Temp default-gateway addr: 192.168.5.1
Next timer fires after: 00:04:29
Retry count: 0
Client-ID: redgaint-00d0.f8fb.5740-Fa0/0
23-25
Chapter 23
23.2.7
DHCP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
show ip dhcp binding
Use this command to show the binding condition of the DHCP address.
show ip dhcp binding [ ip-address ]
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
Description
(Optional) Only show the binding condition of the
ip-address
specified IP addresses.
N/A.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Privileged mode.
If the IP address is not defined, show the binding condition of all
addresses. If the IP address is defined, show the binding condition of
this IP address.
The following is the result of the show ip dhcp binding.
DES-7210# show ip dhcp binding
IP address
client-ID
192.168.1.2
00D0.f866.4777
Lease expiration
Type
Hardware address
IDLE
Manual
The meaning of various fields in the show result is described as
follows.
Field
IP address
Examples
Description
The IP address to be assigned to the DHCP
client.
Client-id/Hardware
The client identifier or hardware address of
address
the DHCP client.
The expiration date of the lease. The Infinite
indicates it is not limited by the time. The IDLE
Lease expiration
indicates the address is in the free status
currently for it is not renewed or the DHCP
client releases it actively.
The type of the address binding.The
Type
Automatic indicates an IP address is assigned
automatically, and the Manual indicates an IP
address is assigned by manual.
23-26
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Related
commands
23.2.8
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
Command
Description
clear ip dhcp
Clear the DHCP address binding
binding
table.
show ip dhcp conflict
Use this command to show the conflict history record of the DHCP sever.
show ip dhcp conflict
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
This command can show the conflict address list and excluded
guidelines
address list detected by the DHCP server.
The following is the output result of the show ip dhcp conflict
command.
DES-7210# show ip dhcp conflict
IP address
Detection Method
192.168.12.1
Ping
dhcpd excluded ipaddress
192.168.12.100
Examples
The meaning of various fields in the show result is described as
follows.
Field
IP address
Detection Method
dhcpd excluded
ipaddress
Description
The IP addresses which cannot be
assigned to the DHCP client.
The conflict detection method.
The range of excluded addresses.
23-27
Chapter 23
23.2.9
DHCP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Related
Command
Description
commands
clear ip dhcp confict
Clear the DHCP conflict record.
show ip dhcp server statistics
Use this command to show the statistics of the DHCP server.
show ip dhcp server statistics
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command shows the statistics of the DHCP server.
The following is the output result of the show ip dhcp server
statistics command.
DES-7210# show ip dhcp server statistics
Address pools
4
Automatic bindings
4
Manual bindings
0
Expired bindings
0
Malformed messages 2
Examples
Message
Received
BOOTREQUEST
216
DHCPDISCOVER
33
DHCPREQUEST
25
DHCPDECLINE
0
DHCPRELEASE
1
DHCPINFORM
150
Message
Sent
BOOTREPLY
16
DHCPOFFER
9
DHCPACK
7
DHCPNAK
0
The meaning of various fields in the show result is described as
23-28
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 23
DHCP Configuration Commands
follows.
Field
Description
Address pools
Number of address pools.
Automatic
bindings
Number of automatic address bindings.
Manual bindings
Number of manual address bindings.
Expired bindings
Number of expired address bindings.
Malformed
Number of malformed messages received by
messages
the DHCP.
Message
Number of the messages received and sent
Received or Sent
by the DHCP server respectively.
Command
Description
Related
commands
clear ip dhcp
server statistics
Delete the DHCP server statistics.
23-29
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 24
24
DHCP Relay Configuration Commands
DHCP Relay
Configuration
Commands
24.1 DHCP Relay Configuration Command
DHCP configuration includes the following commands:
24.1.1

service dhcp

ip helper-address
service dhcp
Use this command to enable the DHCP relay in the global configuration mode. The no form
of this command can disable the DHCP relay.
service dhcp
no service dhcp
Default
Disabled.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Global configuration mode.
The DHCP relay can forward the DHCP requests to other servers,
and the returned DHCP response packets to the DHCP client, serving
as the relay for DHCP packets.
In the following configuration example, the device has enabled the
Examples
DHCP server and the DHCP relay.
service dhcp
Related
Command
Description
24-1
Chapter 24
DHCP Relay Configuration Commands
commands
ip
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
helper-address
[vrf]
A.B.C.D
24.1.2
Add an IP address of the DHCP
server.
ip helper-address
Use this command to add an IP address of the DHCP server. The no form of this command
deletes an IP address of the DHCP server.
The server address can be configured globally or on a specific interface. Therefore, this
command can run in the global configuration mode or the interface configuration mode to
add the DHCP server information.
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode, interface configuration mode.
This command can configure more than one DHCP server address in
the interface modes. One DHCP request of this interface will be sent
to these servers. You can select one for confirmation.
Usage
The global configuration and port-based configuration of the vrf are
guidelines
slightly different. In the global configuration mode, if the vrf is not
specified, the default address of the current server does not belong to
any vrf. In the port-based configuration, if the vrf is not specified, the
current default server and port configurations belong to the same vrf.
Set the addresses of two servers in the same vrf. One server address
is 61.154.26.49, and the address of the vrf-based server with
Examples
instance name of local is 192.168.197.1.
ip helper-address 61.154.26.49
ip helper-address vrf local 192.168.197.1
24.1.3
Related
Command
Description
commands
service dhcp
Enable the DHCP relay.
ip dhcp relay information option dot1x
Use this command to enable the dhcp option dot1x function.. The no form of the
command is used to disable the dhcp option dot1x function.
Default
24-2
Disabled.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 24
DHCP Relay Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
It is necessary to enable the DHCP Relay, and combine with the
guidelines
802.1x related configuration to configure this command.
The following example enables the DHCP option dot1x function on
Examples
the device.
Ip dhcp relay information option dot1x
Command
Description
Related
service dhcp
Enable the DHCP Relay.
commands
ip dhcp relay information
option dot1x access-group
24.1.4
Configure the option dot1x acl.
ip dhcp relay information option dot1x access-group
Use this command to configure the dhcp option dot1x acl. The no form of this command is
used to disable the dhcp option dot1x acl.
Default
No ACL is associated with.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
Be sure that the ACL does not conflict with the existing ACE of the
guidelines
configured ACL on the interface.
Examples
The following example enables the dhcp option dot1x acl function.
Ip dhcp relay information option dot1x access-group acl-name
Command
Description
Related
service dhcp
Enable the DHCP Relay.
commands
ip dhcp relay information
Enable the DHCP
option dot1x
function.
option dot1x
24-3
Chapter 24
24.1.5
DHCP Relay Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
ip dhcp relay information option82
Use this command to configure to enable the ip dhcp relay information option82 function.
The no form of this command is used to disable the ip dhcp relay information option82
function.
Default
Disabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command is exclusive with the option dot1x command.
The following example enables the ip dhcp relay check server-id
Examples
function.
Ip dhcp relay check server-id
Related
commands
Command
Description
service dhcp
Enable the DHCP Relay.
ip dhcp relay
information option
dot1x
24.1.6
Enable
the
DHCP
option
dot1x function.
ip dhcp relay check server-id
Use this command to configure to enable the ip dhcp relay check server-id function. The
no form of this command is used to disable the ip dhcp relay information check server-id
function.
Default
Disabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
Switch will select server to be sent according to server-id option
guidelines
when forwarding DHCP REQUEST via this command.
Examples
The following example enables switch by switch: t
Ip dhcp relay check server-id
24-4
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
24.1.7
Chapter 24
DHCP Relay Configuration Commands
Related
Command
Description
commands
service dhcp
Enable the DHCP Relay.
ip dhcp relay suppression
Use this command to enable the DHCP binding globally. The no form of this command
disables the DHCP binding globally and enables the DHCP relay suppression on the port.
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Disabled.
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
After executing this command, the system will not relay the DHCP
guidelines
request message on the interface.
The following example enables the relay suppression function on the
interface 1.
DES-7210#
DES-7210# configure terminal
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface fastEthernet 0/1
DES-7210(config-if)# ip dhcp relay suppression
DES-7210(config-if)# exit
DES-7210(config)#
Related
Command
Description
commands
service dhcp
Enable the DHCP Relay.
24-5
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 25
25
DNS Module Configuration Commands
DNS
Configuration
Commands
Module
25.1 Configuring Related Commands
25.1.1
ip domain-lookup
Use this command to enable the DNS to carry out the domain name resolution. Use the no
form of this command to disable the DNS domain name resolution function.
ip domain-lookup
no ip domain-lookup
Default
configuration
Enabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command enables the domain name resolution function.
The following example enables the DNS domain name resolution
Examples
function.
DES-7210(config)# ip domain-lookup
Related
commands
Command
show hosts
Description
Show the DNS related configuration
information.
25-1
Chapter 25
25.1.2
DNS Module Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
ip name-server
Use this command to configure the IP address of the domain name server. Use the no form
of this command to delete the configured domain name server.
ip name-server ip-address
no ip name-server [ip-address]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
ip-address
The IP address of the domain name server.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Add the IP address of the DNS server. Once this command is
executed, the equipment will add a DNS server. When the device
Usage
guidelines
cannot obtain the domain name from a DNS server, it will attempt to
send the DNS request to subsequent servers until it receives a
response.
Up to 6 DNS servers are supported. You can delete a DNS server
with the ip-address option or all the DNS servers.
Examples
25.1.3
DES-7210(config)# ip name-server 192.168.5.134
ip host
Use this command to configure the mapping of the host name and the IP address by
manual. Use the no form of the command to remove the host list.
ip host host-name ip-address
no ip host host-name ip-address
Parameter
description
25-2
Parameter
Description
host-name
The host name of the equipment
ip-address
The IP address of the equipment
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 25
DNS Module Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
To delete the host list, use the no ip host host-name ip-address
guidelines
command.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# ip host switch 192.168.5.243
Related
commands
25.1.4
Command
show hosts
Description
Show the DNS related configuration
information.
clear host
Use this command to clear the dynamically learned host name in the privileged user mode.
clear host [host-name]
Parameter
description
Parameter
host-name
Description
Delete the dynamically learned host. ―*‖ denotes
to clear all the dynamically learned host names.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
You can obtain the mapping record of the host name buffer table in
Usage
two ways: 1) the ip host static configuration, 2) the DNS dynamic
guidelines
learning. Execute this command to delete the host name records
learned by the DNS dynamically.
The following configuration will delete the dynamically learned
Examples
mapping records from the host name-IP address buffer table.
clear host *
Related
Command
Description
commands
show hosts
Show the host name buffer table.
25-3
Chapter 25
25.1.5
DNS Module Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
show hosts
Use this command to display DNS configuration.
show hosts
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
Show the DNS related configuration information.
DES-7210# show hosts
Name servers are:
Examples
static
host
switch
www.dlink.com
Command
Related
commands
ip host
ip name-server
25-4
type
address
static
dynamic
192.168.5.243
192.168.5.123
Description
Configure the host name and IP address
mapping by manual.
Configure the DNS server.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 26
26
SNTP Configuration Commands
SNTP
Configuration
Commands
26.1 Configuring Related Commands
26.1.1
sntp enable
Use this command to enable the SNTP function. Use the no form of this command to
restore the default value.
[no] sntp enable
Default
configuration
Disabled
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command shows the parameters of SNTP.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# sntp enable
Related
commands
Command
Description
show sntp
Show the SNTP configuration.
clock
Synchronize the software click with
update-calendar
the hardware clock.
clock set
Set the software clock.
26-1
Chapter 26
26.1.2
SNTP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
sntp server
Use this command to set the SNTP server. Since the SNTP protocol is completely
compatible with the NTP protocol, you can configure the SNTP server as the public NTP
server on the Internet.
sntp server ip-addr
no sntp server
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
ip-addr
The IP address of the NTP/SNTP server.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
The show sntp command shows the parameters of SNTP.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# sntp server 192.168.4.12
Related
commands
26.1.3
Command
Description
show sntp
Show the SNTP configuration.
sntp enable
Enable SNTP.
sntp interval
Use this command to set the interval for the SNTP Client to synchronize its clock with the
NTP/SNTP Server.
Note that the set interval will not take effect immediately. To this end, execute the sntp
enable command after setting the interval.
sntp interva seconds
no sntp interval
26-2
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
seconds
Synchronization interval in 60 to 65535
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 26
SNTP Configuration Commands
seconds
Default
configuration
1800s
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
Examples
Related
commands
The show sntp command shows the parameters of SNTP.
DES-7210(config)# sntp interval 3600
Command
Description
sntp enable
Enable SNTP.
show sntp
Show the SNTP configuration.
clock
Synchronizes the software clock with
update-calendar
the hardware clock.
26.2 Showing Related Command
26.2.1
show sntp
Use this command to show the parameters of SNTP.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command shows the parameters of SNTP.
DES-7210# show sntp
Examples
SNTP state
: Enable
SNTP server
: 192.168.4.12
SNTP sync interval
: 60
Time zone
: +8
Related
Command
Description
commands
sntp enable
Enable SNTP.
26-3
Chapter 26
SNTP Configuration Commands
show sntp
26-4
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Show the SNTP configuration.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 27
27
NTP Configuration Commands
NTP
Configuration
Commands
27.1 NTP Configuring Related Commands
NTP configuration includes the following commands:
27.1.1

no ntp

ntp access-group

ntp authenticate

ntp authentication-key

ntp disable

ntp master

ntp server

ntp synchronize

ntp trusted-key

ntp update-calendar
no ntp
Use this command to disable the ntp synchronization service with the time server and clear
all configuration information of ntp.
no ntp
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
Disabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
27-1
Chapter 27
NTP Configuration Commands
Usage
guidelines
Examples
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
By default, the NTP function is disabled. However, once the NTP
server or the NTP security identificaiton mechanism is configured, the
NTP function will be enabled.
The configuration example below disables the NTP service.
no ntp
27.1.2
Related
Command
Description
commands
ntp server
Specify a NTP server.
ntp access-group
Use this command to configure the access control priority of the ntp service. Use the no
form of this command to cancel the access control priority.
ntp access-group {peer | serve | serve-only | query-only} access-list-number |
access-list-name
no ntp access-group {peer | serve | serve-only | query-only} access-list-number |
access-list-name
Parameter
Description
Not only allow to request for the time of and
peer
control the local NTP service, but also allow the
time synchronization of the local and the peer.
Allow to request for the time of and control the
serve
of the local and the peer is not allowed.
Parameter
description
serve-only
query-only
access-list-number
access-list-name
Default
local NTP service only, the time synchronization
Allow to request for the time of local NTP service
only.
Allow to control and search for the local NTP
service.
The IP access control list number, in the range
of
1-99 and 1300-1999.
The IP access control list name.
No NTP access control rule has been configured by default.
Command
mode
27-2
Global configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 27
NTP Configuration Commands
Use this command to configure the access control priority of the ntp
service. NTP services access control function provides a minimal
security measures (more secure way is to use the NTP authentication
mechanism).
When an access request arrives, NTP service matches the rules in
accordance with the sequence from the smallest to the largest to
access restriction, and the first matched rule shall prevail. The
matching order is peer, serve, serve-only, query-only.
Usage
guidelines
Caution:
Control query function is not supported in the current system.
Although it matches with the order in accordance with the above
rules, the related requests about the control and query are not
supported.
If you do not configure any access control rules, then all accesses are
allowed. However, once the access control rules are configured, only
the rule that allows access can be carried out.
The following example shows how to allow the peer device in acl1 to
control the query, request for and synchronize the time with the local
device; and limit the peer device in acl2 to request the time for the
Examples
local device:
DES-7210(config)# ntp access-group peer 1
DES-7210(config)# ntp access-group serve-only 2
27.1.3
Related
Command
Description
commands
ip access-list
Create the IP access control list.
ntp authenticate
Use this command to enable NTP authentication globally.
ntp authenticate
no ntp authenticate
Parameter
description
N/A.
27-3
Chapter 27
NTP Configuration Commands
Default
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Disabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
If the global security identification mechanism is not used, the
synchronization communication
is
not
encrypted.
To enable
Usage
encrypted communication on the server, enable the security
guidelines
identification mechanism and configure other keys globally.
The authentication standard is the trusted key specified by ntp
authentication-key and ntp trusted-key.
After an authentication key is configured and specified as the global
trusted key, enable the authentication mechanism.
Examples
ntp authentication-key 6 md5 wooooop
ntp trusted-key 6
ntp authenticate
Command
Related
ntp
commands
authentication-key
ntp trusted-key
27.1.4
Description
Set the global authentication key.
Configure the global trusted key.
ntp authentication-key
Use this command to configure a global NTP authentication key for the NTP server.
ntp authentication-key key-id md5 key-string [enc-type]
no ntp authentication-key key-id md5 key-string [enc-type]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
key-id
Key ID
key-string
Key string
description
(Optional) Whether this key is encrypted, where,
enc-type
0 indicates the key is not encrypted, 7 indicates
the key is encrypted simply.
Default
27-4
N/A.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 27
NTP Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Configure the global authentication key and adopt md5 for
encryption. Each key presents the unique key-id identification.
Usage
Customers can use the ntp trusted-key to set the key of key-id as
guidelines
the global trusted key.
The upeer limit of the keys is 1024. However, each server can only
support one key.
Examples
The following example configures an authentication key with ID 6.
ntp authentication-key 6 md5 wooooop
Command
Related
commands
27.1.5
ntp authenticate
Description
Enable the global security identification
mechanism.
ntp trusted-key
Configure the global trusted key.
ntp server
Specify a NTP server.
ntp disable
Use this command to disable the function of receiving the NTP message on the interface.
ntp disable
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
The NTP message is received on the interface, by default.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
The NTP message received on any interface can be provided to the
client to carry out the clock adjustment. The function can be set to
Usage
shield the NTP message received from the corresponding interface.
guidelines
Note: The interface that is configured with this command can receive
and send IP packets. No this command is configured on other
interfaces.
27-5
Chapter 27
NTP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The configuration example below disables the function of receiving
Examples
the NTP message on the interface.
no ntp
27.1.6
ntp master
Use this command to configure the local time as the NTP master(the local time reference
source is reliable), providing the synchronizing time for other devices. Use the no form of
this command to cancel the NTP master settings.
ntp master [stratum]
no ntp master
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
stratum
Description
Specify the stratum where the local time is, in the
range of 1-15. The defaut stratum is 8.
No NTP master is configured, by default.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
In general, the local system synchronizes the time from the external
time source directly or indirectly. However, if the time synchronization
of local system fails for the network connection trouble, ect, use the
command to set the reliable reference source of the local time,
providing the synchronized time for other devices.
Once set, the system time can not be synchronized to the time source
with higher starum.
Usage
guidelines
Caution:
Using this command to set the local time as the master (in particular,
specify a lower starum value), is likely to be covered by the effective
clock source. If multiple devices in the same network use this
command, the time synchronization instability may occur due to the
time difference between the devices.
In addition, before using this command, if the system has never been
synchronized with an external clock source, it is necessary to
manually calibrate the system clock to prevent too much bias.
27-6
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 27
NTP Configuration Commands
The configuration example below configures the reliable local time
Examples
reference source and set the time stratum 12:
DES-7210(config)# ntp master 12
27.1.7
ntp server
Use this command to specify a NTP server for the NTP client.
ntp server ip-addr [ version version ] [ source if-name ] [ key keyid][prefer]
no ntp server ip-addr
Parameter
Description
ip-addr
Set the IP address of the NTP server.
version
Parameter
if-name
description
(Optional) Specify the version (1-3) of NTP,
NTPv3 by default.
(Optional) Specify the source interface from
which the NTP message is sent (L3 interface).
(Optional) Specify the encryption key adopted
keyid
when communication with the corresponding
server.
prefer
Default
(Optional) Specify the corresponding server as
the prefer server.
No NTP server is configured, by default.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
27-7
Chapter 27
NTP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
At present, our system only support clients other than servers, and
the upeer limit of supported synchronous servers are 20.
To carry out the encrypted communication with the server, set the
global encryption key and global trusted key firstly, and then specify
the corresponding key as the trusted key of the server to launch the
encrypted communication of the server. It requires the server
Usage
presents identical global encryption key and global trust key to
guidelines
complete the encrypted communication with the server.
In the same condition (for instance, precision), the prefer clock is
used for synchronization.
It should be noted that the configured interface is that configured with
the IP address and can communicate with the corresponding NTP
server when you configure the source interface of the NTP message.
The configuration example below configures the equipment in the
Examples
network as NTP server.
ntp server 192.168.210.222
27.1.8
Related
Command
Description
commands
no ntp
Disable the NTP service function.
ntp synchronize
Use this command to synchronize the realtime.
ntp synchronize
no ntp synchronize
Parameter
description
Default
N/A.
N/A.
Command
mode
27-8
Global configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 27
NTP Configuration Commands
8 consecutive packets are synchronized for the first synchronization
Usage
of NTP and each server. Then the synchronization occurs every one
guidelines
minute.
This
command
is
used
to
complete
the
instant
synchronization during the interval of auto-sync.
Examples
The following example synchronizes the NTP realtime.
ntp synchronize
27.1.9
Related
Command
Description
commands
ntp server
Specify a NTP server.
ntp trusted-key
Use this command to set a key at the global trusted key.
ntp trusted-key key-id
no ntp trusted-key key-id
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
key-id
Global trusted key ID
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
The NTP communication parties must use the same trusted key. The
guidelines
key is identified by ID and is not transmitted to improve security.
The following configures an authentication key and sets it as the
corresponding server trusted key.
Examples
ntp authentication-key 6 md5 wooooop
ntp trusted-key 6
ntp server 192.168.210.222 key 6
Related
Command
Description
commands
ntp authenticate
Enable the security authentication mechanism.
27-9
Chapter 27
NTP Configuration Commands
ntp
authentication-key
ntp server
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Set the NTP authentication key.
Specify a NTP server.
27.1.10 ntp update-calendar
Use this command to update the calendar for the NTP client using the synchronization time
of the external time source. Use the no form of this command to disable the
update-calendar function
ntp update-calendar
no ntp update-calendar
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
By default, update the calendar periodically is not configured.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
By default, the NTP update-calendar is not configured. After
Usage
guidelines
configuration, the NTP client updates the calendar at the same time
when the time synchronization of external time source is successful. It
is recommended to enable this function for keeping the accurate
calendar.
Examples
The following configures the NTP update calendar periodically.
DES-7210(config)# ntp update-calendar
27.2 Showing and Monitoring Commands
27.2.1

debug ntp

show ntp status
debug ntp
Use this command to show the NTP debugging information.
debug ntp
27-10
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 27
NTP Configuration Commands
no debug ntp
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
Disabled.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Privileged mode.
To carry out the NTP function debugging, output necessary
debugging information to implement the failure diagnosis and
troubleshooting by this command.
The example below enables the NTP debugging switch.
Examples
27.2.2
debug ntp
show ntp status
Use this command to show the NTP information.
show ntp status
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
Privileged mode.
If the NTP service of the system is enabled, show current NTP
information. This command will not print any information before the
synchronization server is added for the first time.
The example below shows the NTP information of current system.
show ntp status
27-11
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 28
28
UDP-Helper Module Configuration Commands
UDP-Helper
Configuration
Commands
Module
28.1 Configuration Related Commands
28.1.1
udp-helper enable
Use this command to enable the forwarding function of the UDP broadcast message. The
no udp-helper enable command is used to disable the forward function of the UDP
broadcast message.
By default, the forwarding of the UDP broadcast message is disabled.
udp-helper enable
no udp-helper enable
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
Global configuration mode.
Enable the forwarding function of UDP-Helper. The UDP broadcast
messages from the port 69,53,37,137,138,49 are forwarded by
default.
The following is an example of enabling the UDP forwarding function.
DES-7210(config)# udp-helper enable
28-1
Chapter 28
UDP-Helper Module Configuration Commands
Related
commands
28.1.2
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
Description
ip
Configure the UDP port to enable the
forward-protocol
forwarding funciton.
ip helper-address
Use this command to configure the destination server which the UDP broadcast message
will be forwarded to. Use the no form of this command to delete the destination server.
ip helper-address address
no ip helper-address address
Parameter
Parameter
description
Description
IP address of the destination server in the dotted
address
decimal format. Each interface can support up to
20 server addresses.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Up to 20 destination servers can be configured on an interface. Once
the forwarding destination server is configured someone an interface
Usage
guidelines
and UDP-Helper is enabled, the broadcast message of the specified
port received from this interface will be sent to the destination server
configured on this interface in unicast form.
Use the no ip helper-address to remove the forwarding destination
server.
The following is an example of configuring the destination server
Examples
where the UDP broadcast message will be forwarded to.
DES-7210(config-if)# ip helper-address 192.168.100.1
Related
commands
28-2
Command
Description
ip
Configure the specified UDP port to enable
forward-protocol
forwarding.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
28.1.3
Chapter 28
UDP-Helper Module Configuration Commands
ip forward-protocol
Use this command to configure the UDP port to enable forwarding. Use the no form of this
command to disable forwarding on the UDP port.
ip forward-protocol udp [port | tftp | domain | time | netbios-ns | netbios-dgm | tacacs]
no ip forward-protocol udp [port | tftp | domain | time | netbios-ns | netbios-dgm |
tacacs]
Parameter
Description
Port to enable forwarding. If this parameter is not
port
specified, the broadcast message from the ports
69,53,37,137,138,49
will
be
forwarded
by
default.
tftp
Parameter
domain
description
time
netbios-ns
netbios-dgm
tacacs
Trivial File Transfer Protocol(69)
Forward the broadcast message from port 69.
Domain Name System(53)
Forward the broadcast message from port 53.
Time service(37)
Forward the broadcast message from port 37.
NetBIOS Name Service(137)
Forward the broadcast message from port 137.
NetBIOS Datagram Service(138)
Forward the broadcast message from port 138.
TAC Access Control System(49)
Forward the broadcast message from port 49.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Enabling the UDP-Helper function will forward the broadcast
Usage
message of the UDP ports 69,53,37,137,138,49 without any
guidelines
additional configuration, by default.
DES-7210(config)# ip forward-protocol udp 134
Related
commands
Command
udp-helper enable
Description
Enable the forwarding of the UDP broadcast
message.
28-3
Chapter 28
UDP-Helper Module Configuration Commands
ip
forward-protocol
28-4
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Configure the UDP port to enalbe forwarding.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 29
29
SNMP Configuration Command
SNMP
Configuration
Command
29.1 Configuration Related Commands
The SNMP configuration includes the following related commands:
29.1.1

no snmp-server

snmp-server chassis-id

snmp-server community

snmp-server contact

snmp-server enable traps

snmp-server host

snmp-server location

snmp-server packetsize

snmp-server queue-length

snmp-server system-shutdown

snmp-server trap-source

snmp-server trap-timeout

snmp-server user

snmp-server group

snmp-server view

snmp-server if-index persists
no snmp-server
Use this command to disable the SNMP agent function in the global configuration mode.
no snmp-server
Default
configuration
Disabled.
29-1
Chapter 29
SNMP Configuration Command
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
This command disables the SNMP agent services of all versions
guidelines
supported on the device.
Examples
The example below disables the SNMP agent service.
DES-7210(config)# no snmp-server
29.1.2
snmp-server chassis-id
Use this command to specify the SNMP system sequential number in the global
configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to restore it to the initial value.
snmp-server chassis-id text
no snmp-server chassis-id
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
text
Text of the system sequential number, numerals or
characters.
Default
configuration
The default sequence number is 60FF60.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The SNMP system sequence number is generally the sequence
Usage
number of the machine to facilitate the device identification. The
guidelines
sequence number can be viewed through the show snmp
command.
The example below specifies the SNMP system sequence number as
Examples
123456:
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server chassis-id 123456
29-2
Related
Command
Description
commands
show snmp
Show the SNMP information.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
29.1.3
Chapter 29
SNMP Configuration Command
snmp-server community
Use this command to specify the SNMP community access string in the global configuration
mode. The no format of the command cancels the SNMP community access string.
snmp-server community string [view view-name] [[ro | rw] [host ipaddr] [ number ]
no snmp-server community string
Parameter
Description
Community string, which is equivalent to the
string
communication password between the NMS and
the SNMP agent
view-name
Parameter
ro
description
rw
Name of the view used for management
Indicate that the NMS can only read the variables
of the MIB.
Indicate that the NMS can read and write the
variables of the MIB.
Sequence number of the ACL in the range of 0 to
number
99, which specifies the IP address range of the
NMS that are permitted to access the MIB
ipaddr
IP address of the NMS accessing the MIB
Default
configuration
All communities are read only by default.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
This command is the first important command to enable the SNMP
Usage
guidelines
agent function. It specifies the community attribute, range of the
NMSs that can access the MIB, and more.
To disable the SNMP agent function, execute the command no
snmp-server.
The example below restricts the access to the MIB through the
access list, which allows only the NMS of the IP address
Examples
192.168.12.1 to access the MIB.
DES-7210(config)# access-list 2 permit 192.168.12.1
DES-7210(config)# access-list 2 deny any
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server community public ro 2
29-3
Chapter 29
29.1.4
SNMP Configuration Command
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Related
Command
Description
commands
access-list
Define the access list.
snmp-server contact
Use this command to specify the SNMP system contact in the global configuration mode.
The no form of this command is used to delete the system contact.
snmp-server contact text
no snmp-server contact
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
text
String describing the system contact.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The example below specifies the SNMP system contract
Examples
[email protected]:
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server contact [email protected]
Related
commands
29.1.5
Command
Description
show snmp-server
Check the SNMP information.
no snmp-server
Disable the SNMP agent function.
snmp-server enable traps
Use this command to enable the SNMP server to actively send the SNMP Trap massage to
NMS when some emergent and important events occur in the global configuration mode.
The no format of this command is used to disable the SNMP server to actively send the
SNMP Trap massage to NMS.
snmp-server enable traps [snmp ]
no snmp-server enable traps
29-4
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 29
SNMP Configuration Command
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
snmp
Enable the trap notification of SNMP events.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
This command must work with the global configuration command
guidelines
snmp-server to send the SNMP Trap message.
The example below enables the SNMP server to actively send the
Examples
SNMP Trap message.
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server enable traps snmp
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server host 192.168.12.219 public snmp
Related
commands
29.1.6
Command
snmp-server host
Description
Specify the SNMP host to send the SNMP
Trap message.
snmp-server host
Use this command to specify the SNMP host (NMS) to send the trap message in the global
configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to remove the specified SNMP
host.
snmp-server host {host-addr| ipv6 ipv6-addr} [vrf vrfname] [traps] [version {1 | 2c | 3
[auth | noauth | priv]] community-string [udp-port port-num][notification-type]
no snmp-server host host-addr
Parameter
Description
host-addr
SNMP host address
ipv6-addr
SNMP host address(ipv6)
Parameter
vrfname
Set the name of vrf forwarding table
description
version
SNMP version: V1, V2C or V3
auth | noauth | priv
Security level of SNMPv3 users
community-string
Community string or username (SNMPv3
version)
29-5
Chapter 29
SNMP Configuration Command
port-num
notification-type
Default
configuration
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Port of the SNMP host
The type of the SNMP trap message sent
actively, such as snmp.
By default, no SNMP host is specified.
If no type of the SNMP trap message is specified, all types of the
SNMP trap message will be included.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
This command must work with the snmp-server enable traps
command in the global configuration mode to actively send the SNMP
trap messages to NMS.
Usage
guidelines
It is possible to configure multiple SNMP hosts to receive the SNMP
Trap messages. One host can use different combinations of the types
of the SNMP trap message, but the last configuration for the same
host will overwrite the previous configurations. In other words, to send
different SNMP trap messages to the same host, different
combination of SNMP trap messages have to be configured.
The example below specifies an SNMP host to receive the SNMP
Examples
event trap:
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server host 192.168.12.219 public snmp
Related
commands
Command
snmp-server
enable traps
29.1.7
Description
Enable to send the SNMP trap message.
snmp-server location
Use this command to set the SNMP system location information in the global configuration
mode. The no form of this command is used to remove the specified SNMP system location
information.
snmp-server location text
no snmp-server location
29-6
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
text
String describing the system
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 29
SNMP Configuration Command
Default
configuration
Null
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The example below specifies the system information:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server location start-technology-city 4F of
A Buliding
Related
commands
Command
snmp-sever
contact
29.1.8
Description
Specify the system contact information.
snmp-server packetsize
Use this command to specify the maximum size of the SNMP packet in the global
configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to restore it to the default value.
snmp-server packetsize byte-count
no snmp-server packetsize
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
byte-count
Packet size in the range of 484 to 17876 bytes
Default
configuration
1,500 bytes.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The example below specifies the maximum SNMP packet size as
Examples
1,492 bytes:
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server packetsize 1492
Related
commands
Command
Description
snmp-server
Specify the length of the SNMP trap message
queue-length
queue.
29-7
Chapter 29
29.1.9
SNMP Configuration Command
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
snmp-server queue-length
Use this command to specify the length of the SNMP trap message queue in the global
configuration mode.
snmp-server queue-length length
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
length
Queue length in the range of 1 to 1000
Default
configuration
10.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The SNMP trap message queue is used to store the SNMP trap
Usage
guidelines
messages. This command can be used to adjust the size of the
SNMP trap message queue to control the speed to sending the
SNMP trap messages.
The maximum speed to send messages is 4 messages per second.
The example below specifies the speed to send the trap message to
Examples
4 messages per second:
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server queue-length 4
Related
commands
Command
snmp-server
packetsize
Description
Specify the maximum size of the SNMP packet.
29.1.10 snmp-server system-shutdown
Use this command to enable the SNMP system restart notification function in the global
configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to disable the SNMP system
notification function.
snmp-server system-shutdown
no snmp-server system-shutdown
Default
configuration
29-8
Disabled.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 29
SNMP Configuration Command
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
This command is used to enable the SNMP system restart notification
Usage
function. The DES-7200 sends the SNMP trap messages to the NMS
guidelines
to notify the system pending before the device is reloaded or
rebooted.
The example below enables the SNMP system restart notification
Examples
function:
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server system-shutdown
29.1.11 snmp-server trap-source
Use this command to specify the source of the SNMP trap message in the global
configuration mode. The no form of
this command is used to restore it to the default value.
snmp-server trap-source interface
no snmp-server trap-source
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
interface
Interface to be used as the source of the SNMP
trap message
Default
The IP address of the interface where the NMP message is sent from
configuration
is just the source address.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
By default, the IP address of the interface where the NMP message is
Usage
sent from is just the source address. For easy management and
guidelines
identification, this command can be used to fix a local IP address as
the SNMP source address.
The example below specifies the IP address of Ethernet interface 0
Examples
as the source of the SNMP trap message:
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server trap-source fastethernet 0
29-9
Chapter 29
SNMP Configuration Command
Command
Related
commands
snmp-server
enable traps
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Description
Enable the sending of the SNMP trap message.
snmp-server
Specify the NMS host to send the SNMP trap
enable host
message.
29.1.12 snmp-server trap-timeout
Use this command to define the retransmission timout time of the SNMP trap message in
the global configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to restore it to the
default value.
snmp-server trap-timeout seconds
no snmp-server trap-timeout
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
seconds
Timeout ( in seconds) of retransmit the SNMP
trap message
Default
configuration
30s.
Command
mode
Examples
Global configuration mode.
The example below specifies the timeout period as 60 seconds.
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server trap-timeout 60
Related
commands
Command
Description
snmp-server
Specify the length of the SNMP trap message
queue-length
queue.
snmp-server
Specify the NMS host to send the SNMP trap
enable host
message.
29.1.13 snmp-server user
Use this command to set the SNMP name in the global configuration mode. The no form of
this command is used to delete the user.
29-10
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 29
SNMP Configuration Command
snmp-server user username groupname {v1 | v2 | v3 [encrypted] [auth {md5 | sha}
auth-password ] [priv des56 priv-password]} [access {num | name}]
no snmp-server user username groupname {v1 | v2c | v3 }
Parameter
Description
username
User name
groupname
Group name of the user.
v1 | v2 | v3
SNMP version. But only SNMPv3 supports the
following security parameters.
Input the password in cipher text mode.
In
cipher
text
alphanumeric
Encrypted
mode,
input
characters.
continuous
Note
that
HEX
the
authentication password of MD5 has a length of 16
characters, while that of SHA has a length of 20
bytes. Two characters make a byte. The encrypted
Parameter
key can only be used by the local SNMP engine on
description
the switch.
Authentication
md5
mode:
sha.
and
auth-password: Password string (no more than 32
Auth
characters) used by the authentication protocol. The
system
will
change
the
password
to
the
corresponding authentication key
Encryption mode. des56 refers to 56-bit DES
encryption protocol.
priv
priv-password: password string (no more than 32
characters) used for encryption. The system will
change
the
password
to
the
corresponding
encryption key.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The example below configures an SNMPv3 user with MD5
Examples
authentication and DES encryption:
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server user user-2 mib2user v3 auth md5
authpassstr priv des56 despassstr
29-11
Chapter 29
SNMP Configuration Command
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Related
Command
Description
commands
show snmp user
Show the SNMP user configuration.
29.1.14 snmp-server group
Use this command to set the SNMP user group in the global configuration mode. The no
form of this command is used to remove the user group.
snmp-server group groupname {v1 | v2c | v3 {auth | noauth | priv}} [read readview][write
writeview] [access {num | name}]
no snmp-server group groupname {v1 | v2c | v3 }
Parameter
Description
v1,v2c,v3
SNMP version
Authenticate the messages transmitted by the
auth
user group without encryption. This applies to
only SNMPv3.
Parameter
description
Neither authenticate nor encrypt the messages
noauth
transmitted by the user group. This applies to
only SNMPv3.
Authenticate
priv
and
encrypt
the
messages
transmitted by the user group. This applies to
only SNMPv3.
readview
Associate with a read-only view.
writeview
Associate with a read-write view.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Examples
Global configuration mode.
The example below sets a user group.
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server group mib2user v3 priv read mib2
29-12
Related
Command
Description
commands
show snmp group
Show the SNMP user group configuration.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 29
SNMP Configuration Command
29.1.15 snmp-server view
Use this command to set a SNMP view in the global configuration mode. The no form of
this command is sued to delete the view.
snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {include | exclude}
no snmp-server
Parameter
description
view view-name [oid-tree]
Parameter
Description
view-name
View name
oid-tree
Specify the MIB object to associate with the view.
include
exclude
Include the sub trees of the MIB object in the
view.
Exclude the sub trees of the MIB object from the
view.
Default
configuration
By default, a default view is set to access all MIB objects.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The example below sets a view that includes all MIB-2 sub-trees (oid
Examples
is 1.3.6.1).
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server view mib2 1.3.6.1 include
Related
Command
Description
commands
show snmp view
Show the view configuration.
29.1.16 snmp-server if-index persist
Use this command to persist index on an interface. The no form of
this command is sued
to disable this function.
snmp-server if-index persist
no snmp-server if-index persist
Parameter
description
N/A
29-13
Chapter 29
SNMP Configuration Command
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Default
configuration
Disabled
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The example below enables the function to persist index on the
Examples
interface.
DES-7210(config)# snmp-server if-index persist
Related
Command
Description
commands
show run
Show the configuration.
29.2 Showing Related Command
29.2.1
show snmp
Use this comand to show the SNMP information in the privileged mode.
show snmp [mib | user | view | group]
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
show snmp: Show the SNMP information.
show snmp mib: Show the SNMP MIBs supported in the system.
Usage
guidelines
show snmp user: Show the SNMP user information.
show snmp view: Show the SNMP view information.
show snmp group: Show the SNMP user group information.
The example below shows the SNMP information:
DES-7210# show snmp
Chassis: 60FF60
0 SNMP packets input
0 Bad SNMP version errors
Examples
0 Unknown community name
0 Illegal operation for community name supplied
0 Encoding errors
0 Number of requested variables
0 Number of altered variables
0 Get-request PDUs
29-14
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 29
SNMP Configuration Command
0 Get-next PDUs
0 Set-request PDUs
0 SNMP packets output
0 Too big errors (Maximum packet size 1500)
0 No such name errors
0 Bad values errors
0 General errors
0 Response PDUs
0 Trap PDUs
SNMP global trap: disabled
SNMP logging: disabled
SNMP agent: enabled
Related
commands
Command
snmp-server
chassis-id
Description
Specify the SNMP system sequence number.
29-15
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 30
30
RMON Configuration Commands
RMON
Configuration
Commands
30.1 Configuration Related Commands
The RMON configuration commands are as follows:

rmon collection stats index [owner owner-string]

rmon collection history index [owner owner-string] [buckets bucket-number]
[interval seconds]

rmon alarm number variable interval {absolute | delta } rising-threshold value
[event-number] falling-threshold value [event-number] [owner ownername]
30.1.1

rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description-string]

show rmon statistics

show rmon history

show rmon events

show rmon alarms
rmon collection stats
Use this command to monitor an Ethernet interface. The no form of this command remove
the configuration.
rmon collection stats index [owner owner-string]
no rmon collection stats index
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
N/A.
30-1
Chapter 30
RMON Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The example below enables monitoring the statistics of Ethernet port
Examples
1.
DES-7210(config)# interface fast-Ethernet 0/1
DES-7210(config-if)# rmon collection stats 1 zhansan
Command
Related
commands
Description
rmon collection history
index [owner owner-name]
buckets bucket-number
Add a history control entry.
interval seconds
30.1.2
rmon collection history
Use this command to log the history of an Ethernet interface. The no form of this command
cancels the logging.
rmon collection history index [owner ownername] [buckets bucket-number] [interval
seconds]
no rmon collection history index
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
The DES-7200 allows you to modify the configured history
Usage
information of the Ethernet network, including owner, buckets, and
guidelines
interval. However, the modification does not take effect immediately
until the system records history at the next time.
The example below Logs the history of Ethernet port 1.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface fast-Ethernet 0/1
DES-7210(config-if)# rmon collection history 1 zhansan buckets 10
interval 10
Related
commands
Command
rmon collection stats index
[owner owner-name]
30-2
Description
Add a statistical entry.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
30.1.3
Chapter 30
RMON Configuration Commands
rmon alarm
Use this command to monitor a MIB variable. The no form of this command cancels the
logging.
rmon alarm number variable interval {absolute | delta } rising-threshold value
[event-number] falling-threshold value [event-number] [owner ownername]
no rmon alarm number
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
The DES-7200 allows you to modify the configured history
information of the Ethernet network, including variable, interval,
Usage
absolute/delta, owner, rising-threadhold/falling-threadhold, and
guidelines
the corresponding events. However, the modification does not take
effect immediately until the system triggers the monitoring event at
the next time.
The
Examples
example
below
monitors
the
MIB
variable
instance
ifInNUcastPkts.6.
DES-7210(config)# rmon alarm 10 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.12.6 30 delta
rising-threshold 20 1 falling-threshold 10 1 owner zhangsan
Related
commands
Command
rmon event number [log] [trap
community] description string
30.1.4
Description
Add an event definition.
rmon event
Use this command to define an event. The no form of this command cancels the logging.
rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description-string]
no rmon alarm number
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
30-3
Chapter 30
RMON Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Usage
guidelines
N/A.
The example below defines the event actions: log event and send
Examples
trap message.
DES-7210(config)# rmon event 1 log trap rmon description
"ifInNUcastPkts is too much " owner zhangsan
Command
Description
rmon alarm number variable
Related
commands
interval {absolute | delta }
rising-threshold value
[event-number] falling-threshold
Add an alarm entry.
value [event-number] [owner
ownername]
30.2 Showing Related Commands
30.2.1
show rmon statistics
Use this command to show the statistics.
show rmon statictics
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
N/A.
The example below shows the statistics.
DES-7210# show rmon statistics
Statistics: 1
Data source: Gi1/1
Examples
DropEvents: 0
Octets: 1884085
Pkts: 3096
BroadcastPkts: 161
MulticastPkts: 97
30-4
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 30
RMON Configuration Commands
CRCAlignErrors: 0
UndersizePkts: 0
OversizePkts: 1200
Fragments: 0
Jabbers: 0
Conflicts: 0
Pkts64Octets: 128
Pkts65to127Octets: 336
Pkts128to255Octets: 229
Pkts256to511Octets: 3
Pkts512to1023Octets: 0
Pkts1024to1518Octets: 1200
Owner: zhangsan
Related
commands
Command
rmon
collection
Description
stats
index [owner owner-string]
30.2.2
Add a statistical entry.
show rmon history
Use this command to show the history information.
show rmon history
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
N/A.
The example below shows the history information.
DES-7210# show rmon history
Entry: 1
Data source: Gi1/1
Buckets requested: 65535
Buckets granted: 10
Examples
Interval: 1
Owner: zhangsan
Sample: 198
Interval start: 0d:0h:15m:0s
DropEvents: 0
Octets: 67988
Pkts: 726
30-5
Chapter 30
RMON Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
BroadcastPkts: 502
MulticastPkts: 189
CRCAlignErrors: 0
UndersizePkts: 0
OversizePkts: 0
Fragments: 0
Jabbers: 0
Conflicts: 0
Utilization: 0
Command
Related
commands
Description
rmon collection history index
[owner ownername] [buckets
Add a history control
bucket-number] [interval
entry.
seconds]
30.2.3
show rmon alarm
Use this command to show the MIB variable information.
show rmon alarm
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
N/A.
The example below shows the MIB variable information.
DES-7210# show rmon alarm
Event: 1
Description: firstevent
Event type: log-and-trap
Community: public
Examples
Last time sent: 0d:0h:0m:0s
Owner: zhangsan
Log: 1
Log time: 0d:0h:37m:47s
Log description: ipttl
Log: 2
Log time: 0d:0h:38m:56s
Log description: ipttl
30-6
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 30
Command
RMON Configuration Commands
Description
rmon alarm number variable
interval {absolute | delta }
Related
rising-threshold value
commands
[event-number]
falling-threshold
Add an alarm entry.
value
[event-number] [owner
ownername]
30.2.4
show rmon event
Use this command to show the event information.
show rmon event
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
N/A.
The example below shows the event information.
DES-7210# show rmon event
Alarm: 1
Interval: 1
Variable: 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.2.0
Sample type: absolute
Examples
Last value: 64
Startup alarm: 3
Rising threshold: 10
Falling threshold: 22
Rising event: 0
Falling event: 0
Owner: zhangsan
Related
commands
Command
rmon event number [log] [trap
community] [description-string]
Description
Add an event entry.
30-7
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
31
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
RIP
Configuration
Commands
31.1 Configuration Related Commands
31.1.1
address-family (RIP)
Use this command to set the RIP protocol in the address family configuration sub-mode.
The no form of this command closes the address family sub-mode.
address-family ipv4 vrf vrf-name
no address-family ipv4 vrf vrf-name
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
vrf vrf-name
Specify the VRF name associated with the
sub-mode command.
Default
configuration
The address family of the RIP protocol is not configured.
Command
mode
Route configuration mode.
You can use the address-family command to enter the address
family configuration sub-mode. The prompt is (config-router-af)#.
When you specify the VRF associated with the sub-mode for the first
Usage
time, the RIP instance corresponding to the VRF will be created. In
Guidelines
the sub-mode, you can configure the VRF RIP routing settings.
To exit the address family sub-mode and return to the route
configuration mode, execute the exit-address-family or exit
command.
31-1
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Create a VRF with the name of vpn1 and create its RIP instance.
DES-7210(config)# ip vrf vpn1
DES-7210(config-vrf)# exit
DES-7210(config)# interface FastEthernet 1/0
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# ip vrf forwarding vpn1
DES-7210(config-if)# ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
DES-7210(config)# router rip
DES-7210(config-router)# address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
DES-7210(config-router)# network 192.168.1.0
DES-7210(config-router)# exit-address-family
Command
Related
exit-address-family
commands
ip vrf
Description
Exit the address family configuration
sub-mode.
Create a VRF.
Platform
description
Version
description
31.1.2
auto-summary (RIP)
Use this command to enable the automatic summary of RIP routes. The no form of this
command disables the function.
auto-summary
no auto-summary
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Enabled.
Command
31-2
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
Usage
The automatic RIP route summary means the subnet routes will be
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
guidelines
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
automatically summarized into the routes of the classful network
when they traverse through the subnet. Automatic route summary is
enabled by default for RIPv1 and RIPv2.
The automatic RIP route summary improves the flexibility and
effectiveness of the network. If the summarized route exists, the
sub-routes contained in the summarized route cannot be seen in the
routing table, reducing the size of the routing table significantly.
Advertising summarized route is more efficient than individual routes
in light of the following factors:

The summarized route is always processed preferentially in
querying the RIP database.

Any sub-route is ignored in querying the RIP database, reducing
the processing time.

Sometimes, there is a need to learn the specific sub-routes
instead of the summarized route. Here it is required to disable
the automatic route summary function. Only when the RIPv2 is
configured, however, the automatic route summary function can
be disabled. For the RIPv1, the automatic route summary
function is always enabled.
The configuration example below disables the automatic route
summary of the RIPv2.
Examples
DES-7210 (config)# router rip
DES-7210 (config-router)# version 2
DES-7210 (config-router)# no auto-summary
Related
commands
Command
version
Description
Define the RIP software version: v1 or v2. Both
v1 and v2 are supported by default.
Platform
description
Version
description
31-3
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
31.1.3
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
default-metric (RIP)
Use this command to define the default RIP metric in the route configuration mode. The no
form of this command is used to restore it to the default value.
default-metric metric
no default-metric
Parameter
Parameter
description
Description
Default metric in the range of 1 to 16. If the metric
metric
is greater than or equal to 16, the DES-7200
regards the route unreachable.
Default
configuration
The default value is 1.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
This command needs to work with the command redistribute. When
the routes are redistributed to the RIP routing process from a routing
protocol process, the route metric cannot be converted due to the
incompatibility of the metric calculation mechanism of different
Usage
guidelines
protocols. During the conversion, therefore, it is required to redefine
the metric of redistributed routes in the RIP routing domain. If there is
no clear definition of metric in redistributing a routing protocol
process, the RIP uses the metric defined with default-metric. If a
clear metric is defined, this value overwrites the metric defined with
default-metric. If this command is not configured, the default value of
default-metric is 1.
In the configuration example below, the RIP routing protocol
redistributes the routes learned by the OSPF routing protocol, whose
Examples
initial RIP metric is set as 3.
DES-7210 (config)# router rip
DES-7210 (config-router)# default-metric 3
DES-7210 (config-router)# redistribute ospf 100
Related
commands
31-4
Command
redistribute
Description
Redistribute the routes from one routing
domain to another routing domain.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
Platform
description
Version
description
31.1.4
default-information originate(RIP)
Use this command to generate a default route in the RIP process. The no form of this
command deletes the generated default route.
default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name]
no default-information originate [always] [metric] [route-map map-name]
Parameter
Description
(Optional) Enable RIP to generate the
always
default route exists or not.
Parameter
description
default route, no matter whether the
metric
(Optional) The original metric value of
metric-value
the default route, in the range of 1-15.
route-map
map-name
(Optional) Name of the associated
route-map.
Route-map
is
not
associated by default.
Default
No default route is generated by default.
configuration
The metric value of the generated default value is 1.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
31-5
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
By default, RIP will not notify the default route outside, if there is no
default route in the routing table. Use the default-information
originate routing process configuration command to notify the
neighbor of the default route.
With the parameter always configured, no matter whether the default
route exists in the RIP routing process or not, the default route will be
notified to the neighbor but not shown in the local routing table. Use
the show ip rip database command to confirm the default route
generation and view the RIP routing information database.
Configure the parameter route-map to control the default route. For
Usage
example, use the set metric rule to set the metric value of the default
guidelines
route.
The route-map set metric rule takes precedence over the parameter
metric value configuration of the default route. If the parameter
metric has not been configured, the default metric value of the
default route will be adopted.
Note:
If the default route can be generated by using this command, RIP will
not learn the default route notified from the neighbor.
For the default route generated by using the ip default-network
command,
the default-information originate command is still needed
to add the default route to the RIP.
The configuration example below generates a default route to the RIP
Examples
routing table:
DES-7210(config-router)# default-information originate always
Command
ip
Related
Description
rip
default-information
commands
Notify
Version
description
31-6
route
on
an
interface.
routing domain to another routing
domain.
description
default
Redistribute the routes from one
redistribute
Platform
the
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
31.1.5
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
distance
Use this command to set the management distance of the RIP route.
The no form of this
command restores it to the default setting.
distance distance [ ip-address wildcard ]
no distance distance [ ip-address wildcard ]
Parameter
Description
Management distance of a RIP route, an integer
distance
in the range of 1 to 255
Parameter
description
ip-address
Prefix of the source IP address of the route
Comparison bit of the IP address, where 0
means accurate matching while 1 means no
wildcard
comparison
Default
The default value is 120.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
This command sets the management distance of the RIP route.
You can use this command to create several management distances
Usage
with source address prefix. When the source address of the RIP route
guidelines
is within the range specified by the prefix, the corresponding
management distance is applied; otherwise, the route uses the
management distance set by the RIP.
Set the management distance of the RIP route to 160, and specify the
management distance of the route learned from 192.168.2.1 to 123.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router rip
DES-7210(config-router)# distance 160
DES-7210(config-router)# distance 123 192.168.12.1 0.0.0.0
31.1.6
distribute-list in (RIP)
Use this command to control route update for filtering in the routing process configuration
mode. The no form of this command removes the configuration.
distribute-list
{[access-list-number
|
name]
|
prefix
prefix-list-name
[gateway
prefix-list-name]} in [interface-type interface-number]
31-7
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
no distribute-list {[access-list-number | name] | prefix prefix-list-name [gateway
prefix-list-name]} in [interface-type interface-number]
Parameter
access-list-number
Parameter
description
prefix
prefix-list-name
Description
ACL number. Only the routes on the ACL are
accepted.
Use the prefix list to filter the routes.
gateway
Use the prefix list to filter the source of the
prefix-list-name
routes.
interface-type
(Optional) Interface that the distribution list
interface-number
applies to
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
To deny some specified routes, you can process all the route update
Usage
packets received by configuring the route distribute control list.
guidelines
Without any interface specified, the system will process the route
update packet received on all the interfaces.
In the following configuration example, the RIP controls and
processes the routes received from the Fastethernet 0/0 port, only
permitting the routes starting with 172.16.
DES-7210 (config)# router rip
Examples
DES-7210 (config-router)# network 200.168.23.0
DES-7210 (config-router)# distribute-list 10 in fastethernet 0/0
DES-7210 (config-router)# no auto-summary
DES-7210 (config-router)# access-list 10 permit 172.16.0.0
0.0.255.255
Related
commands
Platform
31-8
Parameter
Description
access-list
Define the ACL.
prefix-list
Define the prefix of the ACL.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
description
Version
description
31.1.7
distribute-list out (RIP)
Use this command to control route update advertisement for filtering routes in the routing
process configuration mode. The no form of this command removes this configuration.
distribute-list {[access-list-number | name] | prefix prefix-list-name} out [interface | protoco]
[process-id | process-name]
no distribute-list {[access-list-number | name] | prefix prefix-list-name} out [interface |
protocol | process-id | process-name]
Parameter
access-list-number
prefix
prefix-list-name
Parameter
Interface
Description
ACL number. Only the routes on the ACL are
permitted.
Use the prefix list to filter the routes.
(Optional) Interface that the route update
advertisement control applies to
description
protocol
process-id
process-name
(Optional) Routing protocol whose routes are
selectively redistributed
(Optional) Set the OSPF process ID when
OSPF is used.
(Optional) Set the ISIS process name when
ISIS is used.
Default
configuration
No route update advertisement is configured.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
31-9
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
No optional parameters means the route update advertisement
Usage
applies to all ports. Interface option means the control applies to only
guidelines
the specified port. Protocol option means the route update
advertisement control applies to only the specific route process.
In the following configuration example, the RIP routing process only
advertises the 192.168.12.0/24 route.
DES-7210 (config)# router rip
DES-7210 (config-router)# network 200.4.4.0
Examples
DES-7210 (config-router)# network 192.168.12.0
DES-7210 (config-router)# distribute-list 10 out
DES-7210 (config-router)# version 2
DES-7210 (config-router)#access-list 10 permit 192.168.12.0
0.0.0.255
31.1.8
Parameter
Description
Related
access-list
Define the ACL.
commands
prefix-list
Define the prefix of the ACL.
redistribute
Configure route redistribution.
exit-address-family
Use this command to exit the address family configuration mode.
exit-address-family
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Address family configuration mode.
Usage
Use this command to exit the address family configuration mode.
guidelines
The abbreviation of this command is exit .
Following example shows how to enter or exit the address family
Examples
configuration mode:
DES-7210(config-router)# address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
31-10
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7210(config-router-af)# exit-address-family
Parameter
Description
Related
commands
address-family
Enter
the
address
family
configuration
sub-mode
Platform
description
Version
description
31.1.9
ip rip authentication key-chain
Use this ocmmand to enable the RIP authentication and specify the keychain used for RIP
authentication in the interface configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to
delete the specified keychain.
ip rip authentication key-chain name-of-keychain
no ip rip authentication key-chain
Parameter
description
Parameter
name-of-keychain
Description
Name of the keychain used for RIP
authentication
Default
configuration
RIP authentication is disabled by default.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
If the keychain is specified in the interface configuration mode but not
Usage
defined with the key chain global configuration command, the RIP
guidelines
authentication will not occur.
The RIPv1 does not support authentication but the RIPv2 does.
The configuration example below enables the RIP authentication on
Examples
interface serial 0 with the associated keychain is ripchain.
DES-7210 (config)#interface serial 0/0
DES-7210 (config-if)#ip rip authentication key-chain ripchain
31-11
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
Description
ip rip authentication
mode
Related
ip rip receive version
commands
ip rip send version
Define the RIP authentication mode.
Define the version of RIP packets received
on the interface.
Define the verion of RIP packets sent on
the interface.
Define the keychain and enter into the
key chain
keychain configuration mode.
Platform
description
Version
description
31.1.10 ip rip authentication mode
Use this command to define the RIP authentication mode in the interface configuration
mode. The no form of this command is used to restore it to the default RIP authentication
mode.
ip rip authentication mode {text | md5}
no ip rip authentication mode
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
text
Enable plaintext authentication.
md5
Enable MD5 authentication.
Default
configuration
It is the plaintext authentication by default.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
To exchange RIP routing information directly, all devices must have
Usage
the same RIP authentication mode. Otherwise, the RIP packet
guidelines
exchange will fail.
The RIPv1 does not support RIP authentication but the RIPv2 does.
31-12
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
The configuration example below configures the RIP authentication
Examples
mode on the interface serial 0 as md5.
DES-7210 (config)#interface serial 0/0
DES-7210 (config-if)# ip rip authentication mode md5
Command
Description
ip rip
Enable the RIP authentication and specify the
Related
authentication
keychain used for the RIP authentication. Only the
commands
key-chain
RIPv2 supports authentication.
key chain
Define the keychain and enter into the keychain
configuration mode
Platform
description
Version
description
31.1.11 ip rip authentication text-password
Use this command to set the password string of RIP plaintext authentication. The no form of
this command is used to remove the password string.
ip rip authentication text-password password-string
no ip rip authentication text-password
Parameter
Parameter
description
Description
Password string of the plaintext
password-string
authentication, in the length of 1-16
bytes.
Default
configuration
It is the plaintext authentication by default.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
31-13
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
To enable the RIP plaintext authentication, the password string can
Usage
guidelines
be configured directly by using this command, or can be obtained by
associating with the key chain. The latter takes the precedence over
the former one.
The RIPv1 does not support RIP authentication but the RIPv2 does.
The configuration example below enables the RIP plaintext
authentication on the interface serial 0/0 and sets the password string
Examples
as DES-7210:
DES-7210(config)#interface serial 0/0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip rip authentication text-password dlink
Command
Description
ip rip
authentication
Related
Define the RIP authentication mode.
mode
commands
ip rip
authentication
key-chain
Enable the RIP authentication and
specify the keychain used for the RIP
authentication. Only the RIPv2 supports
authentication.
Platform
description
Version
description
31.1.12 ip rip default-information
Use this command to notify a specified interface of the RIP default route. The no form of this
command is used to cancel the notification of the default route.
ip rip default-information {only | originate} [metric metric-value]
no ip rip default-information
Parameter
Parameter
description
31-14
only
Description
Notify the default route, rather than other
routes.
originate
Notify the default route and other routes.
metric
Specify the metric value of the default
metric-value
route, in the range of 1-15.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
Default
configuration
No default route is configured by default. The default metric is 1.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
After configuring this command on a specified interface, a default
route will be notified through this interface. If the ip rip
default-information command in the interface configuration mode
and the default-information originate command in the RIP process
are configured at the same time, it only notifies the interface of the
default route.
Usage
guidelines
Note:
RIP will not learn the default route notified by the neighbor, if the ip
rip default-information command does not configured on an
interface. If the default route has been learned, it will be removed
till the timer expires.
The ip rip default-information command configuration on the
interface can not be triggered and updated immediately, and will
be notified on the next timed update message.
The configuration example below creates a default route which is
Examples
notified on the interface ethernet0/0 only:
DES-7210(config)#interface ethernet 0/0
DES-7210(config-if)#ip rip default-information only
Related
commands
Command
Description
default-information
Originate the default route in the RIP
originate
process.
Platform
description
Version
description
31-15
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
31.1.13 ip rip receive enable
Use this command to receive RIP packets on the interface. The no form of this command
prohibits receiving RIP packets on the interface .
ip rip receive enable
no ip rip receive enable
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Enabled.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
To prevent from receiving RIP packets on the interface, use the no
Usage
form of this command in the interface configuration mode. To this
guidelines
end, you must configure this command on the interface. The default
form of this command restores it to the default value.
Prohibit from receiving RIP packets on the Fastethernet 0/0.
Examples
DES-7210 (config)# interface fastethernet 0/0
DES-7210 (config-if)# no ip rip receive enable
Parameter
Related
ip rip send
commands
enable
passive-interface
Platform
description
Version
description
31-16
Description
Enable sending RIP packets on the interface.
Set the interface to a passive interface.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
31.1.14 ip rip receive version
Use this command to define the version of RIP packets received on the interface in the
interface configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to restore it to the
default value.
ip rip receive version [1] [2]
no ip rip receive version
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
1
(Optional) Receive only RIPv1 packets.
2
(Optional) Receive only RIPv2 packets.
Default
The default behavior depends on the configuration with the version
configuration
command.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
This command overwrites the default configuration of the version
Usage
guidelines
command. It allows RIPv1 and RIPv2 packets to be received on the
interface at the same time. If there is no parameter when the
command is configured, the receiving behavior will depend on the
configuration of the version.
The configuration example below enables receiving both RIPv1 and
Examples
RIPv2 packets on the fastethernet 0/0 interface.
DES-7210 (config)#interface fastethernet 0/0
DES-7210 (config-if)# ip rip receive version 1 2
Related
commands
Command
version
Description
Define the default version of the RIP packets
received/sent on the interface.
Platform
description
Version
description
31-17
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
31.1.15 ip rip send enable
Use this command to enable sending RIP packets on the interface. The no form of this
command disables sending RIP packets on the interface.
ip rip send enable
no ip rip send enable
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Enabled.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
To prevent from sending RIP packets on the interface, use the no
Usage
form of this command in the interface configuration mode. To this
guidelines
end, you must configure this command on the interface. The default
form of this command can restore it to the default value.
Prohibit from sending RIP packets on the Fastethernet 0/0.
Examples
DES-7210 (config)# interface fastethernet 0/0
DES-7210 (config-if)# no ip rip send enable
Parameter
Related
ip
rip
commands
enable
Description
receive
passive-interface
Platform
description
Version
description
31-18
Enable receiving RIP packets on the interface.
Set the interface to a passive interface.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
31.1.16 ip rip send version
Use this command to define the version of the RIP packets sent on the interface in the
interface configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to restore it to the
default value.
ip rip send version [1] [2]
no ip rip send version
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
1
(Optional) Send only RIPv1 packets.
2
(Optional) Send only RIPv2 packets.
Default
The default behavior depends on the configuration with the version
configuration
command.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
This command overwrites the default configuration of the version
Usage
guidelines
command. It allows RIPv1 and RIPv2 packets to be sent on the
interface at the same time. If there is no parameter when the
command is configured, the receiving behavior will depend on the
configuration of the version.
The configuration example below enables sending both RIPv1 and
Examples
RIPv2 packets on the fastethernet 0/0 interface.
DES-7210 (config)# interface fastethernet 0/0
DES-7210 (config-if)# ip rip send version 1 2
Related
commands
Command
version
Description
Define the default version of the RIP packets
received/send on the interfaces.
Platform
description
Version
description
31-19
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
31.1.17 ip rip v2-broadcast
Use this command to send RIPv2 pakcets in broadcast form rather than in multicast form.
The no form of this command restores it to the default setting.
ip rip v2-broadcast
no ip rip v2-broadcast
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
The default depends on the configuration of the version command.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
This command overwrites the default of the version command. This
Usage
guidelines
command only affects the behavior of sending RIP packets on the
interface. This command allows RIPv1 and RIPv2 packets to be sent
on the interface simultaneously. Without parameters specified, which
packets will be received depends on the version setting.
Send RIPv2 packets in the broadcast mode on the Fastethernet 0/0
Examples
interface.
DES-7210 (config)# interface fastethernet 0/0
DES-7210 (config-if)# ip rip v2-broadcast
Parameter
Description
Related
commands
Platform
description
Version
description
31-20
version
Define the default version of the RIP packets
received and sent on the interface.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
31.1.18 ip split-horizon (RIP)
Use this command to enable split horizon in the interface configuration mode. The no form
of this command disables the function.
ip split-horizon
no ip split-horizon
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Enabled.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
When multiple devices are connected to the IP broadcast network
using a distance vector routing protocol, it is required to use the split
horizon mechanism to prevent loop. The split horizon prevents the
device from advertising some routing information from the interface
that learns that information, which optimizes the routing information
exchange between multiple devices.
For non-broadcast multi-path access network (such as frame relay
Usage
and X.25), however, the split horizon may cause some devices
guidelines
unable to learn all routing information. The split horizon may need to
be disabled in this case. If an interface is configured the secondary IP
address, attentions shall be paid also for the split horizon issue.
The RIP routing protocol is a distance vector routing protocol, and the
split horizon issue shall be cautioned in practical applications. If it is
unsure whether split horizon is enabled on the interface, execute the
show ip interface command. This function makes no influence on
the neighbor defined with the neighbor command.
The configuration example below disables the RIP split horizon
Examples
function on the interface fastethernet 0/0.
DES-7210 (config)# interface fastethernet 0/0
DES-7210 (config-if)# no ip split-horizon
Related
Command
Description
commands
neighbor (RIP)
Define a neighbor.
31-21
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
validate-update-source
Enable the source address authentication
of the RIP route update message.
Platform
description
Version
If some command or some options are available only on a certain
description
version, please explain it clearly here.
31.1.19 ip summary-address rip
Use this command to enable port-level convergence in the interface configuration mode.
The no form of this command disables the convergence of the specified address or subnet.
ip summary-address rip ip-address ip-network-mask
no ip summary-address rip ip-address ip-network-mask
Parameter
Parameter
Description
ip-address
IP addresses to be converged
description
ip-network-mask
Subnet mask of the specified IP address to be
converged
Default
The RIP routes are automatically converged to the classful network
configuration
edge.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
This command converges an address or subnet on a specified port.
Usage
RIP routes are automatically converged to the classful network edge.
guidelines
The
classful
subnet
can
be
configured
through
only
port
convergence.
The following configuration example disables the route convergence
function of the RIPv2. The port convergence is configured so that the
FastEthernet 1/0 advertises the converged route 172.16.0.0/16.
Examples
DES-7210 (config)# interface FastEthernet 1/0
DES-7210 (config-if)# ip summary-address rip 172.16.0.0 255.255.0.0
DES-7210 (config-if)# ip address 172.16.1.1 255.255.255.0
DES-7210 (config)# router rip
31-22
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7210 (config-router)# network 172.16.0.0
DES-7210 (config-router)# version 2
DES-7210 (config-router)# no auto-summary
Parameter
Description
Related
commands
auto-summary
Enable the automatic convergence of RIP
routes.
Platform
description
Version
description
31.1.20 network (RIP)
Use this command to define the list of networks to be advertised in the RIP routing process
in the routing process configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to delete
the defined network.
network network-number [wildcard]
no network network-number [wildcard]
Parameter
Description
Number
of
the
directly-connected
network. This network number is a
Parameter
network-number
description
natural network number. All interfaces
whose IP addresses belong to that
natural network can send/receive the
RIP packets.
Define the IP address comparing bit: 0
wildcard
refers to accurate matching, 1 refers to
no comparing.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
31-23
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The network-number and wildcard parameter can be configured
simultaneously to make the IP address for the interface within the
address range join the RIP running.
Usage
guidelines
Without the wildcard parameter configured, DES-7200 make
the
interface IP address within the classful address range join the RIP
running.
Only when the IP address of an interface is in the network list defined
for the RIP, the RIP route update messages can be received and sent
on the interface.
The following example defines two network numbers associated with
the RIP process.
Examples
DES-7210 (config)# router rip
DES-7210 (config-router)# network 192.168.12.0
DES-7210 (config-router)# network 172.16.0.0
Related
commands
Platform
description
Version
If some command or some options are available only on a certain
description
version, please explain it clearly here.
31.1.21 neighbor (RIP)
Use this command to define a RIP neighbor in the routing process configuration mode. The
no form of this command is used to delete the neighbor.
neighbor ip-address
no neighbor
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
ip-address
IP address of the neighbor.
Default
configuration
31-24
N/A.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
By default, the RIPv1 works with the IP broadcast address
(255.255.255.255) to advertise routing information, and RIPv2 works
with the multicast address 224.0.0.9 to do so. If you do not want to
allow all the devices on the broadcast network or non-broadcast
Usage
guidelines
multi-path access network to receive routing information, execute the
passive-interface command in the routing process configuration
mode to configure the related interfaces as passive interface and
then define only some neighbor to be able to receive the routing
information. This command does not affect the receiving of RIP
messages. Once restart, the interface who is set to passive will not
send request message.
The configuration example below defines two neighbors.
Examples
DES-7210 (config)# router rip
DES-7210 (config-router)# network 192.168.12.0
DES-7210 (config-router)# network 172.16.0.0
Related
commands
Platform
description
Version
description
31.1.22 offset-list(RIP)
Use this command to increase the metric value of receiving or sending route. The no form
of this command deletes the specified offset list.
offset-list access-list-number {in | out} offset [interface-type interface-number]
no offset-list access-list-number {in | out} offset [interface-type interface-number]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
access-list-number
ACL number
in
Modify the metric of the routes received by ACL.
31-25
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
out
Modify the metric of the routes sent by ACL.
offset
Change of the metric value
interface-type
Interface that the ACL applies to
interface-number
Interface that the ACL applies to
Default
configuration
The offset is not specified.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Routing process configuration mode.
If a RIP route matches against both the offset-list of the specified
interface and the global offset-list, it will increase the metric value of
the offset-list of the specified interface.
Increase the metric of the RIP routes by 7 in the range specified by
ACL 7.
DES-7210 (config-router)# offset-list 7 out 7
Examples
Increase the metric of the RIP routes by 7 in the range specified by
ACL 7 and learned by fastEthernet 1/0.
DES-7210 (config-router)# offset-list 7 in 7
DES-7210 (config-router)# offset-list 8 in 7 fastEthernet 1/0
Related
commands
Platform
description
Version
description
31.1.23 output-delay
Use this command to modify the delay to send the RIP update packets. The no form of this
command removes the configuration.
output-delay delay
31-26
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
no output-delay
Parameter
Description
delay
Delay to send the RIP update packets in the
Parameter
description
range from 8 ms to 50 ms.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
Normally, the size of a RIP update packet is 512 Kbytes including 25
routes. If the number of the update routes is larger than 25, the routes
will be sent in several packets as fast as possible.
Usage
guidelines
However, when a high-speed device sends a large amount of packets
to a low-speed device, the low-speed device may not process all the
packets timely, resulting in packet loss. In this case, you can use this
command to increase the delay to send packets on the high-speed
device so that the low-speed device can process all the update
packets.
Set the delay to send the RIP update packets to 30 ms.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router rip
DES-7210(config-router)# output-delay 30
Related
commands
Platform
description
Version
description
31.1.24 passive-interface
Use this command to set an interface to a passive interface. The no form of this command
removes this configuration.
31-27
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
passive-interface {default | interface-type interface-num}
no passive-interface {default | interface-type interface-num}
Parameter
Description
Parameter
Default
Set the interface to a passive interface.
description
interface-type
Interface type and number
interface-num
Default
configuration
No ports are set to the passive mode.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
The passive-interface default command sets all interfaces to the
passive mode. You can use no passive-interface intface-type
interface-num to set the specified interface to the non-passive mode.
When you enable receiving and sending RIP messages on the
Usage
interface with the ip rip send enable and ip rip receive enable
guidelines
commands, this command sets the interface to the passive mode.
Consequently, receiving RIP update messages rather than sending
RIP update messages is enabled on the interface. However, the ip
rip send enable and ip rip receive enable commands determine
whether the messages can be sent or received.
Set all interfaces to the passive mode and then set ethernet0/0 to the
Examples
non-passive mode.
DES-7210(config-router)# passive-interface default
DES-7210(config-router)# no passive-interface gigabitEthernet 4/1
Command
Description
Related
ip rip receive
Enable receiving RIP packets on the interface.
commands
enable
ip rip send enable
Platform
description
31-28
N/A.
Enable sending RIP packets on the interface.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
Version
description
N/A.
31.1.25 redistribute (RIP)
Use this command to redistribute external routes in the route configuration mode. The no
form of this command cancels the redistribution of external routes.
redistribute {bgp| isis [process-name] |ospf <1-65535>| connected | static} [metric
value ] [route-map route-map-name ][ match internal | external type | nssa-external
type ]
no redistribute {bgp | isis [process-name] | ospf <1-65535> | connected | static} [metric
value ] [route-map route-map-name ][ match internal | external type | nssa-external
type ]
Parameter
Description
bgp | isis | ospf |
Specify the route redistribution protocol.
connected |
Parameter
description
static
metric
Set the metric of the route to be redistributed.
route-map
Set the redistribution rule.
match
Redistribute OSPF-type routes.
<1-65535>
Number of an OSPF instance
By default:
All the routes of the sub types of the instance are redistributed when
you configure redistributing OSPF.
The routes of Level-2 sub-types of the instance are redistributed
Default
when you configure ISIS redistribution.
All the routes of the protocol are redistributed for other routing
protocols.
The metric of the redistributed routes is 1 by default.
The route-map is not associated.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
31-29
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
This command redistributes external routes.
It is not necessary to convert the metric of one routing protocol into
that of another routing protocol for route distribution, since different
routing protocols use different metric measurement methods. The
RIP protocol calculates metric on hop, the OSPF on bandwidth. So
their metrics are not comparable. However, a symbolic metric must
be set for route redistribution. Otherwise, route redistribution will fail.
When you configure ISIS routes redistribution without the level
parameter, only level-2 routes are redistributed by default. If the
redistribution configuration is initialize with level parameter, then all
Usage
routes with level configured are redistributed.
guidelines
When you configure redistributing OSPF routes without the match
parameter, the OSPF routes of all sub types are redistributed by
default. Then the first configured match parameter is used as the
original one. Only the routes matching the specific type can be
redistributed. The no form of this command restores the setting to the
default value.
Note:
The redistribute command cannot redistribute the default route of
other protocol to the RIP process. To this end, execute the
default-information originate command.
Examples
Redistribute static routes.
DES-7210(config-router)# redistribute static
Command
Description
default-metric
Set the default metric of the route to be
metric
redistributed.
Related
commands
31.1.26 router rip
Use this command to create the RIP routing process and enter into the routing process
configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to delete the RIP routing process.
router rip
no router rip
Parameter
description
31-30
N/A.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Global configuration mode.
One RIP routing process must be defined with one network number. If
a dynamic routing protocol is running on asynchronous lines, execute
async default routing on the asynchronous interface.
The configuration example below describes how to create the RIP
Examples
routing process and enter into the routing process configuration
mode.
DES-7210 (config)# router rip
Related
Command
Description
commands
network (RIP)
Define the network number of the RIP process.
31.1.27 timers basic
Use this command to adjust the RIP clock in the routing process configuration mode. The
no form of this command is used to restore it to the default.
timers basic update invalid flush
no timers basic
Parameter
Description
Route update time, in seconds. The update
keyword defines the period at which the device
update
sends route update messages. Once an update
message is received, the "Invalid" and "Flush"
clocks reset. By default, a route update message
is sent every 30 seconds.
Parameter
Route invalid period, in seconds, starting from
description
the last valid update message. The "invalid"
defines the period when the route in the routing
invalid
table becomes invalid due to no update. The
invalid period of route shall be at least three
times the route update period. If no update
message is received within the route invalid
period, the related route becomes invalid and
31-31
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
enters into the "invalid" state. If a update
message is received within the period, the clock
resets. By default the Invalid period is 180s.
Route flushing period, in seconds, starting when
a RIP route enters into the invalid status. When
flush
the flush time is due, the routes in the invalid
status will be cleared out of the routing table. The
default Flush period is 120 s.
Default
By default, the update time is 30s, invalid time is 180s and flushing
configuration
time is 120 s.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
Adjusting the above clocks may speed up the routing protocol
convergence and fault recovery. The devices connected with the
Usage
guidelines
same network must have the same RIP clock settings. The
adjustment of RIP clocks is not recommended unless otherwise
necessary.
To check the current RIP clock parameters, execute the show ip rip
command.
The configuration example below enables the RIP update message to
be sent every 10 seconds. If no update message is received within
30s, the related routes become invalid and enter into the invalid
status. When another 90s elapses, they will be cleared.
DES-7210 (config)# router rip
Examples
DES-7210 (config-router)# timers basic 10 30 90
Note that the small settings of clocks on low-speed links may cause
some risks, because numerous update messages may use up the
bandwidth. In general, the clocks can be configured with smaller
values on Ethernet or the lines of above 2Mbps to reduce the
convergence time of routes.
31.1.28 validate-update-source
Use this command to validate the source address of the received RIP route update
message in the routing process configuration mode. The no form of the command disables
the source address validation.
31-32
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
validate-update-source
no validate-update-source
Default
configuration
Enabled.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
It is possible to validate the source address of the RIP route update
message. The validation aims to ensure the RIP routing process
receives only the route updates from the same IP subnet neighbor.
Disabling split-horizon on the interface causes the RIP routing
process to enable update message source address validation, no
Usage
matter
whether
it
guidelines
validate-update-source
has
been
command
configured
in
the
with
routing
the
process
configuration mode.
In addition, for the ip unnumbered interface, the RIP routing process
does not implement update message source address validation, no
matter whether it has been configured with the routing process
configuration command validate-update-source.
The configuration example below disables the message source
Examples
address validation.
DES-7210 (config)# router rip
DES-7210 (config-router)# no validate-update-source
Command
Description
Related
ip split-horizon
Enable split horizon.
commands
ip unnumbered
Define the IP unnumbered interface
neighbor (RIP)
Define a neighbor.
Platform
description
Version
description
31-33
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
31.1.29 version (RIP)
Use this command to define the RIP version in the routing process configuration mode. The
no form of this command is used to restore it to the default.
version {1 | 2}
no version
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
1
Define the RIP version 1.
2
Define the RIP version 2.
Default
By default, the route update messages of the RIPv1 and RIPv2 are
configuration
received, but those of the RIPv1 is send only.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
This command defines the RIP version running on the device. It is
Usage
possible to redefine the messages of which RIP version are
guidelines
processed on every interface by using the ip rip receive version and
ip rip send version commands.
The configuration example below configures the RIP version 2.
Examples
DES-7210 (config)# router rip
DES-7210 (config-router)# version 2
Command
Description
ip rip receive
Define the version of RIP packets received on
Related
version:
the interface.
commands
ip rip send
Define the version of RIP packets sent on the
version
interface.
show ip rip
Show RIP information.
Platform
description
Version
description
31-34
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
31.2 Showing Related Command
31.2.1
show ip rip
Use this command to show the RIP information.
show ip rip [vrf vrf-name]
Parameter
description
Parameter
vrf vrf-name
Description
Specify the vrf and display the basic information
of the corresponding RIP instance.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
Privileged mode, global configuration mode, routing process
mode
configuration mode.
It is used to show the three timers, routing distribution, routing
Usage
guidelines
re-distribution status, interface RIP version, RIP interface and
network range, metric, distance and so on of the RIP routing protocol
process quickly. If vrf is specified, display the name of VRF and
VRF-id.
In the configuration example below, the basic information of the RIP
routing protocol is displayed, such as the refresh time, management
distance, etc.
DES-7210#show ip rip
Routing Protocol is "rip"
Sending updates every 10 seconds, next due in 4 seconds
Invalid after 20 seconds, flushed after 10 seconds
Outgoing update filter list for all interface is: not set
Incoming update filter list for all interface is: not set
Examples
Default redistribution metric is 2
Redistributing: connected
Default version control: send version 2, receive version 2
Interface
Send Recv
Key-chain
FastEthernet 1/1
2
2
ripkey1
FastEthernet 1/0
2
2
ripkey2
Routing for Networks:
192.168.26.0
192.168.64.0
Distance: (default is 50)
31-35
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Follwoing example specifies vrf and displays the corresponding basic
information of RIP instance:
DES-7210(config-router)# sh ip rip vrf 1
VRF 1 VRF-id:1
Routing Protocol is "rip"
Sending updates every 30 seconds, next due in 4 seconds
Invalid after 180 seconds, flushed after 120 seconds
Outgoing update filter list for all interface is: not set
Incoming update filter list for all interface is: not set
Default redistribution metric is 1
Redistributing:
Default version control: send version 1, receive any version
Routing for Networks:
Distance: (default is 120)
31.2.2
show ip rip database
Use this command to show the summary address entries in the RIP routing database.
show ip rip database [vrf vrf-name] [network-number {network-mask}]
Parameter
Parameter
description
vrf vrf-name
Description
(Optional) Show the RIP routing information of
specified VRF.
network-number
(Optional) Network number
network-mask
Subnet maskIt if the network number is specified.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
Privileged mode, global configuration mode, routing process
mode
configuration mode.
Only when the related sub-routes are converged, the converged
Usage
guidelines
address entries appear in the RIP routing database. When the last
sub-route information in the converged address entries becomes
invalid, the converged address information will be deleted from the
database.
In the configuration example below, all converged address entries in
Examples
the RIP routing database are displayed.
DES-7210 # show ip rip database
192.168.1.0/24
auto-summary
31-36
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
192.168.1.0/30
192.168.1.8/30
192.168.121.0/24
192.168.121.0/24
[1] via 192.168.2.22,
RIP Configuration Commands
directly connected, Loopback 3
directly connected, FastEthernet 0/0
auto-summary
redistributed
FastEthernet 0/1
In the configuration example below, the converged address entries
related with 192.168.121.0/24 in the RIP routing database are
displayed.
DES-7210 # show ip rip database 192.168.121.0 255.255.255.0
192.168.121.0/24
redistributed
[1] via 192.168.2.22, FastEthernet 0/1
Related
commands
31.2.3
Command
Description
show ip
Show the information of the currently-running
protocol
routing protocol process.
show ip rip external
Use this command to show the information of the external routes redistributed by the RIP
protocol.
show ip rip external [bgp | connected | isis [process-name] |ospf <1-65535>| static] [vrf
vrf-name]
Parameter
bgp | connected
| isis | ospf |
Parameter
static
Description
Show the external route redistributed by the
specified routing protocol (optional).
description
vrf vrf-name
<1-65535>
Show the RIP external route of the specified VRF
(optional)..
Number of the OSPF instace
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
Privileged mode, global configuration mode, routing process
mode
configuration mode.
The following is an example showing the direct routes redistributed by
Examples
the RIP process.
DES-7210# show ip rip external connected
31-37
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Protocol connected route:
[connected] 1.0.0.0/8 metric=0
nhop=0.0.0.0, if=2
[connected] 3.0.0.0/8 metric=0
nhop=0.0.0.0, if=16391
[connected] 4.4.0.0/16 metric=0
nhop=0.0.0.0, if=16388
[connected] 5.0.0.0/8 metric=0
nhop=0.0.0.0, if=16386
[connected] 192.168.195.0/24 metric=0
nhop=0.0.0.0, if=1
Command
Description
Related
commands
31.2.4
show ip rip
Show the information of the currently running
routing protocol process.
show ip rip interface
Use this command to show the RIP interface information.
show ip rip interface [vrf vrf-name]
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
vrf vrf-name
Show the RIP interface of specified VRF
(optional).
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
Privileged mode, global configuration mode, routing process
mode
configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
The following is an example showing the RIP interface information.
DES-7210# show ip rip interface
FastEthernet 1/1 is down, line protocol is down
Examples
RIP is not enabled on this interface
FastEthernet 1/0 is up, line protocol is up
Routing Protocol: RIP
Receive RIPv2 packets only
Send RIPv2 packets only
31-38
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 31
RIP Configuration Commands
Passive interface: Disabled
Split horizon: Enabled
V2 Broadcast: Disabled
Multicast register: Registed
Interface Summary Rip:
Not Configured
Authentication mode: Text
Authentication key-chain: ripk1
Authentication text-password:dlink
Default-information: only, metric 5
IP interface address:
192.168.64.100/24
If the BFD has been configured for RIP, the result of this command is
shown as follows:
DES-7210# show ip rip interface
Vlan 1 is up, line protocol is up
Routing Protocol: RIP
Receive RIPv1 and RIPv2 packets
Send RIPv1 packets only
Receive RIP packet: Enabled
Send RIP supernet routes: Enabled
Passive interface: Disabled
Split horizon: Enabled
V2 Broadcast: Disabled
Multicast registe: Registed
Interface Summary Rip:
Not Configured
IP interface address: 2.2.2.111/24
Command
Description
Related
commands
show ip rip
Show the information of the currently running
routing protocol process.
31-39
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
32
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
OSPFv2
Configuration
Commands
32.1 Configuration Related Commands
32.1.1
area
Use this command to configure the specified OSPF area. The no form of this command
removes the specified OSPF area.
area area-id
no area area-id
Parameter
Parameter
description
Description
Number
area-id
of
the
area
where
authentication is enabled, a decimal
integer or an IP address
Default
configuration
No OSPF area is configured by default.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
Use the no form of this command to remove the specified OSPF area
and its configuration, including the removal of the area-based
configuration commands of area authentication、area default-cost、
area filter-list、area nssa, ect.
Usage
Users can not remove the OSPF configuration under the following
guidelines
conditions:
It fails to remove all configurations for the backbone area with the
virtual link configured. Now the virtual link configuration must be
removed before removing the backbone area.
32-1
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The corresponding network area command exists in any area. Now
all commands added to the area must be removed before
removing this OSPF area.
The following example removes the configuration of the OSPF area
Examples
2:
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 2
DES-7210(config-router)# no area 2
Related
commands
32.1.2
Command
network area
Description
Define the OSPF on the interface
and the OSPF area.
area authentication
Use this command to enable authentication in the OSPF area in the routing process
configuration mode. The no form of this command disables authentication in the OSPF
area.
area area-id authentication [message-digest]
no area area-id authentication [message-digest]
Parameter
Parameter
area-id
description
message-digest
Description
Number of the area where authentication is
enabled, a decimal integer or an IP address
(optional) MD5 (message digest 5)
authentication mode
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
The DES-7200 software supports three authentication types: 1) 0, no
authentication; when this command is not executed to enable OSPF
Usage
authentication, the authentication type in the OSPF packet is 0; 2) 1,
guidelines
plaintext authentication mode; when this command is configured, the
message-digest option is not used; 3) 2, MD5 authentication mode;
when this command is configured, the message-digest option is used.
32-2
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
All devices in the same OSPF area must have the same
authentication type. If the authentication is enabled, authentication
password must be configured on the interfaces connecting neighbors.
The ip ospf authentication-key command in the interface
configuration mode can be used to configure the plaintext
authentication password. The ip ospf message-digest-key
command in the interface configuration mode can be used to
configure the MD5 authentication password.
In the following configuration example, MD5 authentication is used in
the
OSPF
routing
process
area
0
(backbone
area),
with
authentication password "backbone".
DES-7210(config)#interface FastEthernet 0/0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip address 192.168.12.1
255.255.255.0
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf message-digest-key 1 md5 backbone
Configure OSPF routing protocol.
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 1
DES-7210(config-router)# network 192.168.12.0
0.0.0.255 area 0
DES-7210(config-router)# area 0 authentication
message-digest
32.1.3
Command
Description
ip ospf
Define the OSPF plaintext authentication
Related
authentication-key
password.
commands
ip ospf
Define the OSPF MD5 authentication
message-digest-key
password.
area virtual-link
Define a virtual link.
area default-cost
Use this command to define the cost of the default aggregate route that will be advertised to
the stub area or NSSA area (OSPF metric) in the routing process configuration mode. The
no form of this command is used to restore it to the default value.
area area-id default-cost cost
no area area-id default-cost
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
area-id
Number of the stub area or NSSA area
cost
Cost of the default aggregate route that will be
32-3
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
advertised to the stub area or NSSA area
Default
The default value is 1.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
This command can be configured only on the area border device
(ABR) and the ABR must be connected with a stub area or a NSSA
area. The so-called ABR means that the device must be connected to
at least one area in addition to connecting the backbone area.
Usage
There are three commands to configure an OSPF area as a stub or
guidelines
NSSA area : area stub, area nssa and area default-cost. All the
devices connecting to the stub area must be configured with the area
stub command, those connecting to the NSSA area must be
configured with the area nssa command. However, the area
default-cost command can be executed only on the ABR.
Set the cost of the default aggregate route to 50.
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 1
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# network 172.16.0.0 0.0.255.255 area 0
DES-7210(config-router)#network 192.168.12.0 0.0.0.255 area 1
DES-7210(config-router)# area 1 stub
DES-7210(config-router)# area 1 default-cost 50
Related
commands
32.1.4
Command
Description
area stub
Set an OSPF area as a stub area.
area nssa
Set an OSPF area as a NSSA area.
area filter-list
Use this command to configure the inter-area route filtering on the ABR.
area area-id filter-list [access acl-name| prefix prefix-name] [in | out]
no area area-id filter-list [access acl-name | prefix prefix-name] [in | out]
32-4
Parameter
Description
Parameter
area-id
Area ID
description
acl-name
ACL name
prefix-name
Prefix-list name
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
access | prefix
in | out
Default
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Associated prefix list or ACL
Apply the ACL rule to the routes
incoming/outgoing the area.
N/A.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
Usage
This command can be configured only on an Area Board Device
guidelines
(ABR) to configure inter area route filtering
Set area 1 to learn only the inter-area routes of 172.22.0.0/8.
DES-7210 # configure terminal
Examples
DES-7210(config)# access-list 1 permit 172.22.0.0/8
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 100
DES-7210(config-router)# area 1 filter-list access 1 in
32.1.5
area nssa
Use this command to set an OSPF area as an NSSA area in the routing process
configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to delete the NSSA area
or the
configuration of the NSSA area.
area
area-id
nssa
[
no-redistribution]
[default-information-originate
[metric
<0-16777214> | metric-type <1-2>]] [no-summary]
no area area-id nssa [ no-redistribution] [default-information-originate] [no-summary]
Parameter
Description
area-id
NSSA area number
(Optional) Import the routing information to
no-redistribution
Parameter
common areas other than the NSSA area
through the redistribute command when the
device is an ABR of the NSSA area.
description
default-information
originate
(Optional) Generate and import the default
type 7 LSA to the NSSA area. This option
takes effect only on the NSSA ABR or ASBR.
(Optional) Prevent the ABR of the NSSA area
no-summary
from sending types 3 and 4 LSAs into the
NSSA area.
32-5
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Default
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
No NSSA area is defined by default.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
The parameter default-information-originate is used to generate
the default Type-7 LSA. This option is slightly different on the NSSA
ABR and ASBR. On the NSSA ABR, the default Type-7 LSA will be
generated, no matter whether there are default routes in the routing
table. On the ASBR (which is not an ABR at the same time), the
default Type-7 LSA is generated only when the default route exists in
the routing table.
The
parameter
no-redistribution
prevents
the
OSPF
from
Usage
advertising the external routes imported with the redistribute
guidelines
command to the NSSA area on the ASBR. This option is generally
used when the NSSA device is both an ASBR and an ABR.
To further reduce the number of LSAs sent to the NSSA area, you
can configure the no-summary parameter on the ABR to prevent it
from advertising summary LSAs (Type-3 LSA) to the NSSA area.
In addition, the area default-cost command is used on the ABR of
the NSSA area to configure the cost of the default route sent to the
NSSA area. By default, the cost of the default route sent to the NSSA
area is 1.
Sets area 1 as the stub area on the devices in that area.
DES-7210(config)#router ospf 1
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)#network 172.16.0.0 0.0.255.255 area 0
DES-7210 (config-router)#network 192.168.12.0 0.0.0.255 area 1
DES-7210(config-router)# area 1 nssa
Related
commands
32.1.6
Command
Description
area
Define the cost (OSPF metric) of the default
default-cost
aggregate route advertised to the NSSA area.
area range
Use this command to configure the route aggregation between OSPF areas in the routing
process configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to delete the configured
route aggregation. The no form with the cost parameter can restore the default metric of
the aggregated route, but not remove route aggregation.
32-6
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
area area-id range ip-address net-mask [advertise | not-advertise] [cost cost]
no area area-id range ip-address net-mask [cost cost]
Parameter
area-id
Parameter
description
ip address
Description
ID of the area the aggreate route is injected into,
a decimal integer or an IP address.
Network segment whose routes are to be
aggregated
advertise |
Whether to advertise the aggreagate range,
not-advertise
advertise by default.
cost cost
Set the metric of the aggregated route.
No aggregate route is configured between areas by default.
The default metric of aggregated route depends on whether the
Default
device is compatible with RFC1583 or not. If so, the default metric is
the smallest cost of the aggregated route. If not, the default metric is
the largest cost of the aggregated route.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
This command can be executed only on the ABR to aggregate
multiple routes of an area to a route and then advertise it to other
areas. Route combination occurs only on the border of an area. The
devices within an area see the specific routing information, but the
Usage
guidelines
devices outside the area only one aggregate route. The advertise and
not-advertise options can be used to set whether to advertise the
aggregate route, which functions as the filtering and masking
purpose. The aggregate route is advertised by default.
You can define route aggregate in multiple areas to simplify the
routes in the whole OSPF routing area. This improves the network
forwarding performance, especially in large networks.
Aggregate the routes of area 1 into a route 172.16.16.0/20.
DES-7210(config)#router ospf 1
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)#network 172.16.0.0 0.0.15.255 area 0
DES-7210((config-router)#network 172.16.17.0 0.0.15.255 area 1
DES-7210(config-router)#area 1 range 172.16.16.0 255.255.240.0
32-7
Chapter 32
32.1.7
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
area stub
Use this command to set an OSPF area as a stub area or full stub area in the routing
process configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to delete the
configuration of stub area or full stub area.
area area-id stub [no-summary]
no area area-id stub [no-summary]
Parameter
Description
area-id
STUB area number
Parameter
(Optional) Prevent the ABR from advertising
description
no-summary
network summary link to the stub area. Here the
stub area is called the full stub area. Only the
ABR needs this parameter.
Default
No stub area is defined by default.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
All devices in the OSPF stub area must be configured with the area
stub command. The ABR only sends three types of link state
advertisement (LSA) to the stub area: 1) type 1, device LSA; 2) type
2, network LSA; 3) type 3, network summary LSA. From the aspect of
the routing table, the devices in the stub area can learn only the
routes inside the OSPF routing domain, including the internal default
routes generated by the ABR. The devices in the stub area cannot
learn the routes outside the OSPF routing domain.
Usage
To configure a full stub area, execute area stub command with the
guidelines
no-summary keyword on the ABR. The devices in the full stub area
can learn only the routes in the local area and the internal default
routes generated by the ABR.
There are two commands to configure an OSPF area as a stub area:
area stub and area default-cost. All devices connected to the stub
area must be configured with the area stub command, but the area
default-cost command can be executed only on the ABR. The area
default-cost command defines the initial cost (i.e. metric) of the
internal default route.
32-8
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Set area 1 as the stub area on the devices in that area.
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 1
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# network 172.16.0.0 0.0.255.255 area 0
DES-7210 (config-router)# network 192.168.12.0 0.0.0.255 area 1
DES-7210(config-router)# area 1 stub
Command
Related
commands
area
default-cost
32.1.8
Description
Define the cost (OSPF metric value) of the
default aggregate route advertised to the stub
area.
area virtual-link
To define the OSPF virtual link, execute the area virtual-link command in the routing
process configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to delete the virtual link.
area area-id virtual-link router-id [authentication [message-digest |null]] [dead-interval
seconds] [hello-interval seconds] [retransmit-interval seconds] [transmit-delay seconds]
[[authentication-key key] | [message-digest-key key-id md5 key]]
no area area-id virtual-link router-id
Parameter
area-id
Description
OSPF transition area number, a decimal
integer or an IP address.
Identifier of the router neighboring to the
router-id
virtual link. The router identifier can be viewed
through the show ip ospf command.
(Optional) Define the time to declare neighbor
Parameter
dead-interval
loss (in second), 40 seconds by default. This
seconds
parameter must be consistent with the
neighbor.
description
(Optional)Define the interval at which the
hello-interval
seconds
HELLO message is sent by the OSPF to the
virtual link (in seconds), 10 s by default This
parameter must be consistent with the
neighbor.
(Optional) OSPF LSA resend time (in
retransmit-interval
second), 5 seconds by default. The setting of
seconds
the time must consider the trip time of
messages on the link.
32-9
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
(Optional) OSPF LSA send delay (in second),
transmit-delay
1 second by default. This value adds the LSA
seconds
live period. When the LSA live period reaches
a certain value, the LSA will be refreshed.
(Optional) Define the OSPF plaintext
authentication key. The plaintext
authentication-key
authentication key between neighbors must
key
be the same. The service
password-encryption command enables the
key to be displayed in encrypted manner.
(Optional) Define the OSPF MD5
authentication key identifier and key. The
message-digest-key
key-id md5 key
MD5 authentication key identifier and key
between neighbors must be the same. The
service password-encryption command
enables the key to be displayed in encrypted
manner.
authentication
Set the authentication type to plaintext.
message-digest
Set the authentication type to MD5.
null
Set the authentication type to no
authentication
dead-interval: 40s
hello-interval: 10s
Default
retransmit-interval: 5s
transmit-delay: 1s
authentication: no authentication
N/A values for the other parameters
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode
In the OSPF routing domain, all areas must be connected with the
backbone area. If an area disconnects from the backbone area, it
requires to configure virtual links to connect the backbone area.
Usage
Otherwise, the network communication will become abnormal. The
guidelines
virtual link requires the connection between two ABRs. The area that
belongs to both ABRs is called the transition area. A stub Area or
NSSA area cannot act as a transition area. Virtual links can also be
used to connect other non-backbone areas.
32-10
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
The router-id is the identifier of OSPF neighbor router. If you are
unsure of the router-id, check it with the show ip ospf neighbor
command. You may configure the Loopback address as the router
identifier.
The area virtual-link command defines only the authentication key
for virtual link. To enable the OSPF message authentication for the
areas connected with the virtual link, execute the area
authentication command in the routing process configuration mode.
Set area 1 as the transition area to establish virtual link with neighbor
2.2.2.2.
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 1
DES-7210(config-router)# network 172.16.0.0 0.0.15.255 area 0
DES-7210(config-router)# network 172.16.17.0 0.0.15.255 area 1
DES-7210(config-router)# area 1 virtual-link 192.1.1.1
Examples
Set area 1 as the transition area to establish virtual link with neighbor
1.1.1.1. This virtual link connects area 10 and backbone area, and
works with the OSPF message authentication of MD5.
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 1
DES-7210(config-router)# network 172.16.17.0 0.0.15.255 area 1
DES-7210(config-router)# network 172.16.252.0 0.0.0.255 area 10
DES-7210(config-router)# area 0 authentication message-digest
DES-7210(config-router)# area 1 virtual-link 1.1.1.1
message-digest-key 1 md5 hello
Related
commands
Command
Description
area
Enable the OSPF area message authentication
authentication
and define the authentication mode.
show ip ospf
32.1.9
Show the OSPF process information, including
the router identifier.
auto-cost
Use this command to enable the automatic cost calculating function and set the reference
bandwidth. According to the reference bandwidth, you can configure the cost of the
specified interface automatically.
auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw]
no auto-cost [reference-bandwidth]
Parameter
description
Parameter
ref-bw
Description
Reference bandwidth, in the range of 1 to
4294967 Mbps.
32-11
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Default
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
100Mbps by default.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
This command sets the reference bandwidth for automatically
generating interface cost. No parameter with it enables the automatic
cost function with a default for the reference bandwidth. A parameter
with it enables the automatic cost calculation function with a specified
Usage
reference bandwidth. Note that the "default auto-cost" and the "no
guidelines
auto-cost" are different: the former restores it to the default and
enables the automatic cost function while the latter disables the
automatic cost calculation function.
If you use ip ospf cost command to set the cost of the interface, the
cost will replace the auto-cost.
The configuration example below configures the reference bandwidth
as 10M.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 1
DES-7210(config-router)# network 172.16.10.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
DES-7210(config-router)# auto-cost reference-bandwidth 10
Related
Command
Description
commands
show ip ospf
Show the OSPF global configuration information
32.1.10 clear ip ospf process
Use this command to clear and restart the OSPF instance.
clear ip ospf (process-id) process
Parameter
OSPF instance ID
Parameter
description
Description
process-id
When no process ID is specified, the command
clears and restarts all the running OSPF
instances.
Default
32-12
Use the rule recommended in RFC 1583 by default.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
Examples
The command below clears and restarts OSPF instance 1.
DES-7210#clear ip ospf 1 process
32.1.11 compatible rfc1583
When the routing table includes several routes to the same destination out of the AS, you
must determine the best route. Use this command to decide which rule will be taken in RFC
1583 or RFC 2328.
commpatible rfc1583
no commpatible rfc1583
Default
Use the rule recommended in RFC 1583 by default.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
The configuration example below determines the best route with the
Examples
rfc 2328 rule.
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 1
DES-7210(config-router)# no commpatible rfc1583
Related
Command
Description
commands
show ip ospf
Show the OSPF global configuration information
32.1.12 default-information originate (OSPF)
Use this command to generate a default route to the OSPF routing domain in the routing
process mode. The no form of this command disables the default route.
default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [metric-type type] [route-map
map-name]
no default-information originate [always] [metric metric]
32-13
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
[metric-type type] [route-map map-name]
Parameter
Description
(Optional) Generate the default route
unconditionally, no matter whether the default
Always
route exists locally or not.
(Optional) Initial metric value of the default route,
metric metric
1 by default
Parameter
(Optional) Type of the default route. There are
description
two type of OSPF external routes: type 1,
metric-type type
different metrics seen on different devices; type
2, the same metric seens on different devices.
External route of type 1 is more trustworthy than
that of type 2. By default, it is type 2.
Default
route-map
Associated route map name, no associated route
map-name
map by default
N/A.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
When the
redistribute
or
default-information
command is
executed, the OSPF-enabled device automatically turns into the
autonomous system border device (ASBR). But the ASBR cannot
generate default route automatically or advertise it to all the devices
in the OSPF routing domain. The ASBR generates default routes by
default. It is required to configure with the default-information
originate routing process configuration command.
If the always parameter is used, the OSPF routing process
Usage
guidelines
advertises an external default route to the neighbors, no matter
whether the default route exists or not. However, the local device
does not show the default route. To make sure whether the default
route is generated, execute show ip ospf database to observe the
OSPF link state database. The external link identified with 0.0.0.0
indicates the default route. The execution of the show ip route
command on the OSPF neighbor will display the default route.
The metric of the external default route can be defined only with the
default-information
originate
command
instead
of
the
default-metric command.
There are two types of OSPF external routes: type 1 external routes
32-14
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
have changeable routing metrics, while type 2 external routes have
constant routing metrics. For two parallel routes with the same route
metric to the same destination network, type 1 takes precedence over
type 2. As a result, the show ip route command shows only the type
1 route.
The devices in the stub area cannot generate external default routes.
The configuration example below generates an external default route
to the OSPF routing domain, with type as 1 and metric as 50.
Examples
DES-7210(config)#router ospf 1
DES-7210(config-router)#network 172.16.24.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
DES-7210(config-router)#default-information originate
always metric 50 metric-type 1
Command
Related
show ip ospf
commands
database
show ip route
Description
Show OSPF link state database.
Show the IP routing table.
32.1.13 default-metric
Use this command to configure the default metric of OSPF redistributed route in the routing
process
mode. The no format of this command is used to restore it to the default.
default-metric metric
N/A-metric
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
metric
Metric of the OSPF redistributed route
Default
The default value is 20.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
The default-metric command must work with the redistribute
Usage
guidelines
command in the routing process configuration mode to modify the
initial metric of all redistributed routes.
The configuration result of the default-metric command does not
take effect for the external routes to the OSPF routing domain via
32-15
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
default-information originate.
The configuration example below configures the initial metric of the
OSPF redistributed route as 50.
Switch(config)# router rip
DES-7210(config-router)# network 192.168.12.0
Examples
Switch(config-router)# version 2
DES-7210(config-router)# exit
DES-7210(config)# router ospf
DES-7210(config-router)# network 172.16.10.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
Switch(config-router)# default-metric 50
DES-7210(config-router)# redistribute rip subnets
Command
Related
commands
redistribute
show ip ospf
Description
Redistribute the routes of other routing
processes.
Show the OSPF global configuration information.
32.1.14 distance ospf
Use this command to set the management distance of different types of routes.
distance ospf {intra-area <1-255> | inter-area <1-255> | external <1-255>}
no distance ospf
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
intra-area
Set the management distance of the inner-area
<1-255>
route, 110 default.
inter-area
Set the management distance of the inter-area
<1-255>
route, 110 default.
external <1-255>
Default
Set the management distance of the external
route, 110 default.
The default value is 110.
Command
32-16
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
Usage
This command is used to specify different management distances for
guidelines
different types of OSPF routes.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
In the configuration below, the OSPF external route management
Examples
distance is set as 160.
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 1
DES-7210(config-router)# distance ospf external 160
32.1.15 distribute-list in
Use this command to configure LSA filtering.
distribute-list {listname | gateway plist-name | prefix plist-name} in
[interface-type num]
no distribute-list {listname | gateway plist-name | prefix plist-name}| in
[interface-type
num]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
listname
Use the acl filtering rule.
gateway
plist-name
prefix plist-name
interface-type
num
Default
Use the gateway filtering rule.
Use the prefix-list filtering rule.
Configure the LSA route filtering on the interface.
N/A.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
This configuration filters the received LSAs, and only those matching
the filtering conditions are involved in the SPF calculation to generate
Usage
the corresponding routes. It does not affect the link status database
guidelines
or the routing table of the neighbors. It only affects the routing entries
calculated by the local OSPF. This function is generally used for the
ABR or ASBR, where it can control the routes leaving the area.
DES-7210(config)# access-list 3 permit 172.16.0.0 0.0.127.255
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 25
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# redistribute rip metric 100
DES-7210(config-router)# distribute-list 3 in ethernet 1/0
DES-7210(config-router)# distribute-list 3 in ethernet 1/1
32-17
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
32.1.16 distribute-list out
Use this command to configure filtering re-distribution routes, similar to the redistribute
command.
distribute-list {listname | gateway plist-name | prefix plist-name} out [bgp | connected |
isis area-tag |ospf process-id | rip | static]
no distribute-list {listname | gateway plist-name | prefix plist-name } out [bgp |
connected | isis area-tag |ospf process-id| rip | static]
Parameter
Description
listname
Use the acl filtering rule.
Gateway
Parameter
description
plist-name
prefix plist-name
Use the gateway filtering rule.
Use the prefix-list filtering rule.
[bgp | connected
| isis area-tag |
ospf process-id
Source of the routes to be filtered.
|rip | static]
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
The distribute-list out and the redistribute route-map commands
are similar. Both filter the routes that other protocols redistribute to
Usage
the OSPF. However, it does not perform route redistribution by itself.
guidelines
Instead, it works with the redistribute command in most cases. The
ACL filtering rule and the prefix-list filtering rule cannot coexist in the
configuration.
The example below filters the redistributed static routes.
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 1
DES-7210(config)# redistribute static subnets
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# distribute-list 22 out static
DES-7210(config-router)# distribute-list prefix jjj out
static
% There already has filter configured. Please
re-configure.
32-18
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
32.1.17 enable mib-binding
Use this command to bind the MIB with the specified OSPFv2 process. Use the no form of
this command to restore it to the default value.
enable mib-binding
no enable mib-binding
Parameter
description
Default
N/A.
By default, the MIB is binded with the OSPFv2 process in
the smallest number.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
OSPFv2 MIB has no OSPFv2 process information, so the user
operates a sole OSPFv2 process by SNMP. By default, OSPFv2 MIB
Usage
is binded with the OSPFv2 process in the smallest number. The user
guidelines
operations take effect for this process.
If the user wants to operate the specified OSPF process by SNMP,
use this command to bind the MIB with this process.
The example below operates the OSPFv2 process 100 by SNMP:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 100
DES-7210(config-router)# enable mib-binding
Command
Related
commands
show ip ospf
enable traps
Description
Show the OSPF global configuration
information.
Configure the OSPF TRAP function.
32.1.18 enable traps
OSPFv2 process supports 16 kinds of TRAP messages, which are classified into 4
categories. Use this command to enable to send the specified TRAP messages. Use the no
form of this command to disable to send the specified TRAP messages.
32-19
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
enable traps [error [ifauthfailure | ifconfigerror | ifrxbadpacket | virtifauthfailure |
virtifconfigerror | virtifrxbadpacket] | lsa [lsdbapproachoverflow | lsdboverflow |
maxagelsa | originatelsa] |
state-change
[ifstatechange
retransmit [iftxretransmit | virtiftxretransmit] |
|
nbrstatechange
|
virtifstatechange
|
virtnbrstatechange]]
no enable traps [error [ifauthfailure | ifconfigerror | ifrxbadpacket | virtifauthfailure |
virtifconfigerror | virtifrxbadpacket] | lsa [lsdbapproachoverflow | lsdboverflow |
maxagelsa | originatelsa] |
state-change
[ifstatechange
retransmit [iftxretransmit | virtiftxretransmit] |
|
nbrstatechange
|
virtifstatechange
|
virtnbrstatechange]]
Parameter
Description
Set all traps switches related to the error. Use
this parameter to set the following specified error
traps switches:
ifauthfailure
Interface
authentication
error
ifconfigerror
Interface
parameter
configuration
error
Parameter
description
ifrxbadpacket
error
Error messages
are received on
the interface
virtifauthfailure
Authentication
erroe on the
virtual interface
virtifconfigerror
Parameter
configuration
error on the
virtual interface
virtifrxbadpacket
Error messages
are received on
the virtual
interface
32-20
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Set all traps switches related to the isa. Use this
parameter to set the following specified isa traps
switches:
lsdbapproachoverflow
External LSA
amount has
reached the 90%
of the upper
limit.
isa
External LSA
lsdboverflow
amount has
reached the
upper limit.
LSA reaches the
maxagelsa
aging time
Generates new
originatelsa
LSA
Set all traps switches related to the retransmit.
Use this parameter to set the following specified
retransmit traps switches:
iftxretransmit
Packet
retransmission
occurs on the
retransmit
interface
virtiftxretransmit
Packet
retransmission
occurs on the
virtual interface
Set all traps switches related to the
state-change. Use this parameter to set the
following specified state-change switches:
ifstatechange
state-change
nbrstatechange
virtifstatechange
Interface state
change
Neighbor state
change
State change on
the virtual
interface
virtnbrstatechange
State change on
the virtual
neighbor
Default
By default, all TRAP switches are disabled.
32-21
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
Routing process configuration mode.
mode
The snmp-server enable traps ospf command must be configured
before configuring this command, for this command is limited by the
Usage
snmp-server command.
guidelines
This command is not limited by the binding of process and MIB,
allowing to enable the TRAP switch for different processes
simultaneously.
The example below enables all TRAP switches of the OSPFv2
process 100:
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 100
DES-7210(config-router)# enable traps
Command
Related
show ip ospf
commands
enable
mib-binding
Description
Show the OSPF global configuration
information.
Bind the OSPFv2 process with MIB.
32.1.19 ip ospf authentication
Use this command to configure the authentication type. Use the no form of the command to
restore it to the default type.
ip ospf authentication [message-digest | null]
no ip ospf authentication
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
message-digest
Enable MD5 authentication on the interface.
null
Enable no authentication.
No authentication mode is configured on the interface by
Default
default. Here, the authentication type of the local area
applies on the interface.
Command
mode
32-22
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Plaintext authentication applies when no option is used with the
command. Note that the no form of this command restores the setting
Usage
guidelines
to the default value. Whether authentication is used actually depends
on the authentication mode configured for the area of the interface. If
the authentication mode is configured as null, this enables no
authentication. When both the interface and its area are configured
with authentication, the one for the interface takes priority.
The configuration example below configures MD5 authentication for
the OSPF on interface FastEthernet 0/0.
DES-7210 (config)#interface fastethernet 0/0
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# ip address 172.16.10.0
255.255.255.0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf authentication
message-digest
Command
Description
area authentication
Related
commands
ip ospf
Enable authentication and define the
authentication mode in the OSPF area.
Configure the plaintext authentication key
authentication-key
ip ospf
message-digest-key
Configure the MD5 authentication key
32.1.20 ip ospf authentication-key
Use this comand to configure the OSPF plaintext authentication key in the interface
configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to delete the plaintext
authentication key.
ip ospf authentication-key key
no ip ospf authentication-key
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
Key
Key of at most 8 characters or numerals.
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
32-23
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The ip ospf authentication-key command configures the key that
will be inserted in all OSPF message headers. As a result, if the keys
are inconsistent, the OSPF neighbor relationship cannot be
established between two devices directly connected, and thus route
information exchange is impossible.
The keys can be different for different interfaces, but the devices that
Usage
are connected to the same physical network segment must be
guidelines
configured with the same key.
To enable the OSPF area authentication, execute the area
authentication command in the routing process configuration mode.
The authentication can be enabled separately on an interface by
executing the ip ospf authentication command in the interface
configuration mode. When both the interface and the area are
configured with authentication, the one for the interface takes priority.
The configuration example below configures the OSPF authentication
key "ospfauth" for the interface FastEthernet 0/0.
Examples
DES-7210 (config)#interface fastethernet 0/0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip address 172.16.10.0
255.255.255.0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf authentication-key ospfauth
Related
commands
Command
Description
area
Enable authentication in the OSPF area and
authentication
define the authentication mode
Ip ospf
Enable authentication on the interface and define
authentication
the authentication mode
32.1.21 ip ospf cost
Use this command to configure the cost (OSPF metric) of the OSPF interface for sending a
packet in the interface configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to restore
it to the default.
ip ospf cost cost
no ip ospf cost
32-24
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
Cost
OSPF interface cost
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Default
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
The default cost of the interface is 108/Bandwidth.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
By default, the OSPF interface cost is 108/Bandwidth, where
Bandwidth is the interface bandwidth configured with the bandwidth
command in the interface configuration mode.
The default costs of different types of lines are as follows:
Usage
guidelines

64K serial line: 1562

E1 line: 48

10M Ethernet: 10

100M Ethernet: 1
The OSPF cost configured with the ip ospf cost command will
overwrite the default configuration.
The configuration example below configures the OSPF cost of the
Examples
interface serial 1/0 as 100.
DES-7210(config)# interface serial 1/0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf cost 100
Command
Related
commands
bandwidth
show ip ospf
Description
Specify the interface bandwidth. This setting
does not affect the data transmission rate.
Show the OSPF global configuration information
32.1.22 ip ospf database-filter all out
Use this command to configure not to advertise LSA messages on the interface, that is, the
LSA update messages are not sent on the interface. The no form of the command restores
it to the default.
ip ospf database-filter all out
no ip ospf database-filter
Default
This function is disabled by default. Any LSA update message can be
sent on the interface.
32-25
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
To disable sending LSA update messages on the interface, enable
guidelines
this function on the interface.
The configuration example below prevents the LSA update messages
from being sent on the interface Gi 1/1.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface Gi 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# ip address 172.16.10.1 255.255.255.0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf database-filter all out
32.1.23 ip ospf dead-interval
Use this command to configure the interval to judge the death of interface neighbor in the
interface configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to restore it to the
default.
ip ospf dead-interval seconds
no ip ospf dead-interval
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
Seconds
Interval to judge the neighbor death (in seconds)
Default
By default it is 4 times the interval configured with the ip ospf
hello-interval command.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
The OSPF death time is included in the Hello message. If the OSPF
does not receive the Hello message from its neighbor within the death
interval, it declares the neighbor's death and deletes its entry in the
neighbor list. By default the death interval is 4 times the interval of the
Usage
Hello message. The modification of the Hello interval will
guidelines
automatically change the death interval.
This command can be used to manually change the interval to judge
the death of OSPF neighbor. Note that:

The death interval cannot be less than the interval of Hello
messages.
32-26
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32

OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
The death intervals of all devices in the same network segment
must be the same.
The configuration example below configures the interval of judging
the death of the OSPF neighbor on the interface Gi 1/1 as 30s.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface GI 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# ip address 172.16.10.1 255.255.255.0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf dead-interval 30
Related
commands
Command
Description
ip ospf
Specify the interval at which the OSPF sends
hello-interval
Hello messages
32.1.24 ip ospf disable all
Use this command to specify the interface not to generate the OSPF messages.
ip ospf disable all
no ip ospf disable all
Default
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
The interface with this command configured will ignore whether the
Usage
guidelines
network area matches or not. After this command is configured, even
if the interface belongs to the network, it will not generate OSPF
datagram any more. So, it does not receive or send any OSPF
message or participate in the OSPF calculation.
DES-7210(config)# interface serial 1/0
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# ip address 172.16.10.1 255.255.255.0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf disable all
32.1.25 ip ospf hello-interval
Use this command to configure the interval to send Hello messages in the interface
configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to restore it to the default.
ip ospf hello-interval seconds
32-27
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
no ip ospf hello-interval
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
Seconds
Interval to send Hello messages (in seconds)
Default

10s for Ethernet

10s for PPP or HDLC encapsulated interfaces

10s for frame relay PTP interfaces

30s for non-frame relay PTP sub-interface and X.25 interfaces
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
The interval of sending the Hello messages is included in the Hello
message. A shorter interval means OSPF detects the topological
Usage
guidelines
change at a faster pace, which will aggravate network traffic. The
Hello message intervals for all the devices in the same network
segment must be the same. To further manually modify the interval to
judge neighbor death, ensure the Hello message interval cannot be
greater than the neighbor death interval.
The configuration example below configures the interval of sending
the Hello message on the interface Gi 1/1 as 15.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface Gi 1/1
DES-7210(config-if)# ip address 172.16.10.1 255.255.255.0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf hello-interval 15
Related
commands
Command
Description
ip ospf
Set the interval of judging the death of the OSPF
dead-interval
neighbor.
32.1.26 ip ospf message-digest-key
Use this command to configure the MD5 authentication key in the interface configuration
mode. The no form of this command is used to delete the MD5 authentication key.
ip ospf message-digest-key key-id md5 key
no ip ospf message-digest-key
32-28
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
Key
Key of up to 16 characters or numerals
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
key-id
Default
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Key identifier in the range of 1 to 255
N/A.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
The ip ospf message-digest-key command configures the key that
will be inserted in all OSPF message headers. As a result, if the keys
are inconsistent, the OSPF neighbor relationship cannot be
established between two devices directly connected, and thus route
information exchange is impossible.
The keys can be different for different interfaces, but the devices that
are connected to the same physical network segment must be
configured with the same key. For neighboring devices, the same key
identifier must correspond to the same key.
To enable authentication in the OSPF area, execute the area
Usage
authentication command in the routing process configuration mode.
guidelines
The authentication can be enabled separately on an interface by
executing the ip ospf authentication command in the interface
configuration mode. When both the interface and the area are
configured with authentication, the one for the interface takes priority.
The DES-7200 software supports smooth modification of MD5
authentication keys, which shall be added before deleted. When an
MD5 authentication key of the device is added, the device will regard
other devices have not had new keys and thus send multiple OSPF
messages by using different keys, till it confirms the neighbors have
been configured with new keys. When all devices have been
configured with new keys, it is possible to delete the old key.
The configuration example below adds a new OSPF authentication
key "hello5" with key ID 5 for the FastEthernet 0/0.
DES-7210(config)# interface fastEthernet 0/0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip address 172.16.24.2 255.255.255.0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf authentication message-digest
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf message-digest-key 10 md5 hello10
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf message-digest-key 5 md5 hello5
When all neighbors are added with new keys, the old keys shall be
deleted for all devices.
DES-7210(config)# interface Serial1/0
32-29
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config-if)# no ip ospf message-digest-key 10 md5 hello10
Related
commands
Command
Description
area
Enable authentication in the OSPF area and
authentication
define the authentication mode.
ip ospf
Enable authentication on the interface and define
authentication
the authentication mode.
32.1.27 ip ospf mtu-ignore
Use this command to disable the MTU check when an interface receives the database
description message. The no form of this command is used to restore it to the default.
ip ospf mtu-ignore
no ip ospf mtu-ignore
Default
Enabled.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
After receiving the database description message, the device will
Usage
guidelines
check whether the MTU of neighbor interface is the same as its own
MTU. If the received database description message indicates an
MTU greater than the interface‘s MTU, the neighbor relationship
cannot be established. This can be fixed by disabling the MTU check.
The configuration example below disables the MTU check function on
Examples
the interface serial 1/0.
DES-7210(config)# interface serial 1/0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf mtu-ignore
32.1.28 ip ospf network
Use this command to configure the OSPF network type in the interface configuration mode.
The no form of this command is used to restore it to the default.
ip ospf network {broadcast | non-broadcast | point-to-multipoint [ non-broadcast ] |
point-to-point}
no ip ospf network {broadcast | non-broadcast | point-to-multipoint [ non-broadcast ] |
point-to-point}
32-30
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
Parameter
broadcast
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Description
Set the OSPF network type as the broadcast
type.
Set the OSPF network type as the
non-broadcast
non-broadcast multi-path access type, i.e.
NBMA network.
Parameter
Set the OSPF network type as the
description
point-to-multipoint
[non-broadcast]
point-to-multipoint type.
By default it is the point-to-multipoint broadcast
type. The option non-broadcast means
point-to-multipoint non-broadcast type.
point-to-point

Set the OSPF network type as the
point-to-point type.
PTP network type: PPP, SLIP, frame relay PTP sub-interface,
X.25 PTP sub-interface encapsulation

NBMA network type: frame relay (except for PTP sub-interface),
X.25 encapsulation (except for PTP sub-interface)
Default

Broadcast network type: Ethernet encapsulation

By default, the network type is the point-to-multipoint network
type.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Networks are divided into three types according to the transmission
feature of media:
Usage
guidelines

Broadcast network (Ethernet, token ring and FDDI)

Non-broadcast network (frame relay and X.25)

PTP network (HDLC, PPP and SLIP)
The non-broadcast network is further divided into two sub-types by
the OSPF operation mode:

Non-broadcast multi-path access (NBMA) type. NBMA requires
all interconnected devices can directly communicate to each
other, and only full mesh type connection can meet this
requirement. There is no problem in case of the SVC (such as
X.25) connections, but it is difficult in case of networking with
PVC (such as frame relay). The OSPF on the NBMA network
operates similarly to that on the broadcast network, where the
32-31
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Designated Device shall be elected to advertise the link state of
the NBMA network.

The second is the point-to-multipoint network type. If the network
topology is not a mesh type non-broadcast network, the OSPF
requires
the
network
type
to
be
configured
as
the
point-to-multipoint network type. In the point-to-multipoint
network type, the OSPF regards all inter-device connections as
PTP links and do not participate in the election of the designated
device. The point-to-multipoint network type is further divided
into
broadcast
type
and
non-broadcast
type.
For
the
non-broadcast type, it is required to manually configure the static
neighbor.
Whatever the default network type of the interface, you must set it to
the broadcast network type. For example, the non-broadcast
multi-path access network (frame relay and X.25) can be configured
as broadcast network, so that the configuration of neighbors can be
omitted during the OSPF routing process configuration. The X.25
map and frame-relay map commands may enable the X.25 and
frame relay networks with broadcasting capability, so that the OSPF
can regard such networks as X.25 and frame relay as broadcast
network.
The interface of the point-to-multipoint network can be configured
with one or more neighbors. When the OSPF is configured as the
point-to-multipoint network type, multiple host routes may be
generated. In contrast to the broadcast network type, the
point-to-multipoint network type features the following benefits:

Easy configuration without configuration of neighbors or election
of designated device

Small cost, without needing the fully meshed topology
For the dial-up network, frame relay and X.25 network, to manually
configure the IP address mapping table, the keyword "broadcast"
must be specified to support broadcast.
The configuration example below configures the frame relay interface
network as the broadcast type, which is applicable for the full mesh
type frame relay connections.
DES-7210(config)# interface Serial1/0
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# ip address 172.16.24.4
255.255.255.0
DES-7210(config-if)# encapsulation frame-relay
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf network broadcast
The configuration example below configures the frame relay interface
32-32
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
network as the point-to-multipoint type, which is applicable for the
non-full-mesh type frame relay connections.
DES-7210(config)# interface Serial1/0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip address 172.16.24.4
255.255.255.0
DES-7210(config-if)# encapsulation frame-relay
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf network point-to-multipoint
The configuration example below configures the frame relay interface
network as the broadcast type, with DR/RDR specified, which is
applicable for the full or partial mesh type frame relay connections.
The configuration below needs to be done on all branch node devices
and non-designated devices (limited to become DR/BDR).
DES-7210(config)# interface Serial1/0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip address 172.16.24.4
255.255.255.0
DES-7210(config-if)# encapsulation frame-relay
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf network broadcast
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf priority 0
Command
dialer map ip
Related
frame-relay map
commands
neighbor
(OSPF)
X25 map
Description
Define the map between IP address and dialing
number.
Define the map between IP address and frame
DLCI.
Define the IP address of neighbor applicable for
NBMA network type and point-to-multipoint
non-broadcast type only.
Define the map between IP address and X.25
network address.
32.1.29 ip ospf priority
Use this command to configure the priority in the interface configuration mode. The no form
of this command is used to restore it to the default.
ip ospf priority priority
no ip ospf priority
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
Priority
Set the priority of the interface.
Default
The default priority is 1.
32-33
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
The interface priority is included in the Hello message. When
DR/BDR (designated device/backup designated device) election
occurs in the OSPF broadcast type network, the device with higher
priority will become the DR or BDR. If the devices have the same
Usage
priority, the one with higher ID will become the DR or BDR. The
guidelines
device with priority 0 cannot become DR or BDR. This command is
valid for only OSPF broadcast and non-broadcast network types.
Note: If the DR and BDR exist in the network, the modification of the
interface priority will not take effect immediately. The new priority will
not be used until the next DR and BDR election occurs.
The configuration example below configures the priority of the
Examples
interface fastethernet 0/0 as 0.
Switch(config)#interface fastethernet 0/0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf priority 0
Related
Command
Description
commands
ip ospf network
Configure the network type of the interface.
32.1.30 ip ospf retransmit-interval
Use this command to define the interval to send the link state update message on the
interface in the interface configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to
restore it to the default.
ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds
ip ospf retransmit-interval
Parameter
Interval to send the link state update message.
Parameter
description
Description
Seconds
This interval must be greater than the trip delay
of packets between two neighbors. The default is
5 seconds.
32-34
Default
The default is 5 seconds.
Command
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
mode
When the device sends an LSU message completely, the LSU
message stays in the send buffer queue. If no confirmation from the
neighbor is obtained in the interval defined with the ip ospf
Usage
retransmit-interval command, the LSA will be sent once again.
guidelines
In serial lines or virtual links, the resend interval shall be slightly
larger. The LSU message resend interval of virtual link is defined
through the area virtual-link command followed with the keyword
retransmit-interval.
The configuration example below configures the LSU message
Examples
resend interval on the interface serial 1/0 as 10 seconds.
DES-7210(config)# interface serial 1/0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip ospf retransmit-interval 10
Related
Command
Description
commands
area virtual-link
Define an OSPF virtual link.
32.1.31 ip ospf transmit-delay
Use this command to define the LSU message transmission delay in the interface
configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to restore it to the default.
ip ospf transmit delay seconds
no ip ospf transmit delay
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
Seconds
Description
LSU message transmission delay ( in seconds).
The default is 1 second.
The default is 1 second.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Interface configuration mode.
Before the LSU message is transmitted, the Age field in all the LSAs
of the message will be increased by the value defined in the interface
configuration command ip ospf transmit delay. The configuration of
32-35
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
this parameter shall consider the send and line transmission delay of
the interface. For low-rate lines, the transmission delay of the
interface shall be slightly larger. The LSU message transmission
delay of virtual link is defined through the area virtual-link command
followed with the keyword retransmit-interval.
The DES-7200 software will resend or request resending the LSA
with Age up to 3600. If no refresh is obtained in time, the aged LSA
will be cleared from the link state database.
The configuration example below configures the transmission delay
Examples
of serial1/ 0 as 5.
DES-7210(config)interface serial 1/0
DES-7210(config-if)#ip ospf transmit delay 10
Related
Command
Description
commands
area virtual-link
Define an OSPF virtual link.
32.1.32 log-adj-changes
Use this command to enable the logging of the neighbor state changes. The no or default
form of the command is used to disable it.
log-adj-changes [detail]
no log-adj-changes [detail]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Seconds
Description
LSU message transmission delay ( in seconds).
The default is 1 second.
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
detail
Record the detail of changes.
Default
Enabled. Without the detail parameter, the system records the logs
that the neighbor enters the full state or leaves the full state.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
The configuration example below logs the neighbor status change.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 1
DES-7210(config-router)# log-adj-changes
32-36
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Related
Command
Description
commands
show ip ospf
Show the OSPF global configuration information.
32.1.33 max-concurrent-dd
Use this command to specify the maximum number of DD messages that can be processed
at the same time.
max-concurrent-dd <1-65535>
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
<1-65535>
Maximum number of DD messages
Default
The default value is 5.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
When a routing device is exchanging data with multiple neighbors, its
Usage
performance will be affected. This command is configured to limit the
guidelines
maximum number of DD messages that each OSPF instance can
have at the same time.
In the configuration example below, the maximum number of DD
Examples
messages is set as 4.
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 10
DES-7210(config-router)# max-concurrent-dd 4
32.1.34 neighbor
Use this command to define the OSPF neighbor in the routing process configuration mode.
The no form of this command is sued to delete the specified neighbor.
neighbor ip-address [poll-interval seconds] [priority priority] [cost cost]
no neighbor ip-address
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
ip address
IP address of the neighbor
32-37
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
(Optional) Specify the interval of polling
poll-interval
neighbors (in seconds), 120 s by default.
seconds
Only the non-broadcast (NBMA) network type
supports this option.
(Optional) Configure the priority of non-broadcast
priority priority
network neighbors, 0 by default.
Only the non-broadcast (NBMA) network type
supports this option.
(Optional) Configure the cost to each neighbor in
point-to-multipoint network, not defined by
Cost cost
default, where the cost configured on the
interface will be used.
Only the point-to-multipoint [ non-broadcast ]
network type supports this option.
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
The DES-7200 software must explicitly configure the neighbor
information for every non-broadcast network neighbor. The IP
address of a neighbor must be the master IP address of that neighbor
interface.
In the NBMA network, if the neighbor device becomes inactive, in
other words, the Hello message is not received within the device
death interval, the OSPF will send more Hello messages to the
neighbor. The interval at which the Hello messages are sent is called
Usage
guidelines
the polling interval. When the OSPF starts to work for the first time, it
sends Hello messages only to the neighbor whose priority is not 0, so
that the neighbor whose priority is set as 0 will not participate in the
DR/BDR election. When the DR/BDR is generated, the DR/BDR
sends the Hello messages to all neighbors to establish the neighbor
relationship.
Since the point-to-multipoint non-broadcast network has no broadcast
capability, neighbors cannot be found dynamically. So, it is required
to use this command to manually configure neighbor. In addition, it is
possible to configure the cost to each neighbor through the "cost"
option for the point-to-multipoint network type.
Examples
32-38
The configuration example below declares an OSPF non-broadcast
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
network neighbor, with IP address 172.16.24.2, priority 1 and polling
interval 150s.
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 20
DES-7210(config-router)# network 172.16.24.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 172.16.24.2 priority 1
poll-interval 150
Related
commands
Command
Description
ip ospf priority
Set the interface priority.
ip ospf network
Set the network type
32.1.35 network area
Use this command to define which interfaces run OSPF and the OSPF areas they belong to
in the routing process configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to delete
the OSPF area definition of the interface.
network ip-address wildcard area area-id
no network ip-address wildcard area area-id
Parameter
Parameter
Description
ip addres
IP address of the interface
wildcard
description
Define the comparison bits in the IP address, 0
for exact match and 1 for no comparison
OSPF area identifier. An OSPF area is always
area-id
associated with an address range. For easy of
management, a subnet can be used as the
OSPF area identifier.
Default
There is no OSPF area configured by default.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
The parameters ip-address and wildcard allow associating multiple
interfaces with one OSPF area. To run OSPF on an interface, it is
Usage
guidelines
required to include the primary IP address and secondary IP address
of the interface in the IP address range defined by network area.
Only secondary IP address is not enough to enable OSPF on the
interface.
If the IP address of the interface matches the IP address ranges
32-39
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
defined by the network command in multiple OSPF processes, you
can determine the OSPF process that the interface takes part in by
the means of best match.
The configuration example below defines three areas: 0, 1 and
172.16.16.0. Define the interfaces whose IP addresses fall into the
192.168.12.0/24 range to area 1, define the interfaces whose IP
addresses fall into the 172.16.16.0/20 range to area 2, and define the
remaining interface to area 0.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 20
DES-7210(config-router)# network 172.16.16.0
0.0.15.255 area 172.16.16.0
DES-7210(config-router)# network 192.168.12.0
0.0.0.255 area 1
DES-7210(config-router)# network 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255 area 0
Related
Command
Description
commands
router ospf
Create OSPF routing process
32.1.36 overflow database
Use this command to configure the maximum number of LSAs supported by the current
OSPF instance.
overflow database <0-4294967294> hard | soft
no overflow database
Parameter
Description
<1-4294967294>
Maximum number of LSAs
Parameter
hard: Shut down the OSPF instance when the
description
hard | soft
number of LSAs exceeds that number.
soft: Issue an alarm when the number of LSAs
exceeds that number.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
32-40
Routing process configuration mode.
To shut down the OSPF instance when the number of LSAs exceeds
that number, use the "hard" parameter; otherwise, use the "soft"
parameter.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
In the configuration below, when there are more than 10 LSAs, OSPF
instance 10 will be shut down.
Examples
DES-7210# config terminal
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 10
DES-7210(config-router)# overflow database 10 hard
32.1.37 overflow database external
Use this command to configure the maximum number of external LSAs and the waiting time
from overflow status to normal status.
overflow database external max-dbsize wait-time
no overflow database external
Parameter
Description
Maximum number of external LSAs (the value
Parameter
max-dbsize
description
same AS)
wait-time
Default
shall be the same for all routing devices in the
Waiting time of the routing device from the
overflow status to normal status.
By default the max-dbsize is -1 and the wait-time is 0 second.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
In the configuration below, the maximum number of
external LSAs is configured as 10, and it turns to the
overflow status upon timeout, and the time interval
Examples
attempting to restore from the overflow status to the normal
status is 3 seconds.
DES-7210# config terminal
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 10
DES-7210(config-router)# overflow database external 10 3
32.1.38 overflow memory-lack
Use this command to allow the OSPF to enter the OVERFLOW state when the memory
lacks. Use the no form of this command to disabe this function.
overflow memory-lack
no overflow memory-lack
32-41
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Parameter
Parameter
description
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Description
Disable the function of entering the
no
OVERFLOW state when the memory
lacks.
Default
By default, OSPF is allowed to enter the OVERFLOW
state when the memory lacks..
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
The action of OSPF entering the OVERFLOW state is to discard the
newly-learned external route and prevent the memory from being
increased effectively.
It is possible that enabling this function causes the route loop in the
whole network. To reduce that occurance possibility, OSPF will
generate a default route directing to the NULL port and this default
Usage
route will exist in the OVERFLOW state.
guidelines
Use the clear ip ospf process command to reset the OSPF and
remove the OSPF OVERFLOW state.
Use the no form of this command to disallow the OSPF to enter the
OVERFLOW state when the memory lacks, which may result in the
constantly consume of the memory resources. If the memory is
exhausted to some degree, the OSPF instance will stop and all
learned routes will be removed.
The configuration example below disallows the OSPF to enter the
Examples
OVERFLOW state when the memory lacks.
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 1
DES-7210(config-router)# no overflow memory-lack
Command
Related
commands
clear ip ospf
process
show ip
protocols ospf
32-42
Description
Reset the OSPF instances.
Show the OSPF information.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
32.1.39 passive-interface
Use this command to configure the specified network interface or all interface as the
passive interfaces. The no format of this command is used to restore it to the default.
passive-interface [default | type number]
no passive-interface [default | type number]
Parameter
Parameter
description
type number
default
Default
Description
Set the Interfaces of this type as passive
interface
Set all the interfaces as passive interfaces.
By default, no interface is configured as passive interface. All
interfaces are allowed to receive/send OSPF messages.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Routing process configuration mode.
To prevent other devices in the network from dynamically learning the
routing information of the device, specify the specified network
interface of this device as passive interface.
The configuration example below configures serial 1/0 as passive
Examples
interface.
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 30
DES-7210(config-router)# passive-interface serial 1/0
Related
commands
Command
Description
show ip ospf
Show the configuration information of the
interface
interface.
32.1.40 redistribute
Use this command to redistribute the external routing information.
redistribute {bgp | ospf process-id | rip | connected | static}[metric value | match
{internal | external | external 1 | external 2 | nssa-external | nssa-external 1 |
nssa-external 2}metric-type {1|2} | route-map map-tag | tag <0-4294967295> | subnets ]
32-43
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
no redistribute {bgp | ospf process-id | rip | connected | static}[metric value | match
{internal | external | external 1 | external 2 | nssa-external | nssa-external 1 |
nssa-external 2}metric-type {1|2} | route-map map-tag | tag <0-4294967295> | subnets ]
Parameter
Description
bgp | ospf
process-id| rip |
Redistribute the routes of the specified routing
connected |
protocol.
static
metric
Parameter
description
match
Redistribute the specific OSPF routes. By
default, all the OSPF routes are redistributed.
metric-type
Set the external routing type as E-1 or E-2.
route-map
Redistribution filter rule.
tag
subnets
Default
Set the metric of OSPF extern2 LSA.
Set the tag value of the routes redistributed to the
OSPF.
Redistribute the routes of non standard
networks.
N/A
Command
mode
Route configuration mode.
After the command is configured, the routing device will turn to ASBR,
the related routing information is imported into the OSPF domain and
broadcasted to other OSPF routing device through type-5 LSAs.
For redistribution, the default metric of BGP routes is 1; the default
metric of the LSAs generated by other types of routes is 20.
When you configure redistributing OSPF routes without the match
Usage
guidelines
parameter, the OSPF routes of all sub types are redistributed by
default. Then the first configured match parameter is used as the
original one. Only the routes matching the specific type can be
redistributed. The no form of this command restores the setting to the
default value.
When you filter routes for redistribution by following the route-map
rule, the match rule of the route-map rule is specific for the original
redistribution parameters. It is only when the redistributed OSPF
routes follow the match rule that the route-map rule works.
32-44
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
The following command redistributes static routes to the OSPF
domain.
DES-7210(config-router)# redistribute static subnets
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 1
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# redistribute ospf 2 subnets
DES-7210(config-router)# redistribute ospf 2 match external 1
internal
The following is the results of the show run command.
router ospf 1
redistribute ospf 2 match external 1 internal subnets
32.1.41 router ospf
Use this command to create the OSPF routing process in the global configuration mode.
The no form of this command is used to delete the defined OSPF routing process.
router ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name]
no router ospf [process-id]
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
Description
process-id
OSPF process ID
vrf-name
VRF name
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
On the basis of the original implementation, the R10.1 adds the
Usage
routing process ID to multi-instance OSPF. Different OSPF instances
guidelines
are mutually independent and can be approximately considered as
two routing protocols without mutual interference.
The following example creates the OSPF routing process 10 within
Examples
the specified vrf: vpn_1
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 10 vrf: vpn_1
Related
commands
Command
show ip
protocols
Description
Show the routing protocol informatin.
32-45
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Show the OSPF information.
show ip ospf
32.1.42 router-id
Use this command to set the router ID. Use the no form of this command to delete the
setting or restore it to the default.
router-id router-id
no router-id
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
router-id
Router ID in IP address form
Default
By default, the OSPF routing process will select the maximal interface
configuration
IP address as the router ID.
Command
mode
Routeing process configuration mode.
You can configure any IP address as the router ID. However, the
router ID should be unique. Note that once the router ID changes, the
OSPF protocol will do a large number of works. It is not
Usage
recommended to change the router ID. The device can be changed
guidelines
only when no LSA is generated. To configure the OSPF protocol, you
should execute this command to specify the ID of a device. Certainly,
you can also specify it by the loopback. At this time, you should
configure the router ID before configuring the OSPF protocol.
The following example modifies the router ID to 0.0.0.36
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 20
DES-7210(config-router)# router-id 0.0.0.36
Command
Description
Related
commands
show
protocols
32-46
ip
Show the routing protocol information.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
32.1.43 summary-address
Use this command to configure the converge route out of the OSPF routing domain in the
routing process configuration mode. The no form of this command is used to delete the
converged route.
summary-address ip-address net-mask [not-advertise | tag <0-4294967295> | ]
no summary-address
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
Description
ip address
IP address of the converged route
net-mask
Network mask of the converged route
not-advertise
Do not advertise the converged route.
No converged route is configured by default.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
When routes are redistributed by another routing process into the
OSPF
routing
process,
every
route
is
advertised
to
the
OSPF-enabled device separately in the form of external link state. If
the incoming routes are continuous addresses, the autonomous
border device can advertise only one converged route, reducing the
Usage
guidelines
scale of routing table greatly.
Unlike the area rang command, the former involves the convergence
of routes between OSPF areas, while the latter involves the
convergence of external routes of the OSPF routing domain.
For the NSSA area, the summary-address command is valid only on
the ABR of the NSSA now, and causes the convergence for only
redistributed routes.
The configuration command below generates an external converged
route 100.100.0.0/16.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 20
DES-7210(config-router)# summary-address 100.100.0.0 255.255.0.0
DES-7210(config-router)# redistribute static subnets
DES-7210(config-router)# network 200.2.2.0 0.0.0.255 area 1
32-47
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config-router)# network 172.16.24.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
DES-7210(config-router)# area 1 nssa
Related
commands
Command
area-range
Description
Configure route convergence on the OSPF area
border device.
32.1.44 timers lsa-group-pacing
Use this command to configure the LSA grouping and then refresh the whole groups as well
as the update interval for aged link state. The no form of the command restores it to the
default.
timers lsa-group-pacing seconds
no timers lsa-group-pacing
Parameter
Parameter
description
Description
This
seconds
parameter
is
used
for
LSA
pacing,
checksum calculation, and aging interval.
The range is 0 to 600s and 10 to1800s.
Default
240 seconds.
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
The updated information in the pacing switch (LSA), checksum
calculation, and aging interval are for more efficient switch use. The
default is 4 minutes. This parameter needs not to be adjusted often.
The optimum group pacing interval is inversely proportional to the
Usage
number of LSAs that need to be calculated. For example, if you have
guidelines
approximately 10,000 LSAs in the database, decreasing the pacing
interval would be better. If the switch has a small database (40 to 100
LSAs), increasing the pacing interval to 10 to 20 minutes might be
better. To configure OSPF LSA pacing, follow these steps in the
privileged mode:
The configuration example below configures the pacing time as 120s.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# device ospf 20
DES-7210 (config-router)# timers lsa-group-pacing 120
32-48
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Related
Command
Description
commands
show ip ospf
Show the OSPF information.
32.1.45 timers spf
Use this command to configure the delay for SPF calculation after the OSPF receives the
topology change as well as the interval between two SPF calculations in the routing process
configuration mode. The no form of this command restores it to the default.
timers spf spf-delay spf-holdtime
timers spf
Parameter
Description
Define the SPF calculation waiting period, in
Parameter
spf-delay
seconds. After receiving the topology change,
the OSPF routing process must wait for the
specified period to start the SPF calculation.
description
Define
spf-holdtime
the
interval
between
two
SPF
calculations, in seconds. When the waiting time
is up but the interval between two calculations is
still elapsing, the SPF calculation cannot start.
Default
spf-delay: 5 s; spf-holdtime: 10 s.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Routing process configuration mode.
Shorter values of spf-delay and spf-holdtime mean OSPF adapts to
the topology change faster, and the network convergence period is
shorter, but this will occupy more CPU of the device.
The configuration example below configures the delay and holdover
Examples
period of the OSPF as 3 and 9 seconds respectively.
DES-7210(config)# device ospf 20
DES-7210(config-router)# timers spf 3 9
Related
Command
Description
commands
show ip ospf
Show the configuration information of the ospf
32-49
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
32.2 Showing Related Command
32.2.1
show ip ospf
Use this command to show the OSPF information in the privileged user mode.
show ip ospf [process-id]
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
Description
process-id
OSPF process ID
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command shows the information of the OSPF routing process.
The output results of the show ip ospf command are as follows:
DES-7210# show ip ospf
Routing Process "ospf 1" with ID 1.1.1.1
Process uptime is 4 minutes
Process bound to VRF default
Conforms to RFC2328, and RFC1583Compatibility flag isenabled
Supports only single TOS(TOS0) routes
Supports opaque LSA
This device is an ASBR (injecting external routing information)
SPF schedule delay 5 secs, Hold time between two SPFs 10 secs
LsaGroupPacing: 240 secs
Examples
Number of incomming current DD exchange neighbors 0/5
Number of outgoing current DD exchange neighbors 0/5
Number of external LSA 4. Checksum 0x0278E0
Number of opaque AS LSA 0. Checksum 0x000000
Number of non-default external LSA 4
External LSA database is unlimited.
Number of LSA originated 6
Number of LSA received 2
Log Neighbor Adjency Changes : Enabled
Number of areas attached to this device: 1
Area 0 (BACKBONE)
Number of interfaces in this area is 1(1)
32-50
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Number of fully adjacent neighbors in this area is 1
Area has no authentication
SPF algorithm last executed 00:01:26.640 ago
SPF algorithm executed 4 times
Number of LSA 3. Checksum 0x0204bf
Area 1 (NSSA)
Number of interfaces in this area is 1(1)
Number of fully adjacent neighbors in this area is 0
Number of fully adjacent virtual neighbors through this area is 0
Area has no authentication
SPF algorithm last executed 02:09:23.040 ago
SPF algorithm executed 4 times
Number of LSA 6. Checksum 0x028638
NSSA Translator State iselected
The fields in the displayed results are described as follows:
Field
Description
Router id
Router id
Effective time of the current OSPF
Process uptime
process (the process does not take
effect when the device-id is 0.0.0.0)
Bound to VRF
The VRF of the current OSPF
Conforms to RFC2328
The same as the RFC2328
Whether the RFC1583 or RFC2328
is adopted for the calculation of
RFC1583Compatibility flag
external route.
This policy is used in the selection
of best ASBR and in the route
comparison.
Support Tos
Only TOS0 is supported.
Supports opaque LSA
Supporting opaque-LSA
Device Type
OSPF device type, including
normal, ABR, and ASBR
Delay before the SPF calculation is
SPF Delay
invoked after the topology change is
received
SPF-holdtime
Minimum holdtime between two
SPF calculations
This parameter is used for LSA
LsaGroupPacing
pacing, checksum calculation, and
aging interval.
32-51
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Number of neighbors under
Incomming current DD
interaction. The incoming neighbors
exchange neighbors
are those entering the exstart status
for the first time.
Number of neighbors under
Outgoing current DD
exchange neighbors
interaction. The outgoing neighbors
are those exiting from the higher
status to the exstart status for
re-interaction.
Number of external LSA
the database
External LSA Checksum
Checksum sum of external LSAs
Sum
stored in the database
Number of opaque LSA
Number of external LSAs stored in
the database
Opaque LSA Checksum
Checksum sum of external LSAs
Sum
stored in the database
Number of non-default
Number of external LSAs with
external LSA
non-default routes
External LSA database
limit
Exit database overflow
state interval
Database overflow state
Limit of external LSA number
Time of exiting the overflow status
Whether the current OSPF process
is in the overflow status
Number of LSA originated
Number of LSAs generated
Number of LSA received
Number of LSAs received
Log Neighbor Adjency
Whether the record switch for
Changes
neighbor status change is enabled
Number of areas attached
Total number of areas on the
to this device
devices
Area type
Number of interfaces in
this area
32-52
Number of external LSAs stored in
Area type, including normal, stub,
and nssa
Number of interfaces in this area
Number of fully adjacent
Number of Full neighbors of the
neighbors in this area
area
Number of fully adjacent
Number of Full neighbors with
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
virtual neighbors through
virtual connections in the area. It is
this area
effective only in the non-backbone
default-type areas.
Area authentication
Authentication mode of the area
SPF algorithm last
Time from the previous SPF
executed
calculation to the current time
SPF algorithm executed
times
Number of LSA
Times of SPF calculations
Total number of LSAs in this area
Checksum sum of the LSAs in the
Checksum Sum
area
Whether to convert the NSSA LSA
NSSA Translator State
to External LSA. It is effective on
the ABR OSPF process in the
NSSA area.
32.2.2
show ip ospf border-devices
Use this command to show the OSPF internal routing table on the ABR/ASBR in the
privileged user mode.
show ip ospf [process-id] border-devices
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
process-id
OSPF process ID
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
This command shows the OSPF internal routes from the local routing
Usage
guidelines
device to the ABR or ASBR. The OSPF internal routing table is
different from the one displayed with
the show ip route command.
The OSPF internal routing table has destination address of the router
id instead of destination network.
The output results of the show ip ospf border-devices command
Examples
are as follows:
DES-7210# show ip ospf border-devices
OSPF internal Routing Table
32-53
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Codes: i - Intra-area route, I - Inter-area route
i 1.1.1.1 [2] via 10.0.0.1, FastEthernet 0/1, ABR, ASBR, Area 0.0.0.1
select
The fields in the displayed results are described as follows:
Field
Codes
Description
Route type code, where ―i‖ means intra-area
routes, while ―I‖ means inter-area routes.
I
Intra-area routes
1.1.1.1
Show the OSPF ID of the border device.
[2]
Show the cost to the border device.
via 10.0.0.1
FastEthernet 0/1
ABR, ASBR
Area 0.0.0.1
Show the next-hop gateway to the border
device.
Show the interface to the border device.
Show the type of the border device, including
ABR, ASBR, or both
Show the area that learns the route
When there are multiple paths to the ASBR,
select
the select indicates the currently selected
optimal path.
32.2.3
show ip ospf database
Use this command to show the OSPF link state database information in the privileged user
mode.
Different formats of the command will display different LSA information.
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [adv-device ip-address]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [self-originate | max-age]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [device] [link-state-id]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [device] [adv-device
ip address
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [device] [self-originate]
32-54
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [network][link-state-id]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [network] [link-state-id] [adv-device
ip-address]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [network] [link-state-id] [self-originate]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [summary] [link-state-id]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [summary] [link-state-id] [adv-device
ip-address]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [summary] [link-state-id] [self-originate]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [asbr-summary]
[link-state-id]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [asbr-summary]
[link-state-id] [adv-device ip-address]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [asbr-summary]
[link-state-id] [self-originate]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [external] [link-state-id]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [external] [link-state-id] [adv-device
ip-address]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [external] [link-state-id] [self-originate]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [nssa-external]
[link-state-id]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id] database [nssa-external]
[link-state-id] [adv-device ip-address]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id]database [nssa-external] [link-state-id] [self-originate |
maxage]
show ip ospf [process-id area-id]database [database-summary]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
area-id
(Optional) Area ID displayed
adv-device
link-state-id
(Optional) Show the LSA information
generated by the specified advertising device.
(Optional) Show the LSA information of the
specified OSPF link state identifier.
32-55
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
(Optional) Show the LSA information
self-originate
generated by the device itself.
(Optional) Display the LSAs aged.
maxage
(Optional) Show the OSPF device LSA
device
information.
(Optional) Show the OSPF network LSA
network
information.
(Optional) Show the OSPF summary LSA
summary
information.
(Optional) Show the ASBR summary LSA
asbr-summary
information.
(Optional) Show the OSPF external LSA
external
information.
(Optional) Show the category 7 OSPF external
nssa-external
LSA information.
opaque-area
(Optional) Show type 10 LSAs.
opaque-as
(Optional) Show type 11 LSAs.
opaque-link
(Optional) Show type 9 LSAs.
database-summary
Default
(Optional) Show the statistics of LSAs of the
link state database.
N/A.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Privileged mode.
When the OSPF link state database is very large, you should show
the information on the link state database in many ways. Proper use
of these commands may help OSPF troubleshooting.
The output results of the show ip ospf database command are as
follows:
DES-7210# show ip ospf database
OSPF Device with ID (1.1.1.1) (Process ID 1)
Examples
Device Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Link ID
ADV Device
Age Seq#
1.1.1.1
1.1.1.1
2
3.3.3.3
3.3.3.3
120 0x80000002 0x26ac 1
0x80000011 0x6f39 2
Network Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
32-56
CkSum Link count
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
Link ID
ADV Device
192.88.88.27
1.1.1.1
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Age Seq#
CkSum
120 0x80000001 0x5366
Summary Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Link ID
ADV Device
Age Seq#
10.0.0.0
1.1.1.1
2
0x80000003 0x350d 10.0.0.0/24
CkSum Route
100.0.0.0
1.1.1.1
2
0x8000000c 0x1ecb 100.0.0.0/16
Device Link States (Area 0.0.0.1 [NSSA])
Link ID
ADV Device
Age Seq#
1.1.1.1
1.1.1.1
2
CkSum Link count
0x80000001 0x91a2 1
Summary Link States (Area 0.0.0.1 [NSSA])
Link ID
ADV Device
Age Seq#
CkSum Route
100.0.0.0
1.1.1.1
2
0x80000001 0x52a4 100.0.0.0/16
192.88.88.0
1.1.1.1
2
0x80000001 0xbb2d
192.88.88.0/24
NSSA-external Link States (Area 0.0.0.1 [NSSA])
Link ID
ADV Device
Age Seq#
CkSum Route
20.0.0.0
1.1.1.1
1
0x80000001 0x033c E2
20.0.0.0/24
0
100.0.0.0
1.1.1.1
1
0x80000001 0x9469 E2
100.0.0.0/28
0
Tag
AS External Link States
Link ID
ADV Device
Age Seq#
CkSum Route
20.0.0.0
1.1.1.1
380 0x8000000a 0x7627 E2
20.0.0.0/24
0
100.0.0.0
1.1.1.1
100.0.0.0/28
0
Tag
620 0x8000000a 0x0854 E2
The fields in the displayed results of the show ip ospf database
command are described as follows:
Field
Description
OSPF Device with ID
Router id
Device Link States
Show the device LSA information.
Net Link States
Show the network LSA information.
Summary Net Link
Show the summary network LSA
States
information.
NSSA-external Link
Show the type 7 autonomous external LSA
States
information.
AS External
Show the type 5 autonomous external LSA
Link States
information.
Link ID
Link ID
ADV Device
ID of the device that advertises the LSAs
Age
Show the live period of the LSA.
32-57
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Show the sequentce number of the LSA,
Seq#
which is used to check aged or duplicate
LSA.
Cksum
Show the checksum of the LSAs.
Link-Count
Show the number of links in the device
LSA information.
Show the device information included in
Route
the LSA.
Tag
Show the tag of the LSA
The output results of the show ip ospf database asbr-summary
command are as follows:
DES-7210# show ip ospf database asbr-summary
OSPF Device with ID (1.1.1.35) (Process ID 1)
ASBR-Summary Link States (Area 0.0.0.1)
LS age: 47
Options: 0x2 (*|-|-|-|-|-|E|-)
LS Type: ASBR-summary-LSA
Link State ID: 3.3.3.3 (AS Boundary Device address)
Advertising Device: 1.1.1.1
LS Seq Number: 80000001
Checksum: 0xbe8c
Length: 28
Network Mask: /0
TOS: 0 Metric: 1
The fields in the displayed results of the show ip ospf database
asbr-summary command are described as follows:
Field
Description
OSPF Device with ID
Router id
AS Summary Link
Show the summary LSA information in the
States
AS.
LS age
Show the live period of the LSA.
Options
Option
LS Type
Show the type of the LSA.
Link State ID
Show the link ID of the LSA.
Advertising Device
Show the device advertising the LSA.
LS Seq Number
Show the sequentce number of the LSA.
Checksum
Show the checksum of the LSAs.
Length
Show the length (in bytes) of the LSA.
Network Mask
32-58
Show the network mask of the route
corresponding to the LSA.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
TOS
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
TOS value, which can be 0 only now.
Show the metric of the route corresponding
Metric
to the LSA.
The output results of the show ip ospf database external command
are as follows:
DES-7210# show ip ospf database external
OSPF Device with ID (1.1.1.35) (Process ID 1)
AS External Link States
LS age: 752
Options: 0x2 (*|-|-|-|-|-|E|-)
LS Type: AS-external-LSA
Link State ID: 20.0.0.0 (External Network Number)
Advertising Device: 1.1.1.1
LS Seq Number: 8000000a
Checksum: 0x7627
Length: 36
Network Mask: /24
Metric Type: 2 (Larger than any link state path)
TOS: 0
Metric: 20
Forward Address: 0.0.0.0
External Route Tag: 0
The fields in the displayed results of the show ip ospf database
external command are described as follows:
Field
Description
OSPF Device with ID
Router id
Type-5 AS External
Show autonomous external LSA
Link States
information.
LS age
Show the live period of the LSA.
Options
Option
LS Type
Show the type of the LSA.
Link State ID
Show the link ID of the LSA.
Advertising Device
Show the device advertising the LSA
LS Seq Number
Show the sequentce number of the LSA.
Checksum
Show the checksum of the LSAs.
Length
Show the length (in bytes) of the LSA.
Network Mask
Show the network mask of the route
corresponding to the LSA.
Metric Type
Indicate the external link type.
TOS
TOS value, which can be 0 only now.
32-59
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Show the metric of the route corresponding
Metric
to the LSA.
IP address through which traffic is
forwarded to the destination network. If this
Forward Address
address is 0.0.0.0, the data traffic will be
forwarded to the device that generates the
link state.
External route tag. Each external route has
a 32-byte route tag. The OSPF does not
External Route Tag
use the route tag by itself, but it will be
used in redistributing OSPF routes by
other routing process.
The output results of the show ip ospf database network command
are as follows:
DES-7210# show ip ospf database network
OSPF Device with ID (1.1.1.1) (Process ID 1)
Network Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
LS age: 572
Options: 0x2 (*|-|-|-|-|-|E|-)
LS Type: network-LSA
Link State ID: 192.88.88.27 (address of Designated Device)
Advertising Device: 1.1.1.1
LS Seq Number: 80000001
Checksum: 0x5366
Length: 32
Network Mask: /24
Attached Device: 1.1.1.1
Attached Device: 3.3.3.3
The fields in the displayed results of the show ip ospf database
network command are described as follows:
32-60
Field
Description
OSPF Device with ID
Router id
Network Link States
Show the network LSA information.
LS age
Show the live period of the LSA.
Options
Option
LS Type
Show the type of the LSA.
Link State ID
Show the link ID of the LSA.
Advertising Device
Show the device advertising the LSA.
LS Seq Number
Show the sequentce number of the LSA.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Checksum
Show the checksum of the LSAs.
Length
Show the length (in bytes) of the LSA.
Network Mask
Attached Device
Show the network mask of the network
corresponding to the LSA.
Show the device that is connected with the
network.
The output results of the show ip ospf database device command
are as follows:
DES-7210# show ip ospf database device
OSPF Device with ID (1.1.1.1) (Process ID 1)
Device Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
LS age: 322
Options: 0x2 (*|-|-|-|-|-|E|-)
Flags: 0x3 : ABR ASBR
LS Type: device-LSA
Link State ID: 1.1.1.1
Advertising Device: 1.1.1.1
LS Seq Number: 80000012
Checksum: 0x6d3a
Length: 48
Number of Links: 2
Link connected to: Stub Network
(Link ID) Network/subnet number: 100.0.1.1
(Link Data) Network Mask: 255.255.255.255
Number of TOS metrics: 0
TOS 0 Metric: 0
The fields in the displayed results of the show ip ospf database
device command are described as follows:
Field
Description
OSPF Device with ID
Router id
Device Link States
Show the device LSA information.
LS age
Show the live period of the LSA.
Options
Option
Flag
Flag
LS Type
Show the type of the LSA.
Link State ID
Show the link ID of the LSA.
Advertising Device
Show the device advertising the LSA.
LS Seq Number
Show the sequentce number of the LSA.
Checksum
Show the checksum of the LSAs.
32-61
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Length
Show the length (in bytes) of the LSA.
Number of Links
Link connected to
Show the number of links associated with
the device.
Show what the link is connected to and the
network type.
(Link ID)
Link identifier
(Link Data)
Link data
Number of TOS
metrics
TOS 0 Metrics
TOS value; support TOS0 only
TOS0 metric
The output results of the show ip ospf database summary
command are as follows:
DES-7210# show ip ospf database summary
OSPF Device with ID (1.1.1.1) (Process ID 1)
Summary Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
LS age: 499
Options: 0x2 (*|-|-|-|-|-|E|-)
LS Type: summary-LSA
Link State ID: 10.0.0.0 (summary Network Number)
Advertising Device: 1.1.1.1
LS Seq Number: 80000004
Checksum: 0x330e
Length: 28
Network Mask: /24
TOS: 0 Metric: 11
The fields in the displayed results of the show ip ospf database
summary command are described as follows:
32-62
Field
Description
OSPF Device with ID
Router id
Summary Net Link
Show the summary network LSA
States
information.
LS age
Show the live period of the LSA.
Options
Option
LS Type
Show the type of the LSA.
Link State ID
Show the link ID of the LSA.
Advertising Device
Show the device advertising the LSA.
LS Seq Number
Show the sequentce number of the LSA.
Checksum
Show the checksum of the LSAs.
Length
Show the length (in bytes) of the LSA.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
Network Mask
TOS
Metric
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Show the network mask of the route
corresponding to the LSA.
TOS value, which can be 0 only now.
Show the metric of the route corresponding
to the LSA.
The output results of the show ip ospf database nssa-external
command are as follows:
DES-7210# show ip ospf database nssa-external
OSPF Device with ID (1.1.1.1) (Process ID 1)
NSSA-external Link States (Area 0.0.0.1 [NSSA])
LS age: 1
Options: 0x0 (*|-|-|-|-|-|-|-)
LS Type: AS-NSSA-LSA
Link State ID: 20.0.0.0 (External Network Number For NSSA)
Advertising Device: 1.1.1.1
LS Seq Number: 80000001
Checksum: 0x033c
Length: 36
Network Mask: /24
Metric Type: 2 (Larger than any link state path)
TOS: 0
Metric: 20
NSSA: Forward Address: 100.0.2.1
External Route Tag: 0
The fields in the displayed results of the show ip ospf database
nssa-external command are described as follows:
Field
Description
OSPF Device with ID
Router id
NSSA-external
Show the type 7 autonomous external LSA
Link States
information.
LS age
Show the live period of the LSA.
Options
Option
LS Type
Show the type of the LSA.
Link State ID
Show the link ID of the LSA.
Advertising Device
Show the device advertising the LSA.
LS Seq Number
Show the sequential number of the LSA.
Checksum
Show the checksum of the LSAs.
Length
Show the length (in bytes) of the LSA.
Network Mask
Metric Type
Show the network mask of the route
corresponding to the LSA.
Show the metric type.
32-63
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
TOS
TOS value, which can be 0 only now.
Show the metric of the route corresponding
Metric
to the LSA.
IP address through which traffic is
NSSA:Forward
Address
forwarded to the destination network. If this
address is 0.0.0.0, the data traffic will be
forwarded to the device that generates the
link state.
External route tag. Each external route has
a 32-byte route tag. The OSPF does not
External Route Tag
use the route tag by itself, but it will be
used in redistributing OSPF routes by other
routing process.
The output results of the show ip ospf database external command
are as follows:
RDES-7210# show ip ospf database external
OSPF Device with ID (1.1.1.1) (Process ID 1)
AS External Link States
LS age: 1290
Options: 0x2 (*|-|-|-|-|-|E|-)
LS Type: AS-external-LSA
Link State ID: 20.0.0.0 (External Network Number)
Advertising Device: 1.1.1.1
LS Seq Number: 8000000a
Checksum: 0x7627
Length: 36
Network Mask: /24
Metric Type: 2 (Larger than any link state path)
TOS: 0
Metric: 20
Forward Address: 0.0.0.0
External Route Tag: 0
The fields in the displayed results of the show ip ospf database
external command are described as follows:
32-64
Field
Description
OSPF Device with ID
Router id
Type-7 AS External
Show the type 7 autonomous external LSA
Link States
information.
LS age
Show the live period of the LSA.
Options
Option
LS Type
Show the type of the LSA.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Link State ID
Show the link ID of the LSA.
Advertising Device
Show the device advertising the LSA.
LS Seq Number
Show the sequentce number of the LSA.
Checksum
Show the checksum of the LSAs.
Length
Show the length (in bytes) of the LSA.
Network Mask
Show the network mask of the route
corresponding to the LSA.
Metric Type
Show the metric type.
TOS
TOS value, which can be 0 only now.
Show the metric of the route corresponding
Metric
to the LSA.
IP address through which traffic is
forwarded to the destination network. If this
Forward Address
address is 0.0.0.0, the data traffic will be
forwarded to the device that generates the
link state.
External route tag. Each external route has
a 32-byte route tag. The OSPF does not
External Route Tag
use the route tag by itself, but it will be
used in redistributing OSPF routes by
other routing process.
Following is the display result of show ip ospf database
database-summary command:
DES-7210# show ip ospf database database-summary
OSPF process 1:
Device Link States
: 4
Network Link States
: 2
Summary Link States
: 4
ASBR-Summary Link States : 0
AS External Link States : 4
NSSA-external Link States: 2
The description of the fields displayed with the command show ip
ospf database database-summary is as below:
Field
Description
OSPF Process
OSPF process ID
Device Link
Number of device LSAs in the area
Network
Number of network LSAs in the area
Link
Summary Link
Number of summary LSAs in the area
32-65
Chapter 32
32.2.4
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
ASBR-Summary
Number of ASBR summary LSAs in the
Link
area
AS External Link
Number of NSSA LSAs in the area
NSSA-external Link
Number of NSSA LSAs in the area
show ip ospf interface
Use this command to show the OSPF-associated interface information in the privileged user
mode.
show ip ospf interface [interface-type interface-number]
Parameter
Description
interface-type
(Optional) type of the specified interface
interface-number
(Optional) number of the specified interface
Parameter
description
Default
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command shows the OSPF information on the interface.
The output results of the show ip ospf interface FastEthernet 1/0
command are as follows:
DES-7210# show ip ospf interface fa 1/0
FastEthernet 1/0 is up, line protocol is up
Internet Address 192.88.88.27/24, Ifindex 4, Area 0.0.0.0, MTU 1500
Matching network config: 192.88.88.0/24
Process ID 1, Router id 1.1.1.1, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1
Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1
Examples
Designated Device (ID) 1.1.1.1, Interface Address 192.88.88.27
Backup Designated Device (ID) 3.3.3.3, Interface Address
192.88.88.72
Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit
5
Hello due in 00:00:03
Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1
Crypt Sequence Number is 70784
Hello received 1786 sent 1787, DD received 13 sent 8
32-66
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
LS-Req received 2 sent 2, LS-Upd received 29 sent 53
LS-Ack received 46 sent 23, Discarded 1
The fields in the displayed results of the show ip ospf interface
serial 1/0 command are described as follows:
Field
Description
FastEthernet
0/0
State of the network interface; UP means
State
normal working and Down means faults.
Internet Address
Interface IP address
Area
OSPF area of the interface
MTU
Corresponding MTU
Matching
network
Network
area
configured
config
corresponding OSPF
Process ID
Corresponding process ID
Router id
OSPF router id
Network Type
OSPF network type
Cost
OSPF interface cost
Transmit Delay is
OSPF interface transmit delay
State
DR/BDR state ID
Priority
Priority of the interface
Designated
Interface
address
Backup designated
device(ID)
BDR's
Interface
address
Time
intervals
Address of the DR of the interface
Router id of the BRD of the interface
Address of the BDR of the interface
The Hello, Dead, Wait, and Retransmit
configured
intervals of the interface
Hello due in
Time when the previous Hello is sent
Neighbor count
Total number of neighbors
Adjacent
neighbor
count
Crypt
the
DR ID of the interface
Device(ID)
DR's
for
Sequence
Number
Hello received send
Number of Full neighbors
The corresponding md5 authentication
number of the interface
Statistics on the Hello packets sent and
received
32-67
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Statistics on the DD packets sent and
DD received send
received
LS-Req received send
LS-Upd received send
LS-Ack received send
Discard
32.2.5
Statistics on the LS request packets sent
and received
Statistics on the LS update packets sent
and received
Statistics on the LS response packets
sent and received
Statistics on the discarded OSPF packets
show ip ospf neighbor
Use this command to show the OSPF neighbor list in the privileged user mode.
show ip ospf [process-id] neighbor [[detail] | [[interface-type
interface-number] [neighbor-id]]]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
Detail
(Optional) Show the neighbor details.
interface-type
(Optional) Show the neighbor information of the
interface-number
specified interface
(Optional) Show the information of the specified
neighbor-id
Default
neighbor
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
This command shows neighbor information usually used to check
guidelines
whether the OSPF is running normally.
The output results of the show ip ospf neighbor command are as
follows:
DES-7210# show ip ospf neighbor
Examples
OSPF process 1,1 Neighbors, 1 is Full:
Neighbor ID
Pri
State
1
Full/BDR
Dead Time
Address
Interface
3.3.3.3
FastEthernet 1/0
32-68
00:00:32
192.88.88.72
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7210# show ip ospf neighbor detail
Neighbor 3.3.3.3, interface address 192.88.88.72
In the area 0.0.0.0 via interface FastEthernet 1/0
Neighbor priority is 1, State is Full, 11 state changes
DR is 192.88.88.27, BDR is 192.88.88.72
Options is 0x52 (*|O|-|EA|-|-|E|-)
Dead timer due in 00:00:32
Neighbor is up for 05:11:27
Database Summary List 0
Link State Request List 0
Link State Retransmission List 0
Crypt Sequence Number is 0
Thread Inactivity Timer on
Thread Database Description Retransmission off
Thread Link State Request Retransmission off
Thread Link State Update Retransmission off
Thread Poll Timer on
The fields in the displayed results of the show ip ospf neighbor
command are described as follows:
Field
Description
Neighbor ID
Neighbor ID
Pri
Neighbor priority (for selection of DR)
State
Neighbor status
Dead Time
Address
Interface
interface address
Remaining time for the neighbor to enter the
Dead status
The corresponding interface address of the
neighbor
The corresponding interface of the neighbor
The interface address of the neighbor
device
In the area
Show the area that learns the neighbor.
via interface
Show the interface that learns the neighbor
Neighbor priority
Priority of the neighbor OSPF
32-69
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
OSPF neighbor connection state.
FULL
means the stable state; DR indicates that
the neighbor is the designated device; BDR
State
indicates that the neighbor is the backup
designated device; DROTHER indicates
that the neighbor is not a DR/BDR.
Point-to-point network type has no DR or
DBR.
State changes
times
Dead Time
Times of state changes
Dead time of the neighbor
Interface address of the DR elected of the
DR
neighbor device (that is, the DR field of the
Hello packet)
Interface address of the BDR elected of the
BDR
neighbor device (that is, the BDR field of the
Hello packet)
Hello packet E-bit option, where 0 indicates
Options
that the area is a STUB area; 2 indicates
that the area is not a STUB area.
Dead timer due in
Neighbor up time
Database
Summary List
Dead time of the neighbor device
Period from when the device is discovered
till now
Statistics on the neighbor DD packets
Link State
Statistics on the neighbor LS request
Request List
packets
Link State
Retransmission
List
Crypt Sequence
Number
Thread Inactivity
Timer
Statistics
on
the
neighbor
re-transmit
packets
Area MD5 authentication code
Status of invalid neighbor timer
Thread Database
Description
Status of DD packet timer of the interface
Retransmission
Thread Link State
Request
Retransmission
32-70
Status of LS request packet timer of the
interface
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
Thread Link State
Update
Retransmission
Thread Poll Timer
32.2.6
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
Status of LS update packet timer of the
interface
Poll Timer start status of the static neighbor
show ip ospf route
Use this command to show the OSPF routes.
show ip ospf [process-id] route [count]
Parameter
Parameter
description
process-id
Count
Description
OSPF process ID. All OSPF routes will be shown
without an ID specified.
Show the statistics of various OSPF routes.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
DES-7210# show ip ospf route
OSPF process 1:
Codes: C - connected, D - Discard, O - OSPF,
IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA
external type 2
E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2
E2 100.0.0.0/24 [1/20] via 192.88.88.126, FastEthernet 1/0
C 192.88.88.0/24 [1] is directly connected, FastEthernet 1/0, Area
0.0.0.1
Examples
The description of every field shown via command show ip ospf
routeis as below:
Field
codes
Description
Route type and correspond abbreviation and
description
100.0.0.0/24
Route prefix
[1]
Route cost
via
Route next hop and interface
32-71
Chapter 32
32.2.7
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
show ip ospf summary-address
Use this command to show the converged route of all redistributed routes in the privileged
user mode.
show ip ospf summary-address
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
This command is valid only on the NSSA ABR, and shows only the
guidelines
routes with local convergence operation.
The output results of the show ip ospf summary-address command
are as follows:
DES-7210#show ip ospf summary-address
Summary Address Summary Mask Advertise Status Aggregated subnets
------------- ------------- ------------- -------- -------------202.101.0.0
255.255.0.0
advertise
Inactive 0
DES-7210#
Examples
Parameter
Description
Summary Address
IP address to be converged
Summary Mask
Mask to be converged
Advertise
Whether to advertise the converged route
Status
The convergence range takes effect or not
Aggregated subnets
32.2.8
Number of external routes included in the
converged route
show ip ospf virtual-link
Use this command to show the OSPF virtual link information in the privileged user mode.
show ip ospf [process-id] virtual-link
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
32-72
Privileged mode.
If no virtual link is configured, the command only shows the neighbor
status as well as other related information. The show ip ospf
neighbor command does not show the neighbor of virtual link.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 32
OSPFv2 Configuration Commands
The output results of the show ip ospf virtual-links command are as
follows:
DES-7210# show ip ospf virtual-links
Virtual Link VLINK0 to device 1.1.1.1 is up
Transit area 0.0.0.1 via interface FastEthernet 0/1
Local address 10.0.0.37/32
Remote address 10.0.0.27/32
Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State Point-To-Point,
Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit
5
Hello due in 00:00:05
Adjacency state Full
The fields in the displayed results are described as follows:
Field
Examples
Description
Virtual Link VLINK0
Show the virtual link neighbors and
to device
their status.
Virtual Link State
Show the virtual link state.
Show the transit area of the virtual
Transit area
link.
Show the associated interface of the
via interface
virtual link.
Local address
Local interface address
Remote Address
Peer interface address
Transmit Delay
State
Time
Show the transmit delay of the virtual
link.
Interface state
intervals
configured
Adjacency State
The Hello, Dead, Wait, and Retransmit
interval of the interface
Neighbor state, where FULL means
the stable state
32-73
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
BGP4
Configuration
Commands
33.1 Configuration Related Commands
33.1.1
address-family ipv4
Use this command to enter " address-faimly IPv4" to configure the BGP configuration
mode. Use the exit-address-family command to exit the BGP address configuration mode.
address-family ipv4 [unicast]
no address-family ipv4 [unicast]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
unicast
Optional, detailed IPv4 unicast address prefix
Default
configuration
Unicast address prefix.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
In the BGP address configuration mode, the standard IPv4 address
Usage
can be used for the configuration.
guidelines
To exit to the BGP configuration mode, run the command
exit-address-family
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# address-family ipv4
Related
Command
Description
commands
exit-address-family
Exit the mode.
33-1
Chapter 33
33.1.2
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
address-family ipv4 vrf
Use this command to enter the address-family IPv4 VRF configuration mode to configure
BGP and enable the exchange of route information of a VRF. Use the no form of this
command to disable the exchange function or the exit-address-family command to exit the
BGP address configuration mode.
address-family ipv4 vrf vrf-name
no address-family vrf vrf-name
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
vrf-name
VRF name
Default
configuration
No vrf is defined by default.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
You can execute this command to configure or exit the exchange of
Usage
route information between PEs and CEs.
guidelines
To exit to the BGP configuration mode, run the exit-address-family
command.
Examples
33.1.3
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
Related
Command
Description
commands
exit-address-family
Exit the configuration mode.
address-family vpnv4
Use this command to enter the address-family VPN configuration mode and enable the
exchange of VPN route information between PE peers. Use the exit-address-family
command to exit the BGP address configuration mode.
address-family vpnv4 [unicast]
no address-family vpnv4 [unicast]
33-2
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
unicast
Optional, detailed IPv4 unicast address prefix
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Default
configuration
No VPN address family is defined by default.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
Execute this command to enter the address-family VPN configuration
Usage
guidelines
mode and enable the exchange of VPN route information between
PE peers.
To exit to the BGP configuration mode, run the command
exit-address-family
Examples
33.1.4
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# address-family vpnv4
Related
Command
Description
commands
exit-address-family
Exit the mode.
aggregate-address (IPv4)
Use this command to set the aggregate IPv4 route. The no form of the command is used to
disable this function.
aggregate-address ip-address mask [as-set] [summary-only]
no aggregate-address ip-addres mask [as-set] [summary-only]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
ip address
IP address of the aggregate route
mask
Mask of the aggregate route
description
as-set
summary-only
Keep the AS path information of the path in the
aggregate address range.
Advertise only the aggregate route.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
mode
address-family IPv4 VRF configuration mode.
33-3
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
By default, the BGP-enabled device will advertise all path information
Usage
both before and after aggregation. If you only hope to advertise the
guidelines
aggregate route, use the aggregate-address summary-only
command.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# aggregate-address 10.0.0.0
255.0.0.0 as-set
33.1.5
Related
Command
Description
commands
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
auto-summary
Use this command to set BGP route auto-summary. Use the no form of the command to
disable this function.
auto-summary
no auto-summary
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
By default, this function is disabled.
Command
BGP configuration mode, BGP IPv4 address-family configuration
mode
mode.
Usage
guidelines
Examples
33-4
Use this command to reduce the routing summary in the routing table.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# auto-summary
Related
Command
Description
commands
router bgp
Enable BGP.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Platform
description
33.1.6
bgp always-compare-med
Use this command to compare Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) all the time. You can use the
no form of the command to disable this function.
bgp always-compare-med
no bgp always-compare-med
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
By default, the MED of the peer path from the same AS is compared.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
By default, the MED value is compared for the path of the peer from
the same AS. If you hope to allow comparing MED values for the
Usage
guidelines
paths from different ASs, this command can be used. If there are
multiple valid paths to the same destination, the one with lower MED
value has higher priority.
Unless you are sure that the different ASs are using the same IGP
and routing method, this command is not recommended.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp always-compare-med
Command
Description
show ip bgp
Show the BGP route entry.
bgp bestpath med
Related
confed
commands
bgp bestpath med
missing-as-worst
Compare the MED value of the path of the
peer from different ASs while selecting the
optimal path.
Set the priority of the path without MED
attribute as the lowest while selecting the
optimal path.
bgp
Compare the path of the peer from the same
deterministic-med
AS while selecting the optimal path.
33-5
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Platform
description
33.1.7
bgp bestpath as-path ignore
Use this command to disregard the length of the AS path. You can use the no form of the
command to disable this function.
bgp bestpath as-path ignore
no bgp bestpath as-path ignore
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
By default, the AS path length is considered in choosing the optimal
configuration
path.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
The BGP will not take the length of the AS path into account when it
selects the optimal path
Usage
guidelines
as specified in RFC1771. In general, the
shorter the length of the AS path, the higher the path priority is.
Hence, we take the length of the AS path when we select the optimal
path. You can determine whether it is necessary to take the length of
the AS path into account when you select the optimal path according
to the actual condition.
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp bestpath as-path ignore
Related
Command
Description
commands
show ip bgp
Show the BGP route entry.
Platform
description
33-6
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
33.1.8
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
bgp bestpath compare-confed-aspath
Use this ocmmand to compare the AS path length of the confederation from the same
external routes during selecting the optimal path, with smaller AS path in the confederation
for higher path priority. You can use the no form of the command to disable this function.
bgp bestpath compare-confed-aspath
no bgp bestpath compare-confed-aspath
Parameter
description
Default
configuration
N/A.
By default, the AS path of the ebgp peer routes inside the same
confederation is not compared during selecting the optimal path.
Instead, the routing method is implemented.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
By default, during the selection of the same routing information from
the peer of the internal EBGP, the AS path of the confederation is not
Usage
compared. This command is used to compare the AS path of the
guidelines
confederation.
Note that if a route does not contain the AS path of the confederation,
it is not possible to implement the AS path comparison for that route.
Examples
Related
commands
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp bestpath compare-confed-aspath
Command
Description
show ip bgp
Show the BGP route entry.
bgp router-id
Set the BGP Device ID.
Platform
description
33.1.9
bgp bestpath compare-routerid
Use this command to compare the router ID of the same external routes during selecting the
optimal path, with smaller router ID for higher path priority. You can use the no form of the
command to disable this function.
33-7
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
bgp bestpath compare-routerid
no bgp bestpath compare-routerid
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
By default, if two paths received from different EBGP peers have the
configuration
same path, the first one is considered with higher priority.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
By default, if two paths with full identical path attributes are received
Usage
guidelines
from different EBGP Peers during the selection of the optimal path,
we will select the optimal path according to the sequence of receiving
the paths. You can select the path with smaller Device ID as the
optimal path by configuring the following commands.
Examples
Related
commands
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp bestpath compare-routerid
Command
Description
show ip bgp
Show the BGP route entry.
bgp router-id
Set the BGP Device ID.
Platform
description
33.1.10 bgp bestpath med confed
Use this command to compare the MED value of the path of the internal peer from AS
confederation during selecting the optimal path. You can use the no form of the command to
disable this function.
bgp bestpath med confed [missing-as-worst]
no bgp bestpath med confed [missing-as-worst]
Parameter
description
33-8
Parameter
missing-as-worst
Description
Set the priority of the path without
MED attribute as the lowest.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
BGP configuration mode.
The MED attribute of the path is transferred between the member
ASs inside the confederation. You may set always comparing this
value.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp bestpath med confed
Command
Description
show ip bgp
Show the BGP route entry.
bgp bestpath
Related
always-compare-med
commands
bgp bestpath med
missing-as-worst
Compare the MED value of the path of the
peer from different ASs while selecting the
optimal path.
Set the priority of the path without MED
attribute as the lowest while selecting the
optimal path.
bgp
Compare the path of the peer from the same
deterministic-med
AS while selecting the optimal path.
Platform
description
33.1.11 bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst
Use this command to set the priority of the path without MED attribute as the lowest while
selecting the optimal path. You can use the no form of the command to disable this function.
bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst
no bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
By default, if a path without MED attribute is received, the MED value
33-9
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
configuration
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
of the path is considered as 0. This kind of routes has the highest
priority according to the known rule.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
By default, if the path whose MED attribute is not set is received, the
MED value of this path will be taken as 0. For the smaller the MED
Usage
value, the higher the priority of the path is, the MED value of this path
guidelines
reaches the highest priority. If you hope the path without MED
attribute configured has the lowest priority, this command can be
used.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp bestpath med
missing-as-worst
Command
Description
show ip bgp
Show the BGP route entry.
bgp
Related
bestpath
always-compare-med
commands
bgp
bestpath
med
confed
Compare the MED value of the path of the
peer from different ASs while selecting the
optimal path.
Set the priority of the path without MED
attribute as the lowest while selecting the
optimal path.
bgp
Compare the path of the peer from the
deterministic-med
same AS while selecting the optimal path.
Platform
description
33.1.12 bgp client-to-client reflection
Use this command to enalbe the route reflection function between clients on the device. The
no form of the command disables the route reflection function between clients.
bgp client-to-client reflection
no bgp client-to-client reflection
33-10
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Enabled without the client for route reflection
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
In general, it is not necessary to establish the connection relationship
between the clients of the route reflector within the cluster, and the
Usage
guidelines
route reflector will reflect the route among clients. However, if the full
connection relationship is established for all clients, the function for
the route reflector to reflect the client route can be disabled.
To disable the route reflection function, use the command no bgp
client-to-client reflection.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# no bgp client-to-client
reflection
Command
Description
Related
bgp cluster-id
Configure the cluster ID of the route reflector.
commands
neighbor
Configure the client of the route reflector and
route-reflector-client
configure itself as the route reflector.
Platform
description
33.1.13 bgp cluster-id
Use this command to configure the cluster ID of the route reflector. Use the no form of the
command to restore it to the default setting.
bgp cluster-id cluster-id
no bgp cluster-id [cluster-id]
Parameter
description
Parameter
cluster-id
Description
Cluster ID of the route reflector, an IP
address of up to four bytes or an integer
33-11
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
(must be entered in form of IP address).
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
In general, one group is only configured with one route reflector. In
this case, the Device ID of the route reflector can be used to identify
Usage
this cluster. To increase the redundancy, you can set more than one
guidelines
route reflector within this cluster. In this case, you must configure the
cluster ID, so that one route reflector can identify the route update
from other route reflectors of this cluster.
Examples
Related
commands
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp cluster-id 10.0.0.1
Command
Description
bgp client-to-client
Configure the route reflection between
reflection
clients.
neighbor
Configure the client of the route reflector and
route-reflector-client
configure itself as the route reflector.
Platform
description
33.1.14 bgp confederation identifier
Use this command to configure the AS confederation identifier. Use the no form of the
command to restore it to the default setting.
bgp confederation identifier as-number
no bgp confederation identifier
Parameter
description
Default
33-12
Parameter
as-number
N/A.
Description
AS confederation identifier in the range of 1
to 65535
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
configuration
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
The confederation is a measure to reduce the connections of the
IBGP peer within the AS.
One AS is divided into several sub ASs and one unified confederation
ID (namely, confederation AS number) is set to constitute these sub
ASs into a confederation. For the external confederation, the whole
Usage
guidelines
confederation is still considered as one AS, and only the
confederation AS number is visible for the external network. Within
the confederation, the full IBGP peer connection is still established
among the BGP Speakers within the sub AS, and the EBGP
connection is established among the BGP Speakers within the sub
AS. Despite of the EBGP connections established between the BGP
speakers in an AS, the next-hop, MED and local priority information
remains unchanged in exchanging the information.
Examples
Related
commands
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp confederation identifier 65000
Command
bgp confederation
peers
Description
Add member AS of the AS confederation.
Platform
description
33.1.15 bgp confederation peers
Use this command to configure the member AS of the AS confederation. The no form of the
command deletes the configured member AS.
bgp confederation peers as-number [as-number,…]
no bgp confederation peers as-number [as-number,…]
Parameter
description
Parameter
as-number
Description
Member AS in the confederation In the range
of 1 to 65535
33-13
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
The confederation is a measure to reduce the connections of the
IBGP peer within the AS.
One AS is divided into several sub ASs and one unified confederation
ID (namely, confederation AS number) is set to constitute these sub
ASs into a confederation. For the external confederation, the whole
confederation is still considered as one AS, and only the
confederation AS number is visible for the external network. Within
Usage
guidelines
the confederation, the full IBGP peer connection is still established
among the BGP Speakers within the sub AS, and the EBGP
connection is established among the BGP Speakers within the sub
AS. Despite of the EBGP connections established between the BGP
speakers in an AS, the next-hop, MED and local priority information
remains unchanged in exchanging the information.
This command is used to specify the member AS of a confederation.
Note: This command can configure up to 15 members of a
confederation at one time. For more members, enter them for several
times.
Examples
Related
commands
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp confederation peers 65000 65100
Command
bgp confederation
identifier
Description
Configure the confederation identifier.
Platform
description
33.1.16 bgp default ipv4-unicast
Use this command to set the IPv4 unicast address as the default address family. The no
form of the command removes the configuration.
bgp default ipv4-unicast
no bgp default ipv4-unicast
33-14
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
By default, the IPv4 unicast address is the default address family.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
Usage
This command is used to set the default address family of BGP as the
guidelines
IPv4 unicast address.
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# default ipv4-unicast
Related
commands
Command
address-family
ipv4
Description
Enter the IPv4 address mode.
Platform
description
33.1.17 bgp default local-preference
Use this command to set the default local-preference attribute value. Use the no form of the
command to restore the defaults.
bgp default local-preference value
no bgp default local-preference
Parameter
description
Parameter
value
Description
Local priority attribute in the range 0 to
4294967295
Default
configuration
100.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
33-15
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The BGP takes the local preference as the foundation to compare
Usage
guidelines
with the priority of the path learned from the IBGP peers. The larger
the local preference value, the higher the priority of the path is.
The BGP speaker sends the external route received to the IBGP
peers to add the local priority value.
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp default local-preference 200
Command
Description
show ip bgp
Show the BGP route entry.
bgp bestpath
always-compare-med
Related
commands
bgp bestpath med
confed
bgp bestpath med
missing-as-worst
In
electing
the
optimal
path,
allow
comparing the MED value of the path of the
peer from different ASs.
In
electing
the
optimal
path,
allow
comparing the MED value of the path of the
internal peer from AS community.
In electing the optimal path, allow setting the
priority of the path without MED attribute as
the lowest.
Platform
description
33.1.18 bgp deterministic-med
This command sets comparing preferentially the MED values of peer paths from the same
AS. By default, the comparison is based on the received order, and the one received the last
is compared first. The no format of the command turns off it.
bgp deterministic med
no bgp deterministic med
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
By default, the function is disabled.
Command
mode
33-16
BGP CONFIGURATION MODE.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
By default, they will be compared with each other according to the
sequence the paths are received when the optimal path is selected. If
Usage
you hope to compare with the path of the peers from the same AS
guidelines
firstly, execute the following operations in the BGP configuration
mode:
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp deterministic med
Command
Description
show ip bgp
Show the BGP route entry.
bgp bestpath
Related
always-compare-med
commands
bgp bestpath med
confed
Compare the MED value of the path of the
peer from different ASs while selecting the
optimal path.
Set the priority of the path without MED
attribute as the lowest while selecting the
optimal path.
bgp bestpath med
Compare the path of the peer from the
missing-as-worst
same AS while selecting the optimal path.
Platform
description
33.1.19 bgp enforce-first-as
Use this command to reject the UPDATE messages whose first AS_PATH path section is
not the neighbor-configured AS number. The no format of the command disables the
function.
bgp enforce-first-as
no bgp enforce-first-as
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Enabled
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
33-17
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Usage
By default, the AS number of the device is put into the path section for
guidelines
updating the update message.
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp enforce-first-as
Related
Command
Description
commands
show ip bgp
Show the BGP route entry.
Platform
description
33.1.20 bgp fast-external-fallover
When the network interface that is used in establishing the connection of the
directly-connected EBGP peer fails, this command is used to establish the BGP session
connection quickly. You can use the no form of the command to disable this function.
bgp fast-external-fallover
no bgp fast-external-fallover
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Enabled.
Command
33-18
mode
BGP configuration mode.
Usage
This command takes effect only for the directly-connected EBGP
guidelines
neighbor.
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp faster-external-fallover
Related
Command
Description
commands
router bgp
Enabled the BGP protocol.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Platform
description
33.1.21 bgp log-neighbor-changes
Use this command to log the BGP status changes without turning on debug. You can use
the no form of the command to disable this function.
bgp log-neighbor-changes
no bgp log-neighbor-changes
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
Usage
The debug command can also be used to log the BGP status
guidelines
changes. But this command may consume a great deal of resources.
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp log-neighbor-changes
Related
Command
Description
commands
router bgp
Enabled the BGP protocol.
Platform
description
33.1.22 bgp router-id
Use this command to configure the ID-IP address of the device. The no form of the
command restores it to the default IP address.
bgp router-id ip-address
no bgp router-id ip-address
33-19
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
ip address
IP address
Default
By default, the loop-back interface of the device is selected
configuration
preferentially. If it does not exist, the device ID of the device is used.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
Usage
This command is used to configure the ID-IP address of the device
guidelines
used in running the BGP protocol.
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp router-id 10.0.0.1
Command
Description
show ip bgp
Show
Related
dampening
commands
dampened-paths
bgp dampening
the
suppressed
routing
information.
Enable the route dampening function
and set the dampening parameters.
Platform
description
33.1.23 clear bgp ipv4 unicast
Use this command to reset the BGP.
clear bgp ipv4 unicast {* |address | as number } [[soft] [in | out]]
Parameter
*
Parameter
description
address
as number
in
out
33-20
Description
Reset all the current BGP sessions, and
the BGP OVERFLOW state.
Reset the BGP session with the
specified peer.
Reset the sessions with all members in
the specified AS.
Perform soft resetting for the received
routing information.
Perform soft resetting for the
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
redistributed routing information.
Perform soft resetting for all routing
soft
information received/sent from/to the
specified peer
soft in
soft out
Perform soft resetting for the received
routing information.
Perform soft resetting for the distributed
routing information.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Note: This command is used to require all connected BGP devices to
support the route refresh function. This product supports the route
refresh function.
At any time, once the routing policy or BGP configuration changes, an
effective way must be available to implement the new routing policy
or configuration. Traditional measure is to close it and reestablish
new BGP connection.
This product supports implementing new routing strategy without the
Usage
close of the BGP session connection by the configuration of the soft
guidelines
reset for BGP effectively.
For the peer that does not support the route refresh function, you may
run the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command to keep a
copy of original routing information of every specified BGP peer on
the local BGP speaker. This will consume some resources.
You can judge whether the BGP peer supports the route refresh
function by the show ip bgp neighbors command. If it is supported,
you need to execute the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound
command when the inbound routing strategy changes.
Examples
DES-7210# clear bgp ipv4 unicast *
Command
Description
Related
neighbor
(Optional) Restart the BGP session and
commands
soft-reconfiguration
reserve the unchanged route information sent
inbound
by the BGP peer (group).
33-21
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Show the BGP route entry.
show ip bgp
33.1.24 clear bgp ipv4 unicast dampening
Use this command to clear the dampening information and de-suppress the suppressed
routes.
clear bgp ipv4 unicast dampening [address [ mask]]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
address
IP address
mask
Mask
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
Privileged EXEC mode.
This command is used to clear the BGP route dampening information
and de-suppress the suppressed routes. This command can be used
to restart the BGP route dampening.
DES-7210# clear ip bgp dampening 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0
Command
show ip bgp
Related
dampening
commands
dampened-paths
bgp dampening
Description
Show
suppressed
routing
information.
Enable the route dampening function
and set the dampening parameters.
Platform
description
33.1.25 clear bgp ipv4 unicast external
Use this command to reset all EBGP connections.
clear bgp ipv4 unicast external [[soft] [in | out]]
33-22
the
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
Parameter
in
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Description
Without soft, reset the session of the
peer to establish active connection.
Without soft, reset the session of the
Parameter
out
description
local BGP speaker to establish active
connection.
soft in
soft out
Perform soft resetting for the received
routing information.
Perform soft resetting for the distributed
routing information.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
This command is used to reset the specified external BGP
guidelines
connection.
Examples
DES-7210# clear ip bgp external in
Command
Description
Related
clear ip bgp
Reset the BGP session.
commands
show ip bgp
neighbors
Show the neighbor information.
Platform
description
33.1.26 clear bgp ipv4 unicast flap-statistics
Use this command to clear the unsuppressed routes.
clear bgp ipv4 unicast flap-statistics [address[ mask]]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
address
IP address
mask
Mask
33-23
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
This command can be used only to clear the statistics of
Usage
unsuppressed routes. It does not de-suppress the suppressed routes.
guidelines
If you hope to clear all route statistics and de-suppress the
suppressed routes, run the clear ip bgp dampening command.
Examples
DES-7210# clear ip bgp flap-statistics
Command
Related
commands
bgp dampening
show ip bgp
Description
Enable the route dampening function and set the
dampening parameters.
Show the BGP route entry.
Platform
description
33.1.27 clear bgp ipv4 unicast peer-group
Use this command to reset the session with all members in the peer group.
clear bgp ipv4 unicast peer-group peer-group-name [[soft] [in | out]]
Parameter
Description
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group.
in
Without soft, reset the session of the
peer to establish active connection.
Without soft, reset the session of the
Parameter
out
description
local BGP speaker to establish active
connection.
Perform soft resetting for all routing
soft
information received/sent from/to the
specified peer
soft in
33-24
Perform soft resetting for the received
routing information.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
soft out
Perform
soft
BGP4 Configuration Commands
resetting
for
the
distributed routing information.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
This command resets the BGP session with all members in the peer
guidelines
group.
Examples
DES-7210# clear ip bgp peer-group my-group in
Related
commands
Command
Description
clear ip bgp
Reset the BGP session.
show ip bgp
Show the BGP route entry.
Platform
description
33.1.28 clear ip bgp
Use this command to reset the BGP session.
clear ip bgp {* |ipv4 unicastaddress | as number } [[soft] [in | out]]
Parameter
Description
*
Reset all the current BGP sessions.
ipv4
address
Parameter
description
as number
in
out
soft
Reset the peer of the specified IPv4 address
family.
Reset the BGP session with the specified peer.
Reset the sessions with all members in the
specified AS.
Perform soft resetting for the received routing
information.
Perform soft resetting for the redistributed routing
information.
Perform soft resetting for all routing information
33-25
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
received/sent from/to the specified peer
soft in
soft out
Perform soft resetting for the received routing
information.
Perform soft resetting for the distributed routing
information.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Note: All connected BGP devices must support the route refresh
function to execute this command. This product supports the route
refresh function.
At any time, once the routing policy or BGP configuration changes, an
effective way must be available to implement the new routing policy
or configuration. Traditional measure is to close it and reestablish
new BGP connection.
This product supports implementing new routing strategy without the
Usage
close of the BGP session connection by the configuration of the soft
guidelines
reset for BGP effectively.
For the peer that does not support the route refresh function, you may
run the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command to keep a
copy of original routing information of every specified BGP peer on
the local BGP speaker. This will consume some resources.
You can judge whether the BGP peer supports the route refresh
function by the show ip bgp neighbors command. If it is supported,
you need to execute the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound
command when the inbound routing strategy changes.
Examples
Related
commands
33-26
DES-7210# clear bgp ipv4 unicast *
Command
Description
neighbor
(Optional) Restart the BGP session and
soft-reconfiguration
reserve the unchanged route information sent
inbound
by the BGP peer (group).
show ip bgp
Show the BGP route entry.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
33.1.29 clear ip bgp dampening
Use this command to clear the dampening information and de-suppress the suppressed
routes.
clear ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] dampening [address mask]
Parameter
Description
Parameter
ipv4 unicast
IPv4 unicast
description
address
IP address
mask
Mask
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
Privileged EXEC mode.
This command is used to clear the BGP route dampening information
and de-suppress the suppressed routes. This command can be used
to restart the BGP route dampening.
DES-7210# clear ip bgp dampening 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0
Command
show ip bgp
Related
dampening
commands
dampened-paths
bgp dampening
Description
Show
the
suppressed
routing
information.
Enable the route dampening function
and set the dampening parameters.
33.1.30 clear ip bgp external
Use this command to reset all EBGP connections.
clear ip bgp external [ipv4 unicast] [[soft] [in | out]]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
ipv4 unicast
IPv4 unicast session
description
in
Without soft, reset the session through which the
peer establishes active connection.
33-27
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Without soft, reset the session through which the
out
local BGP speaker establishes active
connection.
soft in
soft out
Perform soft resetting for the received routing
information.
Perform soft resetting for the distributed routing
information.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
This command is used to reset the specified external BGP
guidelines
connection.
Examples
DES-7210# clear ip bgp external in
Command
Description
Related
clear ip bgp
Reset the BGP session.
commands
show ip bgp
neighbors
Show the neighbor information.
33.1.31 clear ip bgp flap-statistics
Use this command to clear the unsuppressed routes.
clear ip bgp flap-statistics [address[ mask]]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
address
IP address
mask
Mask
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
33-28
Privileged EXEC mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
This command can be used only to clear the statistics of
Usage
unsuppressed routes. It does not de-suppress the suppressed routes.
guidelines
If you hope to clear all route statistics and de-suppress the
suppressed routes, run the clear ip bgp dampening command.
Examples
DES-7210# clear ip bgp flap-statistics
Command
Related
commands
bgp dampening
show ip bgp
Description
Enable the route dampening function and set the
dampening parameters.
Show the BGP route entry.
33.1.32 clear ip bgp peer-group
Use this command to reset the session with all members in the peer group.
clear ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name [ipv4 unicast] [[soft] [in | out]]
Parameter
Description
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group.
ipv4 unicast
ipv4 unicast session
Without soft, reset the session through
in
which the peer establishes active
connection.
Without soft, reset the session through
Parameter
out
description
which the local BGP speaker
establishes active connection.
Perform soft resetting for all routing
soft
information received/sent from/to the
specified peer
soft in
soft out
Perform soft resetting for the received
routing information.
Perform
soft
resetting
for
the
distributed routing information.
Default
configuration
N/A.
33-29
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
This command resets the BGP session with all members in the peer
guidelines
group.
Examples
DES-7210# clear ip bgp peer-group my-group in
Related
commands
Command
Description
clear ip bgp
Reset the BGP session.
show ip bgp
Show the BGP route entry.
33.1.33 clear ip bgp vrf
Use this command to reset the BGP sessions of all the members of the VRF.
clear ip bgp vrf vrf-name [* address }[soft [in | out]]
Parameter
Description
vrf-name
VRF name
*
Reset all the current BGP sessions.
ipv4 unicast
address
Parameter
description
in
out
soft
soft in
soft out
Default
configuration
33-30
N/A.
Reset the BGP session of the peer of the IPv4
unicast address family.
Reset the BGP session with the specified peer.
Without soft, reset the direct session with the
specific peer.
Without soft, reset the direct session with the
BGP speaker.
Perform soft resetting for all routing information
received/sent from/to the specified peer.
Perform soft resetting for the received routing
information.
Perform soft resetting for the distributed routing
information.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
This command resets the BGP sessions of all the members of the
guidelines
VRF.
Examples
DES-7210# clear ip bgp vrf my-vrf in
Related
commands
Command
Description
clear ip bgp
Reset the BGP session.
show ip bgp
Show the BGP route entry.
Platform
description
33.1.34 default-information originate
Use this command to redistribute the default route in the process of route redistribution. The
no form of this command is used to disable the redistribution of the default route.
[no] default-information originate
Parameter
description
N/A
Default
configuration
Disabled
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode
This command redistributes the default route, which takes effect only
when the routes to be redistributed has the default one.
Usage
This default-information originate command is similar to the
guidelines
network command. The difference is that the former redistributes the
default route. For the later command, the IGP must have the default
route.
33-31
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Examples
Related
commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config-router)# default-information originate
Command
Description
network
Configure the routes to be advertised.
redistribute
Redistribute the routes of other protocol.
Platform
description
33.1.35 default-metric
Use this command to set the metric for route redistribution. The no form of this command is
used to remove the configuration and restore it to the default value.
default-metric number
no default-metric
Parameter
Parameter
Description
number
Metric number in the range of 1 to 4294967295
description
Default
configuration
No metric is set by default.
Command
BGP configuration mode and various address-family configuration
mode
modes
This command sets the metric of the routes to be redistributed for
integrity.
Usage
guidelines
Note that:
The metric set with the command cannot cover the metric value set
with the redistribute metric command.
The value is 0 when the default metric applies to the redistributed
connected routes.
Examples
33-32
DES-7210(config-router)# default-metric 45
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Related
Command
Description
commands
redistribute
Redistribute the routes of other protocol.
Platform
description
33.1.36 distance bgp
Use this command to set different management distances for different types of BGP routes.
The no command is used to restore it to the default.
distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance
no distance bgp [external-distance internal-distance local-distance]
Parameter
external-distance
internal-distance
Parameter
Description
Route management distance learned from the
EBGP peers in the range: 1 to 255
Route management distance learned from the
IBGP peers in the range 1 to 255
The management distance of route learned from
description
the peers. However, the optimal one can be
local-distance
learned from the IGP. In general, these routes
are
indicated
by
the
Network
Backdoor
command.
Range: 1 to 255
The parameter defaults are as follows:
Default
external-distance - 20
configuration
internal-distance - 200
local-distance - 200
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
It is not recommended to change the management distance of the
BGP route. If it is definitely necessary, observe the following points:
Usage
guidelines
1. "external-distance" shall have a lower management distance than
the other IGP routing protocols (OSPF, RIP, etc.);
2. internal-distance and local-distance shall have higher
management distance than the other IGP routing protocols.
33-33
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Examples
Related
commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config-router)# distance bgp 20 20 200
Command
Description
neighbor
Restart the BGP session and reserve the
soft-reconfiguration
unchanged route information sent by the
inbound
BGP peer (group).
show ip bgp
Show the BGP route entry.
Platform
description
33.1.37 exit-address-family
Use this command to exit the BGP address-family configuration mode.
exit-address-family
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
BGP address-family configuration mode.
Usage
This command can be used to exit from various address-family
guidelines
modes of the BGP to the BGP configuration mode.
Examples
DES-7210(config-router-af)#exit-address-family
Related
commands
Platform
description
33-34
Command
Description
address-family
Enter the address-family ipv4 configuration
ipv4
mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
33.1.38 ip as-path access-list
Use this command to specify the regular expression based AS path filtering rule. The no
command is used to delete the rule.
ip as-path access-list path-list-num {permit | deny}
regular-expression
no ip as-path access-list path-list-num
Parameter
path-list-num
Parameter
description
Description
Name of the AS path control list based on the
regular expression
permit
Permit the accesses
deny
Deny the accesses
regular-expression
in the range of 1 to 500
Regular expression
Range: 1 to 255 characters.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
For the regular expression, see BGP Configuration in the
guidelines
configuration guide.
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# ip as-path access-list 1 deny ^123$
Related
commands
Command
Description
neighbor
Apply the AS-path access control list on the
filter-list
specified peer.
neighbor
distribute-list
Apply the distribution list on the specified peer.
Platform
description
33-35
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
33.1.39 maximum-prefix
Use this command to limit the maximum number of prefix in the routing database in the
address family. Use the no form of this command to restore it to the default value.
maximum-prefix maximum
no maximum-prefix
Parameter
Description
The maximum number of prefix in the
Parameter
description
maximum
routing database in the address
family,
in
the
range
of
1
to
4294967295.
no
Returns to the default value.
In different addrses families, the default maximum numbers of prefix
in the routing database are different:
Default
configuration
The default number in the IPv4 VRF, VPNv4 address family is 1000;
The default number in the IPv4 unicast address family is
4294967295.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode, BGP IPv4 address family configuration
mode, BGP IPv4 VRF configuration mode, BGP VPNv4 configuration
mode.
In a BGP address family, the routing prefix may be introduced
through the redistribute or the neighbor learning. Once the routing
prefix in the BGP address family reaches the maximum number, this
address family will enter to the overflow state.
Use the show bgp { addressfamily | all } summary command to
show the state of routing database.
Usage
guidelines
It is necessary to reconfigure the BGP for state clearing, or use the
clear bgp { addressfamily | all } * command to reset the address
family.
Note:
When the address family is overflow, it fails to use this command for
modification.
Examples
33-36
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of
prefix in the BGP routing database in the ipv4 multicast address
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
family:
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast
DES-7210(config-router-af)# maximum-prefix 65535
Command
Description
clear bgp
Related
{ addressfamily | all } *
commands
show bgp
{ addressfamily | all }
summary
Reset the BGP address-family.
Show the summary of BGP
address-family.
Platform
description
33.1.40 neighbor activate
Use this command to activate the neighbor or peer group in the current address mode. Use
the no form of the command to restore it tothe default setting.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} activate
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} activate
Parameter
Parameter
description
peer-address
peer-group-name
Description
IP address of the peer, IPv4 address or IPv6
address
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Enabled in address-family IPv4 configuration mode
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
configuration mode, and address-family VPNv4 configuration mode,
Usage
You need to set this command in other address-family configuration
guidelines
modes for exchaning routes.
33-37
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 60
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 remote-as 100
DES-7210(config-router)# address-family vpnv4
DES-7210(config-router-af)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 activate
Command
Description
Related
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
commands
neighbor
remote-as
Configure the BGP peer.
Platform
description
33.1.41 neighbor advertisement-interval
Use this command to set the time interval to send the BGP route update message. Use the
no form of the command to restore it to the default setting.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
peer address
IP address of the peer
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
seconds
Time interval to send the route update message
in the range of 1 to 600 seconds
Default
IBGP connection: 15seconds
configuration
EBGP connection: 30seconds
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
Usage
If you have specified the BGP peer group, all members of the peer
guidelines
group will inherit the settings of the command.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 60
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1
advertisement-interval 10
33-38
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Command
Description
Related
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
commands
neighbor
remote-as
Configure the BGP peer.
Platform
description
33.1.42 neighbor allowas-in
Use this command to allow the PE to receive the messages of the same AS number as itself.
The no form restores the setting to the default value.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in
Parameter
Parameter
Description
peer address
IP address of the peer
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
description
number
Number of the AS number duplication in the
range of 1 to 10, 3 by default.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
mode
address-family IPv4 VRF configuration mode.
A typical application is spoke-hub mode. Execute this command on
the PE to enable it to receive and then send the advertised address
Usage
guidelines
prefix. For example, configure two VRFs on the PE. One VRF
receives the routes of all PEs and advertises them to the CE; the
other VRF receives the routes advertised by the CE and advertises
them to all PEs.
This command applies to IBGP peers or EBGP peers.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 60
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.1.1.1 remote-as 100
DES-7210(config-router)# address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
33-39
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config-router-af)# neighbor 10.1.1.1 allowas-in
Command
Description
Related
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
commands
neighbor
remote-as
Configure the BGP peer.
Platform
description
33.1.43 neighbor as-override
Use this command to allow the PE to override the AS number of a site. The no form
restores the setting to the default value.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} as-override
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} as-override
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
peer address
IP address of the peer
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
mode
address-family IPv4 VRF configuration mode.
In general, the BGP will not receive the messages of the same AS
number as its AS. This command can override the AS number, so
that the BGP can receive the messages of the same AS number.
Usage
guidelines
A typical application is in a VPN where two CEs have the same AS
number. Usually the CEs cannot receive the messages from each
other. Executing this command on a PE will override the AS number
of one CE it connects. As a result, the other CE can receive the
peer‘s route messages.
This command applies only to EBGP peers.
Examples
33-40
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 60
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.1.1.1 remote-as 100
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7210(config-router)# address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
DES-7210(config-router-af)# neighbor 10.1.1.1 as-override
Command
Description
Related
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
commands
neighbor
remote-as
Configure the BGP peer.
Platform
description
33.1.44 neighbor default-originate
Use this command to allow the BGP speaker to advertise the default route to the peer
(group). The no form of the command remove the ocnfiguration.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-tag]
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-tag]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
peer address
IP address of the peer
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
map-tag
Name of the route-map of up to 32 characters
description
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
This command requires to redistribute the default route only when the
default route exists locally.
Usage
If you have specified the BGP peer group, all members of the peer
guidelines
group will inherit the settings of the command. If you set the
command for a member in the peer, this command will overwrite the
settings on the peer group.
33-41
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 60
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.1.1.1 remote-as 80
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.1.1.1
default-originate
Command
Description
Related
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
commands
neighbor
remote-as
Configure the BGP peer.
Platform
description
33.1.45 neighbor description
Use this command to set a descriptive sentence for the specified peer (group). The no form
of the command removes the setting.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} description text
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} description
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
peer address
IP address of the peer
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
text
Text for describing the peer (group) of up to 80
characters
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
BGP configuration mode.
This command is used to add descriptive characters for the peer
(group). This may help remember the features and characteristics of
the peer (group).
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 60
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.1.1.1 remote-as 80
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.1.1.1 description xyz.com
33-42
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Command
Description
Related
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
commands
neighbor
remote-as
Configure the BGP peer.
Platform
description
33.1.46 neighbor distribute-list
Use this ocmmand to configure the ACL based on which the routing policy is implemetned
to receiving/transmitting routing information from/to the BGP peer. The no form of the
command removes the ACL configured.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list access-list-number {in | out}
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list access-list-number {in |out}
Parameter
Description
peer address
IP address of the peer
Parameter
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
description
access-list-number
ACL number
in
Specify the ACL for filtering the incoming routes.
out
Specify the ACL for filtering the outgoing routes.
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Disabled.
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
configuration mode, and address-family VPNv4 configuration mode .
For the in rule or out rule, this command cannot exist at the same
time with the neighbor prefix-list command. That is, only one of
Usage
guidelines
them takes effect.
If you have specified the BGP peer group, all members of the peer
group will inherit the settings of the command. If you set the neighbor
distribute-list command for a member in the peer, this command will
overwrite the settings on the peer group.
33-43
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
You can set different filtering policies in different address-family
configuration modes to control routes.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 60
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.1.1.1 remote-as 80
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.1.1.1
distribute-list bgp-filter in
Related
commands
Command
Description
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
neighbor
Configure the BGP peer.
remote-as
Create a standard IP ACL or extended IP ACL.
ip access-list
Platform
description
33.1.47 neighbor ebgp-multihop
Use this command to allow the BGP connection established between the EBGP peers that
are not directly connected. The no form of the command removes the setting.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} ebgp-multihop [ttl]
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} ebgp-multihop
Parameter
Description
Parameter
peer address
IP address of the peer
description
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
ttl
Maximum hops
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Usage
33-44
in the range 1 to 255
The BGP connection is allowed to establish only with the EBGP peer
that is directly connected.
If no parameter is used with the "ebgp-multihop", the TTL uses 255.
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
configuration mode.
To prevent routing loop and dampening, non-default routes that can
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
reach the peer must exist between the EBGP peers where the BGP
guidelines
connection must be established via multiple hops.
If the BGP peer group is specified, all members of the peer group
inherit the settings of this command. If this command is set for a
member of the peer, the setting will overwrite the setting for the
group.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 remote-as 65100
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 ebgp-multihop
Command
Description
Related
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
commands
neighbor
remote-as
Configure the BGP peer.
Platform
description
33.1.48 neighbor filter-list
When this command is set to specify the BGP peer to receive/transmit routing information,
the same route filtering is used. The no form of the command cancels the filtering.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} filter-list access-list-number {in | out}
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} filter-list access-list-number {in | out}
Parameter
peer address
Parameter
description
Description
IP address of the peer, IPv4 address or IPv6
address
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
access-list-numbe
ACL number
in
out
as-path list is applied on the received routing
information.
as-path list is applied on the distributed routing
information.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
33-45
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Command
mode
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
configuration mode, and address-family VPNv4 configuration mode .
If the BGP peer group is specified, all members of the peer group
inherit the settings of this command. If the neighbor filter-list
Usage
command is set for a member of the peer, the setting will overwrite
guidelines
the setting for the group.
You can set different filter policies in different address-family
configuration modes to control routes.
DES-7210(config)# ip as-path access-list 1 deny _123_
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 remote-as 65100
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 filter-list 1 out
Related
commands
Command
Description
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
neighbor
remote-as
ip as-path
access-list
match as-path
Configure the BGP peer.
Create an AS_PATH list.
Match the AS_PATH list.
Platform
description
33.1.49 neighbor maximum-prefix
Use this command to limit the number of prefixes received from the specified BGP peer.
The no form of the command removes the limitation configured.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold]
[warning-only]
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix
33-46
Parameter
Description
Parameter
peer-address
IP address of the peer, IPv4 or IPv6 address
description
Peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
maximum
Upeer limit of the number of the received route
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
entries
threshold
Percentage of the maximum when the alarm
starts to be generated.
Do not determine the BGP connection when the
warning-only
route entries reaches the upeer limit but produce
a log entry.
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Disabled.
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
configuration mode.
By default, the BGP connection will be torn down when the received
routes exceeds the upeer limit. If you do not hope to tear down the
Usage
guidelines
connection, set the "warning-only" to control that.
If the BGP peer group is specified, all members of the peer group
inherit the settings of this command. If this command is set for a
member of the peer, the setting will overwrite the setting for the
group.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1
maximum-prefix 1000
Command
Description
Related
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
commands
neighbor
remote-as
Configure the BGP peer.
Platform
description
33.1.50 neighbor next-hop-self
Use this command to set the next-hop of the route to the local BGP speaker while specifying
the routes that the BGP peer redistributes. Use the no form of the command to remove the
configuration.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self
33-47
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
peer-address
IP address of the peer, IPv4 or IPv6 address
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Disabled.
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
configuration mode.
This command is mostly used in the non-full-mesh-type network,
Usage
guidelines
such as the Frame Relay and X.25, where the BGP speakers within
the same subnet cannot completely be accessed mutually.
If you have specified the BGP peer group, all members of the peer
group will inherit the settings of the command.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 next-hop-self
Command
Description
Related
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
commands
neighbor
remote-as
Configure the BGP peer.
Platform
description
33.1.51 neighbor password
When the BGP connection with the BGP peer is established, use this command to enable
the TCP MD5 authentication and set the password. The no form of the command disables
MD5 authentication.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} password [0 | 7 ]string
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} password
33-48
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
description
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Parameter
Description
peer-address
IP address of the peer, IPv4 or IPv6 address
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
0
Display the password with encryption.
7
Display the password without encryption.
string
Password for MD5 authentication in the range of
up to 80 characters
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Disabled.
BGP configuration mod, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
configuration mode.
This command will enable the MD5 authentication of the TCP. The
BGP peers must have the same password configured; otherwise, the
neighbor relationship cannot be established. When this command is
set, the local BGP speaker will re-establish the BGP connection with
the BGP peer.
Usage
guidelines
If the BGP peer group is specified, all members of the peer group
inherit the settings of this command. If this command is set for a
member of the peer, the setting will overwrite the setting for the
group.
A neighbor has only one password, not one for every address family,
no matter in which mode it is configured.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 password
DES-7210
Command
Description
.Related
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol
commands
neighbor
remote-as
Configure the BGP peer.
Platform
description
33-49
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
33.1.52 neighbor peer-group (assigning members)
Use this command to configure the specified peer as the member of the BGP peer group.
Use the no form of this command to delete the specified BGP peer from the peer group.
neighbor peer-address peer-group peer-group-name
no neighbor peer-address peer-group peer-group-name
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
peer-address
IP address of the peer, IPv4 or IPv6 address
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
Default
configuration
No peer exists in the peer group.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
The members of the peer group can inherit all configurations of the
peer.
It is allowed to configure an individual member of the peer group to
take the place of the universal configuration for the peer group, but
such separate configuration does not contain the configuration
information that may affect the output update. In other words, every
member in the peer group will always inherit the following
Usage
configurations of the peer group:
guidelines
remote-as, update-source, local-as,reconnect-interval ,times,
advertisemet-interval, default-originate, next-hop-self,
remove-private-as, send-community, distribute-list out, filter-list
out, prefix-list out, route-map out, unsuppress-map,
route-reflector-client.
Do not place the neighbors in different address families into the same
peer group, and also do not place the IBGP and EBGP neighbors in
the same peer group.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor Red-Giant peer-group
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 peer-group Red-Giant
Related
33-50
Command
Description
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
commands
Chapter 33
router bgp
neighbor
remote-as
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Enable the BGP protocol.
Configure the BGP peer.
neighbor
peer-group
Create the BGP peer group.
(creating)
show ip bgp
peer-group
Show the information of the BGP peer.
Platform
description
33.1.53 neighbor peer-group (creating)
Use this command to create the BGP peer group. The no form of the command deletes the
specified peer group and all its members.
neighbor peer-group-name peer-group
no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group
Parameter
description
Parameter
peer-group-name
Description
Name of the peer group of up to 32
characters
Default
configuration
No BGP peer group is created.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
Related
commands
BGP configuration mode.
If multiple BGP peers use the same update policy, those peers can
be configured in the same peer group, so as to simplify the
configuration and boost operation efficiency.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor Red-Giant peer-group
Command
Description
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
neighbor remote-as
Configure the BGP peer.
33-51
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
neighbor peer-group
(assigning
Configure the specified peer as the member
of the BGP peer group.
members)
show ip bgp
Show the information of the BGP peer.
peer-group
Platform
description
33.1.54 neighbor prefix-list
Use this command to implement the routing policy based on the prefix list to
receive/transmit routes from/to the BGP peer. The no form of the command removes the
prefix-list configured.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} prefix-list prefix-list-name {in | out}
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} prefix-list {in |out}
Parameter
Description
peer address
IP address of the peer, IPv4 or IPv6 address
Parameter
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
description
prefix-lis-name
Name of the prefix-list of up to 32 characters
in
Apply the prefix list to the received routes.
out
Apply the prefix list to the redistributed routes.
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Disabled.
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
configuration mode.
For the "in" rule or "out" rule, this command cannot exist at the same
time with the neighbor distribute-list command. That is, only one of
them takes effect.
Usage
If the BGP peer group is specified, all members of the peer group
guidelines
inherit the settings of this command. If the neighbor prefix-list in
command is set for a member of the peer, the setting will overwrite
the setting for the group.
You can set different filter policies in different address-family
33-52
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
configuration modes to control routes.
DES-7210(config)# ip prefix-list bgp-filter deny
10.0.0.1/16
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 prefix-list bgp-filter
in
Related
commands
Command
Description
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
neighbor
Configure the BGP peer.
remote-as
Create the prefix lists.
ip prefix-list
Platform
description
33.1.55 neighbor remote-as
Use this command to configure the BGP peer (group). The no form of the command deletes
the configured peer (group).
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} remote-as as-number
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} remote-as as-number
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
peer-address
IP address of the peer, IPv4 or IPv6 address
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
as-number
BGP peer (group) autonomous system number in
the range of 1 to 65535
Default
configuration
Command
mode
No BGP peer is configured.
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
configuration mode.
Usage
If you have specified the BGP peer group, all members of the peer
guidelines
group will inherit the settings of the command.
33-53
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Examples
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 remote-as 80
Related
Command
Description
commands
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
Platform
description
33.1.56 neighbor remove-private-as
Use this command to delete the private AS number recorded in the AS path attribute in the
route sent to the specified EBGP peer. Use the no form of the command to remove the
configuration.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
peer-address
IP address of the peer, IPv4 or IPv6 address
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Disabled.
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
configuration mode.
This command takes effect only on the EBGP peers.
Usage
If the AS path contains the private AS number that is the AS number
guidelines
of the EBGP peer to be sent, the AS number is not deleted.
Private AS number range: 64512 - 65535
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1
remove-private-as
33-54
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Command
Description
Related
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
commands
neighbor
remote-as
Configure the BGP peer.
Platform
description
33.1.57 neighbor route-map
Use this command to enable route match for the received/sent routes. You can use the no
form of the command to disable this function.
neighbor {peer-address|peer-group-name } route-map map-tag {in | out}
no neighbor {peer-address|peer-group-name } route-map map-tag {in | out}
Parameter
Description
peer-address
IP address of the peer, IPv4 or IPv6 address
Parameter
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of up to 32 characters
description
map-tag
Name of the match rule
in
Apply the rule to the incoming routes.
out
Apply the rule to the outgoing routes.
Default
configuration
N/A.
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
Command
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
mode
configuration mode and address-family IPv4 VPNv4 cofiguration
mode.
This command can be used to filter the incoming and outgoing routes
Usage
guidelines
for different neighbors by using different incoming/outgoing rules.
This can reach the results of purifying routes and controlling routes.
You can set different filter policies in different address-family
configuration modes to control routes.
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor ip-address route-map map-tag in
33-55
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
Related
commands
Description
neighbor
soft-reconfiguration
inbound
show ip bgp
Store the routing information sent from the
BGP peer.
Show the BGP route entry.
Platform
description
33.1.58 neighbor route-reflector-client
Use this command to configure the local device as the route reflector and specifies its client.
The no form of the command removes the client configured.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name } route-reflector-client
no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name } route-reflector-client
Parameter
Parameter
Description
ip-address
IP address of the peer
description
peer-group-name
Name of the peer group of no more than 32
characters
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
By default, all IBGP speakers in the autonomous system must
establish neighbor relationship one another. The BGP speaker does
not forward the routes learned from an IBGP peer to the other IBGP
Usage
peers to avoid route loop.
guidelines
This command can be used to set route reflector, so that there is no
requirement for all IBGP speakers to establish the full neighboring
relationship between each other. This will allow the route reflector to
forward the learned IBGP route to the other IBGP peers.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1
route-reflector-client
33-56
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Command
Description
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
neighbor
Related
remote-as
commands
bgp cluster-id
Configure the BGP peer.
Configure the cluster ID of the route reflectors.
bgp
client-to-client
Cancel the route reflection between clients
reflection
Platform
description
33.1.59 neighbor send-community
Use this command to transmit the community attributes to the specified BGP neighbor. Use
the no form of the command to disable this function.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} send-community [both | standard |
extended]
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} send-community [both | standard |
extended]
Parameter
peer-addres
peer-group-name
Parameter
description
both
standard
extended
Description
IP address of the peer, IPv4 or IPv6
address
Name of the peer group of up to 32
characters
Transmit both standard and extended
communities.
Transmit
the
standard
community
only.
Transmit the extended community
only.
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Disabled.
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
configuration mode and address-family IPv4 VPNv4 configuration
33-57
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
mode.
Usage
This command transmits the community to the neighbor or neighbor
guidelines
group.
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.1.1.1 send-community both
Related
commands
Command
Description
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
neighbor
Configure the BGP peer.
remote-as
Create the community list.
ip community-list
Platform
description
33.1.60 neighbor shutdown
Use this command to disconenct the BGP connection established with the specified BGP
peer. The no form of the command reconnects the BGP peer (group).
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} shutdown
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} shutdown
Parameter
Parameter
peer-address
description
peer-group-name
Description
IP address of the peer, IPv4 or IPv6
address
Name of the peer group of up to 32
characters
Default
configuration
Command
mode
33-58
Disabled.
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
configuration mode.
Usage
This command is used to disconnect the valid connection established
guidelines
with the specified peer (group), and delete all associated routing
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
information. However, this command still keeps the configuration
information of that specified peer (group).
If the BGP peer group is specified, all members of the peer group
inherit the settings of this command. If this command is set for a
member of the peer, the setting will overwrite the setting for the
group.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 60
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 shutdown
Command
Description
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
Related
neighbor
commands
remote-as
show ip bgp
summary
Configure the BGP peer.
Show the BGP connection status.
Platform
description
33.1.61 neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound
Use this command to sotre the routing information sent from the BGP peer. Use the no form
of the command to disable them.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration inbound
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration inbound
Parameter
Parameter
peer-address
description
peer-group-name
Description
IP address of the peer, IPv4 or IPv6
address
Name of the peer group of up to 32
characters
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
33-59
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
This command restarts the BGP session, and keeps the unchanged
routing information sent from the BGP peer (group).
Executing this command will consume more memories. If both parties
support the route refresh function, this command becomes
Usage
unnecessary. You may run the show ip bgp neighbors command to
guidelines
judge whether the peer can support the route refresh function.
If the BGP peer group is specified, all members of the peer group
inherit the settings of this command. If this command is set for a
member of the peer, the setting will overwrite the setting for the
group.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1
soft-reconfiguration inbound
Related
commands
Command
Description
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
neighbor
remote-as
show ip bgp
neighbors
clear ip bgp
Configure the BGP peer.
Show the information of the BGP peer.
Reset the BGP peer session.
Platform
description
33.1.62 neighbor soo
Use this command to set the SOO value of the neighbor. Use the no form of the command
to remove the configuration.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} soo soo-value
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} soo soo-value
Parameter
peer-addres
Parameter
description
peer-group-name
soo-value
33-60
Description
IP address of the peer, IPv4 or IPv6
address
Name of the peer group of up to 32
characters
SOO value. There are two forms of
SOO value:
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
as_number:nn:
BGP4 Configuration Commands
as_number
is
the
public AS number and nn is defined by
yourself.
ip_address:nn: IP address must be
global and nnis defined by yourself.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Address-family IPv4 configuration mode
Usage
In the CE dual-home mode, execute this command to prevent the
guidelines
routes that a CE sends to the PEs from being sent back to the CE.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 remote-as 100
DES-7210(config-router)# address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 soo 100:100
Related
Command
Description
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
commands
timers bgp
Configure the keepalive and holetime values
globally.
Platform
description
33.1.63 neighbor timers
In specifying the BGP peer to establish the BGP connection, use this command to set the
keepalive and holdtime time values used for establishing the BGP connection. Use the no
form of the command to restore it to the default setting.
neighbor [peer-address | peer-group-name] timers keepalive holdtime
no neighbor [peer-address | peer-group-name] timers keepalive holdtime
Parameter
description
Parameter
peer-address
Description
IP address of the peer, IPv4 or IPv6
address
33-61
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
peer-group-name
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Name of the peer group of up to 32
characters
Time interval to send the KEEPALIVE
keepalive
message to the BGP peer.
Range: 0-65535 seconds.
Time interval to consider the BGP
holdtime
peer alive.
Range: 0-65535 seconds.
Default
keepalive: 60 seconds
configuration
holdtime: 180 seconds.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
A reasonable keepalive value cannot be greater than one-third of the
holdtime value.
If the time is configured for an individual peer or a peer group, that
Usage
guidelines
peer or peer-group will use its time to replace the global time
configuration and connect the peer.
If the BGP peer group is specified, all members of the peer group
inherit the settings of this command. If this command is set for a
member of the peer, the setting will overwrite the setting for the
group.
Examples
Related
commands
Platform
description
33-62
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 80 240
Command
Description
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
timers bgp
Set the keepalive and holdtime values globally.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
33.1.64 neighbor unsuppress-map
Use this command to selectively advertise the routing information that has been suppressed
with the aggregate-address command. Use the no form of the command to restore it to the
default setting.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} unsuppress-map map-tag
no neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} unsuppress-map
Parameter
Description
peer-address
IP address of the peer
Parameter
description
peer-group-name
map-tag
Name of the peer group of up to 32
characters
Name of the route-map of
up to 32
characters
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
This command advertises the specified routes that has been
suppressed.
Usage
If the BGP peer group is specified, all members of the peer group
guidelines
inherit the settings of this command. If this command is set for a
member of the peer, the setting will overwrite the setting for the
group.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1
unsuppress-map unspress-route
Command
Description
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
Related
neighbor
commands
remote-as
Configure the BGP peer.
aggregate-address
Configure the aggregate address.
route-map
Configuring route-map
33-63
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Platform
description
33.1.65 neighbor update-source
In specifying the BGP peer to establish the BGP connection, use this command to set the
network interface used for establishing the BGP connection. The no form of the command
automatically matches the optimal local interface.
neighbor {peer-address | peer-group-name} update-source interface-type interface-index
no
neighbor
{peer-address
|
peer-group-name}
update-source
interface-type
interface-index
Parameter
peer-address
Parameter
description
peer-group-name
Description
IP address of the peer, IPv4 or IPv6
address
Name of the peer group of up to 32
characters
interface-type
Interface type
interface-index
Interface index
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Use the optimal local interface as the output interface.
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
configuration mode.
This command enables using the loopback interface to establish the
BGP connection with the BGP peer.
Usage
If you have specified the BGP peer group, all members of the peer
guidelines
group will inherit the settings of the command.
If the connection is initiated by the opposite, it does not check which
interface is used to establish the TCP connection.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 update-source lookback
1
Related
33-64
Command
Description
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
commands
Chapter 33
router bgp
neighbor
remote-as
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Enable the BGP protocol.
Configure the BGP peer.
Platform
description
33.1.66 neighbor version
Use this command to show the number of the BGP protocol version used by the specific
BGP neighbor. The no form of the command uses the default version number.
neighbor {ip-address|peer-group-name} version number
no neighbor {ip-address|peer-group-name} version number
Parameter
Description
peer-address
IP address of the peer
Parameter
description
peer-group-name
number
Name of the peer group of up to 32
characters
Version Number. Now only version 4
is supported.
Default
configuration
The default version number is 4.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
Usage
When the command is used, the BGP will lose the version negotiation
guidelines
function.
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.1.1.1 version 4
Command
Description
Related
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
commands
neighbor
remote-as
Configure the BGP peer.
Platform
33-65
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
description
33.1.67 neighbor weight
Use this command to set the weight for the specific neighbor. The no form of the command
removes the setting.
neighbor {ip-address|peer-group-name} weight number
no neighbor {ip-address|peer-group-name} weight number
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
peer-address
IP address of the peer
peer-group-name
number
Default
configuration
Name of the peer group of up to 32
characters
Weight in the range of 0 to 65535.
No weight is configured for the specific neighbor by default. In this
case, the learned neighbor weight is 0 and the locally generated
weight is 32768 initially.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
When the command is used, the routes from the neighbor use this
Usage
guidelines
value as the initial weight value. The higher the weight, the higher the
priority is.
Executing the set weight command in the route map of the neighbor
will overwrite this value.
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# neighbor 10.1.1.1 weight 73
Command
Description
Related
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
commands
neighbor
remote-as
Platform
description
33-66
Configure the BGP peer.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
33.1.68 network(BGP)
Use this command to configure the network information to be advertised by the local BGP
speaker. The no form of the command deletes the configured network information.
network network-number mask mask [route-map map-tag] [backdoor]
no network network-number mask mask [route-map] [backdoor]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
network-number
Network number
mask
Subnet mask
map-tag
Name of the route-map of up to 32 characters
backdoor
The route is a backdoor route.
Default
configuration
The network information is not specified.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
This command allows injecting the IGP route into the BGP routing
Usage
table. The network information advertised can be direct route, static
guidelines
route and dynamic route.
The "route-map" can be used to modify the network information.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# network 10.0.0.1 mask
255.255.0.0
Related
commands
Command
Description
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
redistribute
Configure the route redistribution.
Network
synchronization
Enalbe network synchronization.
Platform
description
33-67
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
33.1.69 network synchronization
Use this command to advertise the network information after the local BGP speaker is
synchronized with the local device. The no form of the command directly advertises the
network information.
network synchronization
no network synchronization
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Enabled.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
BGP configuration mode.
This command is used to modify the behavior of the network during
the process of advertisement. It is not recommended to turn off this
switch lest route black hole is caused.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# network synchronization
Command
Description
Related
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
commands
redistribute
Configure the route redistribution.
network(BGP)
Configure the route to be distributed.
Platform
description
33.1.70 overflow memory-lack
Use this command to allow the BGP to enter the OVERFLOW state when the memory lacks.
Use the no form of this command to disable this function.
overflow memory-lack
no overflow memory-lack
33-68
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
Parameter
Parameter
description
Description
Disallow
no
BGP4 Configuration Commands
the
BGP
to
enter
the
OVERFLOW state when the memory
lacks.
Default
Allow the BGP to enter the OVERFLOW state when the memory
configuration
lacks.
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
In the BGP OVERFLOW state, the newly-learned routes are
discarded, which prevents the memory from being increased.
With this function enabled, if the BGP address family is in the
OVERFLOW state, the newly-learned routes will be discarded, which
may results in the loop in the network. To prevent that from
happening and reduce the propability, BGP generates a default route
directing to the NULL interface, and the default route will always exist
Usage
in the OVERFLOW state.
guidelines
Use the clear bgp {addressfamily|all} * command to reset the BGP
and clear the OVERFLOW state in the BGP address family.
Use the no option to disallow the BGP to enter the OVERFLOW state
when the memory lacks, which is possible to lead to the continuous
exhausion of the memory resources. When the meory has been
exhausted to a certain degree, BGP will break down all neighbors and
delete all learned routes.
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# no memory-lack overflow
Command
Description
clear bgp
Related
commands
{ addressfamily|all }
Reset the BGP address family.
*
show bgp
{ addressfamily|all }
summary
Show the summary of
the BGP
address family.
Platform
33-69
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
description
33.1.71 redistribute
Use this is to redistribute routes between the other routing protocol and the BGP. The no
form of the command disables the function.
redistribute protocol-type [route-map map-tag] [metric metric-value]
no redistribute protocol-type [route-map map-tag] [metric metric-value]
Parameter
Parameter
protocol-type
description
Description
The source protocol types for redistributing
routes, including connected, static, RIP.
route-map
Specify the route map.
map-tag
No route map is associated with by default.
metric
Set the default metric of the routes to be
metric-value
redistributed, null by default.
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Disabled.
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
configuration mode.
When a switch supports multiple routing protocols, the coordination
between these protocols becomes an important task. The switch may
run multiple routing protocols at the same time, so it should
redistribute the protocols. This is applicable to all IP routing protocols.
Usage
guidelines
Note that when you configure the no form of this command with
parameters, the corresponding parameter configuration will be
removed. The no form removes redistribution without any parameters
configured.
The route metric generated by the route-map command takes
precedence over the one generated by the metric option of this
command. If both are not available, the redistributed one is used.
DES-7210(config-router)# redistribute static route-map static-rmap
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# no redistribute static
route-map static-rmap
DES-7210(config-router)# no redistribute static
33-70
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Related
commands
Chapter 33
Command
show ip
protocol
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Description
Show the protocol configuration.
Platform
description
33.1.72 redistribute (OSPF)
Use this is to redistribute routes between the OSPF and the BGP. The no form of the
command disables the function.
redistribute process-id [route-map map-tag] [metric metric-value] [match internal
external [1 | 2 ] nssa-external [1 | 2 ]]
no redistribute process-id [route-map map-tag] [metric metric-value] [match internal
external [1 | 2 ] nssa-external [1 | 2 ]]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
process-id
OSPF process ID to be redistributed
route-map
Specify the route map.
map-tag
No route map is associated with by default.
metric
Set the default metric of the routes to be
metric-value
redistributed, null by default.
match
Match the sub type of OSPF routes.
internal
Match the internal OSPF routes, the default
configuration.
Match the external OSPF rotues. You can
external [1 | 2 ]
specify the concrete type (v1 or v2) or v1 and v2
without indication.
nssa- external [1
|2]
Match the NSSA-external type of OSPF routes.
You can specify the concrete type (v1 or v2) or
v1 and v2 without indication.
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Disabled.
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
address-family IPv6 configuration mode, address-family IPv4 VRF
configuration mode.
33-71
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
When a switch supports multiple routing protocols, the coordination
between these protocols becomes an important task. The switch may
run multiple routing protocols at the same time, so it should
redistribute the protocols. This is applicable to all IP routing protocols.
Usage
guidelines
Note that when you configure the no form of this command with
parameters, the corresponding parameter configuration will be
removed. The no form removes redistribution without any parameters
configured.
The route metric generated by the route-map command takes
precedence over the one generated by the metric option of this
command. If both are not available, the redistributed one is used.
DES-7210(config-router)# redistribute ospf 2 route-map static-rmap
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# no redistribute ospf 4 match external
rotue-map ospf-rmap
DES-7210(config-router)# no redistribute ospf 78
Related
commands
Command
show ip
protocol
Description
Show the protocol configuration.
Platform
description
33.1.73 redistribute (ISIS)
Use this is to redistribute routes between the ISIS and the BGP. The no form of the
command disables the function.
redistribute isis [isis-tag] [route-map map-tag] [metric metric-value] [level-1 | level-1-2 |
level-2]
no redistribute isis [isis-tag] [route-map map-tag] [metric metric-value] [level-1 |
level-1-2 | level-2]
Parameter
description
33-72
Parameter
Description
isis-tag
(Optional)ISIS process ID to be redistributed
route-map
Specify the route map.
map-tag
No route map is associated with by default.
metric
Set the default metric of the routes to be
metric-value
redistributed, null by default.
level-1
Redistribute level-1 ISIS routes.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
level-1-2
Redistribute level-1 and level-2 ISIS routes.
level-2
Redistribute level-2 ISIS routes.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
BGP configuration mode, address-family IPv4 configuration mode,
mode
address-family IPv6 configuration mode.
When a switch supports multiple routing protocols, the coordination
between these protocols becomes an important task. The switch may
run multiple routing protocols at the same time, so it should
redistribute the protocols. This is applicable to all IP routing protocols.
Usage
guidelines
Note that when you configure the no form of this command with
parameters, the corresponding parameter configuration will be
removed. The no form removes redistribution without any parameters
configured.
The route metric generated by the route-map command takes
precedence over the one generated by the metric option of this
command. If both are not available, the redistributed one is used.
DES-7210(config-router)# redistribute isis route-map static-rmap
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# no redistribute isis test route-map
isis-rmap
DES-7210(config-router)# no redistribute isis
Related
commands
Command
show ip
protocol
Description
Show the protocol configuration.
Platform
description
33.1.74 router bgp
Use this command to enable the BGP protocol, configure the local autonomous system
number and enter the BGP protocol configuration mode. The no form of the command
disables the BGP protocol.
router bgp as-number
33-73
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
no router bgp as-number
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
as-number
AS number in the range 1 to 65535
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command is used to start the BGP protocol.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
Related
commands
Command
Description
ip routing
Enable IP routing.
bgp router-id
Set the ID of the device running the BGP protocol
network
Set the network information to be advertised by
the local BGP speaker.
Platform
description
33.1.75 synchronization
Use this command to enable the synchronization mechanism of the BGP and IGP routing
information. The no form of the command disables the synchronization mechanism of the
BGP and IGP routing information.
synchronization
no synchronization
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
33-74
Disabled.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
The synchronization between BGP and IGP aims to prevent the
possible route black hole.
In any of the two cases below, you may cancel the synchronization
mechanism to ensure fast convergence of routing information.
Usage
guidelines
1. There is no the route information which pass through this AS (In
general, this AS is an end AS).
2. All devices within this AS operate the BGP protocol and the full
connection relationship is established among all BGP Speakers
(The adjacent relationship is established between any two BGP
Speakers).
Examples
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# synchronization
Related
Command
Description
commands
router bgp
Enable the BGP protocol.
Platform
description
33.1.76 timers bgp
Use this command to adjust the BGP network timer. The no form of the command restores
the default value.
timers bgp keepalive holetime
Parameter
Description
Time interval to send the keepalive message to
Parameter
keepalive
description
the BGP peer.
Range: 0-65535 seconds.
holdtime
Time interval to consider the BGP peer alive.
Range: 0-65535 seconds.
Default
keepalive: 60 seconds
configuration
holdtime: 180 seconds.
33-75
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
BGP configuration mode.
A reasonable keepalive value cannot be greater than one-third of the
holdtime value.
If the time is configured for an individual peer or a peer group, that
Usage
guidelines
peer or peer-group will use its time to replace the global time
configuration and connect the peer.
If the BGP peer group is specified, all members of the peer group
inherit the settings of this command. If this command is set for a
member of the peer, the setting will overwrite the setting for the
group.
Examples
Related
commands
DES-7210(config)# router bgp 65000
DES-7210(config-router)# timers bgp 80 240
Command
neighbor timers
Description
Set the keepalive and holdtime values on the
basis of neighbors.
Platform
description
33.2 Showing Related Command
33.2.1
show ip bgp
Use this command to show the route information of BGP.
show ip bgp [{network | network-mask}] [longer-prefixes]
Parameter
network
Parameter
description
network-mask
longer-prefixes
33-76
Description
Showing the specific routing information in the
routing table
Show the routing information included in the
specified network.
Show the routing information of a route,
including the more specific routes included in it.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
guidelines
Use this command to view the route information of BGP.
DES-7210# show ip bgp
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best,
i - internal
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Status
Examples
33.2.2
Network
Next Hop
------ -------- -------
Metric LocPrf
Path
-------- -------- -------------
*> 211.21.21.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
200 300
*> 211.21.23.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
200 300
*> 211.21.25.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
300
*> 211.21.26.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
300
*> 211.21.27.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
200
show ip bgp cidr-only
Use this command to show unclassified routes.
show ip bgp cidr-only
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command is used to view the unclassified routing information.
Examples
DES-7210# show ip bgp cidr-only
33-77
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
Related
Description
Enable the route dampening function and set the
bgp dampening
dampening parameters.
commands
clear ip bgp
Clear the suppressed routes.
dampening
33.2.3
show ip bgp community
Use this command to show the BGP routing information matching with the specified
community.
show ip bgp community community-number [exact -match]
Parameter
Description
Community number, in the form of AA:NN
Parameter
community-number
description
(autonomous system number/2-byte numeral),
or any of the following predefined values:
internet, no-export, local-as, no-advertise.
exact -match
Show the routing information that fully matches
the community.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
This command is used to show the routing information with specified
guidelines
community value.
DES-7210# show ip bgp community local-as 111:12345
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best,
i - internal
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Status Network
Examples
33-78
Next Hop
------ --------- ---------
Metric
LocPrf
Path
-------- -------- -----------
*> 211.21.21.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
200 300
*> 211.21.23.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
200 300
*> 211.21.25.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
300
*> 211.21.26.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
300
*> 211.21.27.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
200
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
33.2.4
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
show ip bgp community-list
Use this command to show the BGP routing information that matches the specified
community list.
show ip bgp community-list community-name [exact-match]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
community-name
Name of the community list
description
exact-match
Routing information fully matching the
community list
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command is used to view the information of the community list.
DES-7210# show ip bgp community-list my_comm
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best,
i - internal
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Status Network
Examples
33.2.5
Next Hop
------ ---------- ----------
Metric
LocPrf
Path
-------- -------- -----------
*> 211.21.21.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
200 300
*> 211.21.23.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
200 300
*> 211.21.25.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
300
*> 211.21.26.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
300
*> 211.21.27.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
200
Related
Command
Description
commands
ip community-list
Define the community list.
show ip bgp dampening dampened-paths
Use this command to show the suppressed path.
show ip bgp dampening dampened-paths
33-79
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command is used to show the dampened path.
DES-7210# show ip bgp dampening dampened-paths
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best,
i - internal
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
status Network
From
Reuse
Path
------ ----------- ----------- -------- --------------
Examples
33.2.6
*d
192.168.64.0/24
110.110.110.10 00:21:41 1000 i
*d
202.117.121.0/24
110.110.110.10 00:21:43 1000 ?
*d
202.117.122.0/23
110.110.110.10 00:21:43 1000 ?
*d
202.117.122.0/23
110.110.110.10 00:21:43 1000 ?
*d
202.117.122.0/23
110.110.110.10 00:21:43 1000 ?
*d
202.117.122.0/23
110.110.110.10 00:21:43 1000 ?
*d
202.117.122.0/23
110.110.110.10 00:21:43 1000 ?
*d
202.117.122.0/23
110.110.110.10 00:21:43 1000 ?
*d
202.117.122.0/23
110.110.110.10 00:21:43 1000 ?
show ip bgp dampening flap-statistics
Use this command to show the route dampening statistics.
show ip bgp dampening flap-statistics
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
33-80
Privileged EXEC mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Usage
guidelines
This command is used to show the BGP route dampening statistics.
DES-7210# show ip bgp dampening flap-statistics
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best,
i - internal
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Status Network
Examples
From
Flaps Duration Reuse
Path
------ --------- ---------- ------ -------- -------- -----------h
192.168.64.0/24
110.110.110.10
2 00:19:17
1000 i
h
201.234.1.0/24
110.110.110.10
2 00:19:17
1000 ?
h
201.234.2.0/23
110.110.110.10
2 00:19:17
1000 ?
h
201.234.2.0/23
110.110.110.10
2 00:19:17
1000 ?
h
201.234.2.0/23
110.110.110.10
2 00:19:17
1000 ?
h
201.234.2.0/23
110.110.110.10
2 00:19:17
1000 ?
Related
commands
Platform
description
33.2.7
show ip bgp dampening parameters
Use this command to show the route dampening parameters configured for the BGP.
show ip bgp dampening parameters
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Usage
This command is used to show the route dampening parameters
guidelines
configured for the BGP.
Examples
DES-7210(config-router)# bgp dampening 25 10000 10000 200
DES-7210# show ip bgp dampening parameters
33-81
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
dampening 25 10000 10000 200
Dampening Control Block(s):
Reachability Half-Life time
33.2.8
: 25 min
Reuse penalty
: 10000
Suppress penalty
: 10000
Max suppress time
: 200 min
Max penalty (ceil)
: 29800000
Min penalty (floor)
: 5000
show ip bgp filter-list
Use this command to show the routing information that matches the filtering list.
show ip bgp filter-list path-list-number
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
path-list-number
Filtering list identifier
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
This command is used to show the routing information that matches
guidelines
the filtering list.
DES-7210(config)# ip as-path access-list 5 permit .*
DES-7210# show ip bgp filter-list 5
BGP table version is 1, local device ID is 192.168.88.200
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best,
Examples
i - internal,
S Stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network
*> 192.168.88.0
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
0.0.0.0
Total number of prefixes 1
33.2.9
show ip bgp inconsistent-as
Use this command to show the route information of inconsistent source AS.
show ip bgp inconsistent-as
33-82
32768 ?
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
This command is used to show the routing information of inconsistent
guidelines
source AS.
Examples
DES-7210# show ip bgp inconsistent-as
33.2.10 show ip bgp neighbors
Use this command to show the related information of BGP neighbor.
show ip bgp neighbors [neighbor-address] [received-routes | routes |
advertised-routes]
Parameter
Description
neighbor-address
IP address of the neighbor
Show all routing information received from the
Parameter
received-routes
description
peer (including the received routes and rejected
routes).
routes
advertised-routes
Show all routes that come from the peer and
are accepted.
Show all sent route information.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
This command is used to view the information of the connection with
guidelines
BGP neighbor.
DES-7210# show ip bgp neighbors
Examples
BGP neighbor
: 12.12.12.2
Remote AS
: 100
Local AS
: 100
33-83
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Neighbor type
: internal
BGP version
: 4
Remote ID
: 192.168.4.2
BGP state
: Established, up for 00:53:30
Min advertisement interval(secs): 15
Configured holdtime
: 90
Configured keepalive
: 30
Hold time
: 90
keepalive
: 30
Neighbor capabilities
: ignore
Address family IPv4 Unicast : advertised , recieved
Route refresh
: advertised , recieved
Connections established
: 1
Connections dropped
: 0
Last reset
: never
Local host
: 12.12.12.1 Local port
Remote host
: 12.12.12.2 Remote port : 1067
Maximum-Prefix limit
: 4294967295
Threshold for warning
: 0%
Accepted prefixes
: 0
Prefix advertised
: 6
Received messages
: 110
Sent messages
: 116
Received notifications
: 0
Sent notifications
: 0
Route refresh received
: 0
Route refresh sent
: 0
: 179
DES-7210# show ip bgp neighbors 15.15.15.5 routes
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best,
i - internal
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Status Network
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Path
------ ----------- ----------- -------- -------- -----------
33-84
*>i
58.1.1.0/24
58.58.58.8
58
100 800 ?
*>i
58.1.2.0/24
58.58.58.8
58
100 800 ?
*>i
58.1.3.0/24
58.58.58.8
58
100 800 ?
*>i
58.1.4.0/24
58.58.58.8
58
100 800 ?
*>i
58.1.5.0/24
58.58.58.8
58
100 800 ?
*>i
58.1.6.0/24
58.58.58.8
58
100 800 ?
*>i
58.1.7.0/24
58.58.58.8
58
100 800 ?
*>i
58.1.8.0/24
58.58.58.8
58
100 800 ?
*>i
58.1.9.0/24
58.58.58.8
58
100 800 ?
*>i
58.1.10.0/24
58.58.58.8
58
100 800 ?
*>i
67.1.1.0/24
67.67.67.7
67
100 700 ?
*>i
67.1.2.0/24
67.67.67.7
67
100 700 ?
*>i
67.1.3.0/24
67.67.67.7
67
100 700 ?
*>i
67.1.4.0/24
67.67.67.7
67
100 700 ?
*>i
67.1.5.0/24
67.67.67.7
67
100 700 ?
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
*>i
67.1.6.0/24
BGP4 Configuration Commands
67.67.67.7
67
100 700 ?
Related
commands
Platform
description
33.2.11 show ip bgp paths
Use this command to show the path information in the route database.
show ip bgp paths
Parameter
description
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
This command is used to view the path information in the route
guidelines
database.
Examples
DES-7210# show ip bgp paths
Related
commands
Platform
description
33.2.12 show ip bgp quote-regexp
Use this command to show the BGP routing information that the AS path attribute matches
the regular expression in the specified double quotation marks.
show ip bgp quote-regexp regexp
Parameter
description
Parameter
regexp
Description
Regular expression for matching AS path
attributes, with comma included.
33-85
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
This command is used to show the BGP routing information that the
Usage
guidelines
AS path attribute matches the regular expression in the specified
double quotation marks.
Note that the regular expression shall be enclosed with double
quotation marks.
DES-7210# show ip bgp quote-regexp “_300_”
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best,
i - internal
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Examples
Network
LocPrf
Path
*> 211.21.21.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
Next Hop
Metric
1000
200 300
*> 211.21.23.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
200 300
*> 211.21.25.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
300
*> 211.21.26.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
300
Related
commands
Platform
description
33.2.13 show ip bgp regexp
Use this command to show the BGP routing information that the AS path attribute matches
the specified regular expression.
show ip bgp regexp regexp
Parameter
description
Parameter
regexp
Default
configuration
33-86
N/A.
Description
Regular expression for matching AS path
attributes
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
This command is used to show the BGP routing information that the
guidelines
AS path attribute matches the specified regular expression.
DES-7210# show ip bgp regexp _300_
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best,
i - internal
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Examples
Status Network
Next Hop
------ -------- ---------
Metric
LocPrf
Path
-------- --------- --------
*> 211.21.21.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
200 300
*> 211.21.23.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
200 300
*> 211.21.25.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
300
*> 211.21.26.0/24 110.110.110.10 0
1000
300
33.2.14 show ip bgp summary
Use this command to show the related information of BGP.
show ip bgp summary
Parameter
description
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command is used to show the related information of BGP.
DES-7210# show ip bgp summary
BGP device identifier 192.168.88.200, local AS number 500
BGP table version is 1
1 BGP AS-PATH entries
Examples
0 BGP community entries
Neighbor
V
AS MsgRcvd MsgSent
TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down
State/PfxRcd
1.1.1.1
4
200
0
0
0
0
0
never Active
Total number of neighbors 1
Related
Command
Description
33-87
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Enabled the BGP protocol
router bgp
33.2.15 show ip bgp vpnv4
Use this command to show the VPN information of all the VRFs or RDs.
show ip bgp vpnv4 all [network | neighbor [ | address] | summary | label]
show ip bgp vpvn4 vrf vrf_name [network | summary | label]
show ip bgp vpvn4 rd rd_value [network | neighbor [ | address] | summary | label]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
network
Network IP address
neighbor
Show neighbor information.
label
Show the label information of routes.
vrf_name
VRF name
RD
rd_value
value,
for
example,
100:1
or
202.118.239.165:1
Show the route summary information.
Summary
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
This command is used to show the VPN information of all VRFs or
guidelines
RDs.
DES-7210# show ip bgp vpnv4 all
Network
Nexthop
Metric
Localprf
Path
Route Distinguisher ： 100：2
*>i 192.168.0.1/32 192.168.0.2
0
0
100
10 ?
*>i 192.168.1.0/32 192.168.0.2
Examples
0
0
100
?
Route Distinguisher : 100:30
*>i 192.168.0.1/32 192.168.0.2
0
*> 192.168.4.0 192.168.4.1
0
100
0
20 ?
* 192.168.4.0
32768
0
10 ?
0.0.0.0
0
?
DES-7210# show ip bgp vpnv4 vrf vpn1 summary
BGP device identifier 192.168.0.4 , local AS num 100
33-88
Weight
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
BGP VRF vrf1 Route Distinguisher ： 100 ： 30
BGP table version is 1
3 BGP AS－PATH entries
0 BGP community entries
Neibhbor
OutQ
V
AS
MsgRcvd Msgsend
TblVer IntQ
Up/Down State/PfxRcd
192.168.4.1 4 20
15
16
1
0
0
00:10:36 3
Total number of neighbors 1
Related
Command
Description
commands
router bgp
Enabled the BGP protocol
33.2.16 show ip community-list
Use this command to show the related information of the community list.
show ip community-list [community-list-number|community-list-name]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
community-list-number
Number of the community list
community-list-name
Name of the community list
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
This command is used to view the related information of the
guidelines
community list.
DES-7210# show ip community-list
Community-list standard local
Examples
permit local-AS
Community-list standard Red-Giant
permit 0:10
deny 0:20
33.2.17 show ip as-path-access-list
Use this command to show the related information of the AS path ACL.
33-89
Chapter 33
BGP4 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
show ip as-path-access-list {num}
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
num
AS path ACL number
Default
configuration
N/A.
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage
guidelines
Example
s
33-90
This command is used to view the as-path-access-list information.
DES-7210# show ip as-path-access-list
AS path access list 30
permit ^30s
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
34
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Protocol-independent
Configuration
Commands
34.1 Configuration Related Commands
34.1.1
distribute-list in
Use distribute-list in to control the route update processing in order to filter routes. Use the
no form of this command to remove the setting.
distribute-list {[access-list-number | name] | prefix prefix-list-name [gateway
prefix-list-name]} in [interface-type interface-number]
no distribute-list {[access-list-number | name] | prefix prefix-list-name [gateway
prefix-list-name]} in [interface-type interface-number]
Parameter
access-list-number
Parameter
description
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Usage
prefix
prefix-list-name
Description
ACL number. Only the routes permitted in the
access list can be received.
Use the prefix list to filter routes.
gateway
Use the prefix list to filter the sources of the
prefix-list-name
routes.
interface-type
(Optional) Interface that the distribution list is
interface-number
applied to.
No distribution list is defined.
Routing process configuration mode.
To deny some specified routes, you can configure the route
34-1
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
guidelines
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
distribution list to process all the received route update messages.
This command does not apply to the OSPF routing protocol, because
the OSPF receives the link state messages instead of specific routes.
If no interface is specified, the route update messages received by all
the interfaces will be processed.
The following example allows Fastethernet 0/0 to receive the routes
beginning with 172.16 in RIP.
router rip
Examples
network 200.168.23.0
distribute-list 10 in fastethernet 0/0
no auto-summary
!
access-list 10 permit 172.16.0.0 0.0.255.255
Related
commands
34.1.2
Command
Description
access-list
Set the access list.
prefix-list
Set the prefix list.
distribute-list out
Use distribute-list out to control the route update for the purpose of route filtering. Use the
no form of this command to remove the setting.
distribute-list {[access-list-number | name] | prefix prefix-list-name} out [interface |
protocol | process-id]
no distribute-list {[access-list-number | name] | prefix prefix-list-name} out [interface |
protocol | process-id]
Parameter
access-list-number
Parameter
description
prefix
prefix-list-name
interface
protocol
Default
configuration
34-2
None.
Description
ACL number. Only the routes permitted in the
access list can be transmitted.
Use the prefix list to filter routes.
(Optional) Interface that the distribution list is
applied to.
(Optional) The routes of the specified routing
protocol are redistributed.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode.
If no optional parameter is used in this command, the route update
applies to all the interfaces. If the interface option is used, the route
Usage
guidelines
update applies to only the interface. If other routing process
parameters are used, the routes of the specified routing process are
filtered for redistribution.
The route update in the OSPF routing process only applies to the
external routes of the OSPF AS, and no interface shall be specified.
The following example advertises 192.168.12.0/24 in RIP.
router rip
network 200.4.4.0
Examples
network 192.168.12.0
distribute-list 10 out
version 2
!
access-list 10 permit 192.168.12.0
34.1.3
Command
Description
Related
access-list
Define the access list.
commands
prefix-list
Define the prefix list.
redistribute
Redistribute routes.
ip community-list
Use this command to define a community list and control access to it. Use the no form of
this command to remove the setting.
ip community-list {[standard | expanded] community-list-name | community-number }
{permit | deny} [community-number]
no ip community-list {standard | expanded} {community-list-name | community-number}
Parameter
community-list-name
Parameter
description
standard
expanded
Description
Name of the community list of no
more than 32 characters
Set a standard community list
numbered in 1 to 99.
Set an expanded community list
numbered over 100.
34-3
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
permit
deny
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Permit access to the community
list.
Deny access to the community
list.
Community number in the form of
AA:NN(AS
number/2-byte
numerical) in the range of 1 to
255 characters. It may also be
one of the following value:
Internet: Indicates the Internet
community. All paths belong to
this community.
no-export: Indicates that this path
community-number
will not be advertised to any
EBGP peers.
no-advertise:Indicates that this
path will not be advertised to any
BGP peers.
local-as:Indicates that this path
will not be advertised to out of the
AS. When AS confederation is
configured, this path will not be
advertised
to
other
ASs
or
sub-ASs.
Default
configuration
Command
mode
None
Global configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
Examples
Related
commands
This command is used to define the community list for BGP.
DES-7210(config)# ip community-list standard 1 deny 100.20.200.20
DES-7210(config)# ip community-list standard 1 permit internet
Command
match
community
34-4
Description
Match the community list.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
set
community-list
delete
show
ip
community-list
34.1.4
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Remove the community value of the BGP path
according to the community list.
Show the community list information.
ip default-network
Use this command to configure the default network globally. Use the no form of this
command to remove the setting.
ip default-network network
no ip default-network network
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
network
Default network
Default
configuration
Command
mode
0.0.0.0/0
Global configuration mode.
The goal of this command is to generate the default route. The default
network must be reachable in the routing table, but not the directly
Usage
guidelines
connected network.
The default network always starts with an asterisk (―*‖), indicating that
it is the candidate of the default route. If there is connected route and
the route without the next hop in the default network, the default route
must be a static route.
The following example sets 192.168.100.0 as the default network.
Since the static route to the network is configured, the device will
automatically generate a default route.
ip route 192.168.100.0 255.255.255.0 serial 0/1
Examples
ip default-network 192.168.100.0
The following example sets 200.200.200.0 as the default network.
The route becomes the default one only when it is available in the
routing table.
ip default-network 200.200.200.0
34-5
Chapter 34
34.1.5
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Related
Command
Description
commands
show ip route
Show the routing table.
ip prefix-list
Use this command to create a prefix list or add an entry to the prefix list. Use the no form of
this command to remove the prefix list or an entry.
ip prefix-list prefix-lis-name [ seq seq-number] { deny | permit } ip-prefix [ge
minimum-prefix-length][ le maximum-prefix- length]
no ip prefix-list prefix-lis-name [ seq seq-number] { deny | permit } ip-prefix [ge
minimum-prefix-length][ le maximum-prefix- length]
Parameter
Description
prefix-list-name
Name of the prefix list
Sequence number of an entry in the range of
1 to 2147483647. When you execute this
command to add an entry without a
sequence number, the system allocates a
seq-number
default sequence number for the entry. The
default sequence number of the first entry is
5. Every subsequential entry withtout a
sequence number uses the time of 5 larger
than the previous sequence number as the
default sequence number.
Parameter
description
deny
Deny the route matching the prefix list.
permit
Permit the route matching the prefix list.
Network
ip-prefix
address
nad
mask.
Network
address can be any valid IP address and the
mask length is in the range of 0 to 32.
(Optional) Minimum length of the prefix (the
minimum-prefix-length
starting length)
Note: ―ge‖ indicates the operation of ―larger
than‖ and ―equivalent to‖.
(Optional) Maximum length of the prefix (the
maximum-prefix-length
ending length)
Note: ―le‖ indicates the operation of ―less
than‖ and ―equivalent to‖.
Default
configuration
34-6
None
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Global configuration mode.
The ip prefix-list command configures the prefix list, with the permit
or deny keyword to determine the action in case of matching.
You can execute this command to define an exact match, or use ―ge‖
or ― le‖ to define a range match for a prefix for flexible configuration.
Usage
―ge‖ indicates the range of minimum-prefix-length to 32; ―le‖ indicates
guidelines
the
range
of
the
mask
length
of
the
IP
prefix
to
maximum-prefix-length; ―ge‖ and ―le‖ indicates the range of
minimum-prefix-length to maximum-prefix-length, namely, mask
length of IP prefix < minimum-prefix-length < maximum-prefix-length
<=32.
The following example filters the RIP routes the OSPF redistributes
by the destination IP address following the rule defined in the
associated IP prefix list, for example, redistribute the routes whose
destination IP address is in the range 201.1.1.0/24.
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# ip prefix-list pre1 permit 201.1.1.0/24
DES-7210(config)# router ospf
DES-7210(config-router)# distribute-list prefix pre1 out rip
DES-7210(config-router)# end
34.1.6
ip prefix-list description
Use this command to add the description of a prefix list. Use the no form of this command to
delete the description.
ip prefix-list prefix-lis-name description description-text
no ip prefix-list prefix-lis-name description description-text
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
prefix-lis-name
Name of the prefix list
description-text
Description of the prefix list
Default
configuration
No description is added for a prefix list, by default.
34-7
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Global configuration mode
The example below adds the description for the prefix list:
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# ip prefix-list pre description Deny
routes from Net-A
34.1.7
ip prefix-list sequence-number
Use this command to enable sort funciton for a prefix list. Use the no form of this command
to disable the sort function.
ip prefix-list sequence-number
no ip prefix-list sequence-number
Parameter
description
None
Default
configuration
No sequence number is added for a prefix list, by default.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode
The example below adds a sequence number for the
prefix list:
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# ip prefix-list pre description deny
routes from Net-A
Related
Command
Description
commands
ip prefix-list
Configure the prefix list.
Platform
34-8
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
description
Version
description
34.1.8
ip route
Use this command to configure a static route. Use the no form of this command to remove
the prefix list or an entry.
ip route [vrf vrf_name] network net-mask {ip-address | interface [ip-address]} [distance]
[tag tag] [permanent] [weight number] [disable | enable]
no ip route [vrf vrf_name] network net-mask {ip-address | interface [ip-address]} [distance]
[tag tag] [permanent] [weight number] [disable | enable]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
vrf-name
Name of the VRF
network
Network address of the destination
net-mask
Mask of the destination
ip-address
The next hop IP address of the static route
interface
description
distance
configuration
Command
mode
route
(Optional) The management distance of the
static route
tag
(Optional) The tag of the static route
permanent
(Optional) Permanent rotue ID
number
(Optional) Weight number of the static route
disable/enable
Default
(Optional) The next hop egress of the static
(Optional) Disablement or enablement ID of
the static route
None
Global configuration mode.
Usage
The default management distance of the static route is 1. Setting the
guidelines
management distance allows the learnt dynamic route to overwrite
34-9
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
the static route. setting the management distance of the static route
can enable route backup, which is called floating route in this case.
For example, the management distance of the OSPF is 110. You can
set its management distance to 125. Then the data can switch over
the static route when the route running OSPF fails.
You can specify the VRF that the static route belongs to. Otherwise,
the static route is added to the default VRF.
The default weight of the static route is 1. To view the static route of
non default weight, execute the show ip route weight command.
The parameter weight is used to enable WCMP. When there are
load-balanced routes to the destination, the switch assigns data flows
by their weights. The higher the weight of a route is, the more data
flows the route carries. WCMP limit is generally 32 for routers.
However, WCMP limit varies by switch models for their chipsets
support different weights. When the sum of the weights of load
balanced routes is beyond this weight limit, the excessive ones will
not take effect.
Enablement/disablement shows the state of the static route.
Disablement means the static route is not used for forwarding. The
forwarding table used the permanent route until administrator deletes
it.
When you configure the static route on an Ethernet interface, do not
set the next hop as an interface, for example, ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
Fastethernet 0/0. In this case, the switch may consider that all
unknown destination networks are directly connected to the
Fastethernet 0/0. So it sends an ARP request to every destination
host, which occupies many CPU and memory resources. It is not
recommended to set the static route to an Ethernet interface.
The following example adds a static route to the destination network
of 172.16.100.0/24 whose next hop is 192.168.12.1 and management
distance is 15.
ip route 172.16.199.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.12.1 155
Examples
If the static route has not a specific interface, data flows may be sent
thought other interface in case of interface failure. The following
example configures that data flows are sent through fastehternet 0/0
to the destination network of 172.16.100.0/24.
ip route 172.16.199.0 255.255.255.0 fastethernet 0/0 192.168.12.1
Related
commands
34-10
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
34.1.9
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
ip routing
Use this command to enable IP routing in the global configuration mode. Use the no form of
this command to disable the function.
ip routing
no ip routing
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Enabled
Global configuration mode.
Usage
IP routing is not necessary when the switch serves as bridge or VoIP
guidelines
gateway.
Examples
The following example disables IP routing
no ip routing
Related
commands
Platform
description
This command is not supported on Layer 2 devices.
34.1.10 ip static route-limit
Use this command to set the upeer threshold of the static route. Use the no form of this
command to restore the setting to the default value.
ip static route-limit number
no static route-limit number
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
number
Upeer threshold of static routes
Default
configuration
1000
34-11
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Global configuration mode.
The goal is to control the number of static routes. You can view the
upeer threshold of the configured non-default static routes with the
show running config command.
The following example sets the upeer threshold of the static routes to
Examples
900 and then restores the setting to the default value.
ip static route-limit 900
Related
commands
Platform
description
This command is not supported on Layer 2 devices.
Version
description
34.1.11 ipv6 prefix-list
Use this command to create an IPv6 prefix list or add an entry in the prefix list. Use the no
form of this command to delete an IPv6 prefix list or an entry in the prefix list.
Ipv6 prefix-list prefix-lis-name[ seq seq-number] { deny | permit} ipv6-prefix [ge
minimum-prefix-length][ le maximum-prefix- length]
no ipv6 prefix-list prefix-lis-name[ seq seq-number] { deny | permit} ipv6-prefix [ge
minimum-prefix- length][ le maximum-prefix- length]
34-12
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
prefix-lis-name
Name of the prefix list
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Sequence number of an entry in the
prefix list. Its range is 1 to 4294967294.
If the sequence number is not specified
in this command, the system will
seq-number
allocate a default one for the entry. The
default sequence number of the first
entry is 5, and that of each subsequent
one is the product of adding 5 to the
sequence number of the proceeding
entry.
Permit
deny
Permit the access to the matching
result.
Deny the access to the matching result.
Network address and its mask. The
Ipv6-prefix
network address can be any valid IP
address. The mask can be 0 to 32
characters.
minimum-prefix-
(Optional) Minimum length of the prefix
length
(the starting length)
maximum-prefix
(Optional) Maximum length of the prefix
- length
(the ending length)
Note:
the operation
―larger―ge‖
than‖indicates
and ―equivalent
to‖. of
Note:than‖
―le‖ indicates
the operation
of
―less
and ―equivalent
to‖.
Default
configuration
No prefix list is created.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode
The ipv6 prefix-list command configures the prefix list,
with the permit or deny keyword to determine the action
in case of matching.
Usage
You can execute this command to define an exact match,
guideline
or use ―ge‖ or ― le‖ to define a range match for a prefix for
flexible configuration. ―ge‖ indicates the range of
minimum-prefix-length to 32; ―le‖ indicates the range of the
mask length of the IP prefix to maximum-prefix-length;
34-13
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
―ge‖ and ―le‖ indicates the range of minimum-prefix-length
to maximum-prefix-length, namely, Ipv6-prefix mask
length < minimum-prefix-length < maximum-prefix-length
<= 128
The following example filters the RIP routes the OSPF
redistributes by the destination IP address following the
rule defined in the associated IP prefix list, for example,
redistribute the routes whose destination IP address is in
the range 2222::/64.
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# ipv6 prefix-list pre1 permit 2222::64
DES-7210(config)# ipv6 router ospf
DES-7210(config-router)# distribute-list prefix pre out
rip
DES-7210(config-router)# end
34.1.12 ipv6 prefix-list description
Use this command to add the description of an IPv6 prefix list. Use the no form of this
command to delete the description.
ipv6 prefix-list prefix-lis-name description description-text
no ipv6 prefix-list prefix-lis-name description description-text
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
prefix-lis-name
Name of the ipv6 prefix list
description-text
Description of the ipv6 prefix list
Default
configuration
No description is added for an IPv6 prefix list, by default.
Command
mode
34-14
Global configuration mode
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
The example below adds the description for the prefix list:
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# ipv6 prefix-list pre description Deny
routes from Net-A
Related
Command
Description
commands
ipv6 prefix-list
Configure the IPv6 prefix list.
34.1.13 ipv6 prefix-list sequence-number
Use this command to add a sequence number for an IPv6 prefix list. Use the no form of this
command to remove the settings.
ipv6 prefix-list sequence-number
no ipv6 prefix-list sequence-number
Parameter
description
None
Default
configuration
No sequence number is added for a prefix list, by default.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode
The example below adds a sequence number for the
prefix list:
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# ipv6 prefix-list pre description Deny
routes from Net-A
Related
Command
Description
commands
ipv6 prefix-list
Configure the IPv6 prefix list.
34-15
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
34.1.14 match as-path
Use this command to redistribute the routes of AS_PATH attribute permitted by the access
list in the route map configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the
setting.
match as-path as-path-acl-list-num [ as-path-acl-list-num......]
no match as-path as-path-acl-list-num [ as-path-acl-list-num......]
Parameter
Parameter
description
as-path-acl-list-num
access-list-name
Description
ACL number, in the range of 1 to
500.
Name of the access list
Default
configuration
None.
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode.
The match as-path can be followed by an access list number or
name.
Usage
One or more match or set commands can be executed to configure
guidelines
one route map. If the match command is not used, all the routes will
be matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
performed.
!
Examples
route-map ROUTEMAP2IBGP
match as-path 20 30
Command
match
community
Related
commands
34-16
Description
Match the community.
match metric
Match the metric.
match origin
Match the source of routes.
set as-path
Set the AS_PATH attribute of redistributed
prepend
routes
set metric
Set the metric.
set metric-type
Set the metric type.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
34.1.15 match community
Use this command to redistribute the routes matching the Community attribute permitted by
the ACL in the route map configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove
the setting.
match community {standard-list-number | expanded-list-number | community-list-name}
[exact-match] [ {standard-list-number | expanded-list-number | community-list-name}
[exact-match] …]
no match community {standard-list-number | expanded-list-number | community-list-name}
[exact-match] [ {standard-list-number | expanded-list-number | community-list-name}
[exact-match] …]
Parameter
standard-list-number
Parameter
description
extended-list-number
communitys-list-name
exact-match
Description
Number of the standard community list in
the range 1 to 99
Number of the extended community list in
the range of 100 to 199
Name of the community list in the range of
less than 80 characters
Match the community list exactly.
Default
configuration
None.
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode.
The match community can be followed by more than one
community list number or name, but the total of community lists and
names should not be greater than 6.
Usage
Each exact-match applies to only the previous list, not all the lists.
guidelines
One or more match or set commands can be executed to configure
one route map. If the match command is not used, all the routes will
be matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
performed.
ip community-list 1 permit 100:2 100:30
Examples
route-map set lopref
match community 1 exact-match
set local-preference 20
34-17
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Related
commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
Description
match as-path
Match the AS_PATH attribute.
match metric
Match the metric.
match origin
Match the source.
set as-path prepend
Set the AS_PATH attribute.
set metric
Set the metric.
set metric-type
Set the metric type.
34.1.16 match interface
Use match interface command to redistribute the routes whose next hop is the specified
interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the setting.
match interface interface-type interface-number […interface-type interface-number]
no match interface interface-type interface-number […interface-type interface-number]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
interface-type
Interface type
interface-number
Interface number
Default
configuration
None.
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode.
This command can be followed by multiple interfaces.
You can redistribute the routes from one routing process to another
routing process. For example, you can redistribute the route in the
OSPF routing domain and then advertise it to the RIP routing domain,
and vice versa. The mutual route redistribution can be implemented
Usage
between all the IP routing protocols.
guidelines
For route redistribution, route maps are usually used to control the
mutual route redistribution between two routing domains.
One or more match or set commands can be executed to configure a
route map. If the match command is not used, all the routes will be
matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
performed.
34-18
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
The route map can be configured very flexibly for route redistribution
and policy-based routing. No matter how the route map is used, the
configuration principle is the same, except that different command
sets are used. Even if it is used on the route redistribution, different
routing protocols can use different commands with the route map.
The following example redistributes the RIP route with the next hop of
Examples
fastethernet 0/0 in the OSPF routing protocol.
router ospf
redistribute rip subnets route-map redrip
network 192.168.12.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
route-map redrip permit 10
match interface fastethernet 0/0
Command
Description
match ip address
Match the address in the access list.
match ip next-hop
Related
commands
Match the next-hop IP address in the access
list.
match ip
Match the source IP address in the access
route-source
list.
match metric
Match the metric.
match route-type
Match the route type.
match tag
Match the tag.
set metric
Set the metric.
set metric-type
Set the metric type.
set tag
Set the tag.
34.1.17 match ip address
Use match ip address command to redistribute the routes matching the IP address
permitted by the ACL or the prefix list. Use the no form of this command to remove the
setting.
match ip address {access-list-number [access-list-number... | access-list-name...]
|access-list-name [access-list-number...|access-list-name] | prefix-list prefix-list-name
[prefix-list-name...]}
no match ip address {access-list-number [access-list-number... | access-list-name...]
|access-list-name [access-list-number...|access-list-name] | prefix-list prefix-list-name
[prefix-list-name...]}
34-19
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Parameter
description
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
Description
access-list-number
Number of the access list
access-list-name
Name of the access list
prefix-list
prefix-list-name
Specify the prefix list to match.
Default
configuration
None.
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode.
Multiple access list numbers or names may follow match ip address.
You can redistribute the routes from one routing process to another
routing process. For example, you can redistribute the route in the
OSPF routing domain and then advertise it to the RIP routing domain,
and vice versa. The mutual route redistribution can be implemented
Usage
between all the IP routing protocols.
guidelines
For route redistribution, route maps are usually used to control the
mutual route redistribution between two routing domains.
One or more match or set commands can be executed to configure a
route map. If the match command is not used, all the routes will be
matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
performed.
The route map can be configured very flexibly for route redistribution
and policy-based routing. No matter how the route map is used, the
configuration principle is the same, except that different command
sets are used. Even if it is used on the route redistribution, different
routing protocols can use different commands with the route map.
The following example enables the OSPF routing protocol to
Examples
redistribute RIP routes that match access list 10, with the route type
being type-1 external type and the default metric being 40.
router ospf
redistribute rip subnets route-map redrip
network 192.168.12.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
access-list 10 permit 200.168.23.0
route-map redrip permit 10
34-20
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
match ip address 10
set metric 40
set metric-type type-1!
Command
Description
access-list
Set the access list.
match interface
Match the next-hop interface of the route.
match ip
next-hop
Match the next-hop address in the access list.
match ip
Match the route source address in the access
Related
route-source
list.
commands
match metric
Match the metric.
match
route-type
Match the route type.
match tag
Match the tag.
set metric
Set the metric.
set metric-type
Set the metric type.
set tag
Set the tag.
34.1.18 match ip next-hop
Use match ip next-hop command to redistribute the routes whose next-hop IP address
matches the access list or the prefix list. Use the no form of this command to remove the
setting.
match ip next-hop {access-list-number [access-list-number... | access-list-name...]
|access-list-name [access-list-number...|access-list-name] | prefix-list prefix-list-name
[prefix-list-name...]}
no match ip next-hop {access-list-number [access-list-number... | access-list-name...]
|access-list-name [access-list-number...|access-list-name] | prefix-list prefix-list-name
[prefix-list-name...]}
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
access-list-number
Number of the access list
access-list-name
Name of the access list
prefix-list
prefix-list-name
Specify the prefix list to match.
Default
configuration
None.
34-21
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode.
Multiple access list numbers or names may follow match ip
next-hop.
You can redistribute the routes from one routing process to another
routing process. For example, you can redistribute the route in the
OSPF routing domain and then advertise it to the RIP routing domain,
Usage
guidelines
and vice versa. The mutual route redistribution can be implemented
between all the IP routing protocols.
For route redistribution, route maps are usually used to control the
mutual route redistribution between two routing domains.
One or more match or set commands can be executed to configure a
route map. If the match command is not used, all the routes will be
matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
performed.
In the example below, the OSPF routing protocol redistributes the
RIP routes. As long as the next hop address of the RIP route matches
the access list 10 or 20, the OSPF allows for redistribution.
router ospf
redistribute rip subnets route-map redrip
Examples
network 192.168.12.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
access-list 10 permit 192.168.100.1
access-list 20 permit 172.16.10.1
route-map redrip permit 10
match ip next-hop 10 20
Command
Description
access-list
Set the access list.
match ip
address
Related
match interface
Match the next-hop interface of the route.
commands
match ip
Match the route source address in the access
route-source
list.
match metric
Match the metric.
match
route-type
34-22
Match the IP address in the access list.
Match the route type.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
match tag
Match the tag.
set metric
Set the metric.
set metric-type
Set the metric type.
set tag
Set the tag.
34.1.19 match ip route-source
Use match ip route-source command to redistribute the routes whose source IP address
matches the access list. Use the no form of this command to remove the setting.
match ip route-source {access-list-number [access-list-number... | access-list-name...]
|access-list-name [access-list-number...|access-list-name] | prefix-list prefix-list-name
[prefix-list-name...]}
no match ip route-source {access-list-number [access-list-number... | access-list-name...]
|access-list-name [access-list-number...|access-list-name] | prefix-list prefix-list-name
[prefix-list-name...]}
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
access-list-number
Number of the access list
access-list-name
Name of the access list
prefix-list
prefix-list-name
Specify the prefix list to match.
Default
configuration
None.
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode.
Multiple access list numbers may follow match ip route-source.
You can redistribute the routes from one routing process to another
routing process. For example, you can redistribute the route in the
OSPF routing domain and then advertise it to the RIP routing domain,
Usage
guidelines
and vice versa. The mutual route redistribution can be implemented
between all the IP routing protocols.
For route redistribution, route maps are usually used to control the
mutual route redistribution between two routing domains.
One or more match or set commands can be executed to configure a
route map. If the match command is not used, all the routes will be
matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
34-23
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
performed.
In the example below, the OSPF routing protocol redistributes the
RIP routes. As long as the source IP address of the RIP route
matches the access list 5, the OSPF allows for redistribution.
router ospf
redistribute rip subnets route-map redrip
Examples
network 192.168.12.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
access-list 5 permit 192.168.100.1
route-map redrip permit 10
match ip route-source
Command
Description
access-list
Set the access list.
match ip
address
match interface
match ip
Related
next-hop
commands
match metric
match
route-type
Match the IP address in the access list.
Match the next-hop interface of the route.
Match the next-hop IP address in the access list.
Match the metric.
Match the route type.
match tag
Match the tag.
set metric
Set the metric.
set metric-type
Set the metric type.
set tag
Set the tag.
34.1.20 match ipv6 address
Use this command to redistribute the network routes permitted in the IPv6 access list or the
IPv6 prfix list. Use the no form of this command to delete the setting.
match ipv6 address { access-list-name] | prefix-list prefix-list-name }
no match ipv6 address
34-24
Parameter
Description
Parameter
access-list-name
Name of the access list.
description
prefix-list
Specify the IPv6 prefix list to
prefix-list-name
match.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
You can redistribute the routing information from one routing process
to another routing process. For example, you can redistribute the
route in the OSPF routing domain and then advertise it to the RIP
routing domain, and vice versa. The mutual route redistribution can
be implemented between all the IP routing protocols.
Usage
guideline
In the route redistribution, route maps are usually used to control the
mutual route redistribution between two routing domains.
In configuring one route map, one or more match or set commands
can be executed. If the match command is not used, all the routes will
be matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
performed.
The route map can be configured very flexibly to be used for route
redistribution and policy-based routing. No matter how the route map
is used, the configuration principle is the same, except that different
command sets are used. Even if it is used on the route redistribution,
different routing protocols can use different commands with the route
map.
The following example enables the OSPF routing protocol to
Examples
redistribute RIP routes that match access list 10, with the route type
being type 1 external type and the default metric being 40.
ipv6 router ospf
redistribute rip subnets route-map redrip
ipv6 access-list v6acl
10 permit ipv6 2620::64 any
route-map redrip permit 10
match ipv6 address v6acl
set metric 30
34-25
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
Description
ipv6 access-list
Set the IPV6 access list.
match interface
match ipv6 next-hop
Match the next-hop interface
of the route.
Match the next-hop address
in the IPv6 access list.
Match the route source
match ipvr route-source
list.
Related
commands
address in the IPv6 access
match metric
Match the route metric.
match route-type
Match the route type.
match tag
Match the route tag.
set metric
set metric-type
set tag
Set the metric for route
redistribution.
Set the type for route
redistribution.
Set the tag for route
redistribution.
34.1.21 match ipv6 next-hop
Use this command to redistribute the network routes whose next-hop IP address matches
the IPv6 access list or the IPv6 prefix list. Use the no form of this command to delete the
setting.
match ipv6 next-hop { access-list-name] | prefix-list prefix-list-name}
no match ipv6 next hop
Parameter
Description
Parameter
access-list-name
Name of the IPv6 access list.
description
prefix-list
Specify the IPv6 prefix list to
prefix-list-name
match.
Default
configuration
34-26
None
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
You can redistribute the routes from one routing process to another
routing process. For example, you can redistribute the route in the
OSPF routing domain and then advertise it to the RIP routing domain,
and vice versa. The mutual route redistribution can be implemented
between all the IP routing protocols.
Usage
For route redistribution, route maps are usually used to control the
guideline
mutual route redistribution between two routing domains.
One or more match or set commands can be executed to configure a
route map. If the match command is not used, all the routes will be
matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
performed.
The route map can be configured very flexibly to be used for route
redistribution and policy-based routing. No matter how the route map
is used, the configuration principle is the same, except that different
command sets are used. Even if it is used on the route redistribution,
different routing protocols can use different commands with the route
map.
The following example enables the OSPF routing protocol to
redistribute RIP routes that match access list 10, with the route type
Examples
being type 1 external type and the default metric being 40.
ipv6 router ospf
redistribute rip subnets route-map redrip
ipv6 access-list v6acl
10 permit ipv6 2620::64 any
route-map redrip permit 10
match ipv6 address v6acl
set metric 30
Related
Command
Description
ipv6 access-list
Set the IPV6 access list.
commands
match interface
Match the next-hop interface
of the route.
34-27
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
match ipv6 address
match ipv6
route-source
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Match the IP address in the
IPv6 access list.
Match the route source
address in the IPv6 access
list.
match metric
Match the route metric.
match route-type
Match the route type.
match tag
Match the route tag.
set metric
set metric-type
set tag
Set the metric for route
redistribution.
Set the type for route
redistribution.
Set the tag for route
redistribution.
34.1.22 match ipv6 route-source
Use this command to redistribute the network routes whose next-hop IP address matches
the IPv6 access list or the IPv6 prefix list. Use the no form of this command to delete the
setting.
match ipv6 route-source { access-list-name] | prefix-list prefix-list-name }
no match ipv6 route-source
Parameter
Description
Parameter
access-list-name
Name of the IPv6 access list.
description
prefix-list
Specify the IPv6 prefix list to
prefix-list-name
match.
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
34-28
Route map configuration mode
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
You can redistribute the routing information from one routing process
to another routing process. For example, you can redistribute the
route in the OSPF routing domain and then advertise it to the RIP
routing domain, and vice versa. The mutual route redistribution can
be implemented between all the IP routing protocols.
Usage
In the route redistribution, route maps are usually used to control the
guideline
mutual route redistribution between two routing domains.
In configuring one route map, one or more match or set commands
can be executed. If the match command is not used, all the routes will
be matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
performed.
The route map can be configured very flexibly to be used for route
redistribution and policy-based routing. No matter how the route map
is used, the configuration principle is the same, except that different
command sets are used. Even if it is used on the route redistribution,
different routing protocols can use different commands with the route
map.
The following example enables the OSPF routing protocol to
redistribute RIP routes that match access list 10, with the route type
Examples
being type 1 external type and the default metric being 40.
ipv6 router ospf
redistribute rip subnets route-map redrip
ipv6 access-list v6acl
10 permit ipv6 5200::64 any
route-map redrip permit 10
match ipv6 address v6acl
set metric 50
Related
Command
Description
ipv6 access-list
Set the IPV6 access list.
match interface
commands
match ipv6 address
match ipv6 next-hop
Match the next-hop interface
of the route.
Match the IP address in the
IPv6 access list.
Match the next hop in the
IPv6 access list.
34-29
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
match metric
Match the route metric.
match route-type
Match the route type.
match tag
Match the route tag.
set metric
set metric-type
set tag
Set the metric for route
redistribution.
Set the type for route
redistribution.
Set the tag for route
redistribution.
34.1.23 match length
Use this command to implement the policy-based routing based on the IP packet length in
the route map configuration mode. The no form of Use this command to remove the setting.
match length min-length max-length
no match length min-length max-length
Parameter
Parameter
Description
min-length
Minimum length of the IP
packet
description
max-length
Maximum length of the IP
packet
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
34-30
Route map configuration mode
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Policy-based routing is a packet forwarding mechanism that is more
flexible than the routing based on the destination network. After the
policy-based routing is used, the device will decide how to process
the packets needed to route according to the route map, which
decides the next-hop device of the packets.
To apply the policy-based routing, you must specify the route map for
it and create the route map. A route map contains multiple policies,
Usage
guideline
and each policy defines one or more match rules and the
corresponding operations. After policy-based routing is applied to an
interface, the packets received by the interface will be checked. The
packets that do not match any policy in the route map will be
forwarded to the usual route. The packets that match a policy in the
route map will be processed according to the operation defined in the
policy.
To route interactive traffic and mass traffic respectively, use the
packet size based policy-based routing.
In the example below, the policy-based routing is enabled on serial
1/0 to send the traffic with packet size smaller than 500 bytes through
fastethernet 1/0 interface.
interface fastethernet 1/0
Examples
ip policy route-map smallpak
route-map smallpak permit 10
match length 0 500
set interface fastethernet 0/0
Command
Description
route-map
Define the route map
match ip address
Related
commands
Match the address in the access
list
set default
Set the default packet output
interface
interface.
set interface
Set the packet output interface
set ip default
Set the default next hop of the
next-hop
packets.
set ip next-hop
Set the next-hop IP address of the
packets
34-31
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Set the priority of the packets.
set ip precedence
34.1.24 match metric
Use match metric command to redistribute the routes of the specified metric. Use the no
form of this command to remove the setting.
match metric metric
no match metric metric
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
metric
Route metric, in the range 0 to 4294967295
Default
configuration
None.
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode.
You can redistribute the routing information from one routing process
to another routing process. For example, you can redistribute the
route in the OSPF routing domain and then advertise it to the RIP
routing domain, and vice versa. The mutual route redistribution can
be implemented between all the IP routing protocols.
Usage
guidelines
In the route redistribution, route maps are usually used to control the
mutual route redistribution between two routing domains.
In configuring one route map, one or more match or set commands
can be executed. If the match command is not used, all the routes will
be matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
performed.
In the example below, the OSPF routing protocol redistributes the
RIP routes of metric 10.
router ospf 1
Examples
redistribute rip subnets route-map redrip
network 192.168.12.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
route-map redrip permit 10
match metric 10
Related
34-32
Command
Description
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
commands
Chapter 34
access-list
match ip
address
match interface
match ip
next-hop
match ip
route-source
match
route-type
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Set the access list.
Match the IP address.
Match the interface.
Match the next-hop IP address.
Match the source IP address.
Match the route type.
match tag
Match the tag.
set metric
Set the metric.
set metric-type
Set the metric type.
set tag
Set the tag.
34.1.25 match origin
Use this command to redistribute the routes whose source IP address is permitted by the
ACL in the route map configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the
setting.
match origin {egp | igp | incomplete}
no match origin {egp | igp | incomplete}
Parameter
Description
egp
Redistribute the routes from
the remote EGP.
Parameter
description
igp
Redistribute the routes from
the local IGP.
incomplete
Redistribute the routes from
an imcomplete type.
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
34-33
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Usage
Use this command to set the origin of the routes to be redistributed.
guideline
Only one origin can be set.
route-map MY_MAP 10 permit
match origin egp
set community 109
Examples
route-map MAP20 20 permit
match origin incomplete
set community no-export
Command
match as-path
Related
commands
Description
Match
the
AS_PATH
attribute.
match metric
Match the metric.
match origin
Match the source.
set as-path prepend
Set the AS_PATH attribute.
set metric
Set the metric.
set origin
Set the source.
34.1.26 match route-type
Use this command to redistribute the network routes of the specified type. Use the no form
of this command to delete the setting.
match route-type {local | internal | external [type-1 | type-2] | level-1 | level-2}
no match route-type {local | internal | external [type-1 | type-2] | level-1 | level-2}
Parameter
Description
local
Resdistribute the local rotues.
internal
Redistribute the routes in the
Parameter
OSPF routing domain.
description
Redistribute the routes out of
external
the BGP or OSPF routing
domain.
type-1 | type-2
34-34
Redistribute the OSPF type-1
or type-2 routes.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
level-1 | level-2
Redistribute the ISIS level-1
or level-2 routes.
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
You can redistribute the routing information from one routing process
to another routing process. For example, you can redistribute the
route in the OSPF routing domain and then advertise it to the RIP
routing domain, and vice versa. The mutual route redistribution can
be implemented between all the IP routing protocols.
Usage
In the route redistribution, route maps are usually used to control the
guideline
mutual route redistribution between two routing domains.
In configuring one route map, one or more match or set commands
can be executed. If the match command is not used, all the routes will
be matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
performed.
In the example below, the RIP routing protocol redistributes only the
internal routes in the OSPF routing domain.
router rip
redistribute ospf route-map redrip
Examples
network 192.168.12.0
route-map redrip permit 10
match route-type internal
!
Command
Description
Related
access-list
Set the access list.
commands
match ip address
Match the IP address.
match interface
Match the interface.
34-35
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
match ip next-hop
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Match
the
next-hop
IP
address.
match ip route-source
Match the source IP address.
match metric
Match the metric.
match tag
Match the tag.
set metric
Set the metric.
set metric-type
Set the access list.
set tag
Match the IP address.
34.1.27 match tag
Use this command to redistribute the network routes with the specified tag. Use the no form
of this command to delete the setting.
match tag tag […tag]
no match tag tag […tag]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
tag
Route tag
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
34-36
Route map configuration mode
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Multiple tags may follow the match tag command.
You can redistribute the routing information from one routing process
to another routing process. For example, you can redistribute the
route in the OSPF routing domain and then advertise it to the RIP
routing domain, and vice versa. The mutual route redistribution can
Usage
guideline
be implemented between all the IP routing protocols.
In the route redistribution, route maps are usually used to control the
mutual route redistribution between two routing domains.
In configuring one route map, one or more match or set commands
can be executed. If the match command is not used, all the routes will
be matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
performed.
In the example below, the RIP routing protocol redistributes only the
routes with tag 50 and 80 in the OSPF routing domain.
router rip
Examples
redistribute ospf 100 route-map redrip
network 192.168.12.0
route-map redrip permit 10
match tag 50 80
Command
Description
access-list
Set the access list.
match ip address
Match the IP address.
match interface
Match
the
next-hop
IP
interface.
Related
commands
match ip route-source
Match the source IP address.
match metric
Match the metric.
match ip next-hop
Match
the
next-hop
IP
address.
match route-type
Match the route type.
set metric
Set the metric.
set metric-type
Set the metric type.
set tag
Set the tag.
34-37
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
34.1.28 maximum-paths
Use this command to specify the number of equivalent routes. The no form of this
command is used to restore the setting to the default value.
maximum-paths number
no maximum-paths number
Parameter
description
Parameter
number
Description
Number of equivalent routes in the range of 1 to
32
Default
configuration
32 for routers. For switches, it depends on switch models.
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode.
With this command executed, the number of routes for load balancing
Usage
is no more than the specified number of equivalent routes. You can
guidelines
view the number of equivalent routes with the show running config
command.
The following example sets the number of equivalent routes to 10 and
Examples
then restore it to the default value.
maximum-paths 10
no maximum-paths 10
34.1.29 route-map
Use route-map to enter the route map configuration mode and define a route map. Use the
no form of this command to remove the setting.
route-map route-map-name [permit | deny] [sequence-number]
no route-map route-map-name [permit | deny] [sequence-number]
Parameter
Name
Parameter
description
Description
route-map-name
redistribute
the
route
map.
The
command references
the route map according to its name.
Multiple
34-38
of
routing
policies
can
be
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
defined in a route map, and each
policy corresponds to one sequence
number.
(Optional) If the permit keyword is
defined and the rule defined by
match is met, The set command
controls the redistributed routes. For
policy-based
command
permit
routing,
controls
the
the
set
packet
forwarding, and exits the route map
operation.
If the permit keyword is defined but
the rule defined by match is not met,
the system performs the routing
policy of the second route map till the
set command is executed finally.
(Optional) If the deny keyword is
defined and the rule defined by
match is met, no operation will be
performed.
Neither
route
redistribution nor policy-based routing
deny
is supported in the route map. The
system exits the route map operation.
If the deny keyword is defined but the
rule defined by match is not met, the
system performs the routing policy of
the second route map till the set
command is executed finally.
Sequence number of the route map.
sequence-number
The policy with a lower sequence
number is preferred, so it‘s noted
when setting the sequence number.
Default
configuration
None.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
At present, the DES-7200 software primarily uses the route map for
guidelines
route redistribution and policy-based routing.
34-39
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
1. Route redistribution control
You can redistribute the routes from one routing process to another
routing process. For example, you can redistribute the route in the
OSPF routing domain and then advertise it to the RIP routing domain,
and vice versa. The mutual route redistribution can be implemented
between all the IP routing protocols.
For route redistribution, route maps are usually used to control the
mutual route redistribution between two routing domains.
One or more match or set commands can be executed to configure a
route map. If the match command is not used, all the routes will be
matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
performed.
When configuring route maps, pay attention to the following when
using the sequence number of a route map:
1)
When you create the first route map policy, if sequence-number
is not specified, it is 10 by default;
2)
If only one route map policy exists and sequence-number is not
specified, no new route map policy will be created, and the
existing route map policy will be accessed for configuration;
If more than one route map policy is available, the sequence number
of each policy shall be specified; otherwise an error message will be
displayed.
2. policy-based routing
Policy-based routing refers to a routing mechanism based on user
defined
policies.
Compared
with
traditional
destination
IP
address-based routing, policy-based routing offers a flexibility for
routing based on source IP address, length and port of IP packets.
Policy-based routing can apply to the IP packets received on an
interface or the IP packets sent from the local device.
Policy-based routing utilizes route map to define routing and
forwarding policy. The match command defines packet filtering rule
and the set command defines the action for the packets matching the
filtering rules. The match command used includes match ip address
and match length; the set command includes set ip tos, set ip
precedence, set ip dscp, set ip [default] nexthop, set ip next-hop
verify-availability, set [default] interface.
The following example enables the OSPF routing protocol to
Examples
redistribute the RIP routes with the hop count of 4. In the OSPF route
domain, the route type is the external route type-1, the default metric
34-40
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
is 40 and the tag is 40.
!
router ospf
redistribute rip subnets route-map redrip
network 192.168.12.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
!
!
route-map redrip permit 10
match metric 4
set metric 40
set metric-type type-1
set tag 40
Related
Command
Description
commands
redistribute
Redistribute the routes.
34.1.30 set aggregator as
Use this command to specify the AS_PATH attribute for the aggregator of the routes that
match the rule in the route map configuration mode. Excute the no form of this command to
remove the setting. This command is only used to configure policy-based routing.
set aggregator as as-number ip addr
no set aggregator as [as-number ip addr]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
as-number
AS number of the aggregator
ip_address
IP address of the aggregator
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
Usage
guideline
Route map configuration mode
Use this command to set the AS_PATH attribute for the matched
routes in the BGP routing domain. Only one parameter is allowed to
set at a time.
34-41
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
route-map set-as-path
Examples
match as-path 1
set aggregator as 3 2.2.2.2
Command
Description
match as-path
Match the AS_PATH.
match community
Match the community.
match metric
Match the route metric.
match origin
Match the route source.
Related
commands
set community
Set the COMMUNITY
attribute.
set metric
Set the metric.
set metric-type
Set the type.
34.1.31 set as-path prepend
Use this command to specify the AS_PATH attribute for the routes that match the rule in the
route map configuration mode. Excute the no form of this command to remove the setting.
This command is only used to configure policy-based routing.
set as-path prepend as-number
no set as-path prepend [as-number]
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
as-number
AS number of the AS_PATH
attribute to be configured
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
34-42
Route map configuration mode
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Usage
Use this command to configure the AS_PATH attribute for the
guideline
matched routes.
route-map set-as-path
Examples
match as-path 1
set as-path prepend 100 101 102
Command
Description
match as-path
Match the AS_PATH.
match community
Match the community.
match metric
Match the route metric.
match origin
Match the route source.
Related
commands
set community
Set the COMMUNITY
attribute.
set metric
Set the metric.
set metric-type
Set the type.
34.1.32 set comm-list delete
Use this command to delete the COMMUNITY_LIST attribute for the routes that match the
rule in the route map configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the
setting. This command is only used to configure policy-based routing.
set comm-list community-list-number | community-list-name delete
no comm-list community-list-number | community-list-name delete
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
community-list-number
Number of the community list
community-list-name
Name of the community list
Default
configuration
None
34-43
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
Usage
Use this command to set the community list for the matched routes
guideline
that will be deleted in the course of routing.
router bgp 100
neighbor 172.16.233.33 remote-as 120
neighbor 172.16.233.33 route-map ROUTEMAPIN in
neighbor 172.16.233.33 route-map ROUTEMAPOUT out
ip community-list 500 permit 100:10
ip community-list 500 permit 100:20
Examples
ip community-list 120 deny 100:50
ip community-list 120 permit 100:.*
route-map ROUTEMAPIN permit 10
set comm-list 500 delete
!
route-map ROUTEMAPOUT permit 10
set comm-list 120 delete
Command
match as-path
Related
commands
Description
Match the AS_PATH attribute
value.
match metric
Match the metric.
match origin
Match the source.
set as-path prepend
Set the AS_PATH attribute.
set local-preference
set metric-type
Set the local priority of the
route to be redistributed.
Set the metric type.
34.1.33 set community
Use this command to specify the community for the routes that match the rule in the route
map configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the setting. This
command is only used to configure policy-based routing.
34-44
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
set community {community-number[community-number…] [additive | none}
no set community {community-number[community-number…] [additive | none}
Parameter
Description
Community number in the
form of AA:NN or a large
numeral. In addition, it can be
community-number
well-known community
Parameter
attributes like internet,
description
local-AS, no-export and
no-advertise.
additive
none
Increase
on
the
original
COMMUNITY attribute.
Set the community attribute
as blank.
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
Usage
Use this command to set the community attribute for the matched
guideline
route.
route-map SET_COMMUNITY 10 permit
match as-path 1
set community 109:10
Examples
route-map SET_COMMUNITY 20 permit
match as-path 2
set community no-export
Related
commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Match the AS_PATH.
match community
Match the community.
34-45
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
match metric
Match the metric.
match origin
Match the source.
set as-path prepend
Set the AS_PATH attribute.
set origin
Set the source.
set metric-type
Set the metric type.
34.1.34 set dampening
Use this command to specify the dampening parameters for the routes that match the rule
in the route map configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the
setting. This command is only used to configure policy-based routing.
set dampening half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time
no set dampening
Parameter
Description
Half dampening life for the reachable
half-life
or unreachable route in the range of 1
to 45 minutes, 15 minutes by default
When the route penalty is lower than
reuse
Parameter
this value, the route suppression is
released. It is in the range 1 to 20000,
750 by default
description
When the route penalty is higher than
suppress
this value, the route is suppressed. It
is in the range 1 to 20000, 2000 by
default
Maximum duration a route can be
max-suppress-time
suppressed in the range 1 to 20000
minutes, 4* half-life by default.
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
34-46
Route map configuration mode
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Usage
Use this command to set the dampening parameter for the matched
guideline
routes.
route-map tag
match as path 10
Examples
set dampening 30 1500 10000 120
router bgp 100
neighbor 172.16.233.52 route-map tag in
Related
commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Match the AS_PATH value.
match community
Match the community.
match metric
Match the metric.
match origin
Match the source.
set as-path prepend
Set the AS_PATH attribute.
set metric
Set the metric.
set local-preference
Set the local priority of the
route to be redistributed.
34.1.35 set default interface
Use this command to specify the default interface for forwarding the packets whose route
matches the rule but without an egress in the route map configuration mode. Use the no
form of this command to remove the setting.
set default interface interface-type interface-number […interface-type interface-number]
no set default interface interface-type interface-number […interface-type
interface-number]
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
Description
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
None
34-47
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
Multiple interfaces may follow the set default interface
command.
Policy-based routing is a packet forwarding mechanism
more flexible than the routing based on the target network.
If policy-based routing is used, the device will determine
how to process the packets to be routed according to the
route map, which determines the next-hop device of the
packets.
To use the policy-based routing, you must specify the
Usage
guideline
route map for it and create the route map. A route map
contains multiple policies, and each policy defines one or
more match rules and the corresponding operations. After
policy-based routing is applied to an interface, the packets
received by the interface will be checked. The packets that
do not match any policy in the route map will be forwarded
to the usual route. The packets that match a policy in the
route map will be processed according to the operation
defined in the policy.
If the first defined interface becomes down, the interface
set by the second set command will be attempted. A
route-map policy may contain multiple set operations.
In the example below, the policy-based routing is enabled on serial
1/0 to send the traffic whose packet size is less than 500 bytes and
the route is not defined through fastEthernet 1/0 interface.
interface serial 1/0
Examples
ip policy route-map smallpak
route-map smallpak permit 10
match length 0 500
set default interface fastethernet 1/0
34-48
Command
Description
Related
route-map
Define a route map.
commands
match ip address
Match the IP address.
match length
Match the packet length.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Set the outgoing interface.
set interface
Set the default next hop of the
set ip default next-hop
packets.
Set the next-hop IP address
set ip next-hop
of the packets.
Set the priority of the packets.
set ip precedence
34.1.36 set extcommunity
Use this command to specify the extended COMMUNITY attribute for the routes that match
the rule in the route map configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove
the setting. This command is only used to configure policy-based routing.
set extcommunity {rt extend-community-value | soo extend-community-value}
no set extcommunity {rt | soo }
Parameter
Parameter
description
rt
soo
extend-community-value
Description
Specify the extended community
value in the form of RT.
Specify the extended community
value in the form of SOO.
Extended community value.
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
Usage
Use this command to set the extended community attribute for the
guideline
matched route.
access-list 2 permit 192.168.78.0 255.255.255.0
Examples
route-map MAP NAME permit 10
match ip-address 2
set extcommunity rt 100:2
34-49
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
Description
match as-path
Match the AS_PATH value
match community
Match the community.
Related
match metric
Match the metric.
commands
match origin
Match the source.
set as-path prepend
Set the AS_PATH attribute.
set metric
Set the metric.
set metric-type
Set the metric type.
34.1.37 set interface
Use this command to specify the interface for forwarding the packets matching the rule in
the route map configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the setting.
set interface interface-type interface-number […interface-type interface-number]
no set interface interface-type interface-number […interface-type interface-number]
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
Description
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface ID
None
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
Multiple interfaces may follow the set interface command.
Policy-based routing is a packet forwarding mechanism
Usage
guideline
more flexible than the routing based on the target network.
If policy-based routing is used, the device will determine
how to process the packets to be routed according to the
route map, which determines the next-hop device of the
packets.
34-50
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
To use the policy-based routing, you must specify the
route map for it and create the route map. A route map
contains multiple policies, and each policy defines one or
more match rules and the corresponding operations. After
policy-based routing is applied to an interface, the packets
received by the interface will be checked. The packets that
do not match any policy in the route map will be forwarded
to the usual route. The packets that match a policy in the
route map will be processed according to the operation
defined in the policy.
If the first defined interface becomes down, the interface
set by the second set command will be attempted. A
route-map policy may contain multiple set operations.
If the interface is set as null 0, the packets will be
discarded.
In the example below, the policy-based routing is enabled on serial
1/0 to send the traffic whose packet size is less than 500 bytes
through fastethernet 0/0 interface.
interface serial 1/0
Examples
ip policy route-map smallpak
route-map smallpak permit 10
match length 0 500
set interface fastethernet 0/0
Command
Description
route-map
Define a route map.
match ip address
Match the IP address.
match length
Match the packet length.
Set
Related
set default interface
the
default
outgoing
interface when there is no
route in the routing table.
commands
Set the default next hop of the
set ip default next-hop
packets when there is no
route in the routing table.
set ip next-hop
set ip precedence
Set the next-hop IP address
of the packets.
Set the priority of the packets.
34-51
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
34.1.38 set ip default next-hop
Use this command to specify the default next-hop IP address for the packets that match the
rule in the route map configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the
setting.
set ip default next-hop ip-address [weight] […ip-address[weight]]
no set ip default next-hop ip-address [weight] […ip-address[weight]]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
ip-address
IP address of the next hop.
weight
Weight of the next hop.
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
34-52
Route map configuration mode
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
This command supports two operation modes: WCMP load balancing
mode and non-WCMP load balancing mode. In the former mode, the
system implements WCMP load balancing according to the weight
inputted.
Up to 32 IP addresses may follow the set ip default next-hop
command.
If a weight follows ip address, up to 4 next hop IP addresses can be
configured.
Note: If a weight follows any next-hop, the operation mode of this
command will be automatically switched to the WCMP load balancing
mode. In this mode, the weight of those next hop IP addresses whose
weight is not configured is 1 by default.
Differences between set ip next-hop and set ip default next-hop: After
Usage
guideline
the set ip next-hop command is configured, the policy-based routing
takes precedence over the routing table; while after the set ip default
next-hop command is configured, the routing table takes precedence
over the policy-based routing.
Use this command to customize a default route for a specified user. If
the software fails to find the forwarding route, the packet will be
forwarded to the nexthop set with this command.
To use the policy-based routing, you must specify the route map for it
and create the route map. A route map contains multiple policies, and
each policy defines one or more match rules and the corresponding
operations. After policy-based routing is applied to an interface, the
packets received by the interface will be checked. The packets that
do not match any policy in the route map will be forwarded through
the usual route. The packets that match a policy in the route map will
be processed according to the operation defined in the policy.
A route-map policy may contain multiple set operations.
The following example forwards the packets from two different nodes
through different routes.
For the messages received on the synchronous interface 1 from
1.1.1.1, if the software cannot find the forwarding route, they are
forwarded to device 6.6.6.6. For the messages received from 2.2.2.2,
Examples
if the software cannot find the forwarding route, they are forwarded to
device 7.7.7.7. The other messages will be discarded if the software
cannot find the forwarding route.
access-list 1 permit ip 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0
access-list 2 permit ip 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0
interface async 1
34-53
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
ip policy route-map equal-access
route-map equal-access permit 10
match ip address 1
set ip default next-hop 6.6.6.6
route-map equal-access permit 20
match ip address 2
set ip default next-hop 7.7.7.7
route-map equal-access permit 30
set default interface null0
Related
Command
Description
route-map
Define a route map.
match ip address
Match the IP address.
set default interface
Set
the
default
outgoing
interface.
commands
set interface
Set the outgoing interface.
set ip next-hop
Set the next hop of the
packets.
set ip precedence
Set the priority of the packets.
34.1.39 set ip dscp
Use this command to specify the DSCP value for the packets that match the rule in the route
map configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the setting.
set ip dscp dscp-value
no set ip dscp
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
dscp-value
DSCP value
Default
configuration
34-54
None
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
Usage
guideline
Examples
Related
Command
Description
route-map
Define a route map.
match ip address
Match the IP address.
set default interface
Set
the
default
outgoing
interface.
commands
set interface
Set the outgoing interface.
set ip next-hop
Set the next hop of the
packets.
set ip precedence
Set the priority of the packets.
34.1.40 set ip next-hop
Use this command to specify the next-hop IP address for the packets that meet the
matching rule. Use the no form of this command to remove the setting. This command is
only used to configure policy-based routing.
set ip next-hop ip-address [weight] […ip-address [weight]]
no set ip next-hop ip-address [weight] […ip-address[weight]]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
ip-address
IP address of the next hop.
weight
Weight of the next hop.
Default
configuration
None
34-55
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
This command supports two operation modes: WCMP
load balancing mode and non-WCMP load balancing
mode. In the former mode, the system implements WCMP
load balancing according to the weight entered by the
user.
Multiple IP addresses may follow set ip next-hop and the
number of addresses should be less than 32.
If weight follows ip address, up to 4 next hop addresses
can be configured.
Note: If weight follows any next-hop, the operation mode
of this command will be automatically switched to the
WCMP load balancing mode. In the WCMP load balancing
mode, for the nexthop address without configuring the
corresponding weight, the weight is 1 by default.
This command can be used to set different routes for the
traffic that meets different match rule. If multiple IP
Usage
addresses are configured, they can be used in turn.
guideline
Policy-based routing is a packet forwarding mechanism
more flexible than the routing based on the target network.
After the policy-based routing is used, the device will
decide how to process the packets that need be routed
according to the route map, which decides the next-hop
device of the packets.
To use the policy-based routing, you must specify the
route map for it and create the route map. A route map
contains multiple policies, and each policy defines one or
more match rules and the corresponding operations. After
policy-based routing is applied to an interface, the packets
received by the interface will be checked. The packets that
do not match any policy in the route map will be forwarded
to the usual route. The packets that match a policy in the
route map will be processed according to the operation
defined in the policy.
A route-map policy may contain multiple set operations.
Examples
34-56
The following example enables policy-based routing on
serial 1/0. When the interface receives the packets from
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
10.0.0.0/8, they will be sent to 192.168.100.1; when the
interface receives the packets from 172.16.0.0/16, they
will be sent to 172.16.100.1; all other packets will be
discarded.
interface serial 1/0
ip policy route-map load-balance
access-list 10 permit 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
access-list 20 permit 172.16.0.0 0.0.255.255
route-map load-balance permit 10
match ip address 10
set ip next-hop 192.168.100.1
route-map load-balance permit 20
match ip address 20
set ip next-hop 172.16.100.1
route-map load-balance permit 30
set interface Null0
Related
Command
Description
Route-map
Define the route map.
match ip address
Match the IP address.
set default interface
Set
the
default
outgoing
interface.
commands
set interface
Set the outgoing interface.
set ip default next-hop
Set the default next hop.
set ip precedence
Set the priority of the packets.
34.1.41 set ip next-hop verify-availability
Use this command to verify the availability of the next hop IP address for the packets that
meet the matching rule. Use the no form of this command to remove the setting. This
command is only used to configure policy-based routing.
set ip next-hop verify-availability ip-address track track-object-num
no set ip next-hop verify-availability
34-57
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
Description
Parameter
ip-address
IP address of the next hop
description
Track-object-num
Number of the object to be
tracked
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
Usage
guideline
None
The following example enables policy-based routing on
serial 1/0. When the interface receives the packets from
10.0.0.0/8, they will be sent to 192.168.100.1; when the
interface receives the packets from 172.16.0.0/16, they
will be sent to 172.16.100.1; all other packets will be
discarded.
interface serial 1/0
ip policy route-map load-balance
access-list 10 permit 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
Examples
access-list 20 permit 172.16.0.0 0.0.255.255
route-map load-balance permit 10
match ip address 10
set ip next-hop 192.168.100.1
route-map load-balance permit 20
match ip address 20
set ip next-hop 172.16.100.1
route-map load-balance permit 30
set interface Null0
34-58
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Related
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Command
Description
route-map
Define the route map.
match ip address
Match the IP address.
set default interface
Set
the
default
outgoing
interface.
commands
set interface
Set the outgoing interface.
set ip default next-hop
Set the default next hop.
set ip precedence
Set the priority of the packets.
34.1.42 set ip precedence
Use this command to set the precedence of the IP head of the packet matching the rule in
the route map configuratio mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the
configured precedence setting.
set ip precedence {<0-7> | critical | flash | flash-override | immediate | internet | network |
priority | routine }
no set ip precedence {<0-7> | critical | flash | flash-override | immediate | internet |
network | priority | routine }
Default
configuration
N/A
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
With different precedence values for the IP packet head
configured, the IP packets matching the PBR routing are
Usage
guideline
sent accoding to the different precedence values.
Multiple set ip precedence commands can be executed
in the route map configuration rule, but only the last one
takes effect, and the precedence will be specified for the
head of the IP packet matiched the PBR.
The following example sets the precedence of the packet
Examples
with the source IP address 192.168.217.68 received at the
interface FastEthernet 0/0 as 4:
34-59
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config)#access-list 1 permit 192.168.217.68
0.0.0.0
DES-7210(config)#route-map name
DES-7210(config-route-map)#match ip address 1
DES-7210(config-route-map)#set ip precedence 4
DES-7210(config)#interface FastEthernet 0/0
DES-7210(config-if)#ip policy route-map name
Command
Description
match interface
Match the next-hop interface.
match ip address
Match the IP address in the
ACL.
match ip next-hop
Match
the
next-hop
IP
address in the ACL.
match ip route-source
Match the route source IP
address in the ACL.
Related
commands
match metric
Match the route metric value.
match route-type
Match the route type.
match tag
Match the route tag value.
set metric-type
Set the type of redistributed
route.
set tag
Set
the
tag
value
of
redistributed route.
set ip tos
Set the tos for the IP packet
head.
34.1.43 set ip tos
Use this command to set the tos of the IP head of the packet matching the rule in the route
map configuratio mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the configured tos
setting.
set ip tos
{<0-15> | max-reliability | max-throughput | min-delay | min-monetary-cost |
normal }
no set ip tos {<0-15> | max-reliability | max-throughput | min-delay | min-monetary-cost |
normal }
34-60
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Default
configuration
N/A
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
With different TOS values for the IP packet head
Usage
guideline
configured, the IP packets matching the PBR routing are
transmitted with different service qualities.
The TOS value will be specified for the head of the IP
packet matiched the PBR.
The following example sets the TOS value of the packet
with the source IP address 192.168.217.68 received at the
interface FastEthernet 0/0 as 4:
DES-7210(config)#access-list 1 permit 192.168.217.68
0.0.0.0
Examples
DES-7210(config)#route-map name
DES-7210(config-route-map)#match ip address 1
DES-7210(config-route-map)#set ip tos 4
DES-7210(config)#interface FastEthernet 0/0
DES-7210(config-if)#ip policy route-map name
Command
Description
match interface
Match the next-hop interface.
match ip address
Match the IP address in the
ACL.
Related
commands
match ip next-hop
Match
the
next-hop
IP
address in the ACL.
match ip route-source
Match the route source IP
address in the ACL.
match metric
Match the route metric value.
34-61
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
match route-type
Match the route type.
match tag
Match the route tag value.
set metric-type
Set the type of redistributed
route.
set tag
Set
the
tag
value
of
redistributed route.
set ip precedence
Set the precedence for the IP
packet head.
34.1.44 set level
Use this command to set the level of the area where the routes matching the rule are
redistributed in the route map configuration command. Use the no form of this command to
remove the setting.
set level {level 1| level 2 | level 1-2 | stub-area | backbone}
no set level
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
In the example below, the OSPF routing protocol
redistributes the RIP protocol to the backbone area.
router ospf
Examples
redistribute rip subnets route-map redrip
network 192.168.12.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
route-map redrip permit 10
set level backbone
Related
commands
34-62
Command
Description
match interface
Match the interface.
match ip address
Match the IP address.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
match ip next-hop
Match
the
next-hop
IP
address.
match ip route-source
Match the source IP address.
match metric
Match the metric.
match route-type
Match the route type.
match tag
Match the tag.
set metric-type
Set the metric type.
set tag
Set the tag.
34.1.45 set local-preference
Use this command to set the LOCAL_PREFERENCE value for the routes to be
redistributed in the route map configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to
remove the setting. set local-preference number
no set local-preference
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
number
Local priority metric ranging 1
to 4294967295
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
Usage
Use this command to set the local preference for the matched routes.
guideline
Only one local preference can be set.
34-63
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
route-map SET_PREF permit 10
match as-path 1
set local-preference 6800
Examples
route-map SET_PREF permit 20
match as-path 2
set local-preference 50
Command
match as-path
Description
Match the AS_PATH
attribute.
Related
match metric
Match the route metric.
commands
match origin
Match the source.
set as-path prepend
Set the AS_PATH attribute.
set metric
Set the metric.
set metric-type
Set the metric type.
34.1.46 set metric
Use set metric to set the metric for the routes to be redistributed. Use the no form of this
command to remove the setting.
set metric
[+ metric-value | - metric-value | metric-value]
no set metric
Parameter
+
Parameter
description
metric-value
Default
configuration
34-64
Description
Increase based on the metric
of the original route
Decrease
based
on
the
metric of the original route
Metric for the route to be
redistributed
The default metric for route redistribution varies with the routing
protocol.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
You should set the metric according to the actual network topology,
because the routing depends on the metric of routes. Attentions
should be paid to the upeer and lower limits of the routing protocols
when you execute the set metric, + metric or – metric commands.
When the RIP protocol redistributes the routes of other protocols, the
range of the metric after increase or decrease is 1 to 16.
You can redistribute the routes from one routing process to another
Usage
guideline
routing process. For example, you can redistribute the route in the
OSPF routing domain and then advertise it to the RIP routing domain,
and vice versa. The mutual route redistribution can be implemented
between all the IP routing protocols.
For route redistribution, route maps are usually used to control the
mutual route redistribution between two routing domains.
One or more match or set commands can be executed to configure a
route map. If the match command is not used, all the routes will be
matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
performed.
The following example enables the OSPF routing protocol to
redistribute the RIP routes and sets the default metric to 40.
router ospf
Examples
redistribute rip subnets route-map redrip
network 192.168.12.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
route-map redrip permit 10
set metric 40
Related
commands
Command
Description
match interface
Match the interface.
match ip address
Match the IP address.
match ip next-hop
Match
the
next-hop
IP
address.
match ip route-source
Match the source IP address.
match metric
Match the metric.
34-65
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
match route-type
Match the route type.
match tag
Match the tag.
set metric-type
Set the metric type.
set tag
Set the tag.
34.1.47 set metric-type
Use set metric-type to set the type of the routes to be redistributed. Use the no form of this
command to remove the setting.
set metric-type type
no set metric-type
Parameter
Description
Type of the routes to be
redistributed. At present, you
Parameter
description
can set the type of the routes
type
that
the
OSPF
protocol
redistributes.
type-1: Type-1 external route;
type-2: Type-2 external route.
Default
configuration
Type-2
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
You can redistribute the routing information from one routing process
to another routing process. For example, you can redistribute the
route in the OSPF routing domain and then advertise it to the RIP
Usage
routing domain, and vice versa. The mutual route redistribution can
guideline
be implemented between all the IP routing protocols.
In the route redistribution, route maps are usually used to control the
mutual route redistribution between two routing domains.
In configuring one route map, one or more match or set commands
34-66
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
can be executed. If the match command is not used, all the routes will
be matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
performed.
The following example enables the OSPF routing protocol to
redistribute the RIP route and sets the type as type-1.
router ospf
Examples
redistribute rip subnets route-map redrip
network 192.168.12.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
route-map redrip permit 10
set metric-type type-1
Command
Description
match interface
Match the interface.
match ip address
Match the IP address.
match ip next-hop
Related
commands
Match
the
next-hop
IP
address.
match ip route-source
Match the source IP address.
match metric
Match the metric.
match route-type
Match the route type.
match tag
Match the tag.
set metric
Set the metric.
set tag
Set the tag.
34.1.48 set next-hop
Use this command to specify the next-hop IP address for the routes that match the rule. Use
the no form of this command to remove the setting. This command is only used to configure
routing policies.
set next-hop ip-address
no set next-hop ip-address
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
ip-address
IP address of the next hop.
34-67
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
You can redistribute the routing information from one routing process
to another routing process. For example, you can redistribute the
route in the OSPF routing domain and then advertise it to the RIP
routing domain, and vice versa. The mutual route redistribution can
be implemented between all the IP routing protocols.
Usage
guideline
In the route redistribution, route maps are usually used to control the
mutual route redistribution between two routing domains.
In configuring one route map, one or more match or set commands
can be executed. If the match command is not used, all the routes will
be matched. If the set command is not used, no operation will be
performed.
The following example enables the OSPF routing protocol to
redistribute the RIP route and sets the next-hop to 192.168.1.2.
Examples
route-map redrip permit 10
match ip address 1
set next-hop 192.168.1.2
Command
Description
match interface
Match the interface.
match ip address
Match the IP address.
match ip next-hop
Related
commands
34-68
Match
the
next-hop
IP
address.
match ip route-source
Match the source IP address.
match metric
Match the metric.
match route-type
Match the route type.
match tag
Match the tag.
set metric-type
Set the metric type.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
set tag
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Set the tag.
34.1.49 set origin
Use this command to set the source of the routes to be redistributed in the route map
configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the setting.
set origin {egp | igp | incomplete}
no set origin {egp | igp | incomplete}
Parameter
Description
egp
Redistribute the routes from
the remote EGP.
Parameter
description
igp
Redistribute the routes from
the local IGP.
Incomplete
Redistribute the routes from
an unknown device.
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
Usage
Use this command to set the source of the routes to be matched.
guideline
Only one route source attribute can be set.
route-map SET_ORIGIN 10 permit
match as-path 1
Examples
set origin igp
route-map SET_ORIGIN 20 permit
match as-path 2
set origin egp
34-69
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Command
match as-path
Related
commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Description
Match the AS_PATH
attribute.
match metric
Match the route metric.
match origin
Match the source.
set as-path prepend
Set the AS_PATH attribute.
set metric
Set the metric.
set local-preference
Set the local priority of
redistributed routes.
34.1.50 set originator-id
Use this command to set the source of the routes to be redistributed in the route map
configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the setting.
set originator-id ip-addr
no originator-id [ip-addr]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
ip-addr
IP address of the originator.
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
Usage
guideline
34-70
Use this command to set the source of the routes to be matched.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
route-map SET_ORIGIN 10 permit
match as-path 1
Examples
set originator-id 5.5.5.5
route-map SET_ORIGIN 20 permit
match as-path 2
set originator-id 5.5.5.6
Command
match as-path
Related
commands
Description
Match the AS_PATH
attribute.
match metric
Match the route metric.
match origin
Match the source.
set as-path prepend
Set the AS_PATH attribute.
set metric
Set the metric.
set local-preference
Set the local priority of
redistributed routes.
34.1.51 set tag
Use this command to set the tag for the routes to be redistributed. Use the no form of this
command to remove the setting.
set tag tag
no set tag
Parameter
Description
tag
Tag of the route to be
Parameter
description
redistributed
Default
configuration
The original routing tag remains unchanged.
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
34-71
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Usage
This command can only be used for route redistribution. If this
guideline
command is not configured, the default route tag is used.
The following example enables the OSPF routing protocol to
redistribute the RIP route and sets the tag as 100.
router ospf 1
Examples
redistribute rip subnets route-map redrip
network 192.168.12.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
route-map redrip permit 10
set tag 100
Command
Description
match interface
Match the interface.
match ip address
Match the IP address.
match ip next-hop
Related
commands
Match
the
next-hop
IP
address.
match ip route-source
Match the source IP address.
match metric
Match the metric.
match route-type
Match the route type.
match tag
Match the tag.
set metric
Set the metric.
set metric-type
Set the metric type.
34.1.52 set weight
Use this command to set the weight for the BGP routes matching filtering rules. Use the no
form of this command to remove the setting.
set weight number
no set weight
Parameter
Description
number
Weight in the range of 0 to
Parameter
description
65535
34-72
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
Route map configuration mode
This command can only be used modify the weight of a
BGP route.
Usage
By default, the weight of the route learned from a
guideline
neighbor is the one configured with the neighbor weight
command. The weight of the locally generated route is
fixed 32768.
The following example sets the weight for the BGP route
learned from the neighbor 1.1.1.1 at the inbound direction
to 100.
Examples
router bgp 1
neighbor 1.1.1.1 route-map nei-rmap-in in
route-map nei-rmap-in permit 10
set weight 100
Command
match as-path
Related
Description
Match the AS_PATH
attribute.
match community
Match the route community.
match metric
Match the route metric.
match origin
Match the source.
commands
set community
set metric
set metric type
Set community of the
redistributed route.
Set the metric of the
redistributed route.
Set the metric type of the
redistributed route.
34-73
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
34.1.53 ip ref ecmp load-balance source
The hardware forwarding table includes not only ECMP/WCMP route but also load
balancing policy. When there is more than one next hop of a route, the hardware can select
one of them according to defined policy expressed by HASH(KEY(SIP,[DIP] [TCP/UDP Port]
[ UDF])).
This expression means that the hardware selects the next hop based on the Hash operation
of a keyword. You can define the policy in two ways: Hash algorithm and key. The hardware
offers two Hash algorightms-CRC32_Upper and CRC32_Lower. You can select some fields
of a packet to form a key. By default, only source IP address is selected. Meanwhile, port
number, destionation IP address, and customized value of TCP/UDP packet are available.
ip ref ecmp load-balance {[crc32_lower | crc32_upper] [dip] [port] [udf number]}
no ip ref ecmp load-balance{[crc32_lower | crc32 upper] [dip] [port] [udf number]}
Command
mode
Global configuration mode
You can use any combination of DIP, port, and UDF to form a key,
and select CRC32_Lower or CRC32_Upper as Hash algorithm.
This command can only be used modify the weight of a BGP route.
Usage
The no form will remove the keywords it carries with as the
guideline
components of a key from the saved setting. For example, if the
system saves the setting of SIP, DIP and Port. After the no ip ref
ecmp route dip port is executed, only SIP is available for the key. If
the no form has the keywords not in the saved settings, the command
runs properly.
The following example sets the Hash algorithm for the load
balanced route.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# ip ref ecmp load-balance crc32_upper
The following example sets the keyword for the load
balanced route.
DES-7210(config)# ip ref ecmp load-balance dip port
34-74
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
34.2 Show Related Command
34.2.1
show route-map
Use the command to view the configuration of the route map in the privileged mode.
show route-map [route-map-name]
Parameter
description
Parameter
route-map-name
Description
(Optional) Show the configuration information of
the specified the route map.
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
The configuration information of all the route maps is displayed.
Privileged mode, global configuration mode, interface configuration
mode, routing protocol configuration mode, route map configuration
mode.
If no route map is specified, the configurations of all the route maps
will be displayed, otherwise only the configuration of the specified
route map is displayed.
DES-7210# show route-map
route-map AAA, permit, sequence 10
Match clauses:
ip address 2
Set clauses:
metric 10
Examples
Field
Description
route-map
Name of the route map.
Permit
sequence 10
The route map contains the
permit keyword.
Sequence number of the route
map.
Set the matching rule. Whether
Match clauses
to perform the set operation
depends on the permit or deny
keyword in the route map.
Set clauses
Setsthe operation when the rule
is matched.
34-75
Chapter 34
34.2.2
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
show ip community-list
Use show ip community-list command to view the community list.
show ip community-list [community-list-number | community-list-name]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
community-list-number
Number of the community list.
community-list-name
Name of the community list.
Default
configuration
None
Command
mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Usage
guidelines
This command shows the information on the community list.
DES-7210# show ip community-list
Community-list standard local
Examples
permit local-AS
Community-list standard Red-Giant
permit 0:10
deny 0:20
34.2.3
show ip prefix-list
Use show ip prefix-list to view the prefix list or the entries.
show ip prefix-list [prefix-name [seq seq-num | ip-prefix]]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
prefix-name
Name of the prefix list.
Default
The configuration information of all the prefix lists is displayed by
configuration
default.
Command
mode
34-76
Privileged mode, global configuration mode, interface configuration
mode, routing protocol configuration mode, route map configuration
mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Usage
guidelines
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
If no prefix list is specified, the configurations of all the prefix lists are
displayed, otherwise only the configuration of the specified prefix list
is displayed.
DES-7210# show ip prefix-list
ip prefix-list name : test
Examples
seq pre: 2 entries
seq 5 permit 192.168.564.0/24
seq 10 permit 192.2.2.0/24
34.2.4
show ip route
Use the command to view the configuration of the IP routing table.
show ip route [[vrf vrf_name] [network [mask] | count | protocol [process-id] | weight ]]
Parameter
vrf vrf_name
network
Parameter
description
mask
count
protocol
process-id
weight
Description
(Optional) Show the route information of the
VRF.
(Optional) Show the route information to the
network.
(Optional)Show the route information to the
network of this mask.
(Optional)Show the number of existent routes.
(Optional) Show the route information of specific
protocol.
(Optional) Routing protocol process ID.
(Optional) Show the route information of non
deault weight.
Default
configuration
Command
mode
All routes are displayed by default.
Privileged mode, global configuration mode, interface configuration
mode, routing protocol configuration mode, route map configuration
mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command can show route information flexibly.
34-77
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210# show ip route
Codes: C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, B - BGP
O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area
N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external
type 2
E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2
i - IS-IS, su - IS-IS summary, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 IS-IS level-2
ia - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default
Gateway of last resort is no set
S
20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, VLAN 1
S
22.0.0.0/8 [1/0] via 20.0.0.1
O E2 30.0.0.0/8 [110/20] via 192.1.1.1, 00:00:06, VLAN
1
R
40.0.0.0/8 [120/20] via 192.1.1.2, 00:00:23, VLAN 1
B
50.0.0.0/8 [120/0] via 192.1.1.3, 00:00:41
C
192.1.1.0/24 is directly connected, VLAN 1
C
192.1.1.254/32 is local host.
Field
Description
Source routing protocol, which may be:
C: directly connected route
S: static route
Examples
O
R: RIP route
B: BGP route
O: OSPF route
I: IS-IS route
Route type, which may be:
E1: OSPF external route type 1
E2: OSPF external route type 2
N1: OSPF NSSA external type 1
E2
N2: OSPF NSSA external type 2
IA: OSPF area internal route
SU: IS-IS summary route
L1: IS-IS level-1 route
L2: IS-IS level-2 route
ia: IS-IS area internal route
20.0.0.0/8
34-78
Network
address
and
mask
destination network
[1/0]
Manage metric
Via 20.0.0.1
Next hop IP address.
VLAN 1
Forwarding interface of next hop
of
the
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7210# show ip route 30.0.0.0
Routing entry for 30.0.0.0/8
Distance 110, metric 20
Routing Descriptor Blocks:
*192.1.1.1, 00:01:11 ago, via VLAN 1, generated by OSPF,
extern 2
Field
Routing
Description
Descriptor
Blocks
Next hop IP address, source, update time,
forwarding
interface,
source
routing
protocol and type of route information
DES-7210# show ip route count
--------- route info ---------the num of active route: 5
DES-7210# show ip route weight
------------[distance/metric/weight]-----------
34.2.5
S
23.0.0.0/8 [1/0/2] via 192.1.1.20
S
172.0.0.0/16 [1/0/4] via 192.0.0.1
show ipv6 prefix-list
Use this command to show the information about the IPv6 prefix list or its entries.
show ipv6 prefix-list [prefix-name]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
prefix-name
Name of the IPv6 prefix list.
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Usage
guideline
The configuration information of all the IPv6 prefix lists is displayed.
Privileged EXEC mode, global configuration mode, interface
configuration mode, route protocol configuration mode, route map
configuration mode
If no prefix list is specified, the configurations of all the prefix lists are
displayed, otherwise only the configuration of the specified prefix list
is displayed.
34-79
Chapter 34
Protocol-independent Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210# show ipv6 prefix-list
Examples
Ipv6 prefix-list p6 : 2 entries
permit 13::/20
34.2.6
show ip ref
Use the command to view the statistics of RFE, including number of routes, number of
adjacent devices, number of load balancing tables, and number of weighted nodes.
show ip ref
Command
mode
Privileged mode
Usage
guidelines
This command shows the route information of the REF.
DES-7210# show ip ref
-----------statistic information-----------:
current
routes: 5
alloc weight_nodes: 5
alloc
bal_tables: 0
alloc
adj_nodes: 5
alloc
res_adj: 0
-------------------------------------------:
Examples
Field
Description
routes
Number of routes in the REF table
weight_nodes
Number of weighted nodes
bal_tables
34-80
Number of load balance tables number of
the route map.
adj_nodes
Number of adjacent nodes
res_adj
Number of resolved nodes
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 35
35
PBR Configuration Commands
PBR
Configuration
Commands
35.1 Configuration Related Commands
35.1.1
ip policy route-map
Use this command to enable the policy-based routing on an interface in the interface
configuration mode. The no format of this command disables the function.
ip policy route-map route-map
no ip policy route-map
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
route-map
Name of the route map
Default
Disabled.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
The policy-based routing must be applied on the specified interface.
That interface performs only the policy-based routing for the received
packets, while the packets sent by the interface will be forwarded
normally according to the routing table.
To use the policy-based routing, you must specify the route map for it
Usage
guidelines
and create the route map. A route map contains multiple policies, and
each policy defines one or more match rules and the corresponding
operations. After policy-based routing is applied to an interface, the
packets received by the interface will be checked. The packets that
do not match any policy in the route map will be forwarded to the
usual route. The packets that match a policy in the route map will be
processed according to the operation defined in the policy.
Due to the function restriction, when using the policy-based routing
35-1
Chapter 35
PBR Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
on the switch, the route map will have a restriction used by
policy-based routing: the configured ACL must be a type of numerical
value in stead of name-configured ACL. There is no this restriction on
the device.
Note that up to one route map can be configured on an interface.
When you configure a route map on the interface for many times, the
latter will overwrite the former.
In the example below, when the fast Ethernet interface FE0 receives
datagram, if the source address of the datagram is 10.0.0.1, it sets
the next-hop as 196.168.4.6; if the source address is 20.0.0.1, it sets
the next-hop as 196.168.5.6; otherwise, otherwise, the general
forwarding will be performed.
access-list 1 permit 10.0.0.1
access-list 2 permit 20.0.0.1
route-map lab1 permit 10
Examples
match ip address 1
set ip next-hop 196.168.4.6
exit
route-map lab1 permit 20
match ip address 2
set ip next-hop 196.168.5.6
exit
interface FastEthernet 0/0
ip policy route-map lab1
exit
Command
Description
access-list
Define the access list rule.
route-map
Define the route map.
set ip next-hop
Related
commands
Set the next hop of the policy-based
routing.
set ip default
Set the default next hop of the
next-hop
policy-based routing.
set ip dscp
Set the DSCP of the IP packet.
match
address
match length
ip
Set the IP address.
Match the packet length.
Note: For the commands on route-map, refer to Protccol Independent Commands.
35-2
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
35.1.2
Chapter 35
PBR Configuration Commands
ip policy
Use this command to set the policy applied for the set ip nexthop command in the global
configuration mode. The no form restores the forwarding mode of policy-based routing.
ip policy {load-balance|redundance}
no ip policy
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
Description
load-balance |
Specify the policy: load balancing or
redundance
redundant backup.
Redundant backup is adopted by default.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
When you configure the set ip next-hop command in the sub-route
map, it is possible to configure multiple next hops. However, when
Usage
guidelines
you set redundant backup, only the first hop of the policy-based
routing can be parsed. When the load balancing is set, multiple hops
of the policy-based routing can be parsed. The WCMP can be set up
to four next hops, and the ECMP can be set up to 32 next hops. The
parsed next hop refers to the learned next hop of ARP message.
35-3
Chapter 35
PBR Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
In the example below, there are multiple next hops configured in the
route map. After the redundant backup is set in the global
configuration mode, only the first next hop among the sub-route map
of the policy-based routing applied on the EF0 takes effect and
performs forwarding.
access-list 1 permit 10.0.0.1
access-list 2 permit 20.0.0.1
route-map lab1 permit 10
match ip address 1
set ip next-hop 196.168.4.6
Examples
set ip next-hop 196.168.4.7
set ip next-hop 196.168.4.8
exit
route-map lab1 permit 20
match ip address 2
set ip next-hop 196.168.5.6
set ip next-hop 196.168.5.7
set ip next-hop 196.168.5.8
exit
interface FastEthernet 0/0
ip policy route-map lab1
exit
ip policy redundance
35-4
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
36
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
IPv6
Configuration
Commands
36.1 Configuration Related Commands
The IPv6 configuration includes following related commands:

ping ipv6

ipv6 address

ipv6 enable

ipv6 hop-limit

ipv6 neighbor

ipv6 source-route

ipv6 route

ipv6 ns-linklocal-src

ipv6 nd ns-interval

ipv6 nd reachable-time

ipv6 nd prefix

ipv6 nd ra-lifetime

ipv6 nd ra-interval

ipv6 nd ra-hoplimit

ipv6 nd ra-mtu

ipv6 nd managed-config-flag

ipv6 nd dad attempts

ipv6 nd suppress-ra

ipv6 redirects

clear ipv6 neighbors

tunnel destination

tunnel mode ipv6ip

tunnel source

tunnel ttl
36-1
Chapter 36
36.1.1
IPv6 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
ping ipv6
Use this command to diagnose the connectivity of the IPv6 network.
ping ipv6 [ipv6-address]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
ipv6-address
Destination IP address to be diagnosed.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
If no destination address is entered in the command, the user
interaction mode is entered, and you can specify the parameters. The
following table shows the meanings of symbols returned by the ping
command:
Signs
Meaning
!
The response to each request sent is received.
.
The response to the request sent is not received within a
regulated time.
Usage
guidelines
U
The device has no route to the destination host.
R
Parameter error.
F
No system resource is available.
A
The source IP address of the packet is not selected.
D
The network interface is in the Down status, or the IPv6
function is disabled on the the interface (for example, IP
address collision is detected).
?
Examples
36.1.2
Unknown error
DES-7210# ping ipv6 fec0::1
ipv6 address
Use this command to configure an IPv6 address for a network interface. Use the no form of
this command to delete the configured address.
ipv6 address ipv6-prefix/prefix-length [eui-64]
no ipv6 address [ipv6-prefix/prefix-length] [eui-64]
36-2
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 36
Parameter
IPv6 Configuration Commands
Description
IPv6 address in the format defined in
ipv6-prefix
RFC2373. The address shall be in hex; the
fields in the address shall be separated by
comma, and each field shall contain 16 bits.
Parameter
Length of the IPv6 prefix, the network
description
address of the IPv6 address.
prefix-length
Note: The prefix length range of the IPv6
address of the interface of DES-7200 is 0 to
64 or 128 to 128.
The generated IPV6 address consists of the
eui-64
address prefix and the 64 bit interface ID.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode
When using eui-64, the length of the prefix must be 64 bits. When an
IPv6 interface is created and the link status is up, the system will
automatically generate a local IP address for the interface.
Usage
If no deleted address is specified when using no ipv6 address, all
guidelines
the manually configured addresses will be deleted.
no ipv6 address ipv6-prefix/prefix-length eui-64 can be used to
delete the addresses configured with ipv6 address
ipv6-prefix/prefix-length eui-64.
DES-7210(config-if)# ipv6 address 2001:1::1/64
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# no ipv6 address 2001:1::1/64
DES-7210(config-if)# ipv6 address 2002:1::1/64 eui-64
DES-7210(config-if)# no ipv6 address 2002:1::1/64 eui-64
36.1.3
ipv6 enable
Use this command to enable the IPv6 function on an interface. Use the no form of this
command to disable this function.
ipv6 enable
no ipv6 enable
Default
configuration
Disabled.
36-3
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
The IPv6 function of an interface can be enabled by configuring ipv6
Usage
guidelines
enable or by configuring IPv6 address for the interface.
Note: If an IPv6 address is configured for the interface, the IPv6
function will be enabled automatically on the interface and cannot be
disabled with no ipv6 enable.
Examples
Related
commands
DES-7210(config-if)#
Command
show ipv6
interface
36.1.4
ipv6 enable
Description
Show the related information of an interface.
ipv6 hop-limit
Use this command to configure the default hopcount to send unicast messages in the global
configuration mode.
ipv6 hop-limit value
no ipv6 hop-limit
Default
configuration
The default is 64.
Command
36.1.5
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
This command takes effect for the unicast messages only, not for
guidelines
multicast messages.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# ipv6 hop-limit 100
ipv6 neighbor
Use this command to configure a static neighbor. Use the no form of this command to
remove the setting.
ipv6 neighbor ipv6-address interface-id hardware-address
36-4
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
no ipv6 neighbor ipv6-address interface-id
Parameter
ipv6-address
Parameter
interface-id
description
Description
IPv6 address of the neighbor. It must follow the
address format defined in RFC2373.
Network interface of the neighbor (including
routed Port, L3 AP interface, or SVI interface).
Hardware address of the neighbor. It shall be a
hardware-address
48-bit MAC address in the format of
XXXX.XXXX.XXXX, where ―X‖ is a hexadecimal
number.
Default
configuration
No static neighbor is configured.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Similar to the ARP command, the static neighbor can only be
configured on an IPv6 interface.
If the neighbor to be configured has been learned through NDP and
Usage
guidelines
has been stored in the neighbor list, the dynamically generated
neighbor will be automatically switched to a static one. The
configured static neighbor is always in the Reachable status.
Use clear ipv6 neighbors to clear all the neighbors dynamically
learned through NDP.
Use show ipv6 neighbors to view the neighbor information.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# ipv6 neighbor 2001::1 vlan 1 00d0.f811.1111
Command
Related
commands
show ipv6
interface
clear ipv6
neighbors
36.1.6
Description
Show the neighbor information.
Clear the neighbors learned dynamically.
ipv6 source-route
Use this command to forward the IPv6 packet with route header. The no form of this
command disables the forwarding.
36-5
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
ipv6 source-route
no ipv6 source-route
Parameter
description
None.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Because of the potential security of the header of type 0 route, it‘s
Usage
guidelines
easy for the device to suffer from the denial service attack. Therefore,
forwarding the IPv6 packet with route header is disabled by default.
However, the IPv6 packet of route header with type 0 that destined to
the local machine is processed.
Examples
Related
commands
36.1.7
DES-7210(config)# no ipv6 source-route
None.
ipv6 route
Use this command to configure an IPv6 static route. Use the no form of this command to
remove the setting.
ipv6 route ipv6-prefix/prefix-length {ipv6-address | interface-id [ipv6-address]}
no ipv6 route ipv6-prefix/prefix-length {ipv6-address | interface-id [ipv6-address]}
Parameter
Description
IPV6 network number following the format
specified in RFC2373.
Parameter
description
ipv6-prefix
prefix-length: Length of the IPv6 prefix. ―/‖ must
be added in front of the prefix.
Note: The prefix length range of the static routes
of DES-7200 is 0 to 64 or 128 to 128.
36-6
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
Next-hop IP address to the destination address.
It shall be in the format defined in RFC2373. The
next-hop IP address and the next-hop outgoing
ipv6-address
interface can be specified at the same time. Note
that if the next-hop IP address is a link-local
address,
the
outgoing
interface
must
be
specified.
The outgoing interface toward the destination
network. If the static route is configured with the
outgoing interface but no next-hop address is
specified,
interface-id
the
destination
address
will
be
considered on the link connected with the
outgoing interface; that is to say, the static route
will be treated as a directly-connected route.
Note that if the destination network or next-hop
address is a link-local address, the outgoing
interface must be specified.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Note: If the destination IP address or next-hop IP address is a
link-local IP address, the outgoing interface must be specified; if the
destination address is a link-local IP address, the next-hop must be
Usage
also a link-local IP address. When configuring a route, the destination
guidelines
IP address and the next-hop IP address shall not be a multicast
address. If both the next hop IP address and the outgoing interface
are specified, the outgoing interface of the direct route that matches
the next hop shall be the same as the configured outgoing interface.
36.1.8
Examples
DES-7210(config)# ipv6 route 2001::/64 vlan 1 2005::1
Related
Command
Description
commands
show ipv6 route
Show the IPv6 route information.
ipv6 ns-linklocal-src
Use this command to set the local address of the link as the source IP address to send
neighbor requests. When no ipv6 ns-linklocal-src is executed, the global IP address will
be taken as the source address to send neighbor requests.
36-7
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
ipv6 ns-linklocal-src
no ipv6 ns-linklocal-src
Default
The local address of the link is always used as the source address to
configuration
send neighbor requests.
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Usage
36.1.9
guidelines
None.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# no ipv6 ns-linklocal-src
ipv6 nd ns-interval
Use this command to set the interval for the interface to retransmitting NS (Neighbor
Solicitation). Use the no form of this command to restore it to the default setting.
ipv6 nd ns-interval milliseconds
no ipv6 nd ns-interval
Parameter
description
Parameter
milliseconds
Description
Interval for retransmitting NS in the range of
1000 to 429467295 milliseconds
Default
The default value in RA is 0 (unspecified); the interval for
configuration
retransmitting NS is 1000ms(1s).
Command
36-8
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
The configured value will be advertised through RA and will be used
guidelines
by the device itself. It is not recommended to set a too short interval.
Examples
DES-7210(conifg-if)# ipv6 nd ns-interval 2000
Related
Command
Description
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
commands
Chapter 36
show ipv6
interface
IPv6 Configuration Commands
Show the interface information.
36.1.10 ipv6 nd reachable-time
Use this command to set the reachable time after the interface checks the reachability of the
neighbor dynamically learned through NDP. Use the no form of this command to restore it to
the default setting.
ipv6 nd reachable-time milliseconds
no ipv6 nd reachable-time
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
milliseconds
Reachable time for the neighbor in the range 0 to
3600000 milliseconds.
Default
The default value in RA is 0 (unspecified); the reachable time for the
configuration
neighbor is 30000ms(30s) when the device discovers the neighbor.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
The device checks the unreachable neighbor through the set time. A
shorter time means that the device can check the neighbor failure
more quickly, but more network bandwidth and device resource will
be occupied. Therefore, it is not recommended to set a too short
reachable time.
Usage
guidelines
The configured value will be advertised through RA and will be used
by the device itself. If the value is set to 0, it indicates that the time is
not specified, that is, the default value is used.
According to RFC4861, the actual time to reach neighbor is not
consistent with the configured value, ranging from 0.5*configured
value to 1.5*configured value.
Examples
Related
commands
DES-7210(config-if)# ipv6 nd reachable-time 1000000
Command
show ipv6
interface
Description
Show the interface information.
36-9
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
36.1.11 ipv6 nd prefix
Use this command to configure the address prefix included in the RA. Use the no form of
this command to delete the set prefix or restore it to the default setting.
ipv6 nd prefix ipv6-prefix/prefix-length | default [ [ valid-lifetime preferred-lifetime ] | [ at
valid-date preferred-date ] | infinite | no-advertise] ] [ off-link ] [ no-autoconfig ]
no ipv6 nd prefix ipv6-prefix/prefix-length | default { [off-link] [no-autoconfig] |
[no-advertise] }
Parameter
ipv6-prefix
prefix-length
valid-lifetime
preferred-lifetime
at valid-date
Parameter
description
preferred-date
Description
IPv6 network ID following the format defined in
RFC2373
Length of the IPv6 prefix. ―/‖ shall be added in
front of the prefix
Valid lifetime of the RA prefix received by the
host
Preferred lifetime of the RA prefix received by the
host
Set the dead line for the valid lifetime and that of
the preferred lifetime, in day, month, year, hour,
minute.
infinite
Indicate that the prefix is always valid.
default
Set the default perfix.
no-advertise
The prefix will not be advertised by the device.
When the host sends an IPv6 packet, if the prefix
of the destination address matches the set prefix,
off-link
it is considered that the destination is on-link and
is directly reachable. If this option is set, it
indicates that the prefix is not used for on-link
judgment.
no-autoconfig
Indicate that the RA prefix received by the host
cannot be used for auto address configuration.
By default, the advertised prefix is the one set with ipv6 address on
the interface. The default parameters of the prefix configured in the
RA are as follows:
Default
configuration
valid-lifetime: 2592000s (30 days)
preferred-lifetime: 604800s (7 days),
The prefix is advertised and is used for on-link judgment and auto
address configuration.
36-10
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
This command can be used to configure the parameters of each
prefix, including whether to advertise the prefix. By default, the prefix
advertised in RA is the one set with ipv6 address on the interface. To
add other prefixes, use this command.
ipv6 nd prefix default
Set the default parameters to be used by the interface. If no
parameter is specified for an added prefix, the parameters set with
Usage
guidelines
ipv6 nd prefix default will be used. Note that after a parameter is
specified for the prefix, the default configuration will not be used. That
is to say, the configuration of the prefix cannot be modified with ipv6
nd prefix default; only the prefix that uses all the default
configurations can be modified with this command.
at valid-date preferred-date
The valid lifetime of a prefix can be specified in two ways. One way is
to specify a fixed time for each prefix in the RA; the other way is to
specify the end time (in this mode, the valid lifetime of the prefix sent
in RA will be gradually reduced until the end time is 0).
The following example adds a prefix for SVI 1.
DES-7210(conifg)# interface vlan 1
infinite 2592000
The following example sets the default prefix parameters for SVI 1
(they cannot be used for auto address configuration):
DES-7210(conifg-if)# ipv6 nd prefix 2001::/64
Examples
DES-7210(conifg)# interface vlan 1
DES-7210(conifg-if)# ipv6 prefix default
no-autoconfig
If no parameter is specified, the default parameters will be used, and
the prefix cannot be used for auto address configuration.
Related
commands
Command
show ipv6
interface
Description
Show the RA information of an interface.
36.1.12 ipv6 nd ra-lifetime
Use this command to set the device lifetime of the RA sent on the interface. Use the no form
of this command to restore it to the default setting.
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime seconds
36-11
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
no ipv6 nd ra-lifetime
Parameter
description
Parameter
seconds
Description
Default life time of the device on the interface,
0-9000.
Default
configuration
1800s.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
The router lifetime field is available in each RA. It specifies the time
Usage
guidelines
during which the hosts along the link of the interface can select the
device as the default device. If the value is set to 0, the device will not
serve as the default device any longer. If it is not set to 0, it shall be
larger than or equal to the interval of sending the RA (ra-interval).
Examples
DES-7210(conifgf)# interface vlan 1
DES-7210(conifg-if)# ipv6 nd ra-lifetime 2000
Command
show ipv6
interface
Related
ipv6 nd
commands
ra-interval
ipv6 nd
ra-hoplimit
ipv6 nd ra-mtu
Description
Show the interface information.
Set the interval of sending the RA.
Set the hopcount of the RA.
Set the MTU of the RA.
36.1.13 ipv6 nd ra-interval
Use this command to set the interval of sending the RA. Use the no form of this command
to restore it to the default setting.
ipv6 nd ra-interval {seconds | min-max min_value max_value}
no ipv6 nd ra-interval
Parameter
description
36-12
Parameter
seconds
Description
Interval of sending the RA message in seconds,
3-1800s.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 36
min-max
min_value
max_value
IPv6 Configuration Commands
Maximum and minimum interval sending the RA
message in seconds
Minimum interval sending the RA message in
seconds
Maximum interval sending the RA message in
seconds
Default
200s. The actual interval of sending the RA message will be
configuration
fluctuated 20% based on 200s.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
If the device serves as the default device, the set interval shall not be
longer than the lifetime of the device. Besides, to ensure other
devices along the link occupies network bandwidth while sending the
Usage
RA message, the actual interval for sending the RA message will be
guidelines
fluctuated 20% based on the set value.
If the key word min-max is specified, the actual interval for sending
the packet will be chosen between the range of minimum value and
maximum value.
DES-7210(conifgf)# interface vlan 1
Examples
DES-7210(conifg-if)# ipv6 nd ra-interval 110
DES-7210(config-if)# ipv6 nd ra-interval min-max 110 120
Command
show ipv6
interface
Related
ipv6 nd
commands
ra-lifetime
ipv6 nd
ra-hoplimit
ipv6 nd ra-mtu
Description
Show the interface information.
Set the lifetime of the device.
Set the hopfcount of the RA message.
Set the MTU of the RA message.
36.1.14 ipv6 nd ra-hoplimit
Use this command to set the hopcount of the RA message. Use the no form of this
command to restore it to the default setting.
36-13
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
ipv6 nd ra-hoplimit value
no ipv6 nd ra-hoplimit
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
value
Hopcount
Default
configuration
The default value is 64.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
Examples
It is used to set the hopcount of the RA message.
DES-7210(config)# interface vlan 1
DES-7210(config -if)# ipv6 nd ra-hoplimit 110
Command
show ipv6
interface
Related
ipv6 nd
commands
ra-lifetime
ipv6 nd
ra-interval
ipv6 nd ra-mtu
Description
Show the interface information.
Set the lifetime of the device.
Set the interval of sending the RA message.
Set the MTU of the RA message.
36.1.15 ipv6 nd ra-mtu
Use this command to set the MTU of the RA messag. Use the no form of this command to
restore it to the default setting.
ipv6 nd ra-mtu value
no ipv6 nd ra-mtu
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
value
MTU value, 0-4294967295.
Default
configuration
36-14
IPv6 MTU value of the network interface.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
Examples
If it is specified as 0, the RA will not have the MTU option.
DES-7210(config)# interface vlan 1
DES-7210(config -if)# ipv6 nd ra-mtu 1400
Command
show ipv6
interface
Related
commands
ipv6 nd
ra-lifetime
ipv6 nd
ra-interval
ipv6 nd
ra-hoplimit
Description
Show the interface information.
Set the lifetime of the device.
Set the interval of sending the RA message.
Set the hopcount of the RA message.
36.1.16 ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
Use this command to set the ―managed address configuration‖ flag of the RA message. Use
the no form of this command to remove the setting.
ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
no ipv6 managed-config-flag
Default
configuration
None.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
This flag determines whether the host that receives the RA message
Usage
obtains an IP address through stateful auto configuration. If the flag is
guidelines
set, the host obtains an IP address through stateful auto
configuration, otherwise it does not be used.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# int vlan 1
DES-7210(config)# ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
36-15
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
Command
Related
commands
show ipv6
interface
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Description
Show the interface information.
ipv6 nd
Set the flag for obtaining all information except IP
other-config-flag
address through stateful auto configuration.
36.1.17 ipv6 nd dad attempts
Use this command to set the number of the NS packets to be continuously sent for IPv6
address collision check on the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore it to
the default setting.
ipv6 nd dad attempts value
no ipv6 nd dad attempts
Parameter
Parameter
description
Description
Number of the NS packets. If it is set to 0, it
value
indicates that the IPv6 address collision check is
disabled on the interface. The range is 0 to 600.
Default
configuration
1.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
When the interface is configured with a new IPv6 address, the
address collision shall be checked before the address is assigned to
the interface, and the address shall be in the ‖tentative‖ status. After
the address collision check is completed, if no collision is detected,
the address can be used normally; if collision is detected and the
Usage
guidelines
interface ID of the address is an EUI-64 ID, it indicates that the
link-layer address is repeated, and the system will automatically shut
down the interface (that is, to prohibit IPv6 operations on the
interface). In this case, you shall modify and configure a new address
manually, and restart address collision check for the down/up
interface. Whenever the state of an interface changes from down to
up, the address collision check function of the interface will be
enabled.
36-16
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Examples
Related
commands
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
DES-7210(conifgf)# interface vlan 1
DES-7210(conifg-if)# ipv6 nd dad attempts 3
Command
show ipv6
interface
Description
Show the interface information.
36.1.18 ipv6 nd suppress-ra
Use this command to disable the interface from sending the RA message. Use the no form
of this command to enable the function.
ipv6 nd suppress-ra
no ipv6 nd suppress-ra
Default
configuration
The RA message is not sent on the IPv6 interface by default.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
This command suppresses the sending of the RA message on an
guidelines
interface.
Examples
Related
commands
DES-7210(config)# interface vlan 1
DES-7210(config-if)# ipv6 nd suppress-ra
Command
show ipv6
interface
Description
Show the interface information.
36.1.19 ipv6 redirects
Use this command to control whether to send ICMPv6 redirect message when the switch
receives and forwards an IPv6 packet through an interface. Use the no form of this
command to disable the function.
ipv6 redirects
no ipv6 redirects
Default
The ICMPv6 redirect message is permitted to be sent on the IPV6
configuration
interface.
36-17
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
The transmission rate of any ICMPv6 error message is limited. By
guidelines
default, it is 100pps.
Examples
Related
commands
DES-7210(config)# interface vlan 1
DES-7210(config-if)# ipv6 redirects
Command
show ipv6
interface
Description
Show the interface information.
36.1.20 clear ipv6 neighbors
Use this command to clear the dynamically learned neighbors.
clrear ipv6 neighbors
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
This command can be used to clear all the neighbors dynamically
guidelines
learned by the RDP. Note that the static neighbors will not be cleared.
Examples
DES-7210# clear ipv6 neighbors
Command
Description
Related
ipv6 neighbor
Configure the neighbor.
commands
show ipv6
neighbors
Show the neighbor information.
36.1.21 tunnel mode ipv6ip
Use this command to configure static IPv6 tunnel mode. Use the no form of this command
to restore it to the default IPv6 tunnel mode.
tunnel mode ipv6ip [6to4 | isatap]
no tunnel mode
36-18
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
description
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
Parameter
Description
6to4
Configure the tunnel as the auto 6to4 tunnel.
isatap
Configure the tunnel as an auto ISATAP tunnel.
Default
The type of the configured IPv6 tunnel is a tunnel configured
configuration
manually.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
After a tunnel is created, it is considered to be manual tunnel by
Usage
default. You can also use tunnel mode ipv6ip without any parameter
guidelines
to set a tunnel to manual tunnel. For an auto tunnel, no destination
address is specified.
The following example configures a 6to4 tunnel.
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface tunnel 1
DES-7210(config-if)# tunnel mode ipv6ip 6to4
DES-7210(config-if)# tunnel source vlan 1
Related
commands
Command
Description
tunnel source
Configure the source address of the tunnel.
tunnel
destination
Tunnel ttl
Configure the destination address of a tunnel.
Configure the TTL of the tunnel.
36.1.22 tunnel destination
Use this command to specify the destination address for the tunnel. Use the no form of this
command to remove the setting.
tunnel destination ipv4-address
no tunnel destination
Parameter
description
Default
Parameter
ipv4-address
Description
Destination address of the tunnel, namely the
IPv4 address in the other side of the tunnle..
The destination address encapsulated by the tunnel is not configured
36-19
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
configuration
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
by default.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
A device shall not be configured multiple tunnels with the same
Usage
encapsulation type, source address and destination address.
guidelines
Note: For auto tunnel (6to4 and isatap), the destination address shall
not be configured.
The following example configures an IPv6 manual tunnel.
DES-7210(config)# interface tunnel 1
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# tunnel mode ipv6ip
DES-7210(config-if)# tunnel source vlan 1
DES-7210(config-if)# tunnel destination 192.168.5.1
Command
Description
Related
tunnel source
Configure the source IP address of the tunnel.
commands
tunnel mode
Configure the mode of a tunnel.
Tunnel ttl
Configure the TTL of the tunnel.
36.1.23 tunnel source
Use this command to specify the source IP address for the tunnel. Use the no form of this
command to remove the setting.
tunnel source {ipv4-address | interface-type interface-number}
no tunnel source
Parameter
Description
Source IPv4 address of the tunnel used as the
Parameter
ipv4-address
source IP address of the packets to be
transmitted through the tunnel.
description
interface-type
interface-number
Interface referenced by the tunnel, which will be
used as the source IPv4 address of the packets
to be transmitted through the tunnel.
Default
configuration
36-20
No tunnel source address is configured by default.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
The source IP address of a tunnel can be a specified IPv4 address or
an IPv4 address of an interface. When you configure an auto tunnel
(for example, 6to4 and isatap), it is recommended to specify the
Usage
source address.
guidelines
A device shall not be configured multiple tunnels with the same
encapsulation type, source address and destination address.
If there are multiple auto tunnels, their source addresses shall be
different.
The following example configures an IPv6 manual tunnel.
DES-7210(config)# interface tunnel 1
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# tunnel mode ipv6ip
DES-7210(config-if)# tunnel source vlan 1
DES-7210(config-if)# tunnel destination 192.168.5.1
Related
commands
Command
Description
tunnel mode
Configure the mode of a tunnel.
tunnel
destination
Tunnel ttl
Configure the destination address of a tunnel.
Configure the TTL of the tunnel.
36.1.24 tunnel ttl
Use this command to specify the TTL value of the IPv4 header in the encapsulated IPv6
messages. The no form of this command restores it to the default.
tunnel ttl value
no tunnel ttl
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
value
TTL value
Default
configuration
The default value is 128.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
36-21
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Usage
This command is used to specify the TTL value of the IPv4 header in
guidelines
the encapsulated IPv6 messages.
Examples
Related
commands
DES-7210(config)# interface tunnel 1
DES-7210(config-if)# tunnel ttl 64
Command
Description
tunnel mode
Configure the mode of a tunnel.
tunnel source
Configure the source IP address of the tunnel.
tunnel
destination
Configure the destination IP address of a tunnel.
36.2 Show Related Command
36.2.1
show ipv6 route
Use this command to show the IPv6 route information.
show ipv6 route [static] [local] [connected]
Parameter
Description
Parameter
static
Show the static routes.
description
local
Show the local routes.
connected
Show the directly-connected routes.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
Use this command to view the routing table.
DES-7210# show ipv6 route
Codes: C - Connected, L - Local, S - Static, R - RIP, B - BGP
I1 - ISIS L1, I2 - ISIS L2, IA - IIS interarea
Examples
L
::1/128
C
fa::/64
L
fa::1/128
via ::1, loopback 0
via ::, vlan 1
36-22
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
via ::, loopback 0
C
2001::/64
via ::, vlan 2
L
2001::1/128
via ::, loopback 0
L
fe80::/10
via ::1, Null0
C
fe80::/64
via ::, vlan 1
L
fe80::200:ff:fe00:1/128
via ::, loopback 0
C
fe80::/64
via ::, vlan 2
36.2.2
Related
Command
Description
commands
ipv6 route
Configure a static route.
show ipv6 neighbors
Use this command to show the IPv6 neighbors.
show ipv6 neighbors [verbose] [interface-id] [ipv6-address]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
verbose
Show the neighbor details.
interface-id
Show the neighbors of the specified interface.
Show the neighbors of the specified IPv6
ipv6-addres
address.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Show the neighbors on the SVI 1 interface:
DES-7210# show ipv6 neighbors vlan 1
IPv6 Address Linklayer Addr
Interface
fa::1
vlan 1
00d0.0000.0002
fe80::200:ff:fe00:2 00d0.0000.0002 vlan 1
Usage
Show the neighbor details:
guidelines
DES-7210# show ipv6 neighbors verbose
IPv6 Address Linklayer Addr Interface
2001::1
00d0.f800.0001 vlan 1
State: Reach/H Age: - asked: 0
fe80::200:ff:fe00:1
00d0.f800.0001 vlan 1
State: Reach/H Age: - asked: 0
36-23
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Field
Meaning
IPv6 Address
IPv6 address of the Neighbor
Linklayer Addr
Interface
Link address, namely, MAC address. If it is
not available, incomplete is displayed.
Interface the neighbor locates.
State of the neighbor: state/H(R)
The values of STATE are as below:
INCMP (Incomplete): The address
resolution of the neighbor is underway, the
NS is sent, but the NA is not received.
REACH (Reachable): The switch is
connected with the neighbor. In this state,
the switch takes no additional action when
sending packets to the neighbor.
STALE: The reachable time of the neighbor
expires. In this state, the switch takes no
additional action; it only starts NUD
(Neighbor Unreachability Detection) after a
packet is sent to the neighbor.
DELAY: A packet is sent to the neighbor in
STALE state. If the STALE state changes
State
to DELAY, DELAY will be changed to
PROBE if no neighbor reachability
notification is received within
DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME seconds
(5s), the NS will be sent to the neighbor to
start NUD.
PROBE: The NUD is started to check the
reachability of the neighbor. The NS
packets are sent to the neighbor at the
interval of RetransTimer milliseconds until
the response from the neighbor is received
or the number of the sent NSs hits
MAX_UNICAST_SOLICIT(3).
?: Unknown state.
/R—indicate the neighbor is considered as
a device
/H: The neighbor is a host.
36-24
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
The reachable time of the
neighbor. ‘-‗ indicates that the neighbor is
always reachable. Note that the
reachability of a static neighbor depends
Age
on the actual situation. ‘expired‘ indicates
that the lifetime of the neighbor expires,
and the neighbor is waits for the triggering
of NUD.
The number of the NSs that are sent to the
Asked
neighbor for the resolution of the link
address of the neighbor.
36.2.3
Examples
DES-7210# show ipv6 neighbors
Related
Command
Description
commands
ipv6 neighbor
Configure a neighbor.
show ipv6 interface
Use this command to show the IPv6 interface information.
show ipv6 interface [interface-id] [ra-info]
Parameter
Parameter
description
interface-id
ra-info
Description
Interface (including Ethernet interface,
aggregateport, or SVI)
Show the RA information of the interface.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
Use this command to show the address configuration, ND
guidelines
configuration and other information of an IPv6 interface.
DES-7210# show ipv6 interface vlan 1
Interface vlan 1 is Up, ifindex: 2001
address(es):
Examples
Mac Address: 00:00:00:00:00:01
INET6: fe80::200:ff:fe00:1 , subnet is fe80::/64
Joined group address(es):
ff01:1::1
36-25
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
ff02:1::1
ff02:1::2
ff02:1::1:ff00:1
INET6: 2001::1 , subnet is 2001::/64 [TENTATIVE]
Joined group address(es):
ff01:1::1
ff02:1::1
ff02:1::2
ff02:1::1:ff00:1
MTU is 1500 bytes
ICMP error messages limited to one every 10 milliseconds
ICMP redirects are enabled
ND DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 1
ND reachable time is 30000 milliseconds
ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds
ND retransmit interval is 1000 milliseconds
ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds
ND router advertisements are sent every 200 seconds<240--160>
ND device advertisements live for 1800 seconds
The following line is included in the above information: 2001::1,
subnet is 2001::/64 [TENTATIVE]. The flag bit in the [ ] following the
INET6 address is explained as follows:
Flag
ANYCAST
Meaning
Indicate that the address is an anycast
address.
Indicate that the DAD is underway. The
TENTATIVE
address is a tentative before the DAD is
completed.
DUPLICATED
DEPRECATED
NODAD
Indicate that a duplicate address exists.
Indicate that the preferred lifetime of the
address expires.
Indicate that no DAD is implemented for
the address.
Indicate that the interface ID of the address
AUTOIFID
is automatically generated by the system,
which is usually an EUI-64 ID.
DES-7210# show ipv6 interface vlan 1 ra-info
vlan 1: DOWN
RA timer is stopped
waits: 0, initcount: 3
statistics: RA(out/in/inconsistent): 4/0/0, RS(input): 0
Link-layer address: 00:00:00:00:00:01
Physical MTU: 1500
ND device advertisements live for 1800 seconds
36-26
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
ND device advertisements are sent every 200 seconds<240--160>
Flags: !M!O, Adv MTU: 1500
ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds
ND advertised retransmit time is 0 milliseconds
ND advertised CurHopLimit is 64
Prefixes: (total: 1)
fec0:1:1:1::/64(Def,Auto,vltime: 2592000, pltime: 604800, flags:
LA)
Description of the fields in ra-info:
Field
RA timer is stopped
(on)
waits
initcount
Meaning
Indicate whether the RA timer is started.
Indicate that the RS is received but the
number of the responses is not available.
Indicate the number of the RAs when the
RA timer is restarted.
out: Indicate the number of the RAs that
are sent.
In: Indicate the number of the RAs that are
RA(out/in/
received.
inconsistent)
inconsistent: Indicate the number of the
received RAs in which the parameters are
different from those contained in the RAs
advertised by the device.
RS(input)
Indicate the number of the RSs that are
received.
Link-layer address
Link-layer address of the interface.
Physical MTU
Link MTU of the interface.
!M indicates the managed-config-flag bit in
!M | M
the RA is not set.
M: Conversely
!O indicates the other-config-flag bit in the
!O | O
RA is not set.
O: Conversely
Description of the fields of the prefix list in ra-info:
Field
total
fec0:1:1:1::/64
Meaning
The number of the prefixes of the
interface.
A specific prefix.
36-27
Chapter 36
IPv6 Configuration Commands
Def
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Indicate that the interfaces use the default
prefix.
Auto: Indicate the prefix is automatically
generated after the interface is configured
Auto | CFG
with the corresponding IPv6 address.
CFG: Indicate that the prefix is manually
configured.
!Adv
vltime
pltime
Indicate that the prefix will not be
advertised.
Valid lifetime of the prefix, measured in
seconds.
Preferred lifetime of the prefix, measured
in seconds.
L: Indicate that the on-link in the prefix is
L | !L
set.
!L: Indicate that the on-link in the prefix is
not set.
A: Indicate that the auto-configure in the
A | !A
prefix is set. !A: It indicates that the
auto-configure in the prefix is not set.
36-28
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
37
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
OSPFv3
Configuration
Commands
37.1 Configuration Related Commands
37.1.1
area default-cost
Use this command to set the cost of the default route for the ABR in the stub area. Use the
no form of this command to restore it to the default setting.
area area-id default-cost cost
no area area-id default-cost
Parameter
Parameter
area-id
description
cost
Description
Area ID of the stub area.
It can be an integer or an IPv4 prefix.
Cost of the default route of the stub area in the
range 1 to 16777214.
Default
configuration
By default, the cost of the default route is 1.
Command
mode
OSPFv3 configuration mode.
Usage
guidelines
This command can only work in the ABR connected to the stub area.
The following example sets the cost of the default route of stub area
50 to 100.
Examples
ipv6 router ospf 1
area 50 stub
area 50 default-cost 100
37-1
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
Description
Related
area stub
Set a stub area.
commands
show ipv6 ospf
Show the OSPFv3 area information.
area
37.1.2
area-range
Use this command to set the range of the converged inter-area addresses. Use the no form
of this command to remove the setting or restore it to the default setting.
area area-id range ipv6-prefix/prefix-length [advertise|not-advertise]
no area area-id range ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
Parameter
Description
ID of the area in which the addresses are
area-id
converged.
It can be an integer or an IPv4 prefix.
Parameter
description
ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
Range of the converged addresses.
The range of the converged addresses is
not advertised.
not-advertise
By default, the function is enabled.
Default
configuration
No converged inter-area address range is defined.
Command
mode
OSPFv3 configuration mode.
This command applies only to ABR. Use this command to converge
multiple routes of an area into one route and advertise it to other
Usage
areas. In this way, the number of the routes in the OSPF AS is
guidelines
reduced.
Use no area area-id to delete the area including all the configuration
of the area.
The following example converges the routes in area 1.
Examples
ipv6 router ospf 1
area 1 range 2001:abcd:1:2::/64
Related
37-2
Command
Description
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
Add the discard route generated by
commands
discard-route
the OSPF process to the core routing
table.
summary-prefix
37.1.3
Set the range of the external routes to
be converged.
area stub
Use this command to create a stub area or set its attributes. Use the no form of this
command to restore the stub area to an ordinary area or delete its configuration.
area area-id stub [no-summary]
no area area-id stub [no-summary]
Parameter
area-id
Parameter
Description
ID of the stub.
It can be an integer or an IPv6 prefix.
This option applies only to the ABR in the stub
description
no-summary
area, indicating that the ABR only advertises the
type 3 LSA indicating the default route to the stub
area, not other type 3 LSAs.
Default
configuration
None.
Command
mode
OSPFv3 configuration mode.
Use no area area-id stub command to restore the area as a common
area.
Use no area area-id to delete the area including all the configuration
Usage
guidelines
of the area.
By default, the ABR in the stub area only generates and then
advertises the type 3 LSA indicating the default route to the stub area.
While the ABR in the NSSA area generates and then advertises the
type 3 LSA indicating the default route to the NSSA area only after
no-summary is used.
The following example enables the ABR in stub area 10 to advertise
Examples
the default route to the stub area.
ipv6 router ospf 1
37-3
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
area 10 stub
area 10 stub no-summary
Command
Related
commands
area
default-cost
show ipv6 ospf
area
37.1.4
Description
Set the cost of the default route in the stub area.
Show the OSPFv3 area information.
area virtual-link
Use this command to create a virtual link or set its parameters. Use the no form of this
command to delete the virtual link or restore it to the default setting.
area area-id virtual-link router-id [hello-interval seconds] [dead-interval seconds]
[retransmit-interval seconds] [transmit-delay seconds] [instance instance-id]
no area area-id virtual-link router-id [hello-interval] [dead-interval][retransmit-interval]
[transmit-delay] [instance]
Parameter
area-id
Router-id
hello-interval
seconds
Description
ID of the area in which the virtual link is located.
It can be an integer or an IPv6 prefix.
Neighbor router ID of the virtual link.
Set the interval to send the hello message on
the local virtual link interface in the range from
1 to 65535s. The default value is 10s.
Interval for the local interface of the virtual link
Parameter
dead-interval
description
seconds
to wait before considering that the neighbor
fails.
Its range is 1 to 65535s, and the default value is
four times the value of hello-interval.
Specify the interval for the local interface of the
retransmit-interval
virtual link to retransmit LSA.
seconds
The range is from 1 to 65535s, and the default
value is 5s.
Specify the delay for the local interface of the
transmit-delay
virtual link to wait before sending LSA.
seconds
The range is from 1 to 65535s, the default
value is 1s.
37-4
instnace
Specify the instance corresponding to the
instance-id
virtual like.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
Default
configuration
No virtual link is defined.
Command
mode
OSPFv3 configuration mode.
In the OSPF AS, all the areas must be connected with the backbone
area to ensure that they can learn the routes of the whole OSPF AS.
If an area cannot be directly connected with the backbone area, it can
connect it through a virtual link.
Note:
Usage

The virtual link shall not be in the stub or NSSA area.
guidelines

hello-interval, dead-interval and instance shall be configured
consistently on both sides of the virtual link, otherwise
neighboring relationship cannot be set up between the virtual
neighbors.

Use no area area-id to delete the area including all the
configuration of the area.
The following example configures a virtual link.
Examples
ipv6 router ospf 1
area 1 virtual-link 192.1.1.1
Command
Description
show ipv6 ospf
Show the OSPFv3 routing process information.
Related
show ipv6 ospf
commands
neighbor
show ipv6 ospf
virtual-links
37.1.5
Show the OSPFv3 neighbor information.
Show the OSPFv3 virtual link information.
auto-cost
The metric of the OSPF protocol is the interface-based bandwidth. Use this command to
enable the bandwidth-based interface metric calculation or modify the reference bandwidth.
Use the no form of this command to disable the bandwidth-based interface metric
calculation or restore it to the default reference bandwidth.
auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw]
no auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ]
37-5
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
reference-bandwidth
ref-bw
Specify the reference bandwidth In the range
1 to 4294967 Mbps. The default value is
100Mbps.
Default
The interface metric is calculated based on the reference bandwidth,
configuration
which is 100Mbps.
Command
mode
OSPFv3 configuration mode.
Use no auto-cost reference-bandwidth to restore it to the default
Usage
guidelines
reference bandwidth.
You can use ipv6 ospf cost in the interface configuration mode to set
the cost of the specified interface, and it takes precedence over the
metric calculated based on the reference bandwidth.
The following example changes the reference bandwidth to 10M.
Examples
ipv6 router ospf 1
auto-cost reference-bandwidth 5
Related
commands
37.1.6
Command
Description
ipv6 ospf cost
Set the cost of the interface.
show ipv6 ospf
Show the OSPFv3 routing process information.
clear ipv6 ospf process
Use this command to clear and restart the OSPF process.
clear ipv6 ospf {process | process-id]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
process-id
OSPF process ID ranging from 1 to 65535
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
Usage
guidelines
37-6
In normal case, it is not necessary to use this command.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
The example below restarts the OSPF process.
Examples
en
clear ipv6 ospf process
37.1.7
default-information originate
Use this command to generate a default route to the OSPF routing domain in the routing
process mode. The no form of this command disables the default route.
default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [metric-type type] [route-map
map-name]
no default-information originate [always] [metric] [metric-type] [route-map map-name]
Parameter
Description
(Optional)
always
Generate
the
default
route
unconditionally, no matter whether the default
route exists locally or not.
metric metric
(Optional) Initial metric value of the default route, 1
by default
Parameter
(Optional) Type of the default route. There are two
settings
type of OSPF external routes: type 1, different
metric-type
metrics seen on different routers; type 2, the same
type
metric sees on different routers. External route of
type 1 is more trustworthy than that of type 2. By
default, it is type 2.
Default
route-map
Associated
route-map
map-name
route-map by default
name,
no
associated
None
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode
When the
redistribute
or
default-information
command is
executed, the OSPF-enabled router automatically turns into the
Usage
autonomous system border router (ASBR). But the ASBR cannot
guideline
generate default route automatically or advertise it to all the routers in
the OSPF routing domain. The ASBR generates default routes by
default. It is required to configure with the default-information
37-7
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
originate routing process configuration command.
If the always parameter is used, the OSPF routing process
advertises an external default route to the neighbors, no matter
whether the default route exists or not. However, the local router does
not show the default route. To make sure whether the default route is
generated, execute show ipv6 ospf database to observe the OSPF
link state database. The external link identified with 0.0.0.0 indicates
the default route. The execution of the show ipv6 route command on
the OSPF neighbor will display the default route.
The metric of the external default route can be defined only with the
default-information
originate
command
instead
of
the
default-metric command.
There are two types of OSPF external routes: type 1 external routes
have changeable routing metrics, while type 2 external routes have
constant routing metrics. For two parallel routes with the same route
metric to the same destination network, type 1 takes precedence over
type 2. As a result, the show ipv6 route command shows only the
type 1 route.
The routers in the stub area cannot generate external default routes.
Examples
The configuration example below generates a default route.
default-information originate always
Command
Description
redistribute
Redistribute routes.
show ipv6 ospf
Show the OSPFv3 route information.
show ipv6 ospf
Show OSPFv3 link state database
Related
commands
database
37.1.8
default-metric
Use this command to set the default metric for the routes to be redistributed. Use the no
form of this command to restore it to the default setting.
default-metric metric-value
no default-metric
37-8
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
Parameter
Parameter
description
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
Description
Default metric for the routes to be redistributed.
metric-value
Its range is 1 to 16777214, and the default value
is 20.
Default
configuration
20.
Command
mode
OSPFv3 configuration mode.
This command can be used with redistribute together to set the
default metric for the routes to be redistributed. But this command
Usage
does not appliy to two types of routes:
guidelines
1.
The default route generated with default-information originate;
2.
The redistributed direct route, which always uses 20 as the
default metric value.
The following example sets the default metric for the routes to be
Examples
redistributed to 10.
default-metric 10
Related
commands
37.1.9
Command
Description
redistribute
Redistribute the routes.
show ipv6 ospf
Show the OSPFv3 routing process information.
ipv6 ospf area
Use this command to enable the interface to participate in the OSPFv3 routing process. Use
the no form of this command to disable this function.
ipv6 ospf process-id area area-id [instance instance-id]
no ipv6 ospf process-id area [instance instance-id]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
process-id
OSPF process ID.
OSPFv3 area in which the interface participates
description
area area-id
in.
It can be an integer or an IPv6 prefix.
37-9
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
instance
Configure the specific OSPFv3 instance on the
instance-id
interface.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Use this command to enable the interface to participate in the
OSPFv3 routing process. If ipv6 router ospf is not used to start the
OSPFv3 routing process, it will be automatically started after this
command is used.
Use no ipv6 ospf area to disable the specified interface from
Usage
participating in the OSPFv3 routing process.
guidelines
Use no ipv6 router ospf to disable all the interfaces from
participating in the OSPFv3 routing process.
Only the routers with the same instance ID can establish neighbor
relationship one another.
After this command is configured, all the prefix information on the
interface will be used in the operation of the OSPFv3.
The following example starts the OSPFv3 process on int
Examples
fastethernet 0/0 for the specified area of the specified instance.
int fastethernet 0/0
ipv6 ospf 1 area 2 instance 2
Related
commands
Command
Description
ipv6 ospf
Set the prefix information not to be advertised
prefix-filter
on the interface.
ipv6 router ospf
Start the OSPFv3 routing process.
passive-interface
Set the passive interface.
show ipv6 ospf
interface
Show the OSPFv3 interface information.
37.1.10 ipv6 ospf cost
Use this command to set the cost of the interface. Use the no form of this command to
restore it to the default setting.
37-10
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
ipv6 ospf cost cost[instance instance-id]
no ipv6 ospf cost[instance instance-id]
Parameter
Description
Cost of the interface.
Parameter
Cost
Its range is 1 to 65535, and the default value is
description
10.
instance
Configure the specific OSPFv3 instance on the
instance-id
interface.
Default
configuration
10.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
By default, the cost of the interface is automatically calculated based
Usage
guidelines
on the bandwidth of the interface.
You can also use this command to modify the cost of the interface,
and it takes precedence over the metric value based on the reference
bandwidth.
Examples
The following example sets the cost of the interface to 1:
ipv6 ospf cost 1
Command
Related
commands
show
Description
ipv6
Show
the
OSPFv3
interface
ospf interface
information.
instance
Configure the specific OSPFv3 instance
instance-id
on the interface.
37.1.11 ipv6 ospf dead-interval
Use this command to set the interval for the interface to consider that the neighbor fails. If
the interface does not receive the hello message from the neighbor, it considers that the
neighbor fails. Use the no form of this command to restore it to the default setting.
ipv6 ospf dead-interval seconds [instance instance-id]
no ipv6 ospf dead-interval [instance instance-id]
37-11
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
Parameter
Parameter
seconds
description
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Description
Interval of the neighbor fails.
Its range is 1 to 65535(s).
instance
Configure the specific OSPFv3 instance on the
instance-id
interface.
Default
configuration
Four times the value of ip ospf hello-interval.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
The dead time of neighbors shall be the same. Otherwise they cannot
establish normal adjacency.
By default, the dead interval is four times the hello interval. If the hello
interval changes, the dead interval changes accordingly.
Usage
guidelines
It‘s not recommended to modify the parameters directly. If needed,
note that:
1.
The dead interval shall be larger than the hello interval sent by
the neighbor.
2.
The same dead interval shall be set for the neighbors.
The following example sets the dead interval of the local interface to
Examples
60s.
ipv6 ospf dead-interval 60
Command
Description
ipv6 ospf
Set the interval for the interface to send the Hello
hello-interval
message.
Related
commands
show ipv6 ospf
interface
Show the OSPFv3 interface information.
instance
Configure the specific OSPFv3 instance on the
instance-id
interface
37.1.12 ipv6 ospf hello-interval
Use this command to set the interval for the interface to send the Hello message. Use the
no form of this command to restore it to the default setting.
37-12
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
ipv6 ospf hello-interval seconds [instance instance-id]
no ipv6 ospf hello-interval [instance instance-id]
Parameter
Parameter
seconds
description
Description
Interval for sending the Hello message.
Its range is 1-65535(s).
instance
Configure the specific OSPFv3 instance on the
instance-id
interface.
Default
configuration
10 seconds.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
The same hello interval must be set for the neighbors, otherwise they
guidelines
cannot establish normal adjacency.
The following example sets the interval for the interface to send the
Examples
Hello message to 20s.
ipv6 ospf hello-interval 20
Command
Description
ipv6 ospf
Set the interval for the interface to consider that
dead-interval
the neighbor fails.
Related
commands
show ipv6 ospf
interface
Show the OSPFv3 interface information.
instance
Configure the specific OSPFv3 instance on the
instance-id
interface.
37.1.13 ipv6 ospf neighbor
Use this command to set the OSPFv3 neighbor manually. Use the no form of this command
to restore it to the default setting.
ipv6 ospf neighbor ipv6-address [[cost <1-65535>] [poll-interval <0-4294967295> |
priority <0-255>]] [instance instance-id]
no ipv6 ospf neighbor ipv6-address [[cost <1-65535>] [poll-interval <0-4294967295> |
priority <0-255>]] [instance instance-id]
37-13
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
Parameter
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Description
(Optional) Configure the cost to each neighbor in
point-to-multipoint network. It is not defined by
cost <1-65535>
default, where the cost configured on the
interface will be used.
Only
the
point-to-multipoint
type
network
supports this option.
(Optional) Interval to poll the neighbors (in
Parameter
description
poll-interval
seconds), 120 s by default.
<0-4294967295>
Only the non-broadcast (NBMA) type network
supports this option.
(Optional) Configure the priority of non-broadcast
priority <0-255>
network neighbors, 0 by default.
Only the non-broadcast (NBMA) type network
supports this option.
instance
Configure the specific OSPFv3 instance on the
instance-id
interface.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
You can set relevant parameters for the neighbors depending on the
guidelines
actual network type.
37.1.14 ipv6 ospf network
Use this command to set the network type of the interface. Use the no form of this
command to restore it to the default setting.
ipv6 ospf network {broadcast | non-broadcast | point-to-point | point-to-multipoint
[non-broadcast]} [instance instance-id]
no ipv6 ospf network [broadcast | non-broadcast | point-to-point | point-to-multipoint
[non-broadcast]] [instance instance-id]
Parameter
description
37-14
Parameter
Description
broadcast
Specify the broadcast network type.
non-broadcast
Specify the non-broadcast network type.
point-to-point
Specify the point-to-point network type.
point-to-multipoint
Specify the point-to-multipoint network type.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
point-to-multipoint
Specify the point-to-multipoint non-broadcast
non-broadcast
network type.
instance
Configure the specific OSPFv3 instance on the
instance-id
interface.
Default
configuration
Broadcast network type.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
You can set the network type of the interface according to the actual
guidelines
link type and the topology.
The following example sets the network type of the interface that
Examples
participates in the OSPFv3 to point-to-point.
ipv6 ospf network point-to-point
Command
ipv6 ospf
priority
Description
Set the interface priority.
Related
commands
show ipv6 ospf
interface
Show the OSPFv3 interface information.
instance
Configure the specific OSPFv3 instance on the
instance-id
interface.
37.1.15 ipv6 ospf priority
Use this command to set the interface priority. Use the no form of this command to restore
the default setting.
ipv6 ospf priority number-value [instance instance-id]
no ipv6 ospf priority [instance instance-id]
Parameter
Parameter
number-value
description
Description
The priority of the interface.
Its range is 0 to 255, and the default value is 1.
instance
Configure the specific OSPFv3 instance on the
instance-id
interface.
37-15
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Default
configuration
1.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
In the broadcast type, it is necessary to elect the DR/BDR. In electing
the DR/BDR, the device of the highest priority is preferred. If several
devices are of the same priority, the one with the largest router-ID is
preferred.
Usage
guidelines
The device with the priority level of 0 does not participate in the
election of DR/BDR.
If the DR and BDR are available in the network, modifying the
interface priority will not take effect immediately. The interface will
participate in the election of the DR/BDR at the next time.
The following example disables the interface from being elected as
Examples
the DR/BDR.
ipv6 ospf priority 0
Command
ipv6 ospf
network
Related
router-id
commands
show ipv6 ospf
interface
Description
Set the network type of the interface.
Set the ID of the router.
Show the OSPFv3 interface information.
instance
Configure the specific OSPFv3 instance on the
instance-id
interface.
37.1.16 ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval
Use this command to set the interval for the interface to retransmit the LSA. Use the no
form of this command to restore it to the default setting.
ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval seconds [instance instance-id]
no ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval [instance instance-id]
37-16
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
Parameter
Parameter
seconds
description
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
Description
Interval for retransmitting the LSA.
Its range is 1 to 65535(s).
instance
Configure the specific OSPFv3 instance on the
instance-id
interface.
Default
configuration
5 seconds.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
To ensure the reliable transmission of routing information, the LSA
sent to the neighbor shall be acknowledged by the neighbor. You can
Usage
use this command to set the interval for waiting for the
guidelines
acknowledgement from the neighbor. If no acknowledgement is
received within the specified period, the LSA information will be
retransmitted.
The following example sets the interval for retransmitting the LSA to
Examples
10s.
ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval 10
Related
commands
Command
Description
show ipv6 ospf
Show
interface
information.
instance
Configure
instance-id
instance on the interface.
the
the
OSPFv3
specific
interface
OSPFv3
37.1.17 ipv6 ospf transmit-delay
Use this command to set the delay for the interface to sending the LSA. Use the no form of
this command to restore it to the default setting.
ipv6 ospf transmit-delay seconds [instance instance-id]
no ipv6 ospf transmit-delay [instance instance-id]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
seconds
The delay time for sending LSA.
37-17
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Its range is 1 to 65535(s).
instance
Configure the specific OSPFv3 instance on the
instance-id
interface,0-255.
Default
configuration
1 second.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
Use this command to set the delay for the interface to transmit the
guidelines
LSA.
The following example sets the delay for the interface to transmit the
Examples
LSA.
ipv6 ospf transmit-delay 2
Command
Description
Related
commands
show ipv6 ospf
interface
Show the OSPFv3 interface information.
37.1.18 ipv6 router ospf
Use this command to start OSPFv3 routing process. Use the no form of this command to
disable the OSPFv3 routing process.
ipv6 router ospf process-id
no ipv6 router ospf process-id
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
process-id
OSPF process number
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
37-18
Global configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
Usage
After the OSPFv3 process is started, the OSPFv3 configuration mode
guidelines
is entered.
Examples
The following example starts the OSPFv3 process.
ipv6 router ospf 1
Command
Related
commands
ipv6 ospf area
show ipv6 ospf
Description
Configure the interface to participate in the
OSPFv3 routing process.
Show the OSPFv3 routing process information.
37.1.19 log-adj-changes
Use this command to enable the logging of the neighbor state changes. The no or default
form of the command is used to disable it.
log-adj-changes
no log-adj-changes
Parameter
settings
None
Default
By default, Disabled
Command
mode
Routing process configuration mode
The configuration example below turns on the log for neighbor status
Examples
change.
DES-7210(config)# router ospf 1
DES-7210(config)# log-adj-changes detail
Command
Description
Related
commands
show ipv6 ospf
Show the OSPF global configuration
information
37-19
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
37.1.20 max-concurrent-dd
Use this command to set the maximum number of DD packets that can be processed
simultaneously.
max-concurrent-dd number
no max-concurrent-dd
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
number
Maximum number of DD packets that can be
processed simultaneously, 1-65535.
Default
configuration
None.
Command
mode
OSPFv3 configuration mode.
The following example set max-concurrent-dd to 4, allowing
Examples
exchanging DD packet with 4 neighbors at the same time:
router ipv6 ospf 1
max-concurrent-dd 4
37.1.21 passive-interface
Use this command to set the passive interface. Use the no form of this command to remove
the configuration .
passive-interface {default | interface-type interface-number }
no passive-interface {default | interface-type interface-number }
Parameter
Description
Parameter
default
Set all the interfaces to passive ones.
description
interface-type
interface-number
Set the specified interface to passive one.
Default
configuration
None.
Command
mode
37-20
OSPFv3 configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
After an interface is set to passive one, it no longer receives or sends
Usage
the hello message.
guidelines
This command applies to the interfaces participating in the OSPF but
not to the virtual links.
The following example enables only VLAN1 to participate in the
Examples
OSPFv3 process.
passive-interface default
no passive-interface vlan 1
Command
ipv6 ospf area
Related
commands
show ipv6 ospf
show ipv6 ospf
neighbor
Description
Configure the interface to participate in the
OSPFv3 routing process.
Show the OSPFv3 routing process information.
Show the OSPFv3 neighbor information.
37.1.22 redistribute
Use this command to start the route redistribution in order to import the routing information
of other routing protocols to the OSPFv3 routing process. Use the no form of this command
to disable this function or modify the redistribution parameters.
redistribute protocol [metric metric-value] [metric-type type-value][route-map map-tag]
[level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [match [internal l external | nssa-external ([1|2)]]]]]]]
no redistribute protocol [metric ][metric-type][route-map] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2]
[match [internal l external | nssa-external [1|2)]]]]]]]
Parameter
Description
Routing protocol that is redistributed,
protocol
including static, connected, rip, and
bgp.
Parameter
description
Specify the metric for the route to be
metric
redistributed.
metric-value
Its range is 0 to 16777214, and the
default value is default-metric.
metric-type
type-value
Specify the type for the route to be
redistributed.
The default value is 2.
37-21
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Specify the routing policy for route
redistribution.
route-map
The name of map-tag can be up to 32
map-tag
characters.
By default, route-map is not set.
Redistribute the OSPF routes of the
specific type:
match [internal
internal:
l
routes
external
|
inter-area
and
intra-area
nssa-external ]
external [1|2]: E1, E2 or all external
[1|2)]
routes
nssa-external [1|2): N1, N2 or all
external NSSA routes.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
OSPFv3 configuration mode.
When a device supports multiple routing protocols, the coordination
between these protocols becomes an important task. The device can
run the protocols at the same time, so it should redistribute the
protocols. This is applicable to all IP routing protocols.
Usage
guidelines
When redistributing OSPF routes, you can configure match to
redistribute the corresponding routes. All types of OSPF routes are
redistributed by default.
The match parameter of route-map is specific the source of routes.
The parameters tag, metric and metric-type of the set rule of
route-map take precedence over the ones configured for the
redistribute command.
The following example redistributes the direct route and associates
Examples
route-map test (the corresponding rule is match metric 20 and set
metric 20).
redistribute connect metric 10 route-map test
37-22
Related
Command
Description
commands
default-information
Set the default route to be redistributed.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
originate
default-metric
summary-prefix
show ipv6 ospf
show ipv6 ospf
database
Set the default metric for the route to be
redistributed.
Set the converged address range of the
external route.
Show the OSPFv3 routing process
information.
Show the OSPFv3 LSA information.
37.1.23 router-id
Use this command to set the router ID (device ID). Use the no form of this command to
remove the setting or restore it to the default router ID.
router-id router-id
no router-id
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
router-id
ID of the device in the IPv4 address format.
Default
configuration
The best interface address is automatically selected as the router ID.
Command
mode
OSPFv3 configuration mode.
Each device that runs the OSPFv3 process shall be identified with a
router ID. Router ID is in the format of IPv4 address.
Unlike the OSPFv2, the OSPFv3 process will automatically acquire
an IPv4 address to use it as the router ID. After the device starts the
OSPFv3 process, a user must use the router-id command to
Usage
guidelines
configure the router ID for the OSPFv3 process. Otherwise, the
OSPFv3 process will not be able to start.
The router ID shall be unique.
At present, after the OSPFv3 routing process starts, the Router ID
shall be set before the interface participates in the OSPFv3. That is to
say, after the interface runs OSPFv3 routing process, the router ID
cannot be modified. Otherwise the OSPFv3 routing process and the
whole OSPF AS will be greatly affected.
37-23
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
If the router ID needs to be reconfigured, shut down and restarts the
OSPFv3 process, and then configure router ID.
The following example sets the ID of the device that participates in
Examples
the OSPFv3 process to 1.1.1.1.
router-id 1.1.1.1
Command
Related
ipv6 ospf
commands
priority
show ipv6 ospf
Description
Set the interface priority.
Show the OSPFv3 routing process information.
37.1.24 timers spf
Use this command to set the dalay and interval for the OSPFv3 to calculate SPF after
receiving the topology change. The no format of this command is used to restore it to the
default.
timers spf delay holdtime
no timers spf
Parameter
Description
Delay from determining the topology change to
delay
Parameter
calculating SPF.
Its range is 0 to 214748364s, and the default
value is 5s.
description
Delay from determining the topology change to
holdtime
calculating SPF.
Its range is 0 to 214748364s, and the default
value is 5s.
Default
spf-delay: 5 seconds.
configuration
spf-holdtime: 10 seconds.
Command
37-24
mode
OSPFv3 configuration mode.
Usage
The smaller the spf-delay and spf-holdtime, the shorter time the
guidelines
OSPF takes to adapt to the topology change, but the more system
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
space will be occupied.
Examples
Related
commands
timers spf 2 4
Command
Description
clear ipv6 ospf
Restart part function of the OSPFv3.
show ipv6 ospf
Show the OSPFv3 routing process information.
37.2 Show Related Command
37.2.1
show ipv6 ospf
Use this command to show the information of the OSPFv3 process.
show ipv6 ospf [process-id]
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
process- id
OSPF process number, 1-65535.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
The following example shows the information about the OSPFv3
process.
DES-7210# show ipv6 ospf
Routing Process "OSPFv3 (1)" with ID 1.1.1.1
Process uptime is 24 minutes
SPF schedule delay 5 secs, Hold time between SPFs 10 secs
Minimum LSA interval 5 secs, Minimum LSA arrival 1 secs
Number of incomming current DD exchange neighbors 0/5
Number of outgoing current DD exchange neighbors 0/5
Examples
Number of external LSA 0. Checksum Sum 0x0000
Number of AS-Scoped Unknown LSA 0
Number of LSA originated 11
Number of LSA received 4
Log Neighbor Adjency Changes : Enabled
Number of areas in this device is 2
Area BACKBONE(0)
Number of interfaces in this area is 1(1)
SPF algorithm executed 4 times
Number of LSA 3. Checksum Sum 0x1DDF1
Number of Unknown LSA 0
37-25
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
With the BFD for OSPFv3 configured, the content of ―BFD is enabled‖
is added to the displaying information of the command show ipv6
ospf. For example:
DES-7210# show ipv6 ospf
Routing Process "OSPFv3 (1)" with ID 1.1.1.1
Process uptime is 24 minutes
SPF schedule delay 5 secs, Hold time between SPFs 10 secs
Minimum LSA interval 5 secs, Minimum LSA arrival 1 secs
Number of incomming current DD exchange neighbors 0/5
Number of outgoing current DD exchange neighbors 0/5
Number of external LSA 0. Checksum Sum 0x0000
Number of AS-Scoped Unknown LSA 0
Number of LSA originated 11
Number of LSA received 4
Log Neighbor Adjency Changes : Enabled
Number of areas in this device is 2
BFD is enabled
Area BACKBONE(0)
Number of interfaces in this area is 1(1)
SPF algorithm executed 4 times
Number of LSA 3. Checksum Sum 0x1DDF1
Number of Unknown LSA 0
Command
Description
ipv6 router ospf
Start the OSPFv3 routing process.
default-information
Set the default route to be
originate
redistributed.
Related
commands
default-metric
router-id
Set the default metric for the route
to be redistributed.
Router ID
Set the delay and interval for the
timers spf
OSPFv3 to perform SPF calculation
after receiving the topology change.
37.2.2
show ipv6 ospf database
Use this command to show the database information of the OSPFv3 process
show ipv6 ospf [process- id] database [lsa-type [adv-router router-id] ]
Parameter
description
37-26
Parameter
Description
process- id
OSPF process number, 1-65535
lsa-type
LSA type. There are the following types:
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
external, link, inter-prefix, inter-router,
intra-prefix, network, router, te
If this parameter is not specified, all LSA
information will be shown.
adv-router
Show the LSA information generated by the
router-id
specified router.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
The following example shows the information about the OSPFv3
process database.
DES-7210# show ipv6 ospf database
OSPFv3 Router with ID (1.1.1.1) (Process 1)
Link-LSA (Interface FastEthernet 1/0)
Link State ID
ADV Router
Age Seq#
CkSum Prefix
0.0.0.2
1.1.1.1
197 0x80000001 0x7cd8
0
0.0.0.5
2.2.2.2
206 0x80000001 0x8c86
0
Link-LSA (Interface Loopback 1)
Link State ID
0.0.64.1
ADV Router
Age Seq#
1.1.1.1
CkSum Prefix
82 0x80000001 0xb760
0
Router-LSA (Area 0.0.0.0)
Examples
Link State ID
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
ADV Router
1.1.1.1
2.2.2.2
Age Seq#
CkSum
17 0x80000006 0x62a1
Link
1
156 0x80000003 0x8653
1
Network-LSA (Area 0.0.0.0)
Link State ID
0.0.0.5
ADV Router
2.2.2.2
Age Seq#
CkSum
157 0x80000001 0xf8f6
Router-LSA (Area 0.0.0.1)
Link State ID
0.0.0.0
ADV Router
1.1.1.1
Age Seq#
CkSum
17 0x80000002 0x0529
Link
0
Inter-Area-Prefix-LSA (Area 0.0.0.1)
Link State ID
0.0.0.1
ADV Router
1.1.1.1
Age Seq#
CkSum
77 0x80000002 0x83b4
AS-external-LSA
Link State ID
0.0.0.1
ADV Router
1.1.1.1
Age Seq#
CkSum
1 0x80000001 0x6035 E2
Related
Command
Description
commands
ipv6 router ospf
Start the OSPFv3 routing process.
37-27
Chapter 37
37.2.3
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
show ipv6 ospf interface
Use this command to show the OSPFv3 interface information.
show ipv6 ospf interface [interface-type interface-number]
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
interface-type
interface-number
Interface type and interface number.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
The following commands show the information about the OSPFv3
interface.
DES-7210# show ipv6 ospf interface
FastEthernet 1/0 is up, line protocol is up
Interface ID 2
IPv6 Prefixes
fe80::2d0:22ff:fe22:2223/64 (Link-Local Address)
OSPFv3 Process (1), Area 0.0.0.0, Instance ID 0
Router ID 1.1.1.1, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1
Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State BDR, Priority 1
Designated Router (ID) 2.2.2.2
Interface Address fe80::c800:eff:fe84:1c
Backup Designated Router (ID) 1.1.1.1
Interface Address fe80::2d0:22ff:fe22:2223
Timer interval configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit
5
Examples
Hello due in 00:00:02
Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1
Hello received 26 sent 26, DD received 5 sent 4
LS-Req received 1 sent 1, LS-Upd received 3 sent 6
LS-Ack received 6 sent 2, Discarded 0
If the BFD has been enabled for the neighbor on the interface, the
content of ―BFD enabled‖ is added to the displaying information of the
command show ipv6 ospf interface. For example:
DES-7210# show ipv6 ospf interface
FastEthernet 1/0 is up, line protocol is up
Interface ID 2
IPv6 Prefixes
fe80::2d0:22ff:fe22:2223/64 (Link-Local Address)
OSPFv3 Process (1), Area 0.0.0.0, Instance ID 0
Router ID 1.1.1.1, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1
Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State BDR, Priority 1, BFD enabled
37-28
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
Designated Router (ID) 2.2.2.2
Interface Address fe80::c800:eff:fe84:1c
Backup Designated Router (ID) 1.1.1.1
Interface Address fe80::2d0:22ff:fe22:2223
Timer interval configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit
5
Hello due in 00:00:02
Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1
Hello received 26 sent 26, DD received 5 sent 4
LS-Req received 1 sent 1, LS-Upd received 3 sent 6
LS-Ack received 6 sent 2, Discarded 0
Related
Command
Description
ipv6 router ospf
Start the OSPFv3 routing process.
commands
Enable the interface to participate in the OSPFv3
ipv6 ospf area
37.2.4
process.
show ipv6 ospf neighbor
Use this command to show the neighbor information of the OSPFv3 process.
show ipv6 ospf [process- id] neighbor [interface-type interface-number [detail]|
neighbor-id |detail]
Parameter
Description
process- id
OSPFv3 process number, 1-65535
Parameter
detail
Show details about the neighbor.
description
interface-type
Interface type And interface number
interface-number
neighbor-id
Neighbor ID
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
The following command shows the brief information about the OSPF
neighbor.
DES-7210# show ipv6 ospf neighbor
OSPFv3 Process (1), Neighbores, 1 is Full:
Examples
Neighbor ID
Pri
State
1
Full/DR
Dead Time
Interface
Instance ID
2.2.2.2
00:00:33
FastEthernet 1/0
0
37-29
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The following command shows the details of neighbors:
DES-7210# show ipv6 ospf neighbor detail
Neighbor 2.2.2.2, interface address fe80::c800:eff:fe84:1c
In the area 0.0.0.0 via interface FastEthernet 1/0
Neighbor priority is 1, State is Full, 6 state changes
DR is 2.2.2.2 BDR is 1.1.1.1
Options is 0x000013 (-|R|-|-|E|V6)
Dead timer due in 00:00:36
Database Summary List 0
Link State Request List 0
Link State Retransmission List 0
If the BFD detection has been enabled for the forwarding path of
neighbor on the interface, the content of ―BFD session state up‖ is
added to the displaying information of the command show ipv6 ospf
neighbor detail. For example:
DES-7210# show ipv6 ospf neighbor detail
Neighbor 2.2.2.2, interface address fe80::c800:eff:fe84:1c
In the area 0.0.0.0 via interface FastEthernet 1/0
Neighbor priority is 1, State is Full, 6 state changes
DR is 2.2.2.2 BDR is 1.1.1.1
Options is 0x000013 (-|R|-|-|E|V6)
Dead timer due in 00:00:36
Database Summary List 0
Link State Request List 0
Link State Retransmission List 0
BFD session state up
Related
Command
Description
ipv6 router ospf
Start the OSPFv3 routing process.
ipv6 ospf area
commands
area virtual-link
show ipv6 ospf
interface
37.2.5
Enable the interface to participate in the OSPFv3
process.
Configure the OSPFv3 virtual link.
Show the OSPFv3 interface information.
show ipv6 ospf route
Use this command to show the OSPFv3 route information.
show ipv6 ospf [process- id] route [count]
Parameter
description
37-30
Parameter
Description
process- id
OSPFv3 process number, 1-65535.
count
Number of OSPFv3 routes
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
The following example shows the information about OSPF routes.
DES-7210# show ipv6 ospf route
OSPFv3 Process (1)
Codes: C - connected, D - Discard, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area,
E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2
Examples
Destination
Metric
Next-hop
E2 2222::/64
1/20
via fe80::c800:eff:fe84:1c, FastEthernet 1/0
O 3333::/64
11
via fe80::c800:eff:fe84:1c, FastEthernet 1/0, Area 0.0.0.0
37.2.6
Related
Command
Description
commands
ipv6 router ospf
Start the OSPFv3 routing process.
show ipv6 ospf topology
Use this command to show the topology of each area of OSPFv3.
show ipv6 ospf [process- id] topology [area area-id]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
process- id
OSPFv3 process number, 1-65535
area-id
Area ID
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
37-31
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
The following command shows the topology of each area of OSPFv3.
DES-7210# show ipv6 ospf topology
OSPFv3 Process (1)
OSPFv3 paths to Area (0.0.0.0) routers
Router ID
Bits Metric
Next-Hop
Interface
Examples
1.1.1.1
EB --
2.2.2.2
E
1
2.2.2.2
FastEthernet 1/0
OSPFv3 paths to Area (0.0.0.1) routers
Router ID
Bits Metric
Next-Hop
Interface
1.1.1.1
Related
commands
37.2.7
B
--
Command
Description
ipv6 router ospf
Start the OSPFv3 routing process.
area range
Configure the address range of the OSPF area.
show ipv6 ospf virtual-links
Use this command to show the virtual link information of the OSPFv3 process.
show ipv6 ospf [process- id] virtual-links
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
process- id
OSPFv3 process number, 1.65535
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
The following command shows the information about the OSPFv3
virtual link.
DES-7210# show ipv6 ospf virtual-links
Virtual Link VLINK1 to router 2.2.2.2 is down
Transit area 0.0.0.1 via interface FastEthernet 1/0, instance ID
0
Examples
Local address *
Remote address 3333::1/128
Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State Down,
Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit
5
Hello due in inactive
Adjacency state Down
37-32
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 37
OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
Command
Description
ipv6 router ospf
Start the OSPFv3 routing process.
area virtual-link
Configure the OSPFv3 virtual link.
Related
commands
show ipv6 ospf
neighbor
Show the OSPFv3 neighbor information.
37-33
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
38
Chapter 38
IGMP Configuration Commands
IGMP Configuration
Commands
38.1 IGMP Configuration Task List
Use the following commands to configure the routing protocol to manage multicast groups:

clear ip igmp group

clear ip igmp interface

ip igmp access-group

ip igmp join-group

ip igmp static-group

ip igmp immediate-leave group-list

ip igmp last-member-query-count

ip igmp last-member-query-interval

ip igmp limit (interface configuration mode)

ip igmp query-interval

ip igmp query-max-response-time

ip igmp querier-timeout

ip igmp robustness-variable

ip igmp version

ip igmp limit (global configuration mode)

ip igmp proxy-service

ip igmp mroute-proxy

ip igmp ssm-map enable

ip igmp ssm-map static

show ip igmp groups

show ip igmp interface

show ip igmp ssm-mapping
38-1
Chapter 38
38.1.1
IGMP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
clear ip igmp group
Use this command to clear dynamic group member information obtained from the response
messages in the IGMP buffer.
Command
clear ip igmp group[group-address | interface-type
Syntax
interface-number]
Parameter
description
Parameter
Description
N/A
Delete all group information.
32-bit multicast group IP address, namely
group-address
Category D address. 8 bits are in one group in
decimal form. Groups are separated with dots.
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Command
mode
Privileged mode.
The IGMP buffer includes a list that contains the multicast groups that
Usage
guidelines
the hosts in the direct subnet join. If the device joins a group, this
group will be included in this list. To delete all the entries from the
IGMP buffer, use the clear ip igmp group command without
parameters.
Examples
Delete all group entries:
DES-7210# clear ip igmp group
38.1.2
Related
show ip igmp groups
commands
show ip igmp interface
clear ip igmp interface
Use this command to clear the IGMP entry for the interface.
Command
38-2
syntax
clear ip igmp interface ifname
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
ifname
Name of the interface
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 38
N/A
Default
IGMP Configuration Commands
All interfaces
N/A.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Examples
38.1.3
Privileged mode.
This command is used to clear the information on the interface that is
generated when IGMP is configured. The ifname parameter can be
ignored.
DES-7210# clear ip igmp interface gigabitEthernet 4/1
ip igmp access-group
Use this command to control a multicast group on the interface. The no form of this
command disables this function.
Command
ip igmp access-group access-list
syntax
no ip igmp access-group
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
Default
access-list
Name of access control list within the range of 1
to 199, 1300 to 2699, or characters.
Filtering conditions are not set.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Interface configuration mode.
You can add some interfaces of the host in a subnet to multiple
multicast groups. These multicast groups can be controlled using ip
igmp access-group.
In the following example, the host service can only add the interface
Examples
GigabitEthernet 4/1 to the group 225.2.2.2 .
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# access-list 1 permit 225.2.2.2 0.0.0.0
38-3
Chapter 38
IGMP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config)# interface GigabitEthernet 4/1
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp access-group 1
38.1.4
ip igmp join-group
Use this command to configure the interface of the switch with host activities and adds it to
a multicast group, so that the sub-switch can learn the corresponding group information.
You can use this command to add an interface to a group. The no form of this command
removes the setting.
Command
ip igmp join-group group-address
Syntax
no ip igmp join-group group-address
Parameter
description
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Parameter
Description
group-address
Multicast group IP address
The interface is not manually added to the multicast group.
Interface configuration mode.
This command enables the host activities for the IGMP interface.
When the host function is enabled, the interface can initiate the report
message and respond to the query message.
Usage
guidelines
If the IGMP function is enabled on the interface, the interface can
initiate the report message, so that the interface can learn the
configured group members.
You can use this command to add an interface to a group.
Following example is to add a host group member manually:
DES-7210# configure terminal
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface fast 0/1
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp join-group 233.3.3.3
38.1.5
ip igmp static-group
Use this command to directly add an interface to a group. You can use this command to add
an interface to a group. Use the no form of this command to remove the setting.
38-4
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 38
Command
ip igmp static-group group-address
Syntax
no ip igmp static-group group-address
Parameter
description
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Parameter
group-address
IGMP Configuration Commands
Description
Multicast group IP address.
The switch is not added to the multicast group manually.
Interface configuration mode.
This command directly adds an interface to a multicast group. The
Usage
difference from join-group is that it directly adds an interface to the
guidelines
group without interacting with a report message.
You can use this command to add an interface to a group.
Following example is to add a host group member manually:
DES-7210# configure terminal
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface fast 0/1
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp static-group 233.3.3.3
38.1.6
ip igmp immediate-leave group-list
In the IGMPversion2 and IGMPversion3 versions, use this command to shorten the delay of
leaving a group. This command is used when a single receiving host is connected to a
single interface. The no form of this command is used to disable this function.
Command
ip igmp immediate-leave group-list access-list
syntax
no ip igmp immediate-leave group-list
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
access-list
Name of access control list.
Default
Disabled.
38-5
Chapter 38
IGMP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
If this command is not configured, the device will send a particular
group query message upon receiving the leaving message from the
interface. When the host response is timeout, the device stops
forwarding packets to this interface. The length of timeout depends
Usage
guidelines
on the query interval of the last member and IGMP robustness
variable. The default value is 2s.
If this command is configured, the device does not send a particular
group query message upon receiving the leaving message from the
interface. Instead, it directly removes this interface from the IGMP
buffer and notifies the IGMP protocol. This will shorten the time
significantly.
The following example demonstrates how to provide the immediate
leaving function for some multicast groups. Certainly, you must make
sure each interface of these multicast groups have one group
member only.
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# access-list 1 permit 225.192.20.0 0.0.0.255
DES-7210(config)# interface ethernet 0/1
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp immediate-leave group-list 1
DES-7210(config-if)# exit
Related
commands
38.1.7
ip igmp last-member-query-interval.
ip igmp last-member-query-count
last-member-query-count means the number of query packets that the multicast device
will send continuously upon receiving the leave message. Use this command to configure
the value of last-member-query-count. Use the no command to restore it to the default
value.
38-6
Command
ip igmp last-member-query-count number
syntax
no ip igmp last-member-query-count
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
number
Value of the last member query count in the
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 38
IGMP Configuration Commands
range 2 to 7.
Default
The default value of last member query count is 2.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
When the interface of the device receives an IGMPv2 group leaving
Usage
guidelines
message, the device waits for duration of query interval multiplying ip
igmp last-member-query-count plus a half of the response time.
The device will delete information about this group member if no
member report is received within the waiting time.
Set the value of last member query count to 3.
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# interface ethernet 0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp last-member-query-count 3
38.1.8
ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Use this command to set the time interval of sending the group query message. Use the no
form of this command to restore it to the default.
Command
ip igmp last-member-query-interval
syntax
no ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Parameter
interval
Description
Parameter
description
Default
Interval
The interval sending the group query message in
the range1 to 255( in the unit of 0.1 second).
1s.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
When the interface of the device receives an IGMPv2 group leaving
Usage
message, the device waits for duration of query interval multiplying ip
guidelines
igmp last-member-query-count plus a half of the response time.
The device will delete information about this group member if no
38-7
Chapter 38
IGMP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
member report is received within the waiting time.
The following example sets the interval of sending the group query
message to 20 seconds:
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# interface eth 0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp last-member-query-interval 200
Related
commands
38.1.9
ip igmp immediate-leave.
ip igmp limit (interface configuration)
Use this command to set the maximum number of IGMP states on the interface. Use the no
form of this command to remove the setting.
Command
ip igmp limit number
syntax
no ip igmp limit
Parameter
number
[except access-list]
Description
Maximum number of IGMP states, depending on
devices, 1-16384
Parameter
(Optional) Prevent the groups of the access list
description
except
from taking part in calculation, which is not
limited by maximum number..
access-list
Default
(Optional) Access list
1024
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
This command in global configuration mode limits the number of the
IGMP group members. The messages of the members over the limit
Usage
are not recorded and processed.
guidelines
This command can be configured globally or on the interface The
messages of the members will be ignored if they exceed the interface
or global configuration.
38-8
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Examples
Chapter 38
IGMP Configuration Commands
The following example sets the limitation to 300:
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp limit 300
38.1.10 ip igmp query-interval
Use this command to configure the query interval of an ordinary member. Use the no form
to set the query interval of ordinary member to the default value.
Command
ip igmp query-interval seconds
syntax
no ip igmp query-interval
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
Default
seconds
Query interval of ordinary member, in second.
The range is 1 to 18000s.
125 seconds.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
The time to query an ordinary member can be changed by configuring
guidelines
the query interval of the ordinary member.
Configure the query interval of ordinary member to 120s on the
interface Ethernet 0.
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp query-interval 120
Configure the query interval of ordinary member to the default value
on the interface Ethernet 0.
DES-7210(config-if)# no ip igmp query-interval
38.1.11 ip igmp query-max-response-time
Use this command to configure the maximum response interval. The no form of this
command to set the maximum response interval to the default value.
Command
ip igmp query-max-response-time seconds
syntax
no ip igmp query-max-response-time
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
seconds
The maximum response interval, in second. The
38-9
Chapter 38
IGMP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
range is 1 to 25s.
Default
10s.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
Interface configuration mode.
This command works only when IGMPv2 is being used. This
command controls the interval for the respondent to respond the
query message before the device deletes the group information.
Configure the maximum response interval to 20s on the interface
Ethernet 0.
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp query-max-response-time 20
Configure the maximum response interval to the default value on the
interface Ethernet 0.
DES-7210(config-if)# no ip igmp query-max-response-time
38.1.12 ip igmp query-timeout
Use this command to configure the time the device waits before it takes over as the querier.
Use the no form to restore it to the default.
Command
ip igmp query-timeout seconds
syntax
no ip igmp query-timeout
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
Default
seconds
Time the device waits before it takes over as the
querier. The range is 60 to 300s.
255s.
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
38-10
Interface configuration mode.
IGMPv2 should be run for this command to work. By default, Cisco
sets the waiting time of the device to two times of the query interval of
ip igmp query-interval. In DES-7210, the default value is set to
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 38
IGMP Configuration Commands
255s. This device becomes the querier if no query packet is received
in this duration.
Configure the time the device waits before it takes over as the querier
to 200s on the interface Ethernet 0.
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp query-timeout 200
Configure the time the device waits before it takes over as the querier
to the default value on the interface Ethernet 0.
DES-7210(config-if)# no ip igmp query-timeout
38.1.13 ip igmp robustness-variable
Use this command to change the value of the robustness variable. Use the no form of this
command to restore it to the default value.
Command
ip igmp robustness-variable number
syntax
no ip igmp robustness-variable
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
number
The value of robustness variable ranging 2 to 7.
Default
The default value is 2.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
The following example sets the value of robustness variable to 3:
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# interface ethernet 0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp robustness-variable 3
38.1.14 ip igmp version
Use this command to set the version number of IGMP to be used on the interface. Use the
no form of this command to restore it to the default value.
Command
ip igmp version {1 | 2 | 3}
syntax
no ip igmp version
38-11
Chapter 38
IGMP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
{1 | 2 | 3}
Three version numbers, ranging 1 to 3.
Default
The version number is 2 by default.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
Use this command to globally configure the IGMP version. It should
guidelines
be noted that IGMP will reset after configuration.
The following example sets the version number to 2:
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# interface ethernet 0
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp version 2
ip igmp access-group
Related
commands
ip igmp limit
ip multicast rate-limit
38.1.15 ip igmp limit (global configuration)
Use this command to globally set the maximum number of IGMP group records. Use the no
form of this command to remove the setting.
Command
ip igmp limit number [except access-list]
syntax
no ip igmp limit number [except access-list]
Parameter
number
Parameter
description
except
access-list
Default
38-12
65530
Description
Maximum number of IGMP states, depending on
devices
(Optional) Prevent the groups of the access list
from taking part in calculation.
(Optional) Acdess list name
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 38
IGMP Configuration Commands
Command
mode
Global configuration mode.
Use this command to globally configure the maximum number of
IGMP group records. The messages of the members exceeding the
Usage
guidelines
threshold will not be saved in the IGMP buffer and will not be
forwarded.
This command can be configured globally or on the interface The
messages of the members will be ignored if they exceed the interface
or global configuration.
Examples
The following example sets the maximum number to 300:
DES-7210(config) # ip igmp limit 300
38.1.16 ip igmp proxy-service
Use this command to enable the service function of all downlink mroute-proxy ports. If you
run this command on an interface, the interface becomes the uplink port of the
corresponding mroute-proxy that associates its downlink ports and maintains the group
information reported by the downlink ports.
ip igmp proxy-service
no ip igmp proxy-service
Default
configuration
Command
mode
All interfaces are not in the proxy-serice status.
Interface configuration mode.
The command can configure at most 32 interfaces. Each
proxy-service port can associate with the maximum of 255 downlink
ports. When receiving a query message, the proxy-service port
responds according to the member information maintained by the port
Usage
guidelines
itself. The member information maintained by the proxy-service port
is collected from the interface configured with mroute-proxy.
Therefore, if a port is configured with proxy-server, the port performs
the host activities, but not the device activities.
If switchport operation is performed on an interface, the ip igmp
mroute-proxy interface command configured on the associated
downlink ports is automatically deleted.
38-13
Chapter 38
IGMP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Configure an interface to the proxy-service module:
Examples
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp proxy-service
38.1.17 ip igmp mroute-proxy
Use this command to configure an interface as a mroute-proxy interface that can transmit
messages to its uplink ports.
ip igmp mroute-proxy interfname
no ip igmp mroute-proxy
Parameter
description
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Parameter
Interfname
Description
Name of the relevant uplink interface.
N/A.
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
After an uplink interface is configured as proxy-service interface, the
guidelines
interface can forward the IGMP messages sent by its members.
Examples
Configure an interface to mroute-proxy interface:
DES-7210(config-if)# ip igmp mroute-proxy fa 0/1
38.1.18 ip igmp ssm-map enable
Use this command to enable the igmp ssm-map function in the global configuration mode.
Use the no form of this command to disable the function.
ip igmp ssm-map enable
no ip igmp ssm-map enable
Default
configuration
Command
mode
38-14
Disabled.
Global configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 38
IGMP Configuration Commands
If this command is configured, the dynamically learned group
Usage
information is added forcibly to the associated source record. This
guidelines
command is usually used together with the ip igmp ssm-map static
command.
Examples
Enable the igmp ssm-map function in the global configuration mode:
DES-7210(config)#
ip igmp ssm-map enable.
38.1.19 ip igmp ssm-map static
Use this command to map the static ssm-map source IP address to the group records in
the global mode. Use the no form of this command to disable the function.
ip igmp ssm-map static access-list a.b.c.d
no ip igmp ssm-map static access-list a.b.c.d
Parameter
Parameter
access-list
Description
ACL name in the range 1 to 99, 1300 to
1999 or characters.
description
a.b.c.d
Unicast address mapped to the group
record.
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Usage
guidelines
N/A.
Global configuration mode.
This command is used together with the ip igmp ssm-map enable
command. After configuration, the port maps the corresponding
source IP address to all received messages below v3.
Map the source address 192.168.2.2to all group records permitted by
Examples
ACL 11 :
DES-7210(config)# ip igmp ssm-map static 11 192.168.2.2.
38-15
Chapter 38
IGMP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
38.2 Show Related Commands
38.2.1
show ip igmp groups
Use this command to show the groups directly connected to the device and the group
information learnt from IGMP.
Command
show ip igmp groups [group-address | interface-type
syntax
interface-number] [detail]
Parameter
Description
32-bit multicast group IP address, namely
group-address
decimal form. Groups are separated with dots.
Parameter
description
Default
Category D address. 8 bits are in one group in
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
detail
Show the detailed information.
N/A
Show the information about all the groups.
N/A
Command
mode
User mode or privileged mode.
Use this command without any parameters to show group address,
Usage
interface type, and information about all the multicast groups directly
guidelines
connected to the interface. Information about a specific group is
displayed if a group address is added to the command.
The following example shows information about all the groups:
DES-7210# show ip igmp groups
IGMP Connected Group Membership
Examples
38-16
Group Address
Interface Uptime
Expires
Last Reporter
224.0.1.1
eth2
00:00:09
00:04:17
10.10.0.82
224.0.1.24
eth2
00:00:06
00:04:14
10.10.0.84
224.0.1.40
eth2
00:00:09
00:04:15
10.10.0.91
224.0.1.60
eth2
00:00:05
00:04:15
10.10.0.7
239.255.255.250
eth2
00:00:12
00:04:15
10.10.0.228
239.255.255.254
eth2
00:00:08
00:04:13
10.10.0.84
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 38
IGMP Configuration Commands
The following example shows detailed information about a specific
group:
DES-7210# show ip igmp groups 224.1.1.1 detail
Interface
: eth1
Group: 224.1.1.1
Uptime: 00:00:42
Group mode: Include
Last reporter: 192.168.50.111
TIB-A Count: 2
TIB-B Count: 0
Group source list: (R - Remote, M - SSM Mapping)
Source Address Uptime v3 Exp Fwd Flags
192.168.55.55 00:00:42 00:03:38 Yes R
192.168.55.66 00:00:42 00:03:38 Yes R
38.2.2
show ip igmp interface
Use this command to show the information of this interface.
Command
syntax
Show ip igmp interface [interface-type interface-number]
Parameter
Description
Parameter
interface-type
Interface type.
description
interface-number
Interface number.
N/A
Show information about all the interfaces.
Default
Command
mode
User mode or privileged mode.
The following example shows the information of all the interfaces:
DES-7210# show ip igmp interface
Interface vlan1.1 (Index 4294967295)
IGMP Active, Non-Querier, Version 3 (default)
Examples
IGMP querying device is 0.0.0.0
IGMP query interval is 125 seconds
IGMP querier timeout is 255 seconds
IGMP max query response time is 10 seconds
Last member query response interval is 1000 milliseconds
Group Membership interval is 260 seconds|
38-17
Chapter 38
IGMP Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
IGMP Snooping is globally enabled|
IGMP Snooping is enabled on this interface
IGMP Snooping fast-leave is not enabled
IGMP Snooping querier is not enabled
IGMP Snooping report suppression is enabled
38.2.3
show ip igmp ssm-mapping
Use this command to show the ssm-map information of the IGMP configuration.
show ip igmp ssm-mapping [ A.B.C.D )
Parameter
description
Default
configuration
Command
mode
Parameter
Description
A.B.C.D
Source address to be mapped
All the ssm-map information of the IGMP is displayed.
Global configuration mode.
Usage
If all the parameters are not used, the related configurations are
guidelines
displayed.
Show the ssm-map configuration information:
DES-7210# sh ip igmp ssm-mapping
SSM Mapping: Enabled
Database
Examples
: Static mappings configured
Show the group information of group 233.3.3.3 to be mapped
DES-7210#show ip igmp ssm-mapping 233.3.3.3
Group address: 233.3.3.3
Database
: Static
Source list : 192.3.3.3
: 3.3.3.3
38-18
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 39
39
PIM-DM Configuration Commands
PIM-DM Configuration
Commands
39.1 PIM-DM Related Configuration Commands
PIM-DM protocol configuration includes following commands:
39.1.1

ip pim dense-mode

ip pim neighbor-filter

ip pim query-interval

ip pim state-refresh disable

ip pim state-refresh origination-interval
ip pim dense-mode
Use this command to enable PIM-DM on the interface. Use the no form of this command to
disable the function.
ip pim dense-mode
no ip pim dense-mode
Parameter
description
N/A.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7210# configure terminal
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface fastethernet 0/1
DES-7210(config-if)# ip pim dense-mode
39-1
Chapter 39
PIM-DM Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Before enabling the PIM-DM, enable the multicast forwarding
function in the global configuration moe. Otherwise, the
multicast data packet cannot be forwarded even the PIM-DM is
enabled.
Once the
PIM-DM
is
enabled, the IGMP is
enabled
automatically on the interface without manual configuration.
During the execution of this command, if the prompt "Failed to
enable PIM-DM on <Interface Name>, resource temporarily
unavailable,
Note
please
try
again"
appears, re-execute this
command.
During the execution of this command, if the prompt "PIM-DM
Configure failed! VIF limit exceeded in NSM!!!"
appears, it
indicates the allowed configured multicast interface number
exceeds the upper limit of the multicast interfaces. In this case,
if it‘s still necessary to enable the PIM-DM on the interface,
delete the unnecessary PIM-DM, PIM-SM or DVMRP interfaces.
It is not recommended to configure different multicat routing
protocols on different interfaces of a device.
39.1.2
ip pim neighbor-filter
Use this command to enable the neighbor filtering on the interface. If the neighbor filtering is
set, PIM-DM will not establish the peering relationship with this neighbor or will terminate
the established peering relationship with this neighbor once the neighbor is denied by the
filtering access list.
The no form of this command is used to disable the neighbor filtering function.
ip pim neighbor-filter access-list
no ip pim neighbor-filter access-list
Parameter
Parameter
Description
description
access-list
Number or name of the access list.
Default
configuration
Disabled.
Command
mode
39-2
Interface configuration mode.
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
Chapter 39
PIM-DM Configuration Commands
DES-7210# configure terminal
Examples
DES-7210(config)# interface fastethernet 0/1
DES-7210(config-if)# ip pim neighbor-filter 14
1.
When the associated ACL rule is permit, only the neighbor
address in ACL can be used as the PIM neighbor of the current
interface. When the associated ACL rule is deny, the neighbor
address in ACL cannot be used as the PIM neighbor of the
current interface.
Note
2.
Peering relationship refers to the interaction of protocol
packets between the PIM neighbors. If the peering relationship
with a PIM device is terminated, the neighbor relationship with
this device will not be established, and the PIM protocol packets
from this device will not be received.
39.1.3
ip pim query-interval
Use this command to reconfigure the interval of sending the hello message.The no form of
this command is used to restore hello interval to the default value.
ip pim query-interval interval-seconds
no ip pim query-interval
Parameter
Description
Parameter
description
Interval-seconds
Interval of sending the hello message in the
range of 1 to 65535 seconds.
Default
configuration
30 seconds.
Command
mode
Interface configuration mode.
Usage
If hello interval is set, the hello holdtime value will be updated to
guidelines
3.5 times of hello interval.
Examples
DES-7210# configure terminal
DES-7210(config)# interface fastethernet 0/1
39-3
Chapter 39
PIM-DM Configuration Commands
DES-7200 CLI Reference Guide
DES-7210(config-if)# ip pim query-interval 123
39.1.4
ip pim state-refresh disable
Use this command to prohibit the interface from processing and forwarding the PIM">